# EDGAR Filing Document

**Accession Number:** 0002047976
**File Stem:** 0002047976-26-000111
**Filing Date:** 2026-4
**Character Count:** 1291293
**Document Hash:** 798d6027aceb776fa6f6d16e23eb6afb
**Contains OCR:** False
**Source Format:** 

## Filing Content

## Filing Summary
**0002047976-26-000111.hdr.sgml**: 20260420

**ACCESSION NUMBER**: 0002047976-26-000111

**CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE**: N-4/A

**PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT**: 279

**CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT**: 20260420

**FILED AS OF DATE**: 20260420

**DATE AS OF CHANGE**: 20260420

**FILER**: 

**COMPANY DATA:**
- **COMPANY CONFORMED NAME:** Jackson National Life Insurance Co (RILA)
- **CENTRAL INDEX KEY:** 0002047976

**ORGANIZATION NAME:**
- **EIN:** 381659835
- **STATE OF INCORPORATION:** MI
- **FISCAL YEAR END:** 1231

**FILING VALUES:**
- **FORM TYPE:** N-4/A
- **SEC ACT:** 1933 Act
- **SEC FILE NUMBER:** 333-292238
- **FILM NUMBER:** 26874937

**BUSINESS ADDRESS:**
- **STREET 1:** 1 CORPORATE WAY
- **CITY:** LANSING
- **STATE:** MI
- **ZIP:** 48951
- **BUSINESS PHONE:** 517-381-5500

**MAIL ADDRESS:**
- **STREET 1:** 1 CORPORATE WAY
- **CITY:** LANSING
- **STATE:** MI
- **ZIP:** 48951

## Series and Classes Contracts Data

### Jackson National Life Insurance Co (RILA) (Series ID: S000090601)

| Class ID   | Class Name                         | Ticker Symbol   |
|:---|:---|:---|
| C000272078 | Jackson Market Link Pro Advisory 4 |  |

?xml version='1.0' encoding='ASCII'? ck0002047976-20260420

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 20, 2026

Commission File Nos. 333-292238

**UNITED STATES**

**SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION**

**Washington, D.C. 20549**

**FORM N-4**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 | REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 | [ ] |
| | Pre-Effective Amendment No. **1** | **[X]** |
| | Post-Effective Amendment No. | [ ] |

---

**JACKSON NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY**

(Name of Insurance Company)

1 Corporate Way, Lansing, Michigan 48951

(Address of Insurance Company's Principal Executive Offices)

Insurance Company's Telephone Number, including Area Code: (517) 381-5500

Scott J. Golde, Esq., Senior Vice President, General Counsel

Jackson National Life Insurance Company, 1 Corporate Way, Lansing, MI 48951

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

Copy to:

Alison Samborn, Esq., Assistant Vice President, Insurance Legal & Product Development

Jackson National Life Insurance Company, 1 Corporate Way, Lansing, MI 48951

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: As soon as practicable after the effectiveness of the registration statement. | Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: As soon as practicable after the effectiveness of the registration statement. |
| **It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)** | **It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)** |
| [ ] | immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) |
| [ ] | on date pursuant to paragraph (b) |
| [ ] | 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) |
| [ ] | on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of rule 485 under the Securities Act of 1933 ("Securities Act"). |
| **If appropriate, check the following box:** | **If appropriate, check the following box:** |
| [ ] | This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment. |
| **Check each box that appropriately characterizes the Registrant:** | **Check each box that appropriately characterizes the Registrant:** |
| [ ] | New Registrant (as applicable, a Registered Separate Account or Insurance Company that has not filed a Securities Act registration statement or amendment thereto within 3 years preceding this filing) |
| [ ] | Emerging Growth Company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Exchange Act")) |
| [ ] | If an Emerging Growth Company, indicate by check mark if the Registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of Securities Act |
| **[X]** | **Insurance Company relying on Rule 12h-7 under the Exchange Act** |
| [ ] | Smaller reporting company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) |
| Title of Securities Being Registered: Flexible Premium Deferred Index-Linked Annuity contracts. | Title of Securities Being Registered: Flexible Premium Deferred Index-Linked Annuity contracts. |

---

------

**JACKSON MARKET LINK PRO**<sup>®</sup> **ADVISORY 4**

**FLEXIBLE PREMIUM DEFERRED INDEX-LINKED ANNUITY**

**Issued by**

**Jackson National Life Insurance Company**<sup>®</sup>

**The date of this prospectus is May 4, 2026.** This prospectus contains information about the Contract and Jackson National Life Insurance Company ("Jackson<sup>®</sup>") that you should know before investing. This prospectus is a disclosure document and describes all of the Contract's material features, benefits, rights, and obligations of annuity purchasers under the Contract. The description of the Contract's material provisions in this prospectus is current as of the date of this prospectus. If certain material provisions under the Contract are changed after the date of this prospectus, in accordance with the Contract, those changes will be described in a supplemented prospectus. It is important that you also read the Contract and endorsements, which may reflect additional non-material state variations. Jackson's obligations under the Contract are subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability. The information in this prospectus is intended to help you decide if the Contract will meet your investment and financial planning needs.

Index-linked annuity contracts are complex insurance and investment vehicles and involve risk, including potential loss of principal. Before you invest, be sure to discuss the Contract's features, benefits, risks, and fees with your financial professional in order to determine whether the Contract is appropriate for you based upon your financial situation and objectives. Please carefully read this prospectus and any related documents and keep everything together for future reference.

The Contract makes available for investment index-linked and fixed options. Additional information about these investment options is available in Appendix A.

This prospectus describes the Indexes, Terms, Crediting Methods, Protection Option levels, and add-on benefits that we currently offer under the Contract. **The availability of investment options, benefits, and/or other features described in this prospectus may vary depending on the broker-dealer or financial intermediary through which the Contract is sold.** See Appendix I: Financial Intermediary Variations. **You should discuss with your financial professional any limitations or restrictions on investment options, benefits and/or features that apply through their broker-dealer or financial intermediary.** If a particular investment option or optional feature that interests you is not offered, you may want to contact another broker-dealer to explore its availability. In addition, not all optional features may be available in combination with other optional features, as we also reserve the right to prospectively restrict the availability to elect certain features if certain other optional features have been elected. We reserve the right to limit the number of Contracts that you may purchase. We also reserve the right to refuse initial and any or all subsequent Premium payments, which would mean you would no longer be able to increase your Contract Value or death benefit through subsequent Premium payments. Please confirm with us or your financial professional that you have the most current prospectus that describes the availability and any restrictions on the Crediting Methods and Protection Option levels.

The Contracts are sold by broker-dealers who are also registered as, affiliated with, or in a contractual relationship with a registered investment adviser, through their registered representatives/investment adviser representatives. The Contracts are intended to be used by investors who have engaged these investment advisers and investment adviser representatives to manage their Contract Value for a fee which is in addition to any fees and expenses charged under the Contract. We offer other registered index-linked annuity products with different product features, benefits and charges. Under certain circumstances, you may elect to have advisory fees directly deducted from your Contract Value and automatically transmitted to your third-party financial professional, subject to certain administrative rules. If you do elect to pay your advisory fees via direct deductions under our rules, these deductions will reduce Contract Value and may reduce your basic Death Benefit. The deduction of advisory fees is subject to Interim Value adjustments, and as a result, your Index Option Crediting Base may be reduced by more than the amount of the advisory fee if a deduction is taken at a point in time at which the Interim Value is less than the Index Option Crediting Base. Please note: if you make a withdrawal to pay advisory fees without setting up direct deductions under our administrative rules, or after electing an add-on GMWB, your withdrawal will be treated as a standard partial withdrawal under the Contract. This means, in addition to your Contract Value and any return of premium portion of your basic Death Benefit being reduced, the withdrawal will be subject to Market Value Adjustments, any applicable taxes, and tax penalties.

The Jackson Market Link Pro Advisory 4 Contract is an individual flexible Premium deferred registered index-linked annuity Contract issued by Jackson. The Contract provides for the potential accumulation of retirement savings and varying levels of downside protection in adverse market conditions. The Contract is a long-term, tax-deferred annuity designed for retirement or other long-term investment purposes. It is available for use in Non-Qualified plans, Non-Qualified contracts, Qualified plans, Tax-Sheltered annuities, Traditional IRAs, and Roth IRAs.

The Contract is not a short-term investment and is not appropriate for an investor who needs ready access to cash. Withdrawals could result in negative Contract adjustments, taxes, and tax penalties, as applicable. The Contract may not be appropriate for you if you plan to take withdrawals from an Index Account Option prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term, especially if you plan to

------

take ongoing withdrawals such as Required Minimum Distributions or Guaranteed Withdrawals under the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option, or the payment of advisory fees to your third-party advisor. **We apply an Interim Value adjustment if amounts are removed from an Index Account Option during the Index Account Option Term, and if this adjustment is negative, you could lose up to 100% of your investment. Withdrawals taken during the Market Value Adjustment Period may also be subject to a Market Value Adjustment, and if this adjustment is negative, you could lose up to 100% of your investment in extreme circumstances.** Withdrawals could also result in significant reductions to your Contract Value and the Death Benefit (perhaps by more than the amount withdrawn), as well as to the Index Adjustment credited at the end of the Index Account Option Term. Withdrawals may also be subject to income taxes and income tax penalties if taken before age 59½. If you do intend to take ongoing withdrawals under the Contract, particularly from an Index Account Option during the Index Account Option Term, you should consult with a financial professional.

**We limit the amount you can earn on an Index Account Option. Crediting Methods such as the Cap, Guaranteed Cap, Performance Trigger, and Performance Boost could limit positive Index gain. Crediting Method rates could change in the future, but in no event will an available Cap Rate be lower than 2% for a 6-year Index Account Option Term, 1.50% for a 3-year Index Account Option Term, or 1% for a 1-year Index Account Option Term; an available Index Participation Rate be lower than 100%; an available Guaranteed Cap Rate be lower than 1.50% for a 3-year Index Account Option Term, or 1% for a 1-year Index Account Option Term; an available Guaranteed Index Participation Rate be less than 100%; an available Performance Trigger Rate be lower than 1%; an available Performance Boost Rate be lower than 5% or Performance Boost Cap Rate be lower than 2% for a 6-year Index Account Option Term, 1.50% for a 3-year Index Account Option Term, or 1% for a 1-year Index Account Option Term. You could experience up to a 90% loss over the course of your Index Account Option Term due to poor Index performance after taking into account the current limits on Index loss provided under the contract depending on the Index Account Option you select. Protection Option rates could change in the future. Available Buffer Protection Options will always be at least 5%. We reserve the right to delete or add Index Account Options, Indexes, Crediting Methods, Protection Options, and Index Account Option Terms in the future. There will always be more than one Index Account Option available, and those options will always be identical or similar to one of the options disclosed in this prospectus.** 

This prospectus utilizes Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplements to describe (i) the current limits on Index losses for new Index Account Option Terms and (ii) the current charges and rates applicable to the add-on benefits. To obtain a copy of the most recent Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement(s), please visit <u>www.jackson.com/product-literature-11.html</u>.

Jackson is located at 1 Corporate Way, Lansing, Michigan, 48951. The telephone number is 1-800-644-4565. Jackson is the principal underwriter for these Contracts. Jackson National Life Distributors LLC ("JNLD"), located at 300 Innovation Drive, Franklin, Tennessee 37067, serves as the distributor of the Contracts. You can contact our Jackson Customer Care Center at P.O. Box 24068, Lansing Michigan 48909-4068; 1-800-644-4565; www.jackson.com.

**An investment in this Contract is subject to risk including the possible loss of principal and that loss can become greater in the case of an early withdrawal due to charges and adjustments imposed on those withdrawals. See "Principal Risks" beginning on page [20](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_28) for more information.** 

Additional information about certain investment products, including registered index-linked annuities, has been prepared by the SEC's staff and is available at <u>www.Investor.gov</u>.

If you are a new investor in the Contract, you may cancel your Contract within 10 days of receiving it without paying fees or penalties. In some states, or when purchased as a replacement, this cancellation period may be longer. Upon cancellation, you will receive a full refund of the amount you paid with your application, less any partial withdrawals you've taken prior to cancelling. You should review this prospectus, or consult with your financial professional, for additional information about the specific cancellation terms that apply.

**Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this prospectus. It is a criminal offense to represent otherwise. We do not intend for this prospectus to be an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy these securities in any state where this is not permitted.**

<u>• Not FDIC/NCUA insured • Not Bank/CU guaranteed • May lose value • Not a deposit • Not insured by any federal agency</u>

------

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| **TABLE OF CONTENTS** | **TABLE OF CONTENTS** |
| **[GLOSSARY](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_7)** | **[1](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_7)** |
| **[OVERVIEW OF THE CONTRACT](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_10)** | **[5](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_10)** |
| **[IMPORTANT INFORMATION YOU SHOULD CONSIDER ABOUT THE CONTRACT](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_13)** | **[12](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_13)** |
| **[FEES AND EXPENSES TABLE](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_16)** | **[19](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_16)** |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Transaction Expenses](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_19) | [19](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_19) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Adjustments](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_22) | [19](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_22) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Annual Contract Expenses](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_25) | [20](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_25) |
| **[PRINCIPAL RISKS](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_28)** | **[20](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_28)** |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Risk of Loss](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_31) | [20](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_31) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Liquidity](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_34) and Early Withdrawal Risk | [20](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_34) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Limitations on Transfers](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_37) | [20](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_37) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Premium Payments](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_40) | [21](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_40) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Reallocations](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_43) | [21](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_43) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Market Risk](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_46) | [21](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_46) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[No Ownership of Underlying Securities](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_49)  | [22](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_52) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Tracking Index Performance](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_52) | [22](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_52) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Limits on Investment Return](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_55) | [23](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_55) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Buffers](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_58) | [24](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_58) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Interim Value Risk](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_61) | [25](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_61) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Elimination, Suspension, Replacements, Substitutions, and Changes to Indexes, Crediting Methods, and Terms](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_64) | [25](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_64) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Performance Locks](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_67) | [26](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_67) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Issuing Company](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_70)  | [26](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_70) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Effects of Withdrawals, Annuitization, or Death](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_73) | [26](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_73) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[+Income GMWB and +Income GMWB with Joint Option Add-On Benefits](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_76) | [27](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_76) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Business Continuity and Cybersecurity Risk](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_79) | [28](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_79) |
| **[THE ANNUITY CONTRACT](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_82)** | **[29](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_82)** |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[State Variations](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_85) | [29](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_85) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Owner](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_88) | [29](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_88) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Annuitant](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_91) | [30](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_91) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Beneficiary](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_94) | [30](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_94) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Assignment](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_97) | [30](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_97) |
| **[JACKSON](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_100)** | **[30](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_100)** |
| **[CONTRACT OPTIONS](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_103)** | **[30](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_103)** |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Fixed Account](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_106) | [30](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_106) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Index Account](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_109) | [33](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_109) |
| **[ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE INDEX ACCOUNT OPTIONS](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_112)** | **[35](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_112)** |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Indexes](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_115) | [35](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_115) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Protection Options](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_118) | [39](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_118) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Crediting Methods](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_121) | [40](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_121) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Cap Crediting Method](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_124) | [41](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_124) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_127) | [42](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_127) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Performance Trigger Crediting Method](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_130) | [44](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_130) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Performance Boost Crediting Method](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_133) | [45](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_133) |

---

------

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Rate Enhancement Option](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_136) | [47](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_136) |
| **[BENEFITS AVAILABLE UNDER THE CONTRACTS](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_139)** | **[48](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_139)** |
| **[CHARGES AND ADJUSTMENTS](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_142)** | **[51](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_142)** |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[TRANSACTION EXPENSES](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_145) | [51](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_145) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Commutation Fee](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_151) | [51](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_151) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Expedited Delivery Charge](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_154) | [51](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_154) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Wire Transfer Charge](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_157) | [51](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_157) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Premium Taxes](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_160) | [51](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_160) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[ADD-ON BENEFIT EXPENSES](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_163) | [51](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_163) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[GMWB Charge](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_166) | [51](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_166) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Rate Enhancement Option Charge](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_169) | [53](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_169) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_172) | [53](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_172) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Interim Value Calculation and Adjustment](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_175) | [53](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_175) |
| **[PURCHASES](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_178)** | **[55](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_178)** |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Minimum Initial Premium](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_181) | [56](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_181) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Minimum Additional Premiums](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_184) | [56](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_184) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Maximum Premium](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_187) | [56](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_187) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Allocations of Premium](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_190) | [56](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_190) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Free Look](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_193) | [56](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_193) |
| **[TRANSFERS AND REALLOCATIONS](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_196)** | **[57](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_196)** |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Transfer Requests](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_199) | [57](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_199) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Automatic Reallocations](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_202) | [57](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_202) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Automatic Reallocation of Index Account Option Value to a New Index Account Option or the Fixed Account](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_205) | [57](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_205) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Performance Lock](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_208) | [58](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_208) |
| **[ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_217)** | **[60](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_217)** |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;['](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_220)[+Income GMWB and +Income GMWB with Joint Option](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_220) | [61](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_220) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Guaranteed Withdrawal Balance ("GWB")](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_223) | [62](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_223) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Withdrawals](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_226) | [63](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_226) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Premiums](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_229) | [65](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_229) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Step-Up](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_232) | [65](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_232) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[For Life Guarantee](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_235) | [66](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_235) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Owner's Death](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_238) | [66](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_238) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Contract Value is Zero](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_241) | [66](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_241) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Spousal Continuation](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_244) | [67](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_244) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Effect of GMWB on Tax Deferral](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_247) | [68](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_247) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[GMWB Income Options](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_250) | [68](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_250) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Required Minimum Distributions Under Certain Tax Qualified Plans ("RMDs")](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_253) | [69](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_253) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Additional Information Regarding +Income GMWB with Joint Option](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_256) | [70](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_256) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Termination](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_259) | [71](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_259) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Considerations](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_262) | [71](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_262) |
| **[INCOME PAYMENTS](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_265)** | **[72](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_265)** |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Income Options](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_268) | [73](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_268) |
| **[DEATH BENEFIT](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_271)** | **[73](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_271)** |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Payout Options](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_274) | [74](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_274) |

---

------

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Pre-Selected Payout Options](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_277) | [75](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_277) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Spousal Continuation Option](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_280) | [75](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_280) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Death of Owner On or After the Income Date](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_283) | [75](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_283) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Death of Annuitant](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_286) | [76](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_286) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Stretch Contracts](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_289) | [76](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_289) |
| **[TAXES](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_292)** | **[76](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_292)** |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;**[CONTRACT OWNER TAXATION](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_295)** | **[76](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_295)** |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Tax-Qualified and Non-Qualified Contracts](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_298) | [76](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_298) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Non-Qualified Contracts - General Taxation](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_301) | [77](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_301) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Non-Qualified Contracts - Aggregation of Contracts](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_304) | [77](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_304) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Non-Qualified Contracts - Withdrawals and Income Payments](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_307) | [77](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_307) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Non-Qualified Contracts - Required Distributions](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_310) | [77](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_310) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Non-Qualified Contracts - 1035 Exchanges](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_313) | [78](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_313) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Tax-Qualified Contracts - Withdrawals and Income Payments](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_316) | [78](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_316) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Withdrawals - Roth IRAs](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_319) | [78](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_319) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Death Benefits](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_322) | [78](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_322) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Assignment](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_325) | [79](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_325) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Withholding](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_328)  | [79](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_328) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Annuity Purchases by Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Corporations](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_331) | [79](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_331) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Definition of Spouse](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_334) | [79](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_334) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Transfers, Assignments or Exchanges of a Contract](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_337) | [79](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_337) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Tax Law Changes](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_340) | [80](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_340) |
| **[JACKSON TAXATION](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_343)** | **[80](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_343)** |
| **[OTHER INFORMATION](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_346)** | **[80](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_346)** |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[General Account](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_349) | [80](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_349) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Unregistered Separate Account](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_352) | [80](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_352) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Distribution of Contracts](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_355) | [80](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_355) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Modification of Your Contract](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_358) | [82](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_358) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Confirmation of Transactions](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_361) | [82](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_361) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[State Variations](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_364) | [82](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_364) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Legal Proceedings](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_367) | [82](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_367) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;[Financial Statements](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_370) | [82](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_370) |
| **[APPENDIX A (INVESTMENT OPTIONS AVAILABLE UNDER THE CONTRACT)](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_373)** | **A-[1](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_373)** |
| **[APPENDIX B (CALCULATION EXAMPLES)](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_376)** | **B-[1](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_376)** |
| **[APPENDIX C (STATE VARIATIONS)](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_379)** | **C-[1](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_379)** |
| **[APPENDIX D (INDEX DISCLOSURES)](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_382)** | **D-[1](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_382)** |
| **[APPENDIX E (GMWB PROSPECTUS EXAMPLES)](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_385)** | **E-[1](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_385)** |
| **[APPENDIX F (HISTORICAL ADD-ON BENEFIT RATES)](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_388)** | **F-[1](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_388)** |
| **[APPENDIX G (HISTORICAL ADD-ON BENEFIT CHARGES)](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_391)** | **G-[1](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_391)** |
| **APPENDIX H (HISTORICAL LIMITS ON INDEX LOSS)** | **H-[1](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_394)** |
| **APPENDIX I (FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARY VARIATIONS)** | **I-[1](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_397)** |
| **[CONTACT US](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_400)** | **J-[1](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_400)** |
| **[WHERE TO FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_403)** | **J-[2](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_403)** |

---

------

**GLOSSARY** 

**These terms are capitalized when used throughout this prospectus because they have special meaning. In reading this prospectus, please refer back to this glossary if you have any questions about these terms.**

**Adjusted Index Return** - the percentage change in an Index value measured from the start of an Index Account Option Term to the end of the Index Account Option Term, adjusted based on the Cap Rate, Index Participation Rate (applicable only with the Cap Crediting Method), Guaranteed Cap Rate, Guaranteed Participation Rate (applicable only with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method), Performance Trigger Rate, Performance Boost Rate, Performance Boost Cap Rate (applicable only with the Performance Boost Crediting Method), or Buffer, as applicable.

**Annuitant** – the natural person on whose life annuity payments for this Contract are based. The Contract allows

for the naming of joint Annuitants. Any reference to the Annuitant includes any joint Annuitant.

**Beneficiary** – the natural person or legal entity designated to receive any Contract benefits upon the Owner's death. The Contract allows for the naming of multiple Beneficiaries.

**Benefit Premium Base** - a value under the +Income GMWB and +Income GMWB with Joint Option. The Benefit Premium Base is equal to Contract Value on the effective date of the add-on benefit plus the total Premium received between the effective date of the add-on benefit and the next Contract Anniversary.

**Buffer -** the Protection Option offered and an Index Adjustment Factor. A Buffer is the amount of negative Index price change before a negative Index Adjustment is credited to the Index Account Option Value at the end of an Index Account Option Term, expressed as a percentage. A Buffer protects from loss up to a stated amount. You only incur a loss if the Index declines more than the stated Buffer percentage during the Index Account Option Term (though it is possible to incur a loss in excess of the stated Buffer percentage if you make a withdrawal prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term).

**Business Day** - any day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for business during the hours in which the New York Stock Exchange is open. Each Business Day ends when the New York Stock Exchange closes (usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern time).

**Cap Rate ("CR") or Cap** - one of four currently available Crediting Methods, and an Index Adjustment Factor. The Cap Rate is the maximum positive Index Adjustment, expressed as a percentage, that will be credited to an Index Account Option under the Cap Crediting Method at the end of each Index Account Option Term after application of the Index Participation Rate.

**Continuation Adjustment Holding Account** - A limited-purpose Fixed Account Option that is used only for spousal continuation adjustments. The Continuation Adjustment Holding Account cannot be independently elected.

**Contract** - the flexible premium deferred Index-linked annuity contract and any optional endorsements you may have selected.

**Contract Anniversary** - the Business Day on or immediately following each one-year anniversary of the Issue Date.

**Contract Monthly Anniversary** - each one-month anniversary of the Contract's Issue Date.

**Contract Option** - one of the options offered by the Company under this Contract. The Contract Options for this product are the Fixed Account and Index Account.

**Contract Value** - the sum of the allocations to the Fixed Account and the Index Account.

**Contract Year** - the succeeding twelve months from a Contract's Issue Date and every anniversary. The first Contract Year (Contract Year 0-1) starts on the Contract's Issue Date and extends to, but does not include, the first Contract Anniversary. Subsequent Contract Years start on an anniversary date and extend to, but do not include, the next anniversary date.

For example, if the Issue Date is January 15, 2026, then the end of Contract Year 0-1 would be January 14, 2027, and January 15, 2027, which is the first Contract Anniversary, begins Contract Year 1-2.

**Covered Life -** each of the individuals covered under the For Life Guarantee of the +Income GMWB with Joint Option.

**Crediting Method** - the general term used to describe a method of crediting the applicable positive Index Adjustment at the end of an Index Account Option Term.

------

**Death Benefit** - a standard Contract feature that guarantees your Beneficiaries will receive a benefit at the time of your death.

**Deferral Year -** the period of time measured by each Contract Anniversary that has passed after election of the add-on Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit ("GMWB").

**Designated Life -** the life on which certain Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit ("GMWB") values and guarantees are based.

**Determination Date -** the date the Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount Percentage ("GAWA%") is determined and locked-in, and the Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount ("GAWA") is determined for the first time after election of the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option.

**Excess Withdrawal -** any portion of a withdrawal taken, after election of the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option, that causes total withdrawals taken during that Contract Year to exceed the greater of the Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount ("GAWA") or Required Minimum Distribution ("RMD"), if applicable, on the date of the withdrawal.

**Fixed Account** - a Contract Option in which amounts earn a declared rate of interest for a defined period of time.

**Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate** - the minimum interest rate applied to the Fixed Account. The Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate is reset annually.

**Fixed Account Option -** An option within the Fixed Account for allocation of Premium or Contract Value defined by its Premium Allocation Date and term.

**Fixed Account Option Term Anniversary** - the Business Day concurrent with or immediately following the end of a Fixed Account Option term.

**Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate** - the minimum annual percentage that will be used to determine the Fixed Account Minimum Value.

**Fixed Account Minimum Value** - the minimum guaranteed amount of the Fixed Account Value. The Fixed Account Minimum Value is equal to 87.5% of all amounts allocated to the Fixed Account, reduced by the net amount of withdrawals and transfers from the Fixed Account, and taxes, accumulated at the Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate.

**Fixed Account Value** - the sum of the Fixed Account Option Values. The Fixed Account Value is equal to the larger of the Fixed Account Minimum Value or Premium allocated to the Fixed Account, plus interest credited daily at never less than the Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate for the Contract per annum, less any partial withdrawals including any Market Value Adjustments on such withdrawals, any amounts transferred out of the Fixed Account, and any applicable charges for add-on benefits.

**For Life Guarantee -** a guarantee under the +Income GMWB that entitles you to the Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount ("GAWA") for the lifetime of the Designated Life, or, with joint Owners, the lifetime of the joint Owner who dies first. For a Contract owned by a legal entity with joint Annuitants, the guarantee lasts for the lifetime of the joint Annuitant who dies first. Under the +Income GMWB with Joint Option, the guarantee lasts for the lifetime of the last surviving Covered Life.

**Free Withdrawal -** the maximum amount that may be withdrawn each year free of any otherwise applicable Market Value Adjustment. The Free Withdrawal amount is equal to 10% of Remaining Premium at the beginning of each Contract Year that would otherwise incur a Market Value Adjustment, plus 10% of additional Premium received during that Contract Year, less earnings. If an RMD or GAWA is applicable and exceeds 10% of Remaining Premium, the Free Withdrawal amount is equal to the greater of the RMD or GAWA, less earnings.

**Good Order -** when our administrative requirements, including all information, documentation and instructions deemed necessary by us, in our sole discretion, are met in order to issue a Contract or execute any requested transaction pursuant to the terms of the Contract.

**Guarantee Period** - the six-year period during which the Index Adjustment Factors for the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method remain unchanged.

**Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount ("GAWA") -** the maximum amount the Owner can withdraw from the Contract each Contract Year after the election of the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option, without reducing the guaranteed amount the Owner can withdraw in future Contract Years on Contracts without an applicable Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) under federal tax law or where the GAWA is higher than the applicable RMD.

**Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount Percentage ("GAWA%") -** the percentage, which is locked-in on the Determination Date based on the Designated Life's attained age and number of elapsed Deferral Years, and is used to determine the Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount. The GAWA% will not change after the Determination Date for any reason.

------

**Guaranteed Cap Rate ("GCR") or Guaranteed Cap** - one of four currently available Crediting Methods, and an Index Adjustment Factor. The Guaranteed Cap Rate is the maximum positive Index Adjustment, expressed as a percentage, that will be credited to an Index Account Option under the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method at the end of each Index Account Option Term after application of the Guaranteed Index Participation Rate.

**Guaranteed Index Participation Rate ("GIPR")** - the percentage applied to any positive Index Return in the calculation of the Index Adjustment for the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method. The GIPR is an Index Adjustment Factor, and is declared at the beginning of the initial Index Account Option Term for Index Account Options with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method. The GIPR is guaranteed to be at least 100%, and will never serve to decrease an Index Adjustment. The GIPR is not a stand-alone Crediting Method. It is applicable only with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method.

**Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit ("GMWB") -** an add-on benefit that may be purchased for an additional fee that provides for a Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount that is guaranteed for the life of the Designated Life (or Covered Lives if the Joint Option is elected) if the For Life Guarantee is in effect, or until the depletion of the Guaranteed Withdrawal Balance ("GWB") if the For Life Guarantee is not in effect.

**Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Charge ("GMWB Charge") -** the charge assessed annually upon election of the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option.

**Guaranteed Withdrawal -** the general term used to describe the greater of the GAWA or applicable RMD on Contracts with the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option.

**Guaranteed Withdrawal Balance ("GWB") -** the value upon which the GAWA and GMWB Charge are based. The GWB is not a Contract Value and cannot be withdrawn as a lump-sum.

**Income Date -** the date on which income payments are scheduled to begin as described in the Income Payments section of the prospectus.

**Index** - a benchmark used to determine the positive or negative Index Adjustment credited, if any, for a particular Index Account Option.

**Index Account** - a Contract Option in which amounts are credited positive or negative index-linked interest for a specified period.

**Index Account Option** - an option within the Index Account for allocation of Premium, defined by its Premium Allocation Date, term, Index, Crediting Method, and Protection Option.

**Index Account Option Term -** the selected duration of an Index Account Option.

**Index Account Option Term Anniversary** - the Business Day concurrent with or immediately following the end of an Index Account Option Term.

**Index Account Option Value** - the value of the portion of Premium allocated to an Index Account Option.

**Index Account Value** - the sum of the Index Account Option Values.

**Index Adjustment** - an adjustment to Index Account Option Value at the end of each Index Account Option Term. Index Adjustments can be zero, positive or negative, depending on the performance of the selected Index, Crediting Method, and Protection Option. The Index Adjustment is equal to the Adjusted Index Return.

**Index Adjustment Factor(s)** - the parameters used to determine the amount of an Index Adjustment. These parameters are specific to the applicable Crediting Method and Protection Option. Cap Rates, Guaranteed Cap Rates, Performance Trigger Rates, Performance Boost Rates, Performance Boost Cap Rates (applicable only with the Performance Boost Rate Crediting Method), Index Participation Rates (applicable only with the Cap Crediting Method), Guaranteed Index Participation Rates (applicable only with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method), and Buffers are all Index Adjustment Factors.

**Index Option Crediting Base** - a component of the calculation we use to determine your Index Account Option Value.

**Index Participation Rate ("IPR") -** the percentage applied to any positive Index Return in the calculation of the Index Adjustment for the Cap Crediting Method. The IPR is an Index Adjustment Factor, and is declared at the beginning of the Index Account Option Term. The IPR is guaranteed to be at least 100%, and will never serve to decrease an Index Adjustment. The IPR is not a stand-alone Crediting Method. It is applicable only with the Cap Crediting Method.

**Index Return -** the percentage change in an Index value measured from the start of an Index Account Option Term to the end of the Index Account Option Term.

------

**Interim Value** - the Index Account Option Value ***during*** the Index Account Option Term. The Interim Value will never be less than zero. The Interim Value is calculated on each day of the Index Account Option Term, other than the first and last days, and is the amount of Index Account Option Value available for partial or total withdrawals (including GAWA withdrawals, automatic withdrawals, RMDs, deduction of the GMWB Charge, direct deduction of advisory fees under our administrative rules, amounts applied to an income option upon annuitization, and payment of the Contract Value element of the Death Benefit) or Performance Locks. The Interim Value is equal to the sum of the fixed income asset proxy and the derivative asset proxy, less any applicable accrued Rate Enhancement Option Charge. For more information on Interim Value, please see "Interim Value Calculation and Adjustment" beginning on page [53](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_175).

**Issue Date** - the date your Contract is issued.

**Jackson, JNL, we, our, or us** – Jackson National Life Insurance Company. (We do not capitalize "we," "our," or "us" in the prospectus.)

**Latest Income Date ("LID")** - the date on which you will begin receiving income payments. The Latest Income Date is the Contract Anniversary on which the Owner will be 95 years old, or such date allowed by the Company on a non-discriminatory basis or required by a qualified plan, law or regulation.

**Market Value Adjustment ("MVA")** - a positive or negative adjustment we may apply to amounts you withdraw or annuitize under certain income options during the Market Value Adjustment Period that are in excess of the Free Withdrawal amount or in excess of the Guaranteed Withdrawal amount, including partial and total withdrawals, or amounts applied to income payments on an Income Date within the first Contract Year.

**Market Value Adjustment Period ("MVA Period")** - the first six years from the date any subsequent Premium is first allocated to any Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option.

**Owner, you or your** – the natural person or legal entity entitled to exercise all rights and privileges under the Contract. Usually, but not always, the Owner is the Annuitant. The Contract allows for the naming of joint Owners. (We do not capitalize "you" or "your" in the prospectus.) Any reference to the Owner includes any joint Owner.

**Performance Boost Cap Rate ("PBCR")** - an Index Adjustment Factor associated with the Performance Boost Crediting Method. The PBCR is the maximum positive Index Adjustment, expressed as a percentage, that could be credited to an Index Account Option under the Performance Boost Crediting Method at the end of each Index Account Option Term. The Performance Boost Cap Rate is not a stand-alone Crediting Method. It is applicable only when you select the Performance Boost Rate Crediting Method.

**Performance Boost Rate ("PBR") -** one of four currently available Crediting Methods, and an Index Adjustment Factor. The PBR is the amount that will be added to Index Return, expressed as a percentage, that will increase value of the Index Adjustment that will be credited to an Index Account Option under the Performance Boost Crediting Method at the end of each Index Account Option Term if the performance criteria are met. The Index Adjustment credited under the Performance Boost Crediting Method is limited by the Performance Boost Cap Rate.

**Performance Lock-** a Contract feature that permits the reallocation of full or partial Interim Value from an Index Account Option to the Performance Lock Holding Account prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term.

**Performance Lock Date** - the date Interim Value is reallocated to the Performance Lock Holding Account in connection with a Performance Lock.

**Performance Lock Holding Account** - A limited-purpose Fixed Account Option that is used for Performance Locks. The Performance Lock Holding Account cannot be independently elected.

**Performance Trigger Rate ("PTR")** - one of four currently available Crediting Methods, and an Index Adjustment Factor. The PTR is the amount of positive Index Adjustment, expressed as a percentage, that will be credited to an Index Account Option under the Performance Trigger Crediting Method at the end of each Index Account Option Term if the performance criteria are met.

**Premium** - consideration paid into the Contract by or on behalf of the Owner.

**Premium Allocation Anniversary** - the Business Day on or immediately following each one-year anniversary of the Premium Allocation Date.

**Premium Allocation Date** - the date that initial or subsequent Premium is allocated to the 1-year Fixed Account Option or any Index Account Option.

**Premium Year -** the succeeding twelve months from a Premium Allocation Date and every Premium Allocation Anniversary thereafter.

------

**Protection Option -** a Protection Option provides varying levels of partial protection against the risk of loss of Index Account Option Value when the Index Return is negative.

**Rate Enhancement Option -** an add-on benefit that may be purchased for an additional fee that provides higher Cap Rates, Index Participation Rates, Guaranteed Cap Rates, Guaranteed Index Participation Rates, Performance Trigger Rates, and Performance Boost Rates, as applicable, than those offered under the base Contract.

**Rate Enhancement Option Charge -** the charge accrued daily as part of the calculation of Interim Value upon election of the add-on Rate Enhancement Option.

**Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement** – a supplement to the prospectus that lists (i) the current limits on Index losses for new Index Account Option Terms and (ii) the current charges and rates applicable to the add-on benefits.

**Remaining Premium** - total Premium paid into the Contract, reduced by withdrawals of Premium before withdrawals are adjusted for any applicable Market Value Adjustment.

**Required Minimum Distributions ("RMDs") –** for certain qualified Contracts, the amount defined under the Internal Revenue Code as the minimum distribution requirement as applied to your Contract only. This definition excludes any withdrawal necessary to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements of the Internal Revenue Code if the Contract is purchased with contributions from a nontaxable transfer after the death of the Owner of a qualified Contract. On Contracts with the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option where the RMD is higher than the GAWA, the RMD is the maximum amount the Owner can withdraw each Contract Year without reducing the GAWA.

**Step-Up -** a feature under which we automatically increase the GWB to reflect any increases in the Contract Value due to positive investment performance during the Contract Year when you have elected the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option. There are annual Step-Ups and a Determination Date Step-Up available under the +Income GMWB and +Income GMWB with Joint Option.

**Subsequent Premium Holding Account** - A limited-purpose Fixed Account Option that is used for subsequent premium before it is allocated to the 1-year Fixed Account Option or Index Account Options. The Subsequent Premium Holding Account cannot be independently elected.

**Withdrawal Value** - the amount payable upon a total withdrawal of Contract Value. The Withdrawal Value is equal to the Contract Value, less any applicable charges for add-on benefits, subject to any applicable positive or negative Interim Value adjustment, adjusted for any applicable Market Value Adjustment.

------

**OVERVIEW OF THE CONTRACT**

**Purpose of the Contract**

Jackson Market Link Pro Advisory 4 is a **Registered Index-Linked Annuity** ("**RILA**") contract. The Contract is an SEC registered, tax deferred annuity that permits you to link your investment to an Index (or multiple Indexes) over a defined period of time ("term").

The Contract is intended to help you save for retirement or another long-term investment purpose through investments in a variety of Contract Options during the accumulation phase. The Contract also offers Death Benefits to protect your designated Beneficiaries. Through the annuitization feature, the Contract can supplement your retirement income by providing a stream of income payments. The Contract also offers certain optional living benefits that provide you with the ability to take guaranteed withdrawals. This Contract may be appropriate if you have a long investment time horizon. It is not intended for people who may need to make early or frequent withdrawals.

**Phases of the Contract**

The Contract has two phases: the accumulation phase, when you make Premium payments to us, and the income phase, when we make income payments to you.

***Accumulation Phase***

The Contract is divided into two general categories for allocation of your Premium and Contract Value during the accumulation phase: the Fixed Account, where amounts earn a declared rate of interest for an annually renewable one-year term, and the Index Account, where amounts earn index-linked interest ("Index Adjustment") for a specified term based in part upon the performance of a selected Index.

**A list of Contract Options and additional information about the Contract Options in which you may currently invest is provided in Appendix A: Investment Options Available Under the Contract.**

**<u>Index Account</u>**

The Contract currently offers six Indexes that can be tracked in any combination, which allow for the ability to diversify among different asset classes and investment strategies. At the end of the term, we will credit positive or negative interest ("Index Adjustment") to amounts allocated to your Index Account Option based, in part, on the performance of your selected Index. If the Index Return is positive, the Contract credits any gains in that Index to your Index Account Option Value, subject to the Crediting Method you choose: Cap, Guaranteed Cap, Performance Trigger, or Performance Boost. If the Index Return is negative, the Contract credits losses, which may be either absorbed or offset, subject to a Buffer Protection Option. You could lose a significant amount of money if the Index declines in value.

**Indexes:** Each Index is comprised of or defined by certain securities or by a combination of certain securities and other investments. The Indexes currently offered on the Contract are the **S&P 500, Russell 2000, Dow Jones Industrial Average, MSCI Emerging Markets, MSCI EAFE, and the Nasdaq-100**.

**Crediting Methods:** Each Crediting Method provides the opportunity to receive an Index Adjustment based *on any positive Index Return at the end of the Index Account Option Term*. We limit the amount you can earn on an Index Account Option through the use of the Crediting Methods. The Crediting Methods currently offered on the Contract are the Cap, subject to a stated Cap Rate (and an Index Participation Rate); Guaranteed Cap, subject to a Guaranteed Cap Rate (and a Guaranteed Index Participation Rate), Performance Trigger, subject to a stated Performance Trigger Rate; and Performance Boost, subject to a stated Performance Boost Rate (and a stated Performance Boost Cap Rate) Crediting Methods. Current Cap Rates, Index Participation Rates (applicable only with the Cap Crediting Method), Guaranteed Cap Rates, Guaranteed Index Participation Rates (applicable only with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method), Performance Trigger Rates, Performance Boost Rates, and Performance Boost Cap Rates (applicable only with the Performance Boost Crediting Method) are provided at the time of application, and to existing owners and financial professionals at any time, upon request. Crediting methods must be elected before the start of the Term and will apply for the duration of the Term.

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**• Cap** 

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ This Crediting Method provides a positive Index Adjustment equal to any positive Index Return multiplied by the stated Index Participation Rate, subject to a stated Cap Rate.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Cap Rate is the maximum amount of positive Index Adjustment you may receive. This means if the Index Return is in excess of the Cap Rate, your positive Index Adjustment will be limited by (and equal to) the Cap Rate. For example, if the Index Return is 12% and your Cap Rate under the Cap Crediting Method is 10%, we will credit you with a 10% positive Index Adjustment at the end of the Index Account Option Term, meaning your Contract Value will increase by 10%.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**◦ The Index Participation Rate is guaranteed to never be less than 100%. This means it will never reduce your Index Adjustment. If the Index Participation Rate is greater than 100%, it may serve to increase your Index Adjustment.**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;***◦* In no event will an available Cap Rate be lower than 2% for a 6-year Index Account Option Term, 1.50% for a 3-year Index Account Option Term, or 1% for a 1-year Index Account Option Term.**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ An Index Participation Rate or a Cap Rate are not a guarantee of any positive return.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**• Guaranteed Cap** 

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ This Crediting Method provides a positive Index Adjustment equal to any positive Index Return multiplied by the stated Guaranteed Index Participation Rate, subject to a stated Guaranteed Cap Rate.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Guaranteed Cap Rate is the maximum amount of positive Index Adjustment you may receive. This means if the Index Return is in excess of the Guaranteed Cap Rate, your positive Index Adjustment will be limited by (and equal to) the Guaranteed Cap Rate. For example, if the Index Return is 12% and your Guaranteed Cap Rate under the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method is 10%, we will credit you with a 10% positive Index Adjustment at the end of the Index Account Option Term, meaning your Contract Value will increase by 10%.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Guaranteed Cap Rate and the Guaranteed Index Participation Rate are declared on the first day of the initial Index Account Option Term and will not change for the duration of the Guarantee Period.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**◦ The Guaranteed Index Participation Rate is guaranteed to never be less than 100%. This means it will never reduce your Index Adjustment. If the Guaranteed Index Participation Rate is greater than 100%, it may serve to increase your Index Adjustment.**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;***◦* In no event will an available Guaranteed Cap Rate be lower than 1.50% for a 3-year Index Account Option Term, or 1% for a 1-year Index Account Option Term.**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ A Guaranteed Index Participation Rate or a Guaranteed Cap Rate are not a guarantee of any positive return.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• **Performance Trigger** 

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**◦** This Crediting Method provides a positive Index Adjustment equal to a stated Performance Trigger Rate if the Index Return is zero or positive.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Performance Trigger Rate equals the positive Index Adjustment that you will receive if the Index Return is zero or positive, regardless of whether the actual Index Return is higher or lower than the stated Performance Trigger Rate. For example, if the Index Return is 12% and your Performance Trigger Rate under the Performance Trigger Crediting Method is 10%, we will credit you with a 10% positive Index Adjustment at the end of the Index Account Option Term, meaning your Contract Value will increase by 10%.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**◦ In no event will an available Performance Trigger Rate be lower than 1%.**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ A Performance Trigger Rate is not a guarantee of any positive return.

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• **Performance Boost** 

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**◦** This Crediting Method provides a positive Index Adjustment equal to Index Return plus the stated Performance Boost Rate if the Index Return is zero, positive, or negative, *but not if the negative return is equal to or in excess of* the elected Buffer Protection Option, subject to a stated Performance Boost Cap Rate.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Performance Boost Cap Rate is the maximum amount of positive Index Adjustment you may receive. **This means that any positive Index Adjustment will always be limited by the stated Performance Boost Cap Rate.** For example, if the Index Return is -2%, your Performance Boost Rate under the Performance Boost Crediting Method is 10%, and your Performance Boost Cap Rate under the Performance Boost Crediting Method is 10%, we will credit you with an 8% positive Index Adjustment at the end of the Index Account Option Term, meaning your Contract Value will increase by 8%. This represents the application of the 10% Performance Boost Rate to the -2% Index Return.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Performance Boost Rate boosts your Index Adjustment to a value higher than Index Return, and is equal to the Buffer percentage. Since the Performance Boost Rate is equal to the Buffer:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;▪ If the Index Return is negative but *within* the Buffer, the Index Adjustment will always be positive.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;▪ If the Index Return is negative and *equal to* the Buffer, the Index Adjustment will always be zero.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;▪ If the Index return is negative *in excess of* the Buffer, the Index Adjustment will always be negative in the amount it exceeds the Buffer.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Performance Boost Crediting Method is only available with the Buffer Protection Option.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;***◦* In no event will an available Performance Boost Rate be lower than 5% or the Performance Boost Cap Rate be lower than 2% for a 6-year Index Account Option Term, 1.50% for a 3-year Index Account Option Term, or 1% for a 1-year Index Account Option Term.**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ A Performance Boost Rate or a Performance Boost Cap Rate are not a guarantee of any positive return.

The Index Participation Rate, the Guaranteed Index Participation Rate, and the Performance Boost Cap Rate are not available as stand-alone Crediting Methods.

**Protection Option:** A Protection Option provides a level of downside protection if the Index Return is negative. We currently offer a Buffer Protection Option. The current limits on Index losses for new Index Account Option Terms are disclosed in a Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. To obtain a copy of the most recent Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement(s), please visit <u>www.jackson.com/product-literature-11.html</u>.

A **Buffer** protects from loss up to a specific amount. You only incur a loss if the Index declines more than the stated Buffer percentage. For example, if an Index declines 15% and you chose a 10% Buffer, you would incur a loss of 5% for that Index Account Option Term. Available Buffer rates are guaranteed to be no less than 5% or more than 100%. **Available Buffer Protection Options will always be at least 5%.**

**Index Account Option Terms**: The Contract currently offers three term lengths: a 1-Year term, a 3-Year term, and a 6-Year term depending on the Crediting Method and Protection Option you choose.

The available Crediting Method and Protection Option rates for all Index Account Options other than the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method are the new business and renewal rates effective as of the first day of an Index Account Option Term and will not change until the end of your Index Account Option Term. The rate for a particular Index Account Option Term may be higher or lower than the rate for previous or future Index Account Option Terms. Available rates for the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method are the new business rates effective as of the first day of your initial Index Account Option Term and will not change until the end of your Guarantee Period. For more information on the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method, see "Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method" beginning on page [42](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_127).

We reserve the right to delete or add Index Account Options, Indexes, Crediting Methods, Protection Options, and Index Account Option Terms in the future. There will always be more than one Index Account Option available, and those options will always be identical or similar to one of the options disclosed in this prospectus.

------

**<u>Fixed Account</u>**

You also have the option to invest all or a portion of your Contract Value into a **Fixed Account Option**. Amounts allocated to the Fixed Account earn compounded interest at a fixed rate for the duration of the term. Currently, we offer a one-year term for amounts allocated to the Fixed Account and at the end of the one-year term, you will have the option of reallocating those amounts to Index Account Options, or to continue with the amounts in the 1-year Fixed Account Option. The credited interest rate on the Fixed Account is set annually and can be changed as each one-year term resets on the Fixed Account Option Term Anniversary, subject to a guaranteed minimum interest rate. The current guaranteed minimum interest rate, called the Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate, is equal to the current minimum non-forfeiture rate of 2.40%. If you allocate Contract Value to a Fixed Account Option, the Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate in effect at the time of the allocation will apply to that allocation until the reset of the Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate on the next Contract Monthly Anniversary in January. At that point, the Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate will be reset, which could change the amount of interest you earn thereafter on that allocation. We will advise you of any new Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate in the fourth quarter report for the calendar year preceding the January Contract Monthly Anniversary on which the reset occurs. Information regarding the current minimum guaranteed interest rates are available in Appendix A: Investment Options Available Under the Contract.

There are also several short-term limited-purpose Fixed Account Options used for specific transactions under the Contract. These Fixed Account Options may not be independently elected, and have special rules governing how funds are allocated into and out of them, as described below.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**• Performance Lock Holding Account**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ This Fixed Account Option is only available in connection with Performance Locks. On each Premium Allocation Anniversary, any amounts with that Premium Allocation Anniversary that are allocated to the Performance Lock Holding Account, including interest earned on those amounts, will be reallocated into a new Index Account Option identical to the one from which they were originally transferred, subject to availability requirements, unless new allocation instructions have been received by us in Good Order, and will begin a new Index Account Option Term. Please note that reallocations into an Index Account Option with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method are not permitted. You may only elect the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method at the time of a new Premium payment. If you have executed a Performance Lock on an Index Account Option with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method, on the next Premium Allocation Anniversary following that Performance Lock, we will automatically reallocate you into the identical Index Account Option with the standard (non-guaranteed) Cap Crediting Method unless you provide timely alternate transfer or reallocation instructions. See "Performance Lock" below for information on how the Performance Lock Holding Account is used for Performance Lock transfers.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**• Subsequent Premium Holding Account**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ This Fixed Account Option is only available in connection with subsequent Premium payments that do not yet meet the minimum allocation requirements of the Contract. *Any* amounts allocated to this option will remain allocated until the earlier of (i) the date on which the total value of all Premiums since the last Premium Allocation Date plus any interest earned in the Subsequent Premium Holding Account meet the minimum allocation requirements of the Contract, or (ii) the immediate next Contract Anniversary. On each Contract Anniversary, any amounts allocated to the Subsequent Premium Holding Account, including interest earned on those amounts, regardless of whether those amounts meet the minimum allocation requirements of the Contract, will be reallocated into a new Index Account Option(s) or 1-year Fixed Account Option, subject to availability requirements, based on the most recent allocation instructions received by us in Good Order, and will begin a new Index Account Option Term or Fixed Account Option Term.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**• Continuation Adjustment Holding Account**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ This Fixed Account Option is used solely for spousal continuation option adjustments. On the next Contract Anniversary, any amounts allocated to the Continuation Adjustment Holding Account in connection with a spousal continuation adjustment, including interest earned on those amounts, will be reallocated into a new Index Account Option(s) or 1-year Fixed Account Option, subject to availability requirements, based on the most recent allocation instructions received by us in Good Order, and will begin a new Index Account Option Term or Fixed Account Option Term.

------

***Income Phase***

You can elect to annuitize your Contract and turn your Contract Value into a stream of income payments from us. Currently, we offer income options that provide payments for (i) the life of the Annuitant(s), (ii) a specified period, or (iii) a combination of life and a specified period. We may offer other options, at our discretion, where permitted by state law.

Please note that if you annuitize, your Contract Value will be converted to income payments and you may no longer withdraw money at will from your Contract. All add-on benefits terminate when you begin taking income payments.

**Contract Features**

**Performance Lock:** Performance Lock is currently available with all Crediting Method options. This feature allows you to transfer either the partial or full Interim Value from your selected Index Account Option into the Performance Lock Holding Account, where it will earn the declared Performance Lock Holding Account rate of interest beginning on the Performance Lock Date until the next Premium Allocation Anniversary. You can view the Interim Value for your Index Account Option(s) as of the end of the previous Business Day in your account on jackson.com or by contacting us via phone at 1-800-644-4565. We use the Interim Value calculated at the end of the Business Day after we receive your request. This means you will not be able to determine in advance your "locked in" Interim Value, and it may be higher or lower than it was on the Business Day we received your Performance Lock request. Any such transfers are subject to an Interim Value adjustment, as discussed immediately above in this Overview of the Contract section, which can substantially reduce your Index Account Option Value. A Performance Lock of the full Interim Value ends the Index Account Option Term for the Index Account Option out of which it is transferred, effectively terminating that Index Account Option. Once a Performance Lock has been processed, it is irrevocable.

On each Premium Allocation Anniversary, any amounts with that Premium Allocation Date which are allocated to the Performance Lock Holding Account as part of a Performance Lock, including interest earned on those amounts, will be reallocated into a new Index Account Option identical to the one from which they were originally transferred, subject to availability requirements, unless new allocation instructions have been received by us in Good Order, and will begin a new Index Account Option Term. Please note that reallocations into an Index Account Option with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method are not permitted. You may only elect the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method at the time of a new Premium payment. If you have executed a Performance Lock on an Index Account Option with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method, on the next Premium Allocation Anniversary following that Performance Lock, we will automatically reallocate you into a comparable Index Account Option with the same index, and standard (non-guaranteed) Index Adjustment Factors under the Cap Crediting Method unless you provide timely alternate transfer or reallocation instructions.

**Rate Enhancement Option:** The Contract offers an add-on benefit that, for a fee, provides higher Cap Rates, Index Participation Rates, Guaranteed Cap Rates, Guaranteed Index Participation Rates, Performance Trigger Rates, and Performance Boost Rates, as applicable, than those offered under the base Contract. This add-on benefit is only available at the time your Contract is issued and cannot be terminated independent of the Contract. When elected, this add-on benefit provides a separate, higher set of Cap Rates, Index Participation Rates, Guaranteed Cap Rates, Guaranteed Index Participation Rates, Performance Trigger Rates, and Performance Boost Rates, as applicable, for all Index Account Options for the life of your Contract. For more information on how to access current applicable rates for your Contract, please see "Crediting Method and Protection Option Rates" beginning on page #. While the purchase of this add-on benefit ensures that these rates will be higher than the standard rates, there is no guaranteed minimum increase to the standard rates that you will receive by purchasing the add-on benefit. The add-on Rate Enhancement Option is not available in combination with elections of the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option.

**Access to Your Money:** You are permitted to make withdrawals under the terms of the Contract. Withdrawals taken during the Market Value Adjustment Period may be subject to Market Value Adjustments and withdrawals taken from Index Account Options may be subject to an Interim Value adjustment. **Depending on the Crediting Method, Protection Option, Index selected, and the amount of time that has elapsed in the Index Account Option Term, this adjustment could be substantial.** 

**Death Benefit:** During the accumulation phase, your Contract includes a standard Death Benefit. For Owners 80 or younger at the Issue Date of the Contract, the standard Death Benefit (known as the Return of Premium Death Benefit) is the greater of the Contract Value or the Premium you paid into the Contract (reduced proportionally by the percentage reduction in the Index Account Option Value and the Fixed Account Value for each partial withdrawal (including any applicable Market Value Adjustments)). For Owners age 81 or older at the Issue Date of the Contract, the standard Death Benefit is the Contract Value.

------

**Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit:** The Contract offers an add-on benefit that, for a fee, guarantees an annual level of income each year in the form of withdrawals ("GAWA withdrawals") equal to the greater of the Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount ("GAWA") or your Required Minimum Distribution ("RMD"), if applicable, prior to the Income Date. Two versions of this Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit ("GMWB") are available: +Income GMWB, which is a single life version, and +Income GMWB with Joint Option, which is a version for two Covered Lives. The GAWA is guaranteed even if your Contract Value drops to zero (other than due to an Excess Withdrawal or total withdrawal).

**Contract Adjustments**

**Interim Value:** Because the Index Account Options are designed to credit an Index Adjustment by measuring the change in the Index Return from the beginning of the Index Account Option Term to the end of the Index Account Option Term, an Interim Value calculation is necessary to determine the daily value of your Index Account Option on any given Business Day for purposes of Performance Locks or if amounts are removed from an Index Account Option prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term, including partial or total withdrawals from the Contract (including withdrawals of the Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount under the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option), automatic withdrawals, required minimum distributions ("RMD"), deductions of the GMWB Charge, direct deduction of advisory fees pursuant to our administrative rules, amounts applied to an income option upon annuitization, and payment of the Contract Value element of the Death Benefit. Each Index Account Option will have a separate Interim Value. Withdrawals will reduce the Interim Value and any withdrawal taken during the Market Value Adjustment Period may also be assessed applicable Market Value Adjustments in addition to the Interim Value adjustment. You could lose a significant amount of money due to the use of Interim Values if amounts are removed from the Index Account Options prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term.

The Interim Value is calculated based on the value of a hypothetical portfolio of financial instruments designed to replicate the value of the Index Account Option if it were held until the end of the Index Account Option Term. If you take a withdrawal that is based on Interim Value, the withdrawal will reduce the Interim Value of your Index Account Option by the amount withdrawn. Any applicable Market Value Adjustments, taxes, and tax penalties will subsequently be deducted from the amount you receive from a withdrawal, with the exception of the add-on Rate Enhancement Option Charge, which is calculated as part of the Interim Value on a daily basis. Please note that when calculating Interim Value, the Index Option Crediting Base is reduced proportionally to the Index Account Option Value for each withdrawal. If the Interim Value is greater than the Index Option Crediting Base, your Index Account Option Value will be decreased by less than the amount of the withdrawal; in other words, on less than a dollar for dollar basis. If the Interim Value is less than the Index Option Crediting Base, your Index Account Option Value will be decreased by more than the amount of the withdrawal; in other words, on more than a dollar for dollar basis. Amounts withdrawn during the Index Account Option Term will not receive an Index Adjustment at the end of that Index Account Option Term. This means that by transacting mid-term on Interim Value, you are reducing the Index Account Option Value that could have received an Index Adjustment at the end of the Index Account Option Term. The Interim Value may reflect a negative return even if the Index increases, and may reflect a positive return even if the Index decreases.

Interim Values generally reflect less gain and more downside than would otherwise apply at the end of the Index Account Option Term. Additionally, neither the Protection Option nor Crediting Method rates will be applied. As such, when a transaction is processed based on the Interim Value of the Index Account Option, the Interim Value could reflect less gain or more loss (possibly significantly less gain or more loss) than would be applied at the end of the Index Account Option Term.

**Market Value Adjustment:** A Market Value Adjustment ("MVA") may apply to amounts withdrawn or annuitized from the Contract during the MVA Period. The Market Value Adjustment reflects changes in the level of interest rates since the Premium Allocation Date. Market Value Adjustments protect the Company from risks related to the value of the fixed investment instruments supporting the Contract guarantees if amounts are withdrawn prematurely. The Market Value Adjustment shifts the risk from the Company to you.The application of a Market Value Adjustment could result in a reduction in the amount you receive from a withdrawal, and in extreme circumstances, such losses could be as high as 100% of the amount withdrawn. A Market Value Adjustment could also increase the amount you receive from a withdrawal in certain market conditions. A Market Value Adjustment will not otherwise affect the values under your Contract.

There is no Market Value Adjustment on: Death Benefit payments; amounts withdrawn for Contract charges; amounts removed from any Index Account Option on the Latest Income Date, transfers among Contract Options, withdrawals taken pursuant to the Free Look provision of your contract, withdrawals taken under the Free Withdrawal provision, GAWA Withdrawals, withdrawals taken to satisfy a required minimum distribution ("RMD"), amounts you withdraw after the Market Value Adjustment Period, earnings, and direct deductions of advisory fees made pursuant to our administrative rules. Please note that an MVA will only apply to income payments taken under income options for specified periods where the specified period is shorter than five years and those payments are taken during the first six years from the date any subsequent Premium is first

------

allocated to any Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option. Income payments taken under any other income option are not subject to an MVA.

**<u>Advisory Fee Deductions</u>**

The Contracts are available through third-party financial professionals who charge an advisory fee for their services. This advisory fee is in addition to contract fees and expenses disclosed in this prospectus. Under certain circumstances, you may elect to have advisory fees directly deducted from your Contract Value and automatically transmitted to your third-party financial professional, subject to certain administrative rules. If you do elect to pay your advisory fees via direct deductions under our rules, these deductions will reduce Contract Value and may reduce your basic Death Benefit. The deduction of advisory fees is subject to Interim Value adjustments, and as a result, your Contract Value may be reduced by more than the amount of the advisory fee if a deduction is taken at a point in time at which the Interim Value is less than the Index Option Crediting Base.

If you make a withdrawal to pay advisory fees without setting up direct deductions under our administrative rules, or after electing an add-on GMWB, your withdrawal will be treated as a standard partial withdrawal under the Contract. This means, in addition to your Contract Value and any return of premium portion of your basic Death Benefit being reduced, the withdrawal will be subject to Market Value Adjustments, any applicable taxes and tax penalties.

For more information on our administrative rules applicable to advisory fee deductions, please see "Access to Your Money - Our Administrative Rules" beginning on page [61](#id951aea7a74e4a9caa042a82876727a5_9794).

------

**IMPORTANT INFORMATION YOU SHOULD CONSIDER ABOUT THE CONTRACT**

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| | **FEES, EXPENSES, AND ADJUSTMENTS** | **FEES, EXPENSES, AND ADJUSTMENTS** | **FEES, EXPENSES, AND ADJUSTMENTS** | **Location in Prospectus** |
| **Are There Charges or Adjustments for Early Withdrawals?** | **Yes.** If you withdraw money from your Contract during the MVA Period, we will apply a Market Value Adjustment (MVA) to the amount withdrawn, which may be negative. The application of the MVA could result in loss. In extreme circumstances, such loss could be as high as 100% of the amount withdrawn. For example, if you invest $100,000 in the Contract and then take a total withdrawal of Contract Value within the first six Contract Years, you could lose up to $100,000 of your investment.<br>In addition, if all or a portion of Contract Value is removed from an Index Account Option before the end of the Index Account Option Term, or you exercise a Performance Lock, we will apply an Interim Value adjustment, which may be negative. The Interim Value adjustment applies upon partial or total withdrawals from the Contract (including withdrawals of the Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount under the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option), automatic withdrawals, RMDs, deductions of the GMWB Charge, direct deduction of advisory fees pursuant to our administrative rules, amounts applied to an income option upon annuitization, and payment of the Contract Value element of the Death Benefit. You could lose up to 100% of your investment due to this Interim Value adjustment. For example, if you allocate $100,000 to a 3-year Index Account Option and later withdraw the entire amount before the 3 years have ended, you could lose up to $100,000 of your investment. | **Yes.** If you withdraw money from your Contract during the MVA Period, we will apply a Market Value Adjustment (MVA) to the amount withdrawn, which may be negative. The application of the MVA could result in loss. In extreme circumstances, such loss could be as high as 100% of the amount withdrawn. For example, if you invest $100,000 in the Contract and then take a total withdrawal of Contract Value within the first six Contract Years, you could lose up to $100,000 of your investment.<br>In addition, if all or a portion of Contract Value is removed from an Index Account Option before the end of the Index Account Option Term, or you exercise a Performance Lock, we will apply an Interim Value adjustment, which may be negative. The Interim Value adjustment applies upon partial or total withdrawals from the Contract (including withdrawals of the Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount under the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option), automatic withdrawals, RMDs, deductions of the GMWB Charge, direct deduction of advisory fees pursuant to our administrative rules, amounts applied to an income option upon annuitization, and payment of the Contract Value element of the Death Benefit. You could lose up to 100% of your investment due to this Interim Value adjustment. For example, if you allocate $100,000 to a 3-year Index Account Option and later withdraw the entire amount before the 3 years have ended, you could lose up to $100,000 of your investment. | **Yes.** If you withdraw money from your Contract during the MVA Period, we will apply a Market Value Adjustment (MVA) to the amount withdrawn, which may be negative. The application of the MVA could result in loss. In extreme circumstances, such loss could be as high as 100% of the amount withdrawn. For example, if you invest $100,000 in the Contract and then take a total withdrawal of Contract Value within the first six Contract Years, you could lose up to $100,000 of your investment.<br>In addition, if all or a portion of Contract Value is removed from an Index Account Option before the end of the Index Account Option Term, or you exercise a Performance Lock, we will apply an Interim Value adjustment, which may be negative. The Interim Value adjustment applies upon partial or total withdrawals from the Contract (including withdrawals of the Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount under the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option), automatic withdrawals, RMDs, deductions of the GMWB Charge, direct deduction of advisory fees pursuant to our administrative rules, amounts applied to an income option upon annuitization, and payment of the Contract Value element of the Death Benefit. You could lose up to 100% of your investment due to this Interim Value adjustment. For example, if you allocate $100,000 to a 3-year Index Account Option and later withdraw the entire amount before the 3 years have ended, you could lose up to $100,000 of your investment. | **<u>Charges and Adjustments</u>** |
| **Are There Transaction Charges?** | **Yes.** In addition to any negative Market Value Adjustment or negative Interim Value adjustment, you may be charged for other transactions, such as when you request expedited delivery or wire transfer of funds. | **Yes.** In addition to any negative Market Value Adjustment or negative Interim Value adjustment, you may be charged for other transactions, such as when you request expedited delivery or wire transfer of funds. | **Yes.** In addition to any negative Market Value Adjustment or negative Interim Value adjustment, you may be charged for other transactions, such as when you request expedited delivery or wire transfer of funds. | **<u>Charges and Adjustments- Transaction Expenses</u>** |
| **Are There Ongoing Fees and Expenses?** | **Yes.** The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay each year, depending on the Investment Options and optional benefits you choose. Please refer to your Contract Data Pages for information about the specific fees you will pay each year based on the options you have elected. The fees and expenses disclosed below do not reflect any advisory fees paid to third-party financial professionals from your Contract Value or other assets. If such advisory fees were reflected, the fees and expenses disclosed below would be higher.<br>**There is an implicit ongoing fee on Index Account Options to the extent that your participation in Index gains is limited by Jackson through the use of a Cap, Guaranteed Cap, Performance Trigger Rate, or Performance Boost Cap Rate. This means that your returns may be lower than your elected Index's returns. In return for accepting this limit on Index gains, you will receive some protection from Index losses. This implicit ongoing fee is not reflected in the tables below.** | **Yes.** The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay each year, depending on the Investment Options and optional benefits you choose. Please refer to your Contract Data Pages for information about the specific fees you will pay each year based on the options you have elected. The fees and expenses disclosed below do not reflect any advisory fees paid to third-party financial professionals from your Contract Value or other assets. If such advisory fees were reflected, the fees and expenses disclosed below would be higher.<br>**There is an implicit ongoing fee on Index Account Options to the extent that your participation in Index gains is limited by Jackson through the use of a Cap, Guaranteed Cap, Performance Trigger Rate, or Performance Boost Cap Rate. This means that your returns may be lower than your elected Index's returns. In return for accepting this limit on Index gains, you will receive some protection from Index losses. This implicit ongoing fee is not reflected in the tables below.** | **Yes.** The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay each year, depending on the Investment Options and optional benefits you choose. Please refer to your Contract Data Pages for information about the specific fees you will pay each year based on the options you have elected. The fees and expenses disclosed below do not reflect any advisory fees paid to third-party financial professionals from your Contract Value or other assets. If such advisory fees were reflected, the fees and expenses disclosed below would be higher.<br>**There is an implicit ongoing fee on Index Account Options to the extent that your participation in Index gains is limited by Jackson through the use of a Cap, Guaranteed Cap, Performance Trigger Rate, or Performance Boost Cap Rate. This means that your returns may be lower than your elected Index's returns. In return for accepting this limit on Index gains, you will receive some protection from Index losses. This implicit ongoing fee is not reflected in the tables below.** | **<u>Contract Options - Index Account</u><br> <u>Additional Information About the Index Account Options - Crediting Methods</u>** |
| **Are There Ongoing Fees and Expenses?** | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**ANNUAL FEE** | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**MINIMUM** | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**MAXIMUM** | |
| **Are There Ongoing Fees and Expenses?** | 1. Base Contract | 0% | 0% |  |
| **Are There Ongoing Fees and Expenses?** | 2. Optional benefits available for an additional charge<sup>1</sup> | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | **<u>GMWB Charge</u>**<br>**<u>Rate Enhancement Charge</u>**<br>**<u>Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement</u>** |
|  | 1. This prospectus utilizes Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplements to describe the current minimum and maximum charges you would pay for a single optional benefit, if elected. To obtain a copy of the most recent Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement(s), please visit <u>www.jackson.com/product-literature-11.html</u>. | 1. This prospectus utilizes Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplements to describe the current minimum and maximum charges you would pay for a single optional benefit, if elected. To obtain a copy of the most recent Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement(s), please visit <u>www.jackson.com/product-literature-11.html</u>. | 1. This prospectus utilizes Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplements to describe the current minimum and maximum charges you would pay for a single optional benefit, if elected. To obtain a copy of the most recent Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement(s), please visit <u>www.jackson.com/product-literature-11.html</u>. |  |

---

------

---

| | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|
|  | Because your Contract is customizable, the choices you make affect how much you will pay. To help you understand the cost of owning your Contract, the following table shows the lowest and highest cost you could pay each year, based on current charges. This estimate assumes that you do not take withdrawals from the Contract, **which could add negative Contract Adjustments that substantially increase costs**. | Because your Contract is customizable, the choices you make affect how much you will pay. To help you understand the cost of owning your Contract, the following table shows the lowest and highest cost you could pay each year, based on current charges. This estimate assumes that you do not take withdrawals from the Contract, **which could add negative Contract Adjustments that substantially increase costs**. | |
| | &nbsp;&nbsp;**LOWEST ANNUAL COST: See Current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement** | &nbsp;&nbsp;**HIGHEST ANNUAL COST: See Current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement** | **<u>Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement</u>** |
| | Assumes:<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Investment of $100,000<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• 5% annual appreciation<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• No add-on benefits<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• No sales charges or advisory fees<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• No transfers or withdrawals | Assumes:<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Investment of $100,000<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• 5% annual appreciation<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Most expensive add-on benefits<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• No sales charges or advisory fees<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• No transfers or withdrawals<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• 0% Interim Value adjustment | |
| | **RISKS** | **RISKS** | **Location in Prospectus** |
| **Is There a Risk of Loss from Poor Performance?** | **Yes.** You can lose money by investing in this Contract. **You could experience up to a 90% loss due to poor Index performance after taking into account the current limits on Index loss provided under the Contract. Protection Option rates could change in the future. Available Buffer Protection Options will always be at least 5%.** | **Yes.** You can lose money by investing in this Contract. **You could experience up to a 90% loss due to poor Index performance after taking into account the current limits on Index loss provided under the Contract. Protection Option rates could change in the future. Available Buffer Protection Options will always be at least 5%.** | **<u>Principal Risks</u>** |
| **Is this a**<br>**Short-Term Investment?** | **No.** This Contract is not designed for short-term investing and is not appropriate for an investor who needs ready access to cash. Withdrawals could result in significant reductions to Contract Value, the Death Benefit, and Contract benefits (possibly by more than the amount withdrawn).<br>Market Value Adjustments apply for up to 6 years after each Premium payment. They will reduce the value of your Contract if you withdraw money during that time. Amounts withdrawn from your Contract may also be subject to taxes and tax penalties. Amounts removed from an Index Account Option before the end of the Index Account Option Term may also result in a negative Interim Value adjustment and loss of positive Index performance. The benefits of tax deferral and living benefit protections also mean the Contract is more beneficial to investors with a long time horizon.<br>Because Index Account Options are designed to mature at the end of the Index Account Option Term, we need to know by the end of the Index Account Option Term whether you intend to reallocate to a different Contract Option. If you do not provide timely allocation instructions by close of business on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary of an expiring Index Account Option Term as to how you would like your Index Account Option Value allocated for your next Index Account Option Term, we will generally (i) renew the Index Account Option into the same Index Account Option Term, if available; or (ii) if the same Crediting Method, Protection Option, or Index you elected is not available, we will reallocate the Index Account Option Value(s) to the Fixed Account. The rates applicable to your new Index Account Option or Fixed Account Option will be the then-current renewal rates associated with your Contract. | **No.** This Contract is not designed for short-term investing and is not appropriate for an investor who needs ready access to cash. Withdrawals could result in significant reductions to Contract Value, the Death Benefit, and Contract benefits (possibly by more than the amount withdrawn).<br>Market Value Adjustments apply for up to 6 years after each Premium payment. They will reduce the value of your Contract if you withdraw money during that time. Amounts withdrawn from your Contract may also be subject to taxes and tax penalties. Amounts removed from an Index Account Option before the end of the Index Account Option Term may also result in a negative Interim Value adjustment and loss of positive Index performance. The benefits of tax deferral and living benefit protections also mean the Contract is more beneficial to investors with a long time horizon.<br>Because Index Account Options are designed to mature at the end of the Index Account Option Term, we need to know by the end of the Index Account Option Term whether you intend to reallocate to a different Contract Option. If you do not provide timely allocation instructions by close of business on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary of an expiring Index Account Option Term as to how you would like your Index Account Option Value allocated for your next Index Account Option Term, we will generally (i) renew the Index Account Option into the same Index Account Option Term, if available; or (ii) if the same Crediting Method, Protection Option, or Index you elected is not available, we will reallocate the Index Account Option Value(s) to the Fixed Account. The rates applicable to your new Index Account Option or Fixed Account Option will be the then-current renewal rates associated with your Contract. | **<u>Principal Risks</u>**<br>**<u>Contract Charges</u>**<br>**<u>Transfers and Reallocations</u>** |

---

------

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **What Are the Risks Associated with the Investment Options?** | An investment in this Contract is subject to the risk of poor investment performance and can vary depending on the performance of the Contract Options you choose. Each Contract Option (Index Account Options and Fixed Account Options) has its own unique risks. Withdrawals from an Index Account Option prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term are subject to an Interim Value adjustment. You should review the available Contract Options before making an investment decision.<br>The Cap Rate, Guaranteed Cap Rate, Performance Trigger Rate, and Performance Boost Cap Rate, as applicable, will limit positive Index returns (e.g., limited upside). **This may result in you earning less than the Index return.** For example, assume the Index return is 15% at the end of the Index Account Option Term:<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Under a Cap Crediting Method with a 10% Cap Rate, we will credit a 10% Index Adjustment at the end of the Index Account Option Term;<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Under a Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method with a 10% Guaranteed Cap Rate, we will credit a 10% Index Adjustment at the end of the Index Account Option Term;<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Under a Performance Trigger Crediting Method with a 10% Performance Trigger Rate, we will credit a 10% Index Adjustment at the end of the Index Account Option Term; and<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Under a Performance Boost Crediting Method with a 10% Performance Boost Cap Rate, we will credit a 10% Index Adjustment at the end of the Index Account Option Term.<br>The Buffer will limit negative Index returns (e.g., limited protection in the case of market decline). For example, assume an Index return of -25% at the end of the Index Account Option Term: <br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• If the Buffer is -10%, we will credit a -15% Index Adjustment at the end of the Index Account Option Term.<br>The Indexes available for election are price return indexes and not total return indexes, and therefore do not reflect dividends paid on the securities composing the Index. This will reduce the Index return and will cause the Index to underperform a direct investment in the securities composing the Index. | **<u>Principal Risks</u>** |
| **What Are the Risks Related to the Insurance Company?** | An investment in the Contract is subject to the risks related to Jackson. Any obligations (including under any Fixed Account Options and Index Account Options), guarantees, and benefits of the Contract are subject to the claims-paying ability of Jackson. More information about Jackson is available upon request by visiting our website at <u>www.jackson.com</u> or by calling 1-800-644-4565. | **<u>Principal Risks</u>** |

---

------

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| | **RESTRICTIONS** | **Location in Prospectus** |
| **Are There Restrictions on the Investment Options?** | **Yes.** <br>**Premium Payments.**<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• The minimum initial Premium payment must be at least $25,000.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• The minimum subsequent Premium payment must be at least $500 ($50 for an automatic payment plan).<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• The maximum aggregate Premium payments you may make without our prior approval is $1 million.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• There is a minimum allocation requirement of $500. Any Premium payment that does not meet this minimum allocation requirement will be held in the Subsequent Premium Holding Account in the Fixed Account until the earlier of (i) the next Contract Anniversary, or (ii) the date on which the total value of all Premiums since the last Premium Allocation Date plus any interest earned in the Subsequent Premium Holding Account equals $500 or more. <br>**Transfers and Reallocations.**<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Transfers and reallocations from the Index Account Options are only permitted on Index Account Option Term Anniversaries, unless you exercise a Performance Lock.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Transfers from the 1-year Fixed Account Option are only permitted on Fixed Account Option Term Anniversaries.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Transfers from the Performance Lock Holding Account are only permitted on the applicable Premium Allocation Anniversary for the Contract Value on which the Performance Lock was executed.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Transfers from the Subsequent Premium Holding Account are only permitted on the earlier of (i) the next Contract Anniversary, or (ii) the date on which the Contract's minimum allocation requirements are met.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Transfers from the Continuation Adjustment Holding Account are only permitted on Contract Anniversaries. <br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Transfers and reallocations are not permitted into Index Account Options with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method, which is only available at the time of a Premium payment. | **<u>Principal Risks</u>**<br>**<u>Transfers and Reallocations</u>**<br>**<u>Additional Information About the Index Account Options</u>**<br>**<u>Purchases</u>**<br>**<u>Access to Your Money - +Income GMWB and +Income GMWB with Joint Option</u>**<br>**<u>Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement</u>** |

---

------

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| **Are There Restrictions on the Investment Options? (continued from previous page)** | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• If you do not want to remain invested in the 1-year Fixed Account Option until the next Contract Fixed Account Option Term Anniversary, or in an Index Account Option until the end of the Index Account Option Term, your only options will be to take a total or partial withdrawal from the Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option, or exercise a Performance Lock from the Index Account Option. Performance Locks and withdrawals out of Index Account Options prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term will be based on the Interim Values of the Index Account Options, and all withdrawals may be subject to Withdrawal Charges, Market Value Adjustments, taxes, and tax penalties.<br>**Investment Restrictions.**<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Jackson reserves the right to place restrictions on which Contract Options you may select when you have elected the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option. This includes restrictions to Index Account Option Crediting Methods, Protection Options, Indexes, and Term lengths. If any such restrictions are in place, they will be listed in Appendix A: Investment Options Available Under the Contract.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• The availability of investment options may vary depending on the broker-dealer or financial intermediary through which the Contract is sold. You should discuss with your financial professional any limitations or restrictions on investment options that apply through their broker-dealer. <br>**Our Rights to Change Index Account Options and Indexes Offered Under the Contract.**<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• We reserve the right to delete or add Index Account Options, Indexes, Crediting Methods, Protection Options, and Index Account Option Terms in the future. There will always be more than one Index Account Option available, and those options will always be identical or similar to one of the options disclosed in this prospectus. <br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• We may replace an Index if it is discontinued or the Index is no longer available to us or if the Index's calculation changes substantially. Additionally, we may replace an Index if hedging instruments become difficult to acquire or the cost of hedging related to such Index becomes excessive. We may do so at the end of an Index Account Option Term or during an Index Account Option Term.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• We may change the Crediting Method Rates and Protection Option rates of the Index Account Options available under the Contract, subject to the stated guaranteed minimum or maximum rates. Crediting Method and Protection Option rates will not change during an Index Account Option Term. The current limits on Index losses for new Index Account Option Terms are disclosed in a Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. To obtain a copy of the most recent Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement(s), please visit www.jackson.com/product-literature-11.html.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• There is no guarantee that a particular Index Account Option will be available during the entire time that you own your Contract. We guarantee that at least two Index Account Options will always be available, and that those options will be identical or similar to those outlined in this prospectus.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• If in the future you are not satisfied with the available Index Account Options, you may choose to withdraw your Index Account Option Value or take a total withdrawal from the Contract, but you may be subject to Withdrawal Charges, Market Value Adjustments, taxes, and tax penalties, and an Interim Value adjustment if the withdrawal is made before the end of an Index Account Option Term. <br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Certain Index Account Options and Indexes may not be available through your financial professional. You may obtain information about the Index Account Options and Indexes that are available to you by contacting your financial professional. |

---

------

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **Are There any Restrictions on Contract Benefits?** | **Yes.** <br>**+Income GMWB and +Income GMWB with Joint Option.**<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Under the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option, withdrawals that exceed the Guaranteed Withdrawal amount ("Excess Withdrawals") may reduce the value of the benefit by more than the dollar amount of the withdrawal.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• We reserve the right to place restrictions on which Contract Options you may select when you have elected the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option. This includes restrictions to Index Account Option Crediting Methods, Protection Option levels, Indexes, and Term lengths. If any such restrictions are in place, they will be listed in Appendix A: Investment Options Available Under the Contract.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Any withdrawals taken from the Index Account Options under the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option add-on benefits will be based on Interim Value(s), which may result in loss.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Compliant withdrawals under the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option add-on benefits will not be subject to Market Value Adjustments, however Excess Withdrawals may be subject to Market Value Adjustments.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• All withdrawals may be subject to taxes. All withdrawals taken before the age of 59½ may be subject to tax penalties.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Cumulative subsequent Premium payments in any Contract Year after the first Contract Anniversary will be limited to the greater of (i) 5% of the Benefit Premium Base, or (ii) $10,000.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• +Income GMWB and +Income GMWB with Joint Option are not available in combination with elections of the add-on Rate Enhancement Option.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• +Income GMWB and +Income GMWB with Joint Option may not be available through all broker-dealers and may vary by state or date of purchase.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• We may modify or discontinue any add-on benefit at any time.<br>**Performance Lock.**<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Performance Locks will be based upon Interim Value calculated at the end of the Business Day after we receive your request. This means you will not be able to determine in advance your "locked in" Index Account Option Value, and it may be higher or lower than it was on the Business Day we received your Performance Lock request.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Only one partial Performance Lock per Premium Year per Index Account Option is permitted. <br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• A Performance Lock of the full Interim Value ends the Index Account Option Term for the Index Account Option out of which it is transferred, effectively terminating that Index Account Option. Once a Performance Lock has been processed, it is irrevocable.  | **<u>Benefits Available Under the Contracts</u>**<br>**<u>Access to Your Money - Our Administrative Rules</u>**<br>**<u>Access to Your Money - +Income GMWB and +Income GMWB with Joint Option</u>**<br>**<u>Transfers and Reallocations - Performance Lock</u>**<br>**<u>Appendix A: Investment Options Available Under the Contract</u>**<br>**<u>Appendix I: Financial Intermediary Variations</u>** |

---

------

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **Are There any Restrictions on Contract Benefits?**<br>**(continued from previous page)** | **Advisory Fees.**<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• If you make a withdrawal to pay third-party advisory fees without setting up direct deductions under our administrative rules, or after electing either the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option, your withdrawal will be treated as a standard partial withdrawal under the Contract. This means, in addition to your Contract Value and basic Death Benefit being reduced, the withdrawal will be subject to Market Value Adjustments any applicable taxes and tax penalties. It is important to note that deductions to pay advisory fees, even when taken pursuant to our administrative rules, will always reduce your Contract Value and the Contract Value portion of your basic Death Benefit, and they are otherwise subject to all contractual provisions and other restrictions and penalties, including Interim Value adjustments and minimum withdrawal requirements. <br>**Financial Intermediary Variations.**<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• The availability of Contract benefits may vary depending on the broker-dealer or financial intermediary through which the Contract is sold. You should discuss with your financial professional any limitations or restrictions on Contract benefits that apply through their broker-dealer.  | |
| | **TAXES** | **Location in Prospectus** |
| **What Are the Contract's Tax Implications?** | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Consult with a tax professional to determine the tax implications of an investment in and purchase payments received under this Contract.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• If you purchase the Contract through a tax-qualified plan or individual retirement account (IRA), you do not get any additional tax benefit.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Earnings on your Contract are taxed at ordinary income tax rates when you withdraw them, and you may have to pay a penalty if you take a withdrawal before age 59 ½. | **<u>Taxes</u>** |
|  | **CONFLICTS OF INTEREST** | **Location in Prospectus** |
| **How Are Investment**<br>**Professionals**<br>**Compensated?** | Your financial professional may receive compensation for selling this Contract to you in the form of advisory fees, revenue sharing, and other compensation programs. Accordingly, investment professionals may have a financial incentive to offer or recommend this Contract over another investment. | **<u>Distribution of Contracts</u>** |
| **Should I Exchange My Contract?** | Some financial professionals may have a financial incentive to offer you a new contract in place of the one you own. You should only consider exchanging your Contract if you determine, after comparing the features, fees, and risks of both contracts, and any fees or penalties to terminate the existing contract, that it is preferable to purchase the new contract rather than continue to own your existing Contract. | **<u>Non-Qualified Contracts - 1035 Exchanges</u>** |

---

------

**FEES AND EXPENSES TABLES**

**The following tables describe the fees, expenses, and adjustments that you will pay when purchasing, owning, and making partial or total withdrawals from an Index Account Option or from the Contract. The tables do not reflect any advisory fees paid to third-party financial professionals from your Contract Value or other assets you may hold, and if such advisory fees were reflected, the fees and expenses would be higher. Please refer to your Contract Data Pages for information about the specific fees you will pay each year based on the options you have elected.** 

**The first table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay at the time that you purchase the Contract, take withdrawals from an Index Account Option or from the Contract, or transfer Contract Value between Contract Options. State premium taxes may also be deducted.** 

**Transaction Expenses**

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| Premium Taxes (Percentage of Premium)<sup>1</sup> | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Minimum | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;0.0% |
| Premium Taxes (Percentage of Premium)<sup>1</sup> | Maximum | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;3.5% |
| Expedited Delivery Charge<sup>2</sup> | Highest Current Charge | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;$38 |
| Wire Transfers (for withdrawals)<sup>3</sup> | Highest Current Charge | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;$25 |

---

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;1.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Premium taxes generally range from 0.0% to 3.5%.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;2. We pass the current charges for requested expedited delivery services through to you directly, with no added fees or profits to us. This means these charges are subject to change and are not subject to a maximum.Between Monday and Friday, the current Expedited Delivery Charge is $23. On Saturday, the current Expedited Delivery Charge is $38.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;3. We pass the current charges for requested wire transfer services through to you directly, with no added fees or profits to us. This means these charges are subject to change and are not subject to a maximum. Currently, standard wire fees are $20, and international wire fees are $25.

**Adjustments**

**The next table describes the adjustments, in addition to any transaction expenses, that apply if all or a portion of the Contract Value is removed from an Index Account Option or from the Contract before the expiration of a specified period.**

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| **Adjustments** | **Maximum Adjustment** |
| Interim Value Adjustment Maximum Potential Loss<sup>1</sup> (as a percentage of Contract Value allocated to an Index Account Option) | 100% |
| Market Value Adjustment Maximum Potential Loss<sup>2</sup> (as a percentage of Remaining Premium) | 100% |

---

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;1.An Interim Value adjustment will apply to your Index Account Option Value upon removal of Contract Value from an Index Account Option prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term or exercise of a Performance Lock. The Interim Value adjustment will apply upon partial or total withdrawals from the Contract (including withdrawals of the GAWA under the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option), automatic withdrawals, required minimum distributions ("RMD"), deductions of the GMWB Charge, direct deductions of advisory fees pursuant to our administrative rules, amounts applied to an income option upon annuitization, and payment of the Contract Value element of the Death Benefit. For more information, please see "Interim Value Calculation and Adjustment" beginning on page [53](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_175).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;2.A Market Value Adjustment may apply to amounts withdrawn or annuitized from the Contract during the MVA Period. For more information, please see "Market Value Adjustment" beginning on page [54](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_2316).

------

**The next table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay each year during the time that you own the Contract. If you choose to purchase an add-on benefit, you will pay additional charges, as shown below.**

**Annual Contract Expenses**

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| **Annual Contract Expenses** | **Maximum**<br>**<u>Charge</u>** |
| Administrative Charge |  |
| Base Contract Charge |  |
| Optional Benefit Charges (as a % of benefit base) |  |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; +Income GMWB<sup>1</sup> | 3.0% |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; +Income GMWB with Joint Option<sup>1</sup> | 3.0% |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Rate Enhancement Option<sup>2</sup> | 2.0% |

---

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;1.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The charges for the +Income GMWB and +Income GMWB with Joint Option are calculated based on the applicable percentage of the Guaranteed Withdrawal Balance ("GWB").

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;2.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The charge for the Rate Enhancement Option is calculated based on the applicable annual percentage of the Index Option Crediting Base ("IOCB") and is assessed daily as part of the calculation of Interim Value. The charge is deducted at the end of the Index Account Option Term or upon the exercise of a Performance Lock, or upon partial or total withdrawals from the Index Account Option(s), automatic withdrawals, required minimum distributions ("RMD"), amounts applied to an income option upon annuitization, and payment of the Contract Value element of the Death Benefit.

In addition to the fees described above, we limit the amount you can earn on the Index Account Options. This means your returns may be lower than the Index's returns. In return for accepting this limit on Index gains, you will receive some protection from Index losses.

**PRINCIPAL RISKS**

The purchase of the Contract and the features you elect involve certain risks. You should carefully consider the following factors, in addition to considerations listed elsewhere in this prospectus, prior to purchasing the Contract.

**Risk of Loss.** An investment in an index-linked annuity is subject to the risk of loss. You may lose money, including the loss of principal.

**Liquidity and Early Withdrawal Risk.** We designed the Contract to be a long-term investment that you may use to help save for retirement. The Contract is unsuitable as a short-term savings vehicle. If you take withdrawals from your Contract during the Market Value Adjustment Period, Market Value Adjustments ("MVAs") may apply. In addition, each time you take a withdrawal prior to the end of the Index Account Option term, including direct deductions to pay advisory fees pursuant to our administrative rules, we will recalculate your Index Account Option Value, based on an Interim Value adjustment, which could be zero, positive or negative. In doing so, we use an Interim Value calculation based on the value of a hypothetical portfolio of financial instruments designed to replicate the value of the Index Account Option if it were held to the end of the Index Account Option Term. If the Interim Value is less than the Index Option Crediting Base, your Index Account Option Value will be decreased proportionally, potentially by more than the amount of the withdrawal; in other words, on more than a dollar for dollar basis. Any negative adjustment could be significant, up to 100% of Contract Value allocated to the Index Account Option, and impact the amount of Contract Value available for future withdrawals. In addition, amounts withdrawn from this Contract may also be subject to taxes and a 10% additional federal tax penalty if taken before age 59½. If you plan on taking withdrawals that will be subject to an MVA and/or taking withdrawals before age 59½, this Contract may not be appropriate for you.

**Limitations on Transfers.** You can transfer Contract Value among the Index Account Options and the Fixed Account Options only at designated times (on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary for amounts invested in Index Account Options, and the Fixed Account Option Term Anniversary for amounts invested in 1-year Fixed Account Option). You cannot transfer out of a current Index Account Option to another Index Account Option (or to a 1-year Fixed Account Option) until the Index Account Option Term Anniversary (unless you are executing a Performance Lock) and you cannot transfer out of a 1-year Fixed Account Option to an Index Account Option until the Fixed Account Option Term Anniversary. Contract Value in the Performance Lock Holding Account can only be transferred out on the Premium Allocation Anniversary corresponding with the Contract Value on which the Performance Lock was executed. Contract Value in the Subsequent Premium Holding Account can only be transferred out on the earlier of (i) the next Contract Anniversary or (ii) the date on which the Contract's minimum allocation requirements are met. Contract Value in the Continuation Adjustment Holding Account can only be transferred out on the next Contract Anniversary. In all cases, the amount transferred can only be transferred to a new Index Account Option or 1-year Fixed Account Option. This may limit your ability to react to market conditions. You should consider whether the inability to reallocate Contract Value during the elected investment terms is consistent with your financial

------

needs and risk tolerance. For more information about transfers, please see the section titled "Transfers and Reallocations" on page [57](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_196).

**Premium Payments.** Your ability to make additional Premium payments may be restricted under the Contract, depending on the version of the Contract that you own, the add-on benefits that you have elected, and other factors. The maximum aggregate Premiums you may make without our prior approval is $1 million. The payment of subsequent Premiums, depending on market conditions at the time they are made, may or may not contribute to the various benefits under your Contract, including the +Income GMWB. Our right to restrict Premiums to a lesser maximum amount may also affect the benefits under your Contract.

Subsequent Premium payments of less than $500 will be held in the Subsequent Premium Holding Account within the Fixed Account until the earliest of (i) the next Contract Anniversary or (ii) the date on which the total value of all Premiums since the last Premium Allocation Date plus any interest earned in the Subsequent Premium Holding Account totals $500 or more. This means Premium payments you make after your Contract has been issued that do not total $500 may not be immediately available for allocation to the Index Account Option(s) or Fixed Account Option(s).

If you elect the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option, cumulative subsequent Premium payments in any Contract Year after the first Contract Anniversary will be limited to the greater of (i) 5% of the Benefit Premium Base, or (ii) $10,000.

**Reallocations.** You should understand that a new Cap Rate, Index Participation Rate (applicable only with the Cap Crediting Method), Performance Trigger Rate, Performance Boost Cap Rate (applicable only with the Performance Boost Rate Crediting Method), or Performance Boost Rate will go into effect on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary for all new Index Account Option Terms. The Guaranteed Cap Rate and the Guaranteed Index Participation Rate (applicable only with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method) are declared on the first day of the initial Index Account Option Term and will not change for the duration of the Guarantee Period. Such rates could be lower, higher, or equal to your current Crediting Method percentage rate. We post all rates online at <u>Jackson.com/RatesJMLPA4</u>. The rates for Contract Value reallocations at the end of an Index Account Option Term are posted at least 30 days before the end of any Index Account Option Term. At least 30 days prior to any Index Account Option Term Anniversary, we will send you written notice reminding you of how you may obtain the rates for the next Index Account Option Term. You may provide reallocation instructions in writing using our Reallocation Form or a Letter of Instruction, online, or via telephone if you have provided telephone and electronic authorization according to our administrative rules. If you do not provide timely allocation instructions by close of business on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary of an expiring Index Account Option Term as to how you would like your Index Account Option Value allocated for your next Index Account Option Term, we will generally (i) renew the Index Account Option into the same Index Account Option Term, if available; or (ii) if the same Crediting Method, Protection Option, or Index you elected is not available, we will reallocate the Index Account Option Value(s) to the Fixed Account. See "Automatic Reallocations" beginning on page [57](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_202). Such reallocation instructions must be sent to us in written form acceptable to the Company, or online or via telephone if you have authorized telephone and electronic transactions on your account. For more information on how rates are set and communicated, please see the subsection titled "Crediting Methods" under "Additional Information About the Index Account Options" beginning on page [35](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_112). This will occur even if the Fixed Account and/or specific Index Account Option is no longer appropriate for your investment goals. For more information about transfers, please see the section titled "Transfers and Reallocations" on page [57](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_196).

**Market Risk.** There is a risk of substantial loss of Contract Value (except for amounts allocated to the Fixed Account) due to any negative Index Return that exceeds the Buffer amount. **You could lose up to 90% of Contract Value allocated to Index Account Options over the course of your Index Account Option Term due to negative Index Return after taking into account the current limits on Index loss provided under the Contract. Available Buffer Protection Options will always be at least 5%.** If any negative Index Return exceeds the Buffer you have elected at the end of the Index Account Option Term, you will realize the amount of loss associated with your elected Protection Option level. Buffers are not cumulative, and their protection does not extend beyond the length of any given Index Account Option Term. If you keep amounts allocated to an Index Account Option over multiple Index Account Option Terms in which negative Index Adjustments are made, the total combined loss of Index Account Option Value over those multiple Index Account Option Terms may exceed the stated limit of any applicable Protection Option for a single Index Account Option Term. In addition, any amounts removed from an Index Account Option prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term we will apply an Interim Value adjustment, which, in extreme circumstances, could result in the loss of Contract Value allocated to the Index Account Option as high as 100%.

------

**No Ownership of Underlying Securities.** You have no ownership rights in the securities that comprise an Index. Purchasing the Contract is not equivalent to purchasing shares in a mutual fund that invests in securities comprising the Indexes nor is it equivalent to directly investing in such securities. You will not have any ownership interest or rights in the securities, such as voting rights, or the right to receive dividend payments, or other distributions. Index returns would be higher if they included the dividends from the component securities.

**Tracking Index Performance.** When you allocate money to an Index Account Option, the value of your investment depends in part on the performance of the applicable Index. The performance of an Index is based on changes in the values of the securities or other investments that comprise or define the Index. The securities comprising or defining the Indexes are subject to a variety of investment risks, many of which are complicated and interrelated. These risks may affect capital markets generally, specific market segments, or specific issuers. The performance of the Indexes may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. Negative Index Return may cause you to realize investment losses. The historical performance of an Index or an Index Account Option does not guarantee future results. It is impossible to predict whether an Index will perform positively or negatively over the course of a term.

While you will not directly invest in an Index, if you choose to allocate amounts to an Index Account Option, you are indirectly exposed to the investment risks associated with the applicable Index as the Contract performance tracks the Index Return and then your elected Crediting Methods and Protection Option are applied based on that performance. Each Index's performance is subject to market risk, equity risk, and issuer risk (in addition to other risks identified in this section):

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• *Market Risk*. Each Index could decrease in value over short periods due to short-term market movements and over longer periods during more prolonged market downturns. Negative fluctuations in the value of an Index may be significant and unpredictable.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• *Equity Risk*. Each Index is comprised of equity securities. Equity securities are subject to changes in value, and their values may be more volatile than those of other asset classes. Equity securities may underperform in comparison to the general financial markets, a particular financial market, or other asset classes.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• *Issuer Risk*. The performance of each Index depends on the performance of individual securities included in the Index. Changes in the financial condition, credit rating, or public perception of an issuer of those securities may cause the value of the issuer's securities to decline.

In recent years, the financial markets have at times experienced periods of significant volatility and negative returns, contributing to an uncertain and evolving economic environment. The performance of the markets has been impacted by several interrelating factors such as, but not limited to, natural disasters, public health crises, inflation, political and social developments, and military and governmental actions. You should consult with your financial professional about how market conditions may impact your investment decisions under the Contract.

We calculate an Index Return by comparing the value of the Index between two specific points in time, which means the performance of the Index may be negative or flat for the Index Account Option Term as a whole (including a multi-year Index Account Option Term) even if the Index performed positively for certain periods of time during the Index Account Option Term.

An investment in an Index Account Option is not an investment in the companies that comprise the applicable Index. You will have no voting rights, no rights to receive cash dividends or other distributions, and no other rights with respect to the companies that make up the Indexes. Each Index is a "price return index," not "total return index," meaning the Index Return does not include any dividends or other distributions declared by the companies included in the Index. This will reduce the Index Return and will cause the Index to underperform a direct investment in the companies included in the Index.

In addition to the foregoing, each Index has its own unique risks, as follows:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• **S&P 500 Index**: The S&P 500 Index is comprised of equity securities issued by large-capitalization U.S. companies. In general, large-capitalization companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges and may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• **Russell 2000 Index**: The Russell 2000 Index is comprised of equity securities of small-capitalization U.S. companies. In general, the securities of small-capitalization companies may be more volatile and may involve more risk than the securities of larger companies. Small-capitalization companies are more likely to fail than larger companies.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• **Dow Jones Industrial Average Index:** The Dow Jones Industrial Average Index is a price-weighted measure of 30 U.S. blue-chip companies. The index covers all industries except transportation and utilities.

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• **MSCI EAFE Index:** The MSCI EAFE Index is comprised of equity securities of large- and mid-capitalization companies and it is designed to measure the equity market performance of developed markets, including countries in Europe, Australasia, and the Far East. In general, large-capitalization companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges and may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies, and the securities of mid-capitalization companies may be more volatile and may involve more risk than the securities of larger companies. Securities issued by non-U.S. companies (including related depositary receipts) are subject to the risks related to investments in foreign markets (e.g., increased price volatility; changing currency exchange rates; and greater political, regulatory, and economic uncertainty). This index is calculated in USD and local currency only. The exchange rates used for all currencies for all MSCI equity indexes are taken from Reuters at 4pm GMT each day.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• **MSCI Emerging Markets Index**: The MSCI Emerging Markets Index is comprised of equity securities of large- and mid-capitalization companies in emerging markets. In general, large-capitalization companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges and may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies, and the securities of larger companies. Mid-capitalization companies are more likely to fail than larger companies. Securities issued by non-U.S. companies (including related depositary receipts) are subject to the risks related to investments in foreign markets (e.g., increased price volatility; changing currency exchange rates; and greater political, regulatory, and economic uncertainty). Those risks are typically more acute when issuers are located or operating in emerging markets. Emerging markets may be more likely to experience inflation, political turmoil, and rapid changes in economic conditions than developed markets. Emerging markets often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements, less reliable valuations, and greater risk associated with custody of securities than developed markets. This index is calculated in USD and local currency only. The exchange rates used for all currencies for all MSCI equity indexes are taken from Reuters at 4pm GMT each day.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• **Nasdaq-100 Index**: The Nasdaq-100 is comprised of 100 of the largest domestic and international non-financial securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market based on market capitalization. The Index reflects companies across major industry groups including computer hardware and software, telecommunications, retail/wholesale trade and biotechnology. It does not contain securities of financial companies including investment companies. In general, large-capitalization companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges and may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies. To the extent that the Index is comprised of securities issued by companies in a particular sector, those securities may not perform as well as the securities of companies in other sectors or the market as a whole. Also, any securities issued by non-U.S. companies (including related depositary receipts) are subject to the risks related to investments in foreign markets (*e.g.*, increased volatility; changing currency exchange rates; and greater political, regulatory, and economic uncertainty).

**Limits on Investment Return.**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**• Cap Rate.** If you elect a Cap Crediting Method, the highest possible return that you may achieve on your investment is equal to the Cap Rate, or "Cap". The Cap therefore limits the positive Index Adjustment, if any, that may be credited to your Contract for a given Index Account Option Term. The Caps do not guarantee a certain amount of minimum Index Adjustment credited. Any Index Adjustment based on a Cap Crediting Method may be less than the positive return of the Index. This is because any positive return of the Index that we credit to your Index Account Option Value is subject to a maximum in the form of a Cap, even when the positive Index Return is greater.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**• Guaranteed Cap Rate.** If you elect a Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method, the highest possible return that you may achieve on your investment is equal to the Guaranteed Cap Rate, or "Guaranteed Cap". The Guaranteed Cap therefore limits the positive Index Adjustment, if any, that may be credited to your Contract for a given Index Account Option Term. The Guaranteed Caps do not guarantee a certain amount of minimum Index Adjustment credited. Any Index Adjustment based on a Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method may be less than the positive return of the Index. This is because any positive return of the Index that we credit to your Index Account Option Value is subject to a maximum in the form of a Guaranteed Cap, even when the positive Index Return is greater.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• **Performance Trigger Rate.** If you elect a Performance Trigger Crediting Method, the highest possible return that you may achieve is equal to the Performance Trigger Rate. The Performance Trigger Rate therefore limits the positive Index Adjustment, if any, that may be credited to your Contract for a given Index Account Option Term. The Performance Trigger Rates do not guarantee a minimum Index Adjustment amount. Any Index Adjustment credited for a Performance Trigger Crediting Method may be less than the positive return of the Index. This is because any positive return of the Index that we credit to your Index Account Option Value is always equal to the Performance Trigger Rate, even when the positive Index Return is greater.

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**• Performance Boost Cap Rate** (applicable only with the Performance Boost Crediting Method)**.** If you elect a Performance Boost Crediting method, the highest possible return that you may achieve is equal to the Performance Boost Cap Rate. The Performance Boost Cap Rate therefore limits the positive Index Adjustment, if any, that may be credited to your Contract for a given Index Account Option Term. The Performance Boost Cap Rates do not guarantee a minimum Index Adjustment amount. Any Index Adjustment credited for a Performance Boost Crediting Method may be less than the positive return of the Index. This is because any positive return of the Index that we credit to your Index Account Option Value is subject to a maximum in the form of a Performance Boost Cap Rate, even when the positive Index Return is greater. In addition, if the Index Return is negative and equal to or in excess of the elected Buffer, you will not get the benefit of the Performance Boost Rate to increase the value of your Index Adjustment. The Performance Boost Cap Rate is not a stand-alone Crediting method. It is applicable only if you elect the Performance Boost Rate Crediting Method**.**

**Cap, Guaranteed Cap, Performance Trigger, and Performance Boost Cap Rates are not annual rates. For Index Account Option Terms that are longer than one year, the rates would be lower on an annual basis.** 

New rates go into effect at the start of each new Index Account Option Term unless you have elected the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method. Such rates could be lower, higher, or equal to the current rate. If a new rate is unacceptable to you, you will have to reallocate your Contract Value to a different Index Account Option or to the Fixed Account. There is a risk that these other investment options will also not be satisfactory to you. Rates for the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method are declared on the first day of the initial Index Account Option Term and will not change for the duration of the Guarantee Period.

We reserve the right to remove Crediting Methods in the future, so there may not always be a Cap, Performance Trigger, or Performance Boost Crediting Method available to you for election on subsequent Index Account Option Terms. However, there will always be at least one Crediting Method available to you for election. Please note that the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method is only available for election at the time of a Premium payment. When available, the following guaranteed minimum rates will apply:

---

| | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Guaranteed Minimum Rates (When Offered)** | **Guaranteed Minimum Rates (When Offered)** | **Guaranteed Minimum Rates (When Offered)** | **Guaranteed Minimum Rates (When Offered)** |
| **Rate** | **Index Account Option Term Length** | **Index Account Option Term Length** | **Index Account Option Term Length** |
| | **1-Year** | **3-Year** | **6-Year** |
| Cap Rate | 1.0% | 1.5% | 2.0% |
| Index Participation Rate  | 100% | 100% | 100% |
| Guaranteed Cap Rate | 1.0% | 1.5% | 2.0% |
| Guaranteed Index Participation Rate | 100% | 100% | 100% |
| Performance Trigger Rate | 1.0% | 1.0% | 1.0% |
| Performance Boost Rate | 5.0% | 5.0% | 5.0% |
| Performance Boost Cap Rate | 1.0% | 1.5% | 2.0% |

---

**Buffers.** If you allocate money to an Index Account Option, Index fluctuations may cause an Index Adjustment to be negative at the end of the Index Account Option Term despite the application of the Buffer Protection Option.

A negative Index Return will result in a negative Index Adjustment if the negative Index Return exceeds the Buffer level you have selected.

If we credit your Contract with a negative Index Adjustment, your Index Account Option Value will be reduced. Buffers are not cumulative, and their protection does not extend beyond the length of any given Index Account Option Term. Any portion of your Contract Value allocated to an Index Account Option will benefit from the protection of the Buffer for that Index Account Option Term only. A new Buffer will be applied to subsequent Index Account Option Terms, subject to availability. **You assume the risk that you will incur a loss and that the amount of the loss could be as much as 90% of Contract Value after taking into account the current limits on Index loss provided under the Contract**. You also bear the risk that sustained negative Index Return may result in a zero or negative Index Adjustment being credited to your Index Account Option Value over multiple Index Account Option Terms.

------

**We reserve the right to remove Protection Options in the future. However, there will always be at least one Protection Option available to you for election. Available Buffer Protection Option rates will always be at least 5%.**

If an Index Account Option Value is credited with a negative Index Adjustment for multiple Index Account Option Terms, the total combined loss of Index Account Option Value over those multiple Index Account Option Terms may exceed the stated limit of any applicable Buffer for a single Index Account Option Term.

**Buffers are not annual rates. For Index Account Option Terms that are longer than one year, the rates would be lower on an annual basis.** 

**Interim Value Risk.** Each time you remove Contract Value from an Index Account Option prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term, we will recalculate your Index Account Option Value, based on an Interim Value adjustment, which could be zero, positive or negative. In doing so, we use an Interim Value calculation based on the value of a hypothetical portfolio of financial instruments designed to replicate the value of the Index Account Option if it were held to the end of the Index Account Option Term. Interim Values generally reflect less gain and more downside than would otherwise apply at the end of the Index Account Option Term. Additionally, neither the Protection Option nor Crediting Method rates will be applied. As such, when a transaction is processed based on the Interim Value of the Index Account Option, the Interim Value could reflect less gain or more loss (possibly significantly less gain or more loss) than would be applied at the end of the Index Account Option Term. If the Interim Value is less than the Index Option Crediting Base, your Index Account Option Value will be decreased on a proportional basis, which may be more than the amount of the withdrawal; in other words, on more than a dollar for dollar basis. **Any negative adjustment could be significant, up to 100% of Contract Value allocated to the Index Account Option, and impact the amount of Contract Value available for future withdrawals.**

**Elimination, Suspension, Replacements, Substitutions, and Changes to Indexes, Crediting Methods, and Terms.** We may replace an Index if it is discontinued or if there is a substantial change in the calculation of the Index, or if hedging instruments become difficult to acquire or the cost of hedging becomes excessive. If we substitute an Index, the performance of the new Index may differ from the original Index, and you may not be able to achieve the level of Index Return you anticipated. If an Index is replaced during an Index Account Option Term, the Index Return for the Index Account Option Term will be calculated by combining the Index Return for the original Index from the beginning of the term up until the date of replacement, to the Index Return from the substituted Index starting on the date of replacement through the end of the Index Account Option Term, as follows:

Example: Assume that you allocate Contract Value to a 6-Year Index Account Option with the S&P 500 Index and the Index value is $1,000 at the beginning of the term. After 2 years, the S&P 500 Index is discontinued and replaced by the MSCI EAFE Index. On the day of the replacement, the S&P 500 Index is $1,100, so the Index Return as of that date is 10%. The MSCI EAFE Index value on the day of the replacement is $2,000. Going forward, your Index Return for the remainder of the Index Account Option Term will be equal to (1 plus 10%) times (1 plus the calculated return of the MSCI EAFE Index from the replacement date) minus 1. This means that at the end of the Index Account Option Term, if the MSCI EAFE Index value is $1,900, your Index Return would be (1+ 10%) x (1 + -5%) (-1) = 4.5%.

A substitution of an Index during an Index Account Option Term will not cause a change in the Crediting Method, Protection Option, or Index Account Option Term length. No Interim Value adjustment will apply at the time of the substitution if we substitute an Index.

Changes to the Cap Rates, Index Participation Rates (applicable only with the Cap Crediting Method), Performance Trigger Rates, Performance Boost Rates, and Performance Boost Cap Rates (applicable only with the Performance Boost Crediting Method), if any, occur at the beginning of the next Index Account Option Term. Guaranteed Cap Rates and Guaranteed Index Participation Rates (applicable only with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method) will not change during the Guarantee Period. The guaranteed minimum Buffer will not change for the life of your Contract. Available Buffer Rates are guaranteed never to be less than 5%.

We may also add or remove an Index, Index Account Option Term, Crediting Method, or Protection Option during the time that you own the Contract. You bear the risk that we may eliminate an Index Account Option or certain Index Account Option features and replace them with new options and features that are not acceptable to you. We will not add any Index, Index Account Option Term, Crediting Method, or Protection Option until the new Index or Crediting Method has been approved by the insurance department in your state. Any addition, substitution, or removal of an Index, Crediting Method, Protection Option, or Index Account Option Term will be communicated to you in writing.

------

**Performance Lock.** Because a Performance Lock utilizes Interim Value on the Performance Lock Date, you may receive less on the date you exercise your Performance Lock than you would have had you exercised your Performance Lock on a different date. The Interim Value is calculated based on the value of a hypothetical portfolio of financial instruments designed to replicate the value of the Index Account Option if it were held until the end of the Index Account Option Term. Interim Values generally reflect less gain and more downside than would otherwise apply at the end of the Index Account Option Term. Additionally, neither the Protection Option nor Crediting Method rates will be applied. As such, you may receive less than you would have received had you not exercised a Performance Lock and instead remained invested until the end of your Index Account Option Term when you would have realized the full value of your Index Adjustment Factors. When you exercise a Performance Lock, you must transfer the Interim Value from the selected Index Account Option to the Performance Lock Holding Account, which means you will not get the benefit of any positive Index market performance for the remainder of that Premium Year for any amounts included in the Performance Lock. Once you have exercised a Performance Lock, the Interim Value transferred to the Performance Lock Holding Account will be inaccessible for transfer until the next Premium Allocation Anniversary associated with the Contract Value subject to the Performance Lock. It is possible that the same combination of options that made up the Index Account Option on which you exercised your Performance Lock may no longer be available or may have different rates once you reach the Premium Allocation Anniversary, thus preventing you from being reallocated into an identical Index Account Option. If you exercise a Performance Lock out of an Index Account Option with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method, you will not be able to reallocate into a new or existing Index Account Option with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method. Further, once you have exercised a Performance Lock, it is irrevocable.

**Issuing Company.** No company other than Jackson has any legal responsibility to pay amounts that Jackson owes under the Contract. The amounts you invest are not placed in a registered separate account, and your rights under the Contract to invested assets and the returns on those assets are subject to the claims paying ability of Jackson. You should review and be comfortable with the financial strength of Jackson for its claims-paying ability.

**Effects of Withdrawals, Annuitization, or Death.** If any of the following are taken during the Index Account Option Term, they could be subject to an Interim Value adjustment that could reduce your Index Account Option Value: a partial or total withdrawal, a GAWA withdrawal on Contracts with +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option, Required Minimum Distribution ("RMD"), automatic withdrawals, Performance Lock, amounts applied to an income option upon annuitization, or payment of the Contract Value element of the Death Benefit. Such reduction could be significant. Interim Values generally reflect less gain and more downside than would otherwise apply at the end of the Index Account Option Term. Additionally, neither the Protection Option nor Crediting Method rates will be applied. As such, you may receive less than you would have received had you instead remained invested until the end of your Index Account Option Term when you would have realized the full value of your Index Adjustment Factors. The Interim Value may reflect a negative return even if the Index increases, and may reflect a positive return even if the Index decreases. If you take a withdrawal when the Index Return is negative, your remaining Contract Value may be significantly less than if you waited to take the withdrawal when the Index Return was positive. In addition, partial and total withdrawals taken during the MVA Period which exceed the Free Withdrawal amount, including Excess Withdrawals on Contracts with +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option, may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment. Amounts applied to income payments on an Income Date that is within one year of the Contract's Issue Date may also be subject to a Market Value Adjustment. Such reduction could be significant. See "Market Value Adjustment" beginning on page [54](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_2316) for more information. Because the deduction of advisory fees is subject to Interim Value adjustments, your Contract Value may be reduced by more than the amount of the advisory fee if a deduction is taken at a point in time at which the Interim Value is less than the Index Option Crediting Base.

All withdrawals, including GAWA withdrawals and RMDs, will be taken proportionately from each of your Index Account Options and Fixed Account Options unless otherwise specified. Withdrawals can also reduce the Death Benefit. Any Return of Premium Death Benefit will be reduced in a pro-rated amount. Pro rata reductions can be greater than the actual dollar amount of your withdrawal. In addition, since all withdrawals reduce the Contract Value, withdrawals will also reduce the amount that can be taken as income since such amount is determined by the Contract Value on the Income Date. The Latest Income Date for this contract is age 95.

If your Contract Value falls below the minimum Contract Value remaining as a result of a withdrawal (as stated in your Contract), we may terminate your Contract. This minimum Contract Value requirement does not apply if you have added +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option to your Contract.

There are administrative rules that must be followed when taking an RMD withdrawal. Notice of an RMD is required at the time of your withdrawal request, and there is an administrative form for providing such notice. The administrative form allows you to elect one time or automatic RMD withdrawals. Eligible withdrawals that are specified as RMDs may only be taken based on the value of the Contract to which the endorsement applies, even where the Internal Revenue Code allows taking multiple contracts' RMDs from a single contract. You, as Owner, are responsible for complying with the Internal Revenue Code's RMD requirements. If you fail to take your full RMD for a year, you will be subject to a 25% excise tax on any

------

shortfall. This excise tax is reduced to 10% if a distribution of the shortfall is made within two years and prior to the date the excise tax is assessed or imposed by the IRS. If your requested RMD exceeds our calculation of the RMD for your Contract, your request will not be eligible for the waiver of any applicable MVA and we will apply an MVA as applicable to the portion of the withdrawal exceeding our calculation of the RMD, which will be reflected in the confirmation of the transaction. An RMD exceeding our calculation may also result in an Excess Withdrawal for purposes of your +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option, which would result in an adverse recalculation of the GWB and GAWA. For more information on RMD requirements, please see "Required Minimum Distributions Under Certain Tax-Qualified Plans ("RMDs")" beginning on page [69](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_253).

**Deduction of Advisory Fees from Contract Value.** Under certain circumstances, you may elect to have advisory fees directly deducted from your Contract Value and automatically transmitted to your third-party financial professional, subject to certain administrative rules. If you do elect to pay your advisory fees via direct deductions under our rules, we will not treat such deductions as withdrawals in two specific ways: (i) we will not report them as taxable distributions under your Contract; and (ii) any such deduction will not trigger a reduction in the return of premium benefit base of the basic Death Benefit, as applicable (Owners age 81 and older on the date the Contract is issued do not have a return of premium element in the basic Death Benefit). It is important to note that deductions to pay advisory fees will always reduce your Contract Value and the Contract Value portion of your basic Death Benefit, and they are otherwise subject to all contractual provisions and other restrictions and penalties, including Interim Value adjustments and minimum withdrawal requirements. Because the deduction of advisory fees is subject to Interim Value adjustments, your Contract Value may be reduced by more than the amount of the advisory fee if a deduction is taken at a point in time at which the Interim Value is less than the Index Option Crediting Base. Advisory fees are in addition to expenses disclosed in this prospectus. In addition, the election of either the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option disqualifies you from utilizing our administrative rules to directly deduct advisory fees from Contract Value. This means if you take withdrawals to pay advisory fees and do not follow our administrative rules, and/or elect the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option, in addition to your Contract Value and the return of premium element of the basic Death Benefit being reduced, all such withdrawals will be subject to Market Value Adjustments and any applicable income taxes and penalties. For more information about our administrative rules applicable to the direct deduction of advisory fees from Contract Value, please see the subsection titled "Our Administrative Rules" in the section titled "Access to Your Money" beginning on page [41](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_124).

**Add-On Benefits.** You may never need or use certain features provided by the add-on benefits. In that case, you may pay for a feature for which you never realize any benefits.

Certain add-on benefits are subject to conditions, including increased withdrawal rates the longer you wait to initiate withdrawals after election of the add-on benefit. You may die before you begin taking withdrawals under the add-on benefit. Alternatively, you may not live long enough to receive enough benefit from the add-on benefit to exceed the amount of the fees you pay for the add-on benefit. You may need to make Excess Withdrawals, which have the potential to substantially reduce or even terminate the benefits available from the add-on benefits.

The Index Account Options you elect may provide sufficient credited interest such that you may not need the guarantee that may otherwise be provided by one of the Contract's add-on benefits available for an additional charge.

If your Contract includes the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option, Excess Withdrawals will reduce the value of the Guaranteed Withdrawal Balance ("GWB") in proportion to the amount of the Excess Withdrawal relative to the total Contract Value at the time of withdrawal. Accordingly, under certain circumstances, a withdrawal could reduce the value of the GWB by more than the dollar amount of the withdrawal.

On Contracts with the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option, cumulative subsequent Premium payments in any Contract Year after the first Contract Anniversary will be limited to the greater of (i) 5% of the Benefit Premium Base, or (ii) $10,000. This means you will be limited in the amount of additional Premium you can add to your Contract.

Add-on benefits may be available at issue or on your Contract Anniversary, subject to availability. If you do not elect the add-on benefit at issue, it is likely that the rates associated with the add-on benefit, including GAWA percentages, may be lower than the rates you would have received if you had elected the add-on benefit at issue. It is also possible that the charge for the add-on benefit elected on your Contract Anniversary may be higher than the charge that would have been applicable if you had elected the add-on benefit at issue.

We reserve the right to place restrictions on which Contract Options you may select when you have elected an add-on benefit. This includes restrictions to Index Account Option Crediting Methods, Protection Options, Indexes, and Term lengths. If any such restrictions are in place, they will be listed in Appendix A: Investment Options Available Under the Contract, and you will be provided notice of these restrictions.

------

The add-on +Income GMWB and +Income GWMB with Joint Option are not available in combination with elections of the add-on Rate Enhancement Option.

On Contracts with the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option, upon the death of the Owner or joint Owner, if the Beneficiary is a non-spousal Beneficiary, the GWB is void and this GMWB terminates automatically; therefore, the death of the Owner or joint Owner may have a significant negative impact on the value of this GMWB and cause the GMWB to prematurely terminate.

Neither the +Income GMWB, the +Income GMWB with Joint Option, nor the Rate Enhancement Option may be terminated independently from termination of the Contract, except in connection with a spousal continuation (with +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option), where permitted by the terms of the Contract.

The GMWB Charge that you pay for the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option may be increased every five Contract Years. While you have the ability to avoid any GMWB Charge increases by opting out of future annual Step-Ups, doing so will lock in your GAWA%, which means you are also foregoing any potential further increases to your GAWA%.

GMWBs generally may not be appropriate for Owners who have as a primary objective taking maximum advantage of the tax deferral that is available to them under an annuity contract to accumulate assets. Please consult your tax and financial professionals before adding a GMWB to a Contract.

Please note: the election of either the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option disqualifies you from utilizing our administrative rules to directly deduct advisory fees from Contract Value. This means that if you've elected the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option and you make a withdrawal to pay advisory fees, your withdrawal will be treated as a standard partial withdrawal under the Contract. In other words, in addition to your Contract Value and basic Death Benefit being reduced, the withdrawal will be subject to Market Value Adjustments, any applicable taxes and tax penalties.

**Business Continuity and Cybersecurity Risk.** We and our service providers and business partners are subject to certain risks, including those resulting from information system failures, cybersecurity incidents, public heath crises such as the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic, and other disaster events. Such events can adversely impact us and our operations. These risks are common to all insurers and financial service providers. These risks include, among other things, the theft, misuse, corruption and destruction of electronic information, interference with or denial of service, attacks on systems or websites, and other operational disruptions that could severely impede our ability to conduct our business or administer the Contract.

Such events could also adversely affect us by resulting in regulatory fines, litigation, financial losses, and reputational damage. Cybersecurity incidents may also impact the issuers of securities in which the underlying funds invest, which may cause the funds underlying your Contract to lose value. Although we take efforts to protect our systems from cybersecurity incidents, there can be no assurance that we or our service providers will be able to avoid cybersecurity incidents affecting Contract owners in the future. It is also possible that a cybersecurity incident could persist for an extended period of time without detection.

Additionally, our third-party service providers and other third-parties related to our business (such as financial intermediaries or, in the case of our variable products, underlying funds) are subject to similar risks. Successful implementation and execution of their business continuity policies and procedures are largely beyond our control. Disruptions to their business operations may impair our own business operations.

------

**THE ANNUITY CONTRACT**

Your Contract is a contract between you, the Owner, and us. The Contract is an individual flexible Premium deferred index-linked annuity. Your Contract and any endorsements are the formal contractual agreement between you and the Company. This prospectus is a disclosure document and describes all of the Contract's material features, benefits, rights, and obligations of annuity purchasers under the Contract.

Your Contract is intended to help facilitate your retirement savings on a tax-deferred basis, or other long-term investment purposes, and provides for a Death Benefit. Purchases under tax-qualified plans should be made for other than tax deferral reasons. Tax-qualified plans provide tax deferral that does not rely on the purchase of an annuity contract. We will not issue a Contract to someone older than age 85.

Your Premium and Contract Value may be allocated to:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• the Fixed Account, in which amounts earn a declared rate of interest for a certain period, and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• the Index Account, in which amounts may be allocated to the Index Account Options, which are currently available with a variety of Crediting Methods and term lengths, and a Buffer Protection Option, all of which may be credited with a zero, positive or negative Index Adjustment based upon the performance of a specified Index.

Your Contract, like all deferred annuity contracts, has two phases:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• the **accumulation phase**, when your Premium may accumulate value based upon the Index Adjustment and/or Fixed Account interest credited, and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• the **income phase**, when we make income payments to you.

As the Owner, you can exercise all the rights under your Contract. In general, joint Owners jointly exercise all the rights under the Contracts. In some cases, such as telephone and internet transactions, joint Owners may authorize each joint Owner to act individually. On jointly owned Contracts, correspondence and required documents will be sent to the address of record of the first Owner identified in your Contract.

**State Variations.** This prospectus describes the material rights and obligations under the Contract. There may be some variations to the general description in this prospectus, where required by specific state laws. Please refer to your Contract for specific variations applicable to you. Any state variations will be included in your Contract and any endorsements to your Contract. For a list of material state variations, please refer to Appendix C.

**Owner.** As Owner, you may exercise all ownership rights under the Contract. Usually, but not always, the Owner is the Annuitant. The Contract allows for joint Owners who are spouses (as defined under federal law). Only two joint Owners are allowed per Contract. Any reference in this prospectus to the Owner includes any joint Owner. Joint Owners have equal ownership rights, and as such, each Owner must authorize any exercise of Contract rights unless the joint Owners provide us with legal authorization to act upon authorization of an individual joint Owner.

In some cases, such as telephone and internet transactions, joint Owners may authorize each joint Owner to act individually. On jointly owned Contracts, correspondence and required documents will be sent to the address of record of the first Owner identified in your Contract.

***Ownership Changes*.** To the extent allowed by law, we reserve the right to refuse ownership changes at any time on a non-discriminatory basis, as required by applicable law or regulation. You may request to change the Owner or joint Owner of this Contract by sending a signed, dated request to our Customer Care Center at the address provided on the cover of this prospectus. The change of ownership will not take effect until it is approved by us, unless you specify another date, and will be subject to any payments made or actions taken by us prior to our approval. We will use the oldest Owner's age for all Contract purposes. No person whose age exceeds the maximum issue age allowed by Jackson as of the Issue Date of the Contract may be designated as a new Owner. On Contracts with the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option, while we may permit an ownership change under certain scenarios, neither the Designated Life nor the Covered Lives may be changed.

Jackson assumes no responsibility for the validity or tax consequences of any ownership change. If you make an ownership change, you may have to pay taxes. We encourage you to seek legal and/or tax advice before requesting any ownership change.

------

**Annuitant.** The Annuitant is the natural person on whose life income payments for this Contract are based. If the Contract is owned by a natural person, you may change the Annuitant at any time before you begin taking income payments by sending a written, signed and dated request to the Customer Care Center, at the address provided on the cover of this prospectus. If the Contract is owned by a legal entity, we will use the oldest Annuitant's age for all Contract purposes unless otherwise specified in your Contract. Contracts owned by legal entities are not eligible for Annuitant changes. The Annuitant change will take effect on the date you signed the change request, unless you specify otherwise, subject to any payments made or actions taken by us prior to receipt of the request in Good Order. We reserve the right to limit the number of joint Annuitants to two.

**Beneficiary.** The Beneficiary is the natural person or legal entity designated to receive any Contract benefits upon the first Owner's death. The Contract allows for the naming of multiple Beneficiaries. You may change the Beneficiary(ies) by sending a written, signed and dated request to the Customer Care Center, at the address provided on the cover of this prospectus or online if you have provided electronic authorization according to our administrative rules. If an irrevocable Beneficiary was previously designated, that Beneficiary must consent in writing to any change of Beneficiary(ies). The Beneficiary change will take effect on the date you signed the change request, subject to any payments made or actions taken by us prior to receipt of the request in Good Order.

**Assignment.** To the extent allowed by state law, we reserve the right to refuse assignments at any time on a non-discriminatory basis, as required by applicable law or regulation. You may request to assign this Contract by sending a signed, dated request to our Customer Care Center, at the address provided on the cover of this prospectus. The assignment will take effect on the date we approve it, unless you specify another date, subject to any payments made or actions taken by us prior to our approval. Your right to assign the Contract is subject to the interest of any assignee or irrevocable Beneficiary. If the Contract is issued pursuant to a qualified plan, it may not be assigned except under such conditions as may be allowed under the plan and applicable law. Generally, an assignment or pledge of a non-qualified annuity is treated as a distribution. On Contracts with the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option, while we may permit an assignment, neither the Designated Life nor the Covered Lives may be changed.

Jackson assumes no responsibility for the validity or tax consequences of any assignment. We encourage you to seek legal and/or tax advice before requesting any assignment.

**JACKSON**

The obligations under the Contract (including Fixed Account obligations, death benefits, living benefits, or other benefits available under the Contract) are obligations of Jackson and are subject to Jackson's claims-paying ability and financial strength. Jackson's principal business address is 1 Corporate Way, Lansing, Michigan 48951.

We do not file periodic reports, in reliance on Rule 12h-7 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), which exempts certain issuers of securities that are subject to insurance regulations from filing periodic reports pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

**CONTRACT OPTIONS**

The Contract is divided into two general categories for allocation of your Premium and Contract Value: the Fixed Account, where amounts earn a declared rate of interest for a specified term, and the Index Account, where amounts earn index-linked interest ("Index Adjustment") for a specified term based upon the performance of a selected Index.

**Fixed Account.** Amounts allocated to the Fixed Account earn a declared rate of interest based on the Premium Allocation Date of the allocated amounts. A Fixed Account Option credits interest to your Contract Value in the Fixed Account for a specified period, so long as the Contract Value in that Fixed Account Option is not withdrawn, transferred, or annuitized until the end of the specified period. Currently we offer a one year Fixed Account Option for election.

One year Fixed Account Option interest rates are guaranteed for one year from the date amounts are allocated into a Fixed Account Option and are subject to change on each Fixed Account Option Term Anniversary thereafter. In no event will the interest rate credited to amounts allocated to Fixed Account Options be less than the Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate, as discussed below. The Fixed Account is not registered with the SEC under either the Securities Act of 1933 or the Investment Company Act of 1940. Disclosures regarding the Fixed Account, however, are subject to the general provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in prospectuses. Information regarding the

------

features of the Fixed Account Option(s), including (i) name, (ii) term, and (iii) minimum guaranteed interest rates are also available in Appendix A: Investment Options Available Under the Contract.

***Special Limited-Purpose Fixed Account Options.*** There are several short-term limited-purpose Fixed Account Options used for specific transactions under the Contract. These Fixed Account Options may not be independently elected, and have special rules governing how funds are allocated into and out of them, as described below.

**Performance Lock Holding Account*.*** The Performance Lock Holding Account is a limited-purpose short-term Fixed Account Option that is used solely for Performance Locks and cannot be independently elected. *Any* amounts allocated to this option will remain allocated until their immediate next Premium Allocation Anniversary only, as described below. Fixed Account interest rates for the Performance Lock Holding Account are guaranteed from the date funds are allocated to the Performance Lock Holding Account until their next Premium Allocation Anniversary. On each Premium Allocation Anniversary, any amounts with that Premium Allocation Anniversary allocated to the Performance Lock Holding Account, including interest earned on those amounts, will be reallocated into a new Index Account Option identical to the one from which they were originally transferred, subject to availability requirements, unless new allocation instructions have been received by us in Good Order, and will begin a new Index Account Option Term. For more information on what happens if the same Index Account Option is unavailable, see "Automatic Reallocation of Index Account Option Value to a New Index Account Option or the Fixed Account" beginning on page [57](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_205).

**Subsequent Premium Holding Account.** The Subsequent Premium Holding Account is a limited-purpose short-term Fixed Account Option that is used solely for subsequent premium payments that do not yet meet the minimum allocation requirements of the Contract, and cannot be independently elected. *Any* amounts allocated to this option will remain allocated until earlier of (i) the date on which the the total value of all Premiums since the last Premium Allocation Date plus any interest earned in the Subsequent Premium Holding Account meet the minimum allocation requirements of the Contract, or (ii) the immediate next Contract Anniversary, as described below. Fixed Account interest rates for the Subsequent Premium Holding Account are guaranteed from the date funds are allocated to the Subsequent Premium Holding Account until the date funds are reallocated out of the Subsequent Premium Holding Account. On each Contract Anniversary, any amounts allocated to the Subsequent Premium Holding Account, including interest earned on those amounts, regardless of whether those amounts meet the minimum allocation requirements of the Contract, will be reallocated into a new Index Account Option(s) or Fixed Account Option, subject to availability requirements, based on the most recent allocation instructions received by us in Good Order, and will begin a new Index Account Option Term or Fixed Account Option Term. For more information on what happens if the elected Index Account Option(s) or Fixed Account Option is unavailable, see "Automatic Reallocation of Index Account Option Value to a New Index Account Option or the Fixed Account" beginning on page [57](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_205).

**Continuation Adjustment Holding Account.** The Continuation Adjustment Holding Account is a limited-purpose short-term Fixed Account Option that is used solely for spousal continuation option adjustments, and cannot be independently elected. *Any* amounts allocated to this option will remain allocated until the immediate next Contract Anniversary only, as described below. Fixed Account interest rates for the Continuation Adjustment Holding Account are guaranteed from the date funds are allocated to the Continuation Adjustment Holding Account until the next Contract Anniversary. On the next Contract Anniversary, any amounts allocated to the Continuation Adjustment Holding Account in connection with a spousal continuation adjustment, including interest earned on those amounts, will be reallocated into a new Index Account Option(s) or 1-year Fixed Account Option, subject to availability requirements, based on the most recent allocation instructions received by us in Good Order, and will begin a new Index Account Option Term or Fixed Account Option Term. For more information on what happens if the elected Index Account Option(s) or Fixed Account Option is unavailable, see "Automatic Reallocation of Index Account Option Value to a New Index Account Option or the Fixed Account" beginning on page [57](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_205).

***Fixed Account Value*.** The Fixed Account Value is equal to (1) the value of Premium and any amounts transferred into the Fixed Account; (2) plus interest credited daily at a rate not less than the Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate, per annum; (3) less any gross partial withdrawals; (4) less any amounts transferred out of the Fixed Account; (5) less any advisory fee deductions taken from the Fixed Account; (6) less any applicable GMWB Charge. The Fixed Account Value will never be less than the Fixed Account Minimum Value. The Fixed Account Minimum Value is equal to the greater of (a) eighty-seven and one half (87.5%) of any allocations to the Fixed Account, plus interest credited daily at never less than the Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate per annum, less any partial withdrawals (including any applicable Market Value Adjustment) after being reduced for any applicable taxes, or (b) zero Any portion of a Market Value Adjustment that would reduce the Fixed Account Value below the Fixed Account Minimum Value will be waived.

***Rates of Interest We Credit.*** This Contract guarantees a Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate that applies to amounts allocated to every Fixed Account Option under any Contract, regardless of the term of that option. The Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate guaranteed by the Contracts at least equals the minimum rate prescribed by the applicable nonforfeiture

------

law in each state where the Contracts are sold. In addition, we establish a declared rate of interest ("base interest rate") at the time you allocate any Premium payment or other Contract Value to a Fixed Account Option, and that base interest rate will apply to that allocation for the entire term of the Fixed Account Option that you are allocated to. To the extent that the base interest rate that we establish for any allocation is higher than the Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate, we will credit that allocation with the higher base interest rate. Thus, the declared base interest rate could be greater than the guaranteed Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate specified in your Contract, but will never cause your allocation to be credited at less than the currently applicable Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate. We may declare different base interest rates at different times, although any new base interest rate Jackson declares for a Fixed Account Option will apply only to Premiums or other amounts allocated to that Fixed Account Option after the new rate goes into effect.

The Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate will be a rate, credited daily, that will be reset every January pursuant to a formula that is prescribed under applicable state nonforfeiture laws and that is set forth in the Contracts. Specifically, the Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate will be reset each January to equal the average of the daily five-year Constant Maturity Treasury Rates reported by the Federal Reserve for the preceding October (rounded to the nearest 1/20 of a percent), less 1.25%, *provided* that the Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate will never be less than 0.15% or more than 3%. As noted above, these limits are prescribed by state nonforfeiture laws and set forth in the Contracts**.** This means that the Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate applicable to your Contract will in no case ever exceed a maximum of 3%. Your Contract's initial Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate will be stated in your Contract, and will be the rate that is in effect on the Contract's Issue Date pursuant to the preceding formula. Thereafter, on the Contract Monthly Anniversary in each January, the Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate will be reset in accordance with the formula above. The current Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate is equal to the current minimum non-forfeiture rate of 2.40%.

If you allocate a Premium payment or other Contract Value to a Fixed Account Option, the Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate in effect at the time of the allocation will apply to that allocation until the reset of the Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate on the next Contract Monthly Anniversary in January. At that point, the Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate will be reset according to the formula detailed above, which could change the amount of interest you earn thereafter on that allocation. Thus, if the new Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate is higher than the rate previously being credited to your allocation to a Fixed Account Option, the interest rate being credited may increase to that new higher rate. On the other hand, if the new Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate is lower than the rate being credited to your allocation, the interest rate being credited may decrease to that lower rate, but will never fall below the base interest rate. We will advise you of any new Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate in the fourth quarter report for the calendar year preceding the January Contract Monthly Anniversary on which the reset occurs.

Information regarding the current minimum guaranteed interest rates are available in Appendix A: Investment Options Available Under the Contract.

Renewal base interest rates for the Fixed Account declared on Fixed Account Option Term Anniversaries may be different from the base interest rates for prior Fixed Account Option Terms, but will never be less than the Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate specified in your Contract. You bear the risk that the base interest rate we declare on each Fixed Account Option Term Anniversary for the Fixed Account Option(s) will not exceed the Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate or the base interest rate from prior Fixed Account Option Terms.

The Fixed Account Value in the 1-year Fixed Account Option may be transferred to available Index Account Options only on Fixed Account Option Term Anniversaries. Fixed Account Value in the Performance Lock Holding Account can only be transferred out on the Premium Allocation Anniversary corresponding with the amounts in the Fixed Account Option. Fixed Account Value in the Subsequent Premium Holding Account can only be transferred out on the earlier of the next Contract Anniversary or the date on which the minimum allocation requirements are met. Fixed Account Value in the Continuation Adjustment Holding Account can only be transferred out on the next Contract Anniversary. Index Account Option Value may be transferred into the 1-year Fixed Account Option on Index Account Option Term Anniversaries. We post all Index Account Option rates online at <u>Jackson.com/RatesJMLPA4</u>. The rates for Contract Value reallocations at the end of a Fixed Account Option Term are posted at least 30 days before the end of any Fixed Account Option Term. At least 30 days prior to any Fixed Account Option Term Anniversary, we will send you written notice reminding you of how you may obtain the rates for the next Index Account Option Term if you should choose to reallocate your Fixed Account Value. You may also request current rates at any time by contacting your financial professional or the Jackson Customer Care Center. If you do not provide timely allocation instructions by close of business on the on the last day of the term of an expiring Fixed Account Option as to how you would like your Fixed Account Value allocated, your Fixed Account Value will remain in the 1-year Fixed Account Option until the next Fixed Account Option Term Anniversary or be reallocated according to the allocation guidelines found in

------

"Automatic Reallocations" beginning on page [57](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_202). Such reallocation instructions must be sent to us in written form acceptable to the Company, or via telephone if you have authorized telephone transactions on your account.

**Index Account.** Amounts allocated to the Index Account are credited with a positive or negative Index Adjustment at the end of each Index Account Option Term based, in part, upon the performance of the selected Index, subject to the Crediting Method, and Protection Option level. Your selections from available options make up what are referred to as Index Account Options, which are available with different combinations of Indexes, Protection Option levels, Crediting Methods, and term lengths.

Information regarding the features of each currently offered Index Account Option, including (i) its name, (ii) its type, (iii) its

Index Account Option Term, (iv) its current limit on Index loss, and (v) its minimum limit on Index gain, is available in Appendix A: Investment Options Available Under the Contract. The current limits on Index losses for new Index Account Option Terms are disclosed in a Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. To obtain a copy of the most recent Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement(s), please visit <u>www.jackson.com/product-literature-11.html</u>.

An investment in an Index Account Option is not an investment in the Index or in any Index fund. You could lose a significant amount of money if the Index declines in value. Prior to the end of an Index Account Option Term, amounts allocated to the Index Account are equal to the Interim Value. You could lose a significant amount of money due to an Interim Value adjustment if amounts are removed from an Index Account Option prior to the end of its Index Account Option Term.

***Crediting Method and Protection Option Rates*.** Available rates for Crediting Methods and Protection Options are the new business or renewal rates effective as of the first day of your Index Account Option Term and will not change until the end of your Index Account Option Term. The rates for a particular Index Account Option Term may be higher or lower than the rates for previous or future Index Account Option Terms. Available rates for the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method are the new business rates effective as of the first day of your initial Index Account Option Term and will not change until the end of your Guarantee Period. For more information on the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method, see "Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method" beginning on page [42](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_127).

We post all rates online at <u>Jackson.com/RatesJMLPA4</u>. The rates for Contract Value reallocations at the end of an Index Account Option Term are posted at least 30 days before the end of any Index Account Option Term. At least 30 days prior to any Index Account Option Term Anniversary, we will send you written notice reminding you of how you may obtain the rates for the next Index Account Option Term. You may also request current rates at any time by contacting your financial professional or the Jackson Customer Care Center. Guaranteed minimum and maximum rates for each Crediting Method and Protection Option are listed below in the sections for each specific Crediting Method and Protection Option.

We reserve the right to delete or add Index Account Options, Indexes, Crediting Methods, Protection Options, and Index Account Option Terms in the future. There will always be more than one Index Account Option available, and those options will always be identical or similar to one of the options disclosed in this prospectus.

***Index Account Value.*** The Index Account Value is equal to the sum of all the Index Account Option Values.

***Index Account Option Value.*** When you allocate Contract Value to an Index Account Option for an Index Account Option Term, your investment in the Index Account Option is represented by an Index Account Option Value. Your Index Account Option Value is the portion of your Contract Value allocated to that Index Account Option at any given time. If you allocate Contract Value to multiple Index Account Options at the same time, you will have a separate Index Account Option Value for each Index Account Option in which you are invested.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• **At the beginning of the Index Account Option Term**, your Index Account Option Value is equal to the Index Option Crediting Base.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• **During the Index Account Option Term**, your Index Account Option Value is equal to the Interim Value. The Interim Value is equal to the sum of the market value of the derivative asset proxy and the book value of the fixed income asset proxy, less any applicable accrued Rate Enhancement Option Charge.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• **At the end of the Index Account Option Term**, your Index Account Option Value is equal to the greater of the Index Option Crediting Base plus the Index Adjustment, or zero.

------

***Index Adjustment.*** For each Index Account Option to which you allocate Contract Value, at the end of the Index Account Option Term, we will credit your Index Account Option Value with an Index Adjustment. This Index Adjustment can be zero, positive, or negative, depending on the performance of the Index and the Crediting Method and Protection Option chosen.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• If the Index Adjustment is positive, your Index Account Option Value will increase by a dollar amount equal to the positive Index Adjustment.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• If the Index Adjustment is negative, your Index Account Option Value will decrease by a dollar amount equal to the negative Index Adjustment.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• If the Index Adjustment is equal to zero, no Index Adjustment will be credited and there will be no adjustment to your Index Account Option Value.

**Your allocation must remain in the Index Account Option until the end of the Index Account Option Term in order to receive an Index Adjustment and avoid an Interim Value adjustment, in addition to potential Market Value Adjustments and tax consequences.** 

***Index Option Crediting Base.*** The Index Option Crediting Base is a component of the calculation we use to determine your Index Account Option Value.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• **At the beginning of the Index Account Option Term,** the Index Option Crediting Base is equal to the Premium or Contract Value allocated or transferred to the Index Account Option *less* the amount transferred out of the Index Account Option.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• **During or at the end of the Index Account Option Term,** the Index Option Crediting Base is equal to the greater of (i) the Index Option Crediting Base at the beginning of the Index Account Option Term, reduced for any Performance Locks or withdrawals taken from the Index Account Option during the current Index Account Option Term in the same proportion that the Index Account Option Value was reduced on the date of the Performance Lock or withdrawal (withdrawals in this context include partial or total withdrawals from the Contract, GAWA withdrawals, automatic withdrawals, required minimum distributions ("RMD"), deductions of the GMWB Charge, direct deduction of advisory fees pursuant to our administrative rules, amounts applied to income options upon annuitization, the payment of the Contract Value element of the Death Benefit), or (ii) zero.

***Interim Value.*** Because the Index Account Options are designed to credit an Index Adjustment by measuring the change in the Index Return from the beginning of the Index Account Option Term to the end of the Index Account Option Term, an Interim Value calculation is necessary to determine the daily value of your Index Account Option on any given Business Day if you remove Contract Value prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term (including partial or total withdrawals from the Contract, GAWA withdrawals, automatic withdrawals, required minimum distributions ("RMD"), deductions of the GMWB Charge, amounts applied to income options upon annuitization, payment of the Contract Value element of the Death Benefit, and the direct deduction of advisory fees pursuant to our administrative rules), or exercise of a Performance Lock. For each Index Account Option, the value we assign on any Business Day prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term is called the Interim Value. Each Index Account Option will have a separate Interim Value. Withdrawals will reduce the Interim Value and any withdrawal taken during the MVA Period may also be assessed a Market Value Adjustment.

Interim Values generally reflect less gain and more downside than would otherwise apply at the end of the Index Account Option Term. Additionally, neither the Protection Option nor Crediting Method rates will be applied. As such, when a transaction is processed based on the Interim Value of the Index Account Option, the Interim Value could reflect less gain or more loss (possibly significantly less gain or more loss) than would be applied at the end of the Index Account Option Term. The Interim Value adjustment may result in a loss even if the Index is performing positively at the time of the transaction and cause you to lose a significant amount of money. **The Interim Value adjustment could result in the loss of principal and previously-credited earnings in the Contract, and in extreme circumstances, such losses could be as high as 100%.** 

You can view the Interim Value for your Index Account Option(s) as of the end of the previous Business Day in your account on jackson.com or by contacting us via phone at 1-800-644-4565. For more information about Interim Value and how withdrawals and other transactions based on Interim Values will affect your Contract, please see "Interim Value Calculation and Adjustment" beginning on page [53](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_175). See the Statement of Additional Information (SAI) for detailed explanations and examples of how we calculate Interim Value in various scenarios.

------

**ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE INDEX ACCOUNT OPTIONS**

**Indexes.** When you allocate money to the Index Account, you are credited the Index Adjustment based upon the performance of your selected Index. You should discuss the available Indexes with your financial professional and obtain advice on which Index is best suited for your specific financial goals. Currently, we offer the following price return Indexes:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• **S&P 500 Index:** The S&P 500 Index is comprised of equity securities issued by large-capitalization U.S. companies.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• **Russell 2000 Index:** The Russell 2000 Index is comprised of equity securities of small-capitalization U.S. companies.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• **Dow Jones Industrial Average Index:** The Dow Jones Industrial Average Index is a price-weighted measure of 30 U.S. blue-chip companies.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• **MSCI EAFE Index:** The MSCI EAFE Index is comprised of equity securities of large- and mid-capitalization companies and it is designed to measure the equity market performance of developed markets, including countries in Europe, Australasia, and the Far East.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• **MSCI Emerging Markets Index:** The MSCI Emerging Markets Index is comprised of equity securities of large- and mid-capitalization companies in emerging markets.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• **Nasdaq-100 Index:** The Nasdaq-100 is comprised of 100 of the largest domestic and international non-financial securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market based on market capitalization. The Index reflects companies across major industry groups including computer hardware and software, telecommunications, retail/wholesale trade and biotechnology. It does not contain securities of financial companies including investment companies.

**All of the Indexes offered are price return indexes, not total return indexes, which means they do not reflect dividends paid on the securities composing the Index.** This will reduce the Index Return and cause the Index to underperform a direct investment in the securities composing the Index.

We reserve the right to add, remove, or replace any Index, Term, Crediting Method, or Protection Option in the future, subject to necessary regulatory approvals. If an Index is replaced during an Index Account Option Term, the Index Return for the Index Account Option Term will be calculated by adding the Index Return for the original Index from the beginning of the term up until the date of replacement, to the Index Return from the substituted Index starting on the date of replacement through the end of the Index Account Option Term.

***Index Performance Examples.*** The bar charts shown below provide each Index's annual returns for the last 10 calendar years (or for the life of the Index if less than 10 years), as well as the Index Returns after applying a hypothetical 5% Cap rate and a hypothetical -10% Buffer rate. The charts illustrate the variability of the returns from year to year and show how hypothetical limits on Index gains and losses may affect these returns. Past performance is not necessarily an indication of future performance.

**The performances below are NOT the performance of *any* Index Account Option. Your performance under the Contract will differ, perhaps significantly. The performances below may reflect a different return calculation, time period, and limit on Index gains and losses than the Index Account Options, and do not reflect Contract fees and charges, including advisory fees paid to third-party financial professionals, Market Value Adjustments, and the Interim Value calculation and adjustment, which reduce performance.**

------

**S&P 500 Index**<sup>\*</sup>

![S&P 500.jpg](ck0002047976-20260420_g1.jpg)

\*Index is a price return index, not a total return index, and therefore does not reflect the dividends paid on the assets composing the Index, which will reduce the Index Return and cause the Index to underperform a direct investment in the securities composing the Index.

**Russell 2000 Index**<sup>\*</sup>

![Russell 2000.jpg](ck0002047976-20260420_g2.jpg)

\*Index is a price return index, not a total return index, and therefore does not reflect the dividends paid on the assets composing the Index, which will reduce the Index Return and cause the Index to underperform a direct investment in the securities composing the Index.

------

**Dow Jones Industrial Average Index**<sup>\*</sup>

![DJIA.jpg](ck0002047976-20260420_g3.jpg)

\*Index is a price return index, not a total return index, and therefore does not reflect the dividends paid on the assets composing the Index, which will reduce the Index Return and cause the Index to underperform a direct investment in the securities composing the Index.

**MSCI Emerging Markets Index**<sup>\*</sup>

![MSCI EM.jpg](ck0002047976-20260420_g4.jpg)

\*Index is a price return index, not a total return index, and therefore does not reflect the dividends paid on the assets composing the Index, which will reduce the Index Return and cause the Index to underperform a direct investment in the securities composing the Index.

------

**MSCI EAFE Index**<sup>\*</sup>

![MSCI EAFE.jpg](ck0002047976-20260420_g5.jpg)

\*Index is a price return index, not a total return index, and therefore does not reflect the dividends paid on the assets composing the Index, which will reduce the Index Return and cause the Index to underperform a direct investment in the securities composing the Index.

**Nasdaq-100 Index**<sup>\*</sup>

![NASDAQ 100.jpg](ck0002047976-20260420_g6.jpg)

\*Index is a price return index, not a total return index, and therefore does not reflect the dividends paid on the assets composing the Index, which will reduce the Index Return and cause the Index to underperform a direct investment in the securities composing the Index.

***Replacing an Index.*** We may replace an Index if it is discontinued or the Index is no longer available to us or if the Index's calculation changes substantially. Additionally, we may replace an Index if hedging instruments become difficult to acquire or

------

the cost of hedging related to such Index becomes excessive. We may do so at the end of an Index Account Option Term or during an Index Account Option Term. We will notify you in writing at least 30 days before we replace an Index. If an Index is replaced during an Index Account Option Term, the Index Return will be calculated by combining the Index Return for the original Index from the beginning of the term up until the date of replacement, to the Index Return from the substituted Index starting on the date of replacement through the end of the Index Account Option Term, as shown in the Example below. A substitution of an Index during an Index Account Option Term will not cause a change in the Crediting Method, Protection Option, or Index Account Option Term length.

Example: Assume that you allocate Contract Value to a 6-Year Index Account Option with the S&P 500 Index and the Index value is $1,000 at the beginning of the term. After 2 years, the S&P 500 Index is discontinued and replaced by the MSCI EAFE Index. On the day of the replacement, the S&P 500 Index is $1,100, so the Index Return as of that date is 10%. The MSCI EAFE Index value on the day of the replacement is $2,000. Going forward, your Index Return for the remainder of the Index Account Option Term will be equal to (1 plus 10%) times (1 plus the calculated return of the MSCI EAFE Index from the replacement date) minus 1. This means that at the end of the Index Account Option Term, if the MSCI EAFE Index value is $1,900, your Index Return would be (1+ 10%) x (1 + -5%) = 4.5%.

If we replace an Index, we will attempt to select a new Index that is similar to the old Index. In making this evaluation, we will look at factors such as asset class; Index composition; strategy or methodology inherent to the Index; and Index liquidity.

***Index Return.*** The Index Return for an Index Account Option is the percentage change in the Index value from the start of an Index Account Option Term to the end of the Index Account Option Term.

Example: Assume that you allocate Contract Value to an Index Account Option with the S&P 500 Index, Cap Crediting Method, and Buffer Protection Option. Between the beginning and end of the Index Account Option Term, the value of the S&P 500 Index increases by 5%. Thus, the Index Return for that Index Account would be 5%. If instead the S&P 500 Index decreased by 5%, the Index Return for that Index Account would be -5%.

***Adjusted Index Return.*** After the Index Return is calculated at the end of the Index Account Option Term, we next calculate the Adjusted Index Return. The Adjusted Index Return reflects any applicable adjustments to the Index Return based on the Cap Rate, Index Participation Rate (applicable only with the Cap Crediting Method), Guaranteed Cap Rate, Guaranteed Index Participation Rate (applicable only with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method), Performance Trigger Rate, Performance Boost Rate, or Performance Boost Cap Rate (applicable only with the Performance Boost Rate Crediting Method) if the Index Return is positive, or the Buffer, if the Index Return is negative. The Index Adjustment will be credited to the Index Account Option at a rate equal to the Adjusted Index Return.

Example: Assume, as above, that you allocate Contract Value to an Index Account Option with the S&P 500 Index, Cap Crediting Method, and Buffer Protection Option. Between the beginning and end of the Index Account Option Term, the value of the S&P 500 Index increases by 15%. Thus, the Index Return for that Index Account would be 15%. Assume now that your Index Account Option has an Index Participation Rate of 100% and a Cap Rate of 10%. Your Index Return of 15% would be multiplied by the 100% Index Participation Rate, and then adjusted to your maximum 10% Cap Rate, making your Adjusted Index Return 10%.

**Protection Option.** Your Protection Option will define the manner in which any (negative) Index Adjustments are credited to you if your selected Index performs negatively during your Index Account Option Term. When you allocate amounts to the Index Account, you are indirectly exposed to the investment risks associated with the applicable Index. Because each Index is comprised or defined by a collection of equity securities, each Index is exposed to market fluctuations which may cause the value of a security to change, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. The Contract provides a Buffer Protection Option to provide some level of protection against the risk of loss of Index Account Value for any negative Index Return. The current Buffer rates for new Index Account Option Terms are disclosed in a Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. To obtain a copy of the most recent Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement(s), please visit <u>www.jackson.com/product-literature-11.html</u>.

***Buffer.*** A Buffer is the amount of negative Index price change before a negative Index Adjustment is credited to the Index Account Option Value at the end of an Index Account Option Term, expressed as a percentage. Put another way, a Buffer protects your Index Account Option Value from loss **up to** a specified amount. Jackson protects you from any loss associated with Index decline up to your elected Buffer percentage. **You only incur a loss if the Index has declined more than your elected Buffer percentage** as of your Index Account Option Term Anniversary. For example, if the Index Return at the end of your Index Account Option Term is -25% and your Buffer rate is 10%, we will credit a -15% Index Adjustment at the end of the Index Account Option Term, meaning the Contract Value allocated to that Index Account Option will decrease by 15%. If

------

you elect an Index Account Option with a 100% Buffer, you will be protected from all loss so long as Contract Value is not removed from the Index Account Option prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term.

**Withdrawals taken prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term will reduce the Index Account Option Value in the same proportion that the Interim Value was reduced on the date of the withdrawal.** Interim Values generally reflect less gain and more downside than would otherwise apply at the end of the Index Account Option Term. Additionally, neither the Protection Option nor Crediting Method rates will be applied. As such, when a transaction is processed based on the Interim Value of the Index Account Option, the Interim Value could reflect less gain or more loss (possibly significantly less gain or more loss) than would be applied at the end of the Index Account Option Term. For examples of how a withdrawal taken prior to the end of an Index Account Term will reduce the Index Account Option Value in scenarios where the Index Return is negative, see the Statement of Additional Information.

The available Buffer rates are the new business or renewal rates effective as of the first day of an Index Account Option Term and will not change until the end of your Index Account Option Term. The Buffer rate for a particular Index Account Option Term may be higher or lower than the Buffer rate for previous or future Index Account Option Terms. **In no event will an available Buffer rate be less than 5% during the life of your Contract.** Please note, if you elect the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method, the Buffer rate is declared on the first day of the initial Index Account Option Term and will not change for the duration of the Guarantee Period. We post all rates online at <u>Jackson.com/RatesJMLPA4</u>. The rates for Contract Value reallocations at the end of an Index Account Option Term are posted at least 30 days before the end of any Index Account Option Term. At least 30 days prior to any Index Account Option Term Anniversary, we will send you written notice reminding you of how you may obtain the rates for the next Index Account Option Term.

***Choosing a Protection Option.*** We set the limit on Index losses for each Index Account Option at our sole discretion. We consider various factors in determining the limit on Index losses, including the cost of our risk management techniques, administrative expenses, regulatory and tax requirements, general economic trends and competitive factors.

Before selecting an Index Account Option for investment, you should consider in consultation with your financial professional the limits on Index losses that may be appropriate for you based on your risk tolerance, investment horizon and financial goals. Generally, assuming the same Index and Index Account Option Term, an Index Account Option that provides more protection from Index losses will tend to have less potential for Index gains. Conversely, assuming the same Index and Index Account Option Term, an Index Account Option that provides less protection from Index losses will generally tend to have more potential for Index gains.

**Crediting Methods.** Your selected Crediting Method will dictate the manner in which the Index Adjustment is credited to you if your selected Index performs positively during your Index Account Option Term. Current Cap Rates, Index Participation Rates (applicable only with the Cap Crediting Method), Guaranteed Cap Rates, Guaranteed Index Participation Rates (applicable only with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method), Performance Trigger Rates, Performance Boost Rates, and Performance Boost Cap Rates (applicable only with the Performance Boost Crediting Method) are provided at the time of application, and to existing owners and financial professionals at any time, upon request.

To determine the Index Adjustment amount that will be credited to your Index Account Option Value at the end of each Index Account Option Term, we calculate the Adjusted Index Return for that Index Account Option. We calculate this Adjusted Index Return by applying the applicable Crediting Method, which serves to limit the positive Index Return you will realize. The Index Adjustment will be credited to the Index Account Option at a rate equal to the Adjusted Index Return.

Generally, the higher the downside risk you assume, the higher your associated Crediting Method rates will be. This means that your Crediting Method rates will typically be lower in connection with a 100% Buffer Protection Option than they would be in connection with a 10% Buffer Protection Option. You should carefully consider which combination of Crediting Method and Protection Options are right for you, and discuss these options with your financial professional.

We determine Cap Rates, Index Participation Rates, Guaranteed Cap Rates, Guaranteed Index Participation Rates, Performance Trigger Rates, Performance Boost Rates, and Performance Boost Cap Rates for each new Index Account Option Term at our discretion, subject to the guaranteed minimums discussed below. We consider a number of factors when declaring Cap Rates, Index Participation Rates, Guaranteed Cap Rates, Guaranteed Index Participation Rates, Performance Trigger Rates, Performance Boost Rates, and Performance Boost Cap Rates. Generally, we seek to manage our risk associated with our obligations, in part, by trading call and put options and other derivative instruments on the available Indices. The costs of these instruments impact the rates we declare, and those costs can be impacted by market conditions and forces. We also consider the asset yield on the fixed assets backing our obligations, administrative expenses, regulatory and tax requirements, general

------

economic trends and competitive factors. You bear the risk that we may declare lower Cap Rates, Index Participation Rates, Guaranteed Cap Rates, Guaranteed Index Participation Rates, Performance Trigger Rates, Performance Boost Rates, and Performance Boost Cap Rates for future Index Account Option Terms, and that such rates could be as low as the guaranteed minimums discussed below. Rates offered for new Index Account Option Terms may be different from those offered to new investors or offered to you at Contract issuance.

Before selecting an Index Account Option for investment, you should consider in consultation with your financial professional the Crediting Method that may be appropriate for you based on your risk tolerance, investment horizon and financial goals. Generally, assuming the same Index and Index Account Option Term, an Index Account Option that provides less potential for Index gains will tend to have more protection from Index losses. Conversely, assuming the same Index and Index Account Option Term, an Index Account Option that provides more potential for Index gains will generally tend to have less protection from Index losses.

**The examples in the following sections illustrate how we calculate and credit interest under each Crediting Method, assuming hypothetical Index Returns and hypothetical limits on Index gains and losses. The examples assume no withdrawals.**

**Cap Crediting Method.** When you elect a Cap Crediting Method as part of an Index Account Option, if the performance of the Index you elect is positive at the end of your Index Account Option Term, your Index Account Option Value will be credited with a positive Index Adjustment equal to the Index Return multiplied by the Index Participation Rate, limited by the Cap Rate. The maximum amount of Index Adjustment that will be credited to your Index Account Option Value when your Index Return is positive as of the Index Account Option Term Anniversary will be limited by the elected Cap.

There are two rates associated with the Cap Crediting Method: The Cap, or "Cap Rate", and the Index Participation Rate. The Cap Rate is the maximum amount of Index Adjustment that will be credited to an Index Account Option at the end of each Index Account Option Term, expressed as a percentage. The Index Participation Rate ("IPR") is the percentage applied to any positive Index Return in calculating the amount of Index Adjustment to be credited at the end of the Index Account Option Term. The Cap Rate and IPR are declared at the beginning of the Index Account Option Term and will not change during the Index Account Option Term. The Cap Rate and IPR for a particular Index Account Option Term may be higher or lower than the Cap Rate and IPR for previous or future Index Account Option Terms. **In no event will an available Cap Rate be lower than 2% for a 6-year Index Account Option Term, 1.50% for a 3-year Index Account Option Term, or 1% for a 1-year Index Account Option Term. In no event will an available Index Participation Rate be lower than 100%.** Because the Index Participation Rate is guaranteed to be at least 100%, it will never serve to reduce an Index Adjustment. Current rates are posted online at <u>Jackson.com/RatesJMLPA4</u>, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. The rates for Contract Value reallocations at the end of an Index Account Option Term are posted at least 30 days before the end of any Index Account Option Term. At least 30 days prior to any Index Account Option Term Anniversary, we will send you written notice reminding you of how you may obtain the rates for the next Index Account Option Term.

The Cap Crediting Method is currently available with a Buffer, and with your choice of 1-year, 3-year, or 6-year Index Account Option Terms. The Cap Rate for the 3-year and 6-year terms would be lower if measured on an annual basis. For Index Account Option Terms longer than one year, the Buffer for that term is a total Buffer for the duration of that Index Account Option Term. The following example will illustrate how the Cap Crediting Method operates with the Buffer Protection Option. The example assumes a 10% Cap Rate and a 10% Buffer. The Index Participation Rate is indicated in the example. The example assumes no withdrawals.

------

***Cap with Buffer.***![Cap with IPR and Buffer.jpg](ck0002047976-20260420_g7.jpg)

When you elect the Cap Crediting Method with Buffer Protection Option, you are partially protected from downside loss, and any positive Index Adjustment will equal Index Return multiplied by the Index Participation Rate up to the stated Cap. Here are some examples of how an Index Participation Rate, Cap and Buffer work in combination on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary where the Index Participation Rate is 110%:

Scenario 1: The Index Return is 20%. After multiplying the positive Index Return by the Index Participation Rate of 110%, the Adjusted Index Return is 22%. Due to the 10% Cap, the Index Adjustment credited to your Index Account Option Value will be 10%.

Scenario 2: The Index Return is 6%. After multiplying the positive Index Return by the Index Participation Rate of 110%, the Adjusted Index Return is 6.60%. Since the Index has not out-performed the 10% Cap, the Index Adjustment credited to your Index Account Option Value is equal to the Adjusted Index Return, which is 6.60%.

Scenario 3: The Index Return is -8%. Since the Index Return was less than the -10% Buffer, your Index Account Option Value was fully protected and experienced no loss.

Scenario 4: The Index Return is -12%. Since the Index Return exceeded the -10% Buffer, your Index Account Option Value was partially protected from the negative performance, but still experienced a -2% loss.

For examples illustrating the Cap and Buffer in connection with an Interim Value adjustment in different market conditions where single or multiple partial withdrawals are taken in the middle of an Index Account Option Term, please see the Statement of Additional Information.

**Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method.** The Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method functions the same as the Cap Crediting Method in that when you elect a Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method as part of an Index Account Option, if the performance of the Index you elect is positive at the end of your Index Account Option Term, your Index Account Option Value will be credited with a positive Index Adjustment equal to the Index Return multiplied by the Guaranteed Index Participation Rate, limited by the Guaranteed Cap Rate. The maximum amount of Index Adjustment that will be credited to your Index Account Option Value when your Index Return is positive as of the Index Account Option Term Anniversary will be limited by the elected Guaranteed Cap.

------

Like the Cap Crediting Method, there are two rates associated with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method: The Guaranteed Cap, or "Guaranteed Cap Rate", and the Guaranteed Index Participation Rate. The Guaranteed Cap Rate is the maximum amount of Index Adjustment that will be credited to an Index Account Option at the end of each Index Account Option Term, expressed as a percentage. The Guaranteed Index Participation Rate ("GIPR") is the percentage applied to any positive Index Return in calculating the amount of Index Adjustment to be credited at the end of the Index Account Option Term.

The Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method differs from the Cap Crediting Method in how the Guaranteed Cap Rate and GIPR are set and the duration during which they are guaranteed not to change. The Guaranteed Cap Rate and GIPR are declared at the beginning of the initial Index Account Option Term and will not change during the Guarantee Period. This means that the Guaranteed Cap Rate and GIPR for a particular Index Account Option Term during the Guarantee Period will always be the same as the Guaranteed Cap Rate and GIPR for the initial Index Account Option Term. **In no event will an available Guaranteed Cap Rate be lower than 1.50% for a 3-year Index Account Option Term, or 1% for a 1-year Index Account Option Term. In no event will an available Guaranteed Index Participation Rate be lower than 100%.** Because the Guaranteed Index Participation Rate is guaranteed to be at least 100%, it will never serve to reduce an Index Adjustment. Current rates are posted online at <u>Jackson.com/RatesJMLPA4</u>, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. The rates for Contract Value reallocations at the end of an Index Account Option Term are posted at least 30 days before the end of the Index Account Option Term. At least 30 days prior to that Index Account Option Term Anniversary, we will send you written notice reminding you of how you may obtain the rates for the available Contract Options. The Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method can only be elected at the time you make a Premium payment into the Contract and cannot be re-elected for subsequent Guarantee Periods. Once Index Account Option Value is removed from an Index Account Option with a Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method, it cannot be reallocated into a new or existing Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method.

The Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method is currently available with a 10% Buffer, and with your choice of 1-year or 3-year Index Account Option Terms. The Guaranteed Cap Rate for the 3-year term would be lower if measured on an annual basis. For Index Account Option Terms longer than one year, the Buffer for that term is a total Buffer for the duration of that Index Account Option Term. The following examples will illustrate how the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method operates with the Buffer Protection Option. Each example assumes a 10% Cap Rate and a 10% Buffer. The Index Participation Rate is indicated in each example. The examples assume no withdrawals.

***Guaranteed Cap with Buffer.***![Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method Graph.jpg](ck0002047976-20260420_g8.jpg)

When you elect the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method with Buffer Protection Option, you are partially protected from downside loss, and any positive Index Adjustment will equal Index Return multiplied by the Guaranteed Index Participation Rate up to the stated Guaranteed Cap. Here are some examples of how a Guaranteed Index Participation Rate, Guaranteed Cap

------

and Buffer work in combination on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary where the Guaranteed Index Participation Rate is 110%:

Scenario 1: The Index Return is 20%. After multiplying the positive Index Return by the Guaranteed Index Participation Rate of 110%, the Adjusted Index Return is 22%. Due to the 10% Guaranteed Cap, the Index Adjustment credited to your Index Account Option Value will be 10%.

Scenario 2: The Index Return is 6%. After multiplying the positive Index Return by the Guaranteed Index Participation Rate of 110%, the Adjusted Index Return is 6.60%. Since the Index has not out-performed the 10% Guaranteed Cap, the Index Adjustment credited to your Index Account Option Value is equal to the Adjusted Index Return, which is 6.60%.

Scenario 3: The Index Return is -8%. Since the Index Return was less than the -10% Buffer, your Index Account Option Value was fully protected and experienced no loss.

Scenario 4: The Index Return is -12%. Since the Index Return exceeded the -10% Buffer, your Index Account Option Value was partially protected from the negative performance, but still experienced a -2% loss.

For examples illustrating the Guaranteed Cap and Buffer in connection with an Interim Value adjustment in different market conditions where single or multiple partial withdrawals are taken in the middle of an Index Account Option Term, please see the Statement of Additional Information.

**Performance Trigger Crediting Method.** When you elect a Performance Trigger Crediting Method, if the performance of the Index you elect is zero or positive at the end of your Index Account Option Term, your Index Account Option Value will be credited with a positive Index Adjustment equal to the Performance Trigger Rate. The Performance Trigger Rate is the amount of Index Adjustment that could be credited to an Index Account Option at the end of each Index Account Option Term, expressed as a percentage. The Performance Trigger Rate is declared at the beginning of the Index Account Option Term and will not change during the Index Account Option Term. The Performance Trigger Rate for a particular Index Account Option Term may be higher or lower than the Performance Trigger Rate for previous or future Index Account Option Terms. **In no event will an available Performance Trigger Rate be lower than 1%.** Current rates are posted online at <u>Jackson.com/RatesJMLPA4</u>, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. The rates for Contract Value reallocations at the end of an Index Account Option Term are posted at least 30 days before the end of any Index Account Option Term. At least 30 days prior to any Index Account Option Term Anniversary, we will send you written notice reminding you of how you may obtain the rates for the next Index Account Option Term.

The Performance Trigger Crediting Method is currently available for renewable one year Index Account Option Terms, with a Buffer Protection Option. The following example will illustrate how the Performance Trigger Crediting Method operates with the Buffer Protection Option. The Example assumes a 5% Performance Trigger Rate and a 10% Buffer. The example assumes no withdrawals.

------

***Performance Trigger with Buffer.***

![perftriggerwithbuffera01.jpg](ck0002047976-20260420_g9.jpg)

When you elect the Performance Trigger Crediting Method with Buffer Protection Option, you are partially protected from downside loss, and any positive Index Adjustment will be equal to the stated Performance Trigger Rate. If market performance is zero or positive over the end of the Index Account Option Term, the full Index Adjustment will equal the Performance Trigger Rate, regardless of how much the Index increased. Here are some examples of how the Performance Trigger rate and Buffer work in combination on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary:

Scenario 1: The Index Return is 12%. Since the market was positive, the Index Adjustment credited to your Index Account Option Value will equal the Performance Trigger Rate of 5%.

Scenario 2: The Index Return is 2%. Since the market was positive, the Index Adjustment credited to your Index Account Option Value will equal the Performance Trigger Rate of 5%.

Scenario 3: The Index Return is -8%. Since the Index Return was less than the -10% Buffer, your Index Account Option Value was protected and experienced no loss.

Scenario 4: The Index Return is -12%. Since the Index Return exceeded the -10% Buffer, your Index Account Option Value was partially protected from the negative performance, but still experienced a -2% loss.

For examples illustrating a Performance Trigger Rate and Buffer in connection with an Interim Value adjustment in different market conditions where single or multiple partial withdrawals are taken in the middle of an Index Account Option Term, please see the Statement of Additional Information.

**Performance Boost Crediting Method.** The Performance Boost Crediting Method is only available with the Buffer Protection Option. When you elect a Performance Boost Crediting Method, if the performance of the Index you elect is positive, zero or negative but not equal to or in excess of the Buffer at the end of your Index Account Option Term, your Index Account Option Value will be credited with a positive Index Adjustment equal to Index Return plus the Performance Boost Rate, limited by the Performance Boost Cap Rate. If the performance of the Index you elect is negative but equal to the Buffer at the end of your Index Account Option Term, your Index Account Option Value will be credited with an Index Adjustment

------

equal to zero. If the performance of the Index you elect is negative in excess of the Buffer at the end of your Index Account Option Term, you will be credited with a negative Index Adjustment equal to the amount that the negative Index Return exceeds the Buffer.

There are two rates associated with the Performance Boost Crediting Method: the Performance Boost Rate, and the Performance Boost Cap Rate. The Performance Boost Rate is used to boost your Index Adjustment to a value higher than Index Return, and is equal to the Buffer percentage. The Performance Boost Cap Rate limits the amount of positive Index Adjustment you can receive, and is the maximum amount of Index Adjustment that could be credited to an Index Account Option at the end of each Index Account Option Term, expressed as a percentage. Both the Performance Boost Rate and the Performance Boost Cap Rate are declared at the beginning of the Index Account Option Term and will not change during the Index Account Option Term. The Performance Boost Rate and the Performance Boost Cap Rate for a particular Index Account Option Term may be higher or lower than the Performance Boost Rate and Performance Boost Cap Rate for previous or future Index Account Option Terms. **In no event will an available Performance Boost Rate be lower than 5% or an available Performance Boost Cap Rate be lower than 1% for a 1-year Term, 1.50% for a 3-year Term, or 2.00% for a 6-year Term**. Current rates are posted online at <u>Jackson.com/RatesJMLPA4</u>, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. The rates for Contract Value reallocations at the end of an Index Account Option Term are posted at least 30 days before the end of any Index Account Option Term. At least 30 days prior to any Index Account Option Term Anniversary, we will send you written notice reminding you of how you may obtain the rates for the next Index Account Option Term.

The Performance Boost Crediting Method is available for renewable one-year, three-year, and six-year Index Account Option Terms with the Buffer Protection Option only. The following examples will illustrate how the Performance Boost Crediting Method operates with the Buffer Protection Option. The Example assumes a 10% Performance Boost Rate, a 10% Performance Boost Cap Rate and a 10% Buffer. The example assumes no withdrawals.

***Performance Boost with Buffer.***

![Performance Boost Graph (Updated).jpg](ck0002047976-20260420_g10.jpg)

When you elect the Performance Boost Crediting Method with Buffer Protection Option, you are partially protected from downside loss, and any positive Index Adjustment may be limited by the Performance Boost Cap Rate. If the market is positive, zero or negative but not in excess of the Buffer, you will receive an Index Adjustment equal to Index Return plus the Performance Boost Rate. If the Index Return is negative in excess of the Buffer, you will receive a negative Index Adjustment equal to the amount that negative Index Return exceeds the Buffer. If the Index Return is negative but equal to the Buffer, your Index Adjustment will be zero. Here are some examples of how the Performance Boost Rate, Performance Boost Cap Rate, and Buffer work in combination on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary:

------

Scenario 1: The Index Return is 14%. Due to the 10% Performance Boost Cap Rate, the Index Adjustment will be 10%.

Scenario 2: The Index Return is 4%. The Index Adjustment credited to your Index Account Option Value will equal the 4% Index Return plus the 10% Performance Boost Rate (the Buffer percentage) up to the Performance Boost Cap Rate of 10%. In this case, the Index Adjustment will be 10%.

Scenario 3: The Index Return is -3%. The Index Adjustment credited to your Index Account Option Value will equal the -3% Index Return plus the 10% Performance Boost Rate (the Buffer percentage) up to the Performance Boost Cap Rate of 10%. In this case, the Index Adjustment will be 7%.

Scenario 4: The Index Return is -12%. Since the negative Index Return exceeded the -10% Buffer, your Index Account Option Value was partially protected from the negative return, but still experienced a -2% loss.

Scenario 5: The Index Return is -10%. The Index Adjustment credited to your Index Account Option Value will equal the -10% Index Return plus the 10% Performance Boost Rate (the Buffer percentage). In this case, the Index Adjustment will be 0%.

For examples illustrating a Performance Boost Rate, Performance Boost Cap Rate, and Buffer in connection with an Interim Value adjustment in different market conditions where single or multiple partial withdrawals are taken in the middle of an Index Account Option Term, please see the Statement of Additional Information.

**Rate Enhancement Option.** The add-on Rate Enhancement Option provides higher Cap Rates, Index Participation Rates, Guaranteed Cap Rates, Guaranteed Index Participation Rates, Performance Trigger Rates, and Performance Boost Rates, as applicable, than those offered under the base Contract for an additional fee. This add-on benefit is designed to provide more upside potential in strong markets.

This add-on benefit is only available at the time your Contract is issued and you cannot elect to terminate it without terminating the Contract. When elected, this add-on benefit provides a separate, higher set of Cap Rates, Index Participation Rates, Guaranteed Cap Rates, Guaranteed Index Participation Rates, Performance Trigger Rates, and Performance Boost Rates, as applicable, for all Index Account Options for the life of your Contract. While the purchase of this add-on benefit ensures that these rates will be higher than the standard rates, there is no guaranteed minimum increase to the standard rates that you will receive by purchasing the add-on benefit.

The add-on Rate Enhancement Option is not available in combination with elections of the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option.

------

**BENEFITS AVAILABLE UNDER THE CONTRACTS**

**The following tables summarize information about the benefits available under the Contract.** The availability of Contract benefits may vary depending on the broker-dealer or financial intermediary through which the Contract is sold. See Appendix I: Financial Intermediary Variations.

The current annual charges for the add-on benefits are disclosed in a Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. To obtain a copy, please visit <u>www.jackson.com/product-literature-11.html</u>. For a list of historical add-on benefit charges, please see "Appendix G (Historical Add-On Benefit Charges)."

**Basic Death Benefit (automatically included with the Contract)**

---

| | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **NAME OF BENEFIT** | **PURPOSE** | **MAXIMUM FEE** | **BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF RESTRICTIONS/LIMITATIONS** |
| **Basic Death Benefit** | Guarantees your Beneficiaries will receive a benefit at least equal to the greater of your Contract Value or your total Premiums paid *reduced for* prior withdrawals (including any applicable charges and adjustments) in the same proportion that the Contract Value was reduced on the date of the withdrawal. \*For Owners age 81 and older at the time the Contract issued, the basic Death Benefit is equal to the current Contract Value. | No additional charge | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Withdrawals could significantly reduce the benefit.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Payment of advisory fees via direct deduction from Contract Value could significantly reduce the benefit.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Benefit terminates on annuitization. |

---

**Add-On Benefits Available For a Fee**

Availability of all add-on benefits are subject to age limitations and other eligibility conditions. Only one add-on benefit may be elected. The current annual charges for the add-on benefits are disclosed in a Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. To obtain a copy, please visit <u>www.jackson.com/product-literature-11.html</u>. For a list of historical add-on benefit charges, please see "Appendix G (Historical Add-On Benefit Charges)."

---

| | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **NAME OF BENEFIT** | **PURPOSE** | **MAXIMUM FEE** | **BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF RESTRICTIONS/LIMITATIONS** |
| **Rate Enhancement Option** | Provides higher Crediting Method rates than those offered under the base Contract for an additional fee. Designed to provide more upside potential in strong markets. | Maximum: 2.00%<br>(as a percentage of Index Option Crediting Base) | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Only available for election at Contract issue. <br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Cannot be terminated independent from the Contract.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Jackson reserves the right to place restrictions on which Contract Options you may select when you have elected this Rate Enhancement Option. This includes restrictions to Index Account Option Crediting Methods, Protection Option levels, Indexes, and Term lengths. If any such restrictions are in place, they will be listed in Appendix A: Investment Options Available Under the Contract.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Cannot be elected in combination with the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option. |

---

------

---

| | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **+Income GMWB and +Income GMWB with Joint Option** | Designed to help investors manage their lifetime income needs by guaranteeing the withdrawal of minimum annual amounts for life, regardless of the performance of the Indexes underlying an investor's Index Account Options, while the Contract is in the accumulation phase (i.e. before the Income Date). Annual Step-Ups in years in which the indexes perform well increase the Guaranteed Withdrawal Balance ("GWB"). In addition, you have the potential to increase the Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount ("GAWA") percentage and in years you wait to take income, regardless of what is happening in the market.  | '+Income GMWB:<br>Maximum:3.00%<br>+Income GMWB with Joint Option:<br>Maximum: 3.00%<br>(as a percentage of benefit base) | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• GAWA% depends on age on Determination Date.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• +Income GMWB with Joint Option is available only to spouses.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Jackson may prospectively change the GAWA%, including the age bands, on new GMWB endorsements (via rate sheet).<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• May be subject to fee increases on each 5th Contract Anniversary (opting out will affect the benefit and the Contract).<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Withdrawals prior to start of For Life Guarantee and Excess Withdrawals could significantly reduce or terminate the benefit.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• If the For Life Guarantee is not yet in effect, withdrawals that cause the Contract Value to reduce to zero void the For Life guarantee and it will never become effective.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Cumulative subsequent Premium payments in any Contract Year after the first Contract Anniversary will be limited to the greater of (i) 5% of the Benefit Premium Base, or (ii) $10,000. <br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Excess Withdrawals may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment. <br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Withdrawals under this GMWB are subject to Interim Value adjustments if withdrawn from an Index Account Option before the end of an Index Account Option Term.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• The GWB can never be more than $10 million (including upon Step-Up).<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Cannot be cancelled by you (except upon spousal continuation).<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Terminates on the Income Date.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Jackson reserves the right to place restrictions on which Contract Options you may select when you have elected this GMWB. This includes restrictions to Index Account Option Crediting Methods, Protection Option levels, Indexes, and Term lengths. If any such restrictions are in place, they will be listed in Appendix A: Investment Options Available Under the Contract.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Payment of advisory fees via direct deduction from Contract Value is not permitted if this add-on benefit is elected.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Cannot be elected in combination with the Rate Enhancement Option. |

---

------

**Other Add-On Benefits Included With All Contracts At No Additional Cost**

---

| | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **NAME OF BENEFIT** | **PURPOSE** | **MAXIMUM FEE** | **BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF RESTRICTIONS/LIMITATIONS** |
| **Performance Lock** | Allows you to transfer full or partial Interim Value from your selected Index Account Option into the Performance Lock Holding Account, where it will earn the declared rate of interest beginning on the Performance Lock Date until the next Premium Allocation Anniversary. | None | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Uses the Interim Value calculated at the end of the Business Day after we receive your request. This means you will not be able to determine in advance your "locked in" Index Account Value, and it may be higher or lower than it was on the Business Day we received your request.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• A full Performance Lock ends the Index Account Option Term for the Index Account Option out of which it is transferred, effectively terminating that Index Account Option.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Once a Performance Lock has been processed, it is irrevocable.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Partial Performance Locks may only be executed once per Index Account Option per Premium Year. |

---

------

**CHARGES AND ADJUSTMENTS**

There are charges and adjustments associated with your Contract, the deduction of which will reduce the investment return of your Contract. Charges are deducted proportionally from your Contract Value with the exception of the charge for the add-on Rate Enhancement Option, which is deducted only from the Index Account Value. Some of these charges are for add-on benefits, as noted, so they are deducted from your Contract Value only if you elected to add that add-on benefit to your Contract. These charges may be a lesser amount where required by state law or as described below, but will not be increased. We expect to profit from certain charges assessed under the Contract. These charges (and certain other adjustments) are as follows:

**TRANSACTION EXPENSES**

**Commutation Fee.** If you make a total withdrawal from your Contract after income payments have commenced under options 3 or 4 (see "Income Options"), the amount received will be reduced by (a) minus (b) where:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(a) = the present value of the remaining income payments (as of the date of calculation) for the period for which payments are guaranteed to be made, discounted at the rate assumed in calculating the initial payment; and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(b) = the present value of the remaining income payments (as of the date of calculation) for the period for which payments are guaranteed to be made, discounted at a rate no more than 1.00% higher than the rate used in (a).

The Commutation Fee compensates us for administrative costs and expenses associated with commuting the annuity payments and determining the amount to be paid.

**Expedited Delivery Charge.** When you request expedited delivery of any withdrawal amounts, there are additional charges assessed for this service. We pass the current charges for requested expedited delivery services through to you directly, with no added fees or profits to us. This means these charges are subject to change and are not subject to a maximum. The current charge for standard overnight delivery is $10. The current charge for overnight delivery on Saturday is $22.50.

**Wire Transfer Charge.** We pass the current charges for requested wire transfer services through to you directly, with no added fees or profits to us. This means these charges are subject to change and are not subject to a maximum. We currently charge $20 for standard wire transfers and $25 for international wire transfers in connection with requested withdrawals.

**Premium Taxes.** Some states and other governmental entities charge Premium taxes or other similar taxes. We pay these taxes and may make a deduction from your Contract Values for them. Premium taxes generally range from 0% to 3.5% (the amount of state Premium tax, if any, will vary from state to state). Premium tax is currently not charged back to the Contract, however, the Company reserves the right to deduct any amounts advanced to pay taxes from the Contract Value.

**ADD-ON BENEFIT EXPENSES**

**GMWB Charge.** The charge for the GMWB begins when the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option endorsement is added to the Contract and is expressed as an annual percentage of the Guaranteed Withdrawal Balance ("GWB"). For more information about the GWB, please see "Guaranteed Withdrawal Balance" beginning on page [62](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_223).

The table below shows the maximum annual charges and the maximum increase we may make to the annual charge at one time. Current annual charges are disclosed in a Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. To obtain a copy, please visit <u>www.jackson.com/product-literature-11.html</u>. For a list of historical add-on benefit charges, please see "Appendix G (Historical Add-On Benefit Charges)."

------

**+Income GMWB**

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| | Maximum Annual<br> Charge | Maximum Increase to Annual Charge (at one time) |
| GMWB Charge | 3.00% | 0.25% |
| Charge Basis | GWB | GWB |
| Charge Frequency | Annual | Annual |

---

**+Income GMWB with Joint Option**

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| | Maximum Annual<br> Charge | Maximum Increase to Annual Charge (at one time) |
| GMWB Charge | 3.00% | 0.25% |
| Charge Basis | GWB | GWB |
| Charge Frequency | Annual | Annual |

---

You pay the applicable percentage of the GWB each Contract Anniversary. The charge is deducted from your Contract Value in the following order:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• First, we credit any applicable interest.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Second, we automatically allocate any funds due to be reallocated from the Performance Lock Holding Account, the Subsequent Premium Holding Account, and/or the Continuation Adjustment Holding Account, as applicable.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Third, we deduct the GMWB Charge.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Last, we step up your GWB under the annual Step-Up provision, if applicable.

If the Fixed Account Value is greater than the Fixed Account Minimum Value, the charge will be deducted from your allocations to all Contract Options in the same proportions that the respective allocations bear to your Contract Value until such time that the Fixed Account Contract Value has been reduced to the Fixed Account Minimum Value. If the Fixed Account Value is equal to the Fixed Account Minimum Value, the charge will be deducted from your allocations to the Index Account Options. If no value remains in the Index Account Options and the Fixed Account Value is equal to the Fixed Account Minimum Value, the charge will not be assessed for that Contract Year. While the charge is deducted from the Contract Value, it is based on the applicable percentage of the GWB. Deduction of the GMWB Charge will result in a reduction of the Contract Value element of the basic Death Benefit. Upon termination of the endorsement, the charge is prorated for the period since the last annual charge.

On each fifth Contract Anniversary, we reserve the right to increase the charge, subject to the applicable maximum annual charge and maximum increase to annual charge, as shown in the tables above. If the GMWB Charge is to increase, a notice will be sent to you 45 calendar days prior to the Contract Anniversary. You may then elect to opt out of the charge increase and any future charge increases by forfeiting annual Step-Ups on future Contract Anniversaries. **Upon such election, no future Premium payments will be allowed and the GAWA% will be determined with no future recalculation.** The Determination Date Step-Up is not impacted by an election to opt out of a charge increase. While electing to discontinue future annual Step-Ups will prevent an increase in the charge, you will be foregoing possible increases in your GWB and/or GAWA so carefully consider this decision should we notify you of a charge increase. Such election is final, and you may not subsequently elect to reinstate annual Step-Ups once they have been discontinued. All elections must be received by us in Good Order prior to the Contract Anniversary. Charge increases under this provision may only occur every five years on the Contract Anniversary. If we opt not to increase a charge under this provision, the charge will not be subject to increase again until the Contract Anniversary five years thereafter.

The actual deduction of the charge will be reflected in your annual statement. You will continue to pay the GMWB Charge through the earlier date that you annuitize the Contract or your Contract Value is zero. We will, however, stop deducting the charge under other circumstances that would cause the GMWB to terminate. For more information, please see "Termination" beginning on page [71](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_259). We reserve the right to prospectively change the charge on new Contracts or if you elect this GMWB after your Contract is issued (subject to availability), subject to the applicable maximum annual charge listed above. Upon election of this GMWB, the applicable GMWB Charge will be reflected in your confirmation. For more information about how this GMWB works, please see "+Income GMWB and +Income GMWB with Joint Option" beginning on page [61](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_220).

------

**Rate Enhancement Option Charge.** The charge for the add-on Rate Enhancement Option begins when the Rate Enhancement Option endorsement is added to the Contract and is expressed as an annual percentage of each Index Option Crediting Base. The charge is accrued on a daily basis beginning on the Business Day after the Index Account Option Term begins, as part of the calculation of Interim Value for an Index Account Option.

The accrued charge will be equal to the accrued charge percentage multiplied by the Index Option Crediting Base from the end of the previous Business Day for each Index Account Option subject to the charge. The accrued charge percentage is increased daily by an amount equal to the annual charge percentage multiplied by the Index Account Option Term expressed in years, divided by the length of the Index Account Option Term expressed in days

On an Index Account Option Term Anniversary, the Rate Enhancement Option Charge will be deducted after any applicable Index Adjustment is credited, but before any other transactions occur on the Contract.

This charge does not apply to the Fixed Account. For more information about the Index Account Options, please see "Index Account" beginning on page [33](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_109).

The table below shows the maximum annual charge and maximum increase to the annual charge at one time. Current annual charges are disclosed in a Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. To obtain a copy, please visit <u>www.jackson.com/product-literature-11.html</u>. For a list of historical add-on benefit charges, please see "Appendix G (Historical Add-on Benefit Charges)."

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| | Maximum Annual Charge |
| Rate Enhancement Option Charge | 2.00% |
| Charge Basis | Index Option Crediting Base |
| Charge Frequency | Daily\* |

---

\*The charge is accrued daily as part of the calculation of Interim Value, and is deducted from each Index Account Option Value on *the earlier of* the Index Account Option Term Anniversary, or upon execution of a Performance lock, or upon partial or total withdrawals from the Index Account Option(s), automatic withdrawals, required minimum distributions ("RMD"), amounts applied to an income option upon annuitization, and payment of the Contract Value element of the Death Benefit.

While the charge is assessed daily as part of the Interim Value calculation, you pay the applicable charge from each Index Account Option on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary unless you remove Interim Value from the Index Account Option prior to the Index Account Option Term Anniversary, in which case, you pay the charge out of the available Interim Value. For examples of how this charge is calculated when you remove Interim Value prior to the end of your Index Account Option Term, please see the SAI.

The actual deduction of the charge will be reflected in your annual statement. You will continue to pay the charge for the add-on benefit until it is terminated. We will, however, stop deducting the charge under other circumstances that would cause the add-on benefit to terminate. Upon termination of the Rate Enhancement Option endorsement, the charge is prorated for the period since the last charge. If no value remains in the Index Account Options, the charge will not be assessed until such time that there is Index Account Value from which to deduct the charge.

We reserve the right to prospectively change the charge on new Contracts, subject to the applicable maximum annual charge. Please review the current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement at <u>www.jackson.com/product-literature-11.html</u> to learn about the current level of the charge. For a list of historical add-on benefit charges, please see "Appendix G (Historical Add-On Benefit Charges)." Upon election of the Rate Enhancement Option, the applicable Rate Enhancement Option Charge will be reflected in your confirmation. For more information about how the add-on benefit works, please see the section titled "Rate Enhancement Option" beginning on page [47](#iafc25ba96ff14de19887aa57d5e0181f_1118).

**CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS**

**Interim Value Calculation and Adjustment.** Because the Index Account Options are designed to credit an Index Adjustment by measuring the change in the Index Return from the beginning of the Index Account Option Term to the end of the Index Account Option Term, an Interim Value calculation is necessary to determine the daily value of your Index Account Option on any given Business Day if you remove Contract Value prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term (including partial or total withdrawals from the Contract, GAWA withdrawals, automatic withdrawals, required minimum distributions

------

("RMD"), deductions of the GMWB Charge, the direct deduction of advisory fees pursuant to our administrative rules, amounts applied to income options upon annuitization, or if we pay the Contract Value element of the Death Benefit) or exercise a Performance Lock. For each Index Account Option, the value we assign on any Business Day prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term is called the Interim Value. Each Index Account Option will have a separate Interim Value. Withdrawals will reduce the Interim Value and any withdrawal taken during the MVA Period may also be assessed a Market Value Adjustment.

The Interim Value is calculated based on the value of a hypothetical portfolio of financial instruments designed to replicate the value of the Index Account Option if it were held until the end of the Index Account Option Term. We calculate the Interim Value of each of your Index Account Options at the end of each Business Day, and the change, or adjustment, may be positive, negative, or zero compared to the Interim Value at the end of the previous Business Day, even if the Index associated with your Index Account Option has increased in value. Changes to your Interim Value are not directly tied to the performance of the applicable Index, although Index performance impacts your Interim Value. The Interim Value on a given Business Day determines the amount available to be removed from that Index Account Option for Performance Locks, partial or total withdrawals from the Contract, GAWA withdrawals, automatic withdrawals, RMDs, deductions of the GMWB Charge, amounts applied to income options upon annuitization, payment of the Contract Value element of the Death Benefit, and the direct deduction of advisory fees pursuant to our administrative rules. The Interim Value does not impact your Index Account Option Value unless you engage in such a transaction. Please note: if you have elected the add-on Rate Enhancement Option, your Interim Value also reflects the accrued Rate Enhancement Option Charge.

If you have a transaction that is based on Interim Value, the transaction will reduce the Interim Value of your Index Account Option by the amount withdrawn. Any applicable Market Value Adjustment, taxes, and tax penalties will subsequently be deducted from the amount you receive from a withdrawal. Please note that when calculating Interim Value, the Index Option Crediting Base is reduced proportionally to the Index Account Option Value for each such transaction. If the Interim Value is greater than the Index Option Crediting Base, your Index Account Option Value will be decreased by less than the amount of the withdrawal; in other words, on less than a dollar for dollar basis. If the Interim Value is less than the Index Option Crediting Base, your Index Account Option Value will be decreased by more than the amount of the withdrawal; in other words, on more than a dollar for dollar basis. Amounts removed during the Index Account Option Term will not receive an Index Adjustment at the end of that Index Account Option Term. This means that by transacting mid-term on Interim Value, you are reducing the Index Account Option Value that could have received an Index Adjustment at the end of the Index Account Option Term.

Interim Values generally reflect less gain and more downside than would otherwise apply at the end of the Index Account Option Term. Additionally, neither the Protection Option nor Crediting Method rates will be applied. As such, when a transaction is processed based on the Interim Value of the Index Account Option, the Interim Value could reflect less gain or more loss (possibly significantly less gain or more loss) than would be applied at the end of the Index Account Option Term. This means that there could be significantly less money available under your Contract for withdrawals, payment of Death Benefits, or Income Options during the Index Account Option Term. The Interim Value adjustment may result in a loss even if the Index is performing positively at the time of the transaction, and may be less than the amount you would receive if you held the investment until the end of the Index Account Option Term. **The Interim Value adjustment could result in the loss of principal and previously-credited earnings in the Contract, and in extreme circumstances, such losses could be as high as 100%.** The maximum loss would occur under extreme circumstances. **To avoid an Interim Value adjustment to your Index Account Option Value, you should schedule withdrawals and other transactions to fall on Index Account Option Term Anniversaries.**

The Interim Value calculation protects the Company from risks related to the value of the derivative instruments purchased to support the contract guarantees if amounts are removed prior to the end of an Index Account Option Term. The Interim Value calculation shifts this risk from the company to you. Please see the SAI for detailed explanations and examples of how we calculate the Interim Value in various scenarios.

You can view the Interim Value for your Index Account Option(s) as of the end of the previous Business Day in your account on jackson.com or by contacting us via phone at 1-800-644-4565.

**Market Value Adjustment.** A Market Value Adjustment ("MVA") may apply to amounts withdrawn or annuitized from the Contract during the first six years from the date any subsequent Premium is first allocated to any Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option (referred to as the "Market Value Adjustment Period" or "MVA Period"). The Market Value Adjustment reflects changes in the level of interest rates since the Issue Date. Market Value Adjustments protect the Company from risks related to the value of the fixed investment instruments supporting the Contract guarantees if amounts are withdrawn prematurely. The Market Value Adjustment shifts the risk from the Company to you.

In order to determine whether there will be a Market Value Adjustment, we first compare the MVA reference rate on the Premium Allocation Date to the MVA reference rate on the date you are removing Contract Value. The MVA reference rate is

------

Bloomberg U.S. Intermediate Corporate Bond Index Yield to Maturity, expressed as a percentage. The MVA rate applied on any day will be the MVA reference rate published on the prior Business Day. If the MVA reference rate is not published on the Business Day before the MVA is calculated, the Company will use the MVA reference rate for the most recent Business Day it was published. The current-day price for the Bloomberg U.S. Intermediate Corporate Bond Index Yield to Maturity will be publicly available on our website at <u>www.jackson.com/mva</u>, although the price may change by the time your transaction is executed.

For each applicable Premium, the Company calculates the MVA by multiplying the amount You withdraw that is subject to MVA less any applicable charges by the result of the formula below:

![MVA Formula.jpg](ck0002047976-20260420_g11.jpg)

where:

**I** is the MVA Reference Rate on the Premium Allocation Date

**J** is the MVA Reference Rate on the date of withdrawal or annuitization

m is the number of complete months remaining from the date of the removal to the end of the MVA Period.

The MVA formula is derived by reflecting the change to the value of an underlying bond purchased to support your policy and any gains or losses from applicable early withdrawals are passed along to You. If the MVA reference rate at the time of your withdrawal (or Income Date if income payments begin during the six Contract Years) is higher than the MVA reference rate on your Issue Date, a downward adjustment to the amount withdrawn may apply, which would reduce the amount paid or taken as income. If the MVA reference rate at the time of withdrawal is lower than the MVA reference rate declared on your Issue Date, an upward adjustment to the amount withdrawn may apply, which would increase the amount paid or taken as income. There will be no Market Value Adjustment if the two rates are the same. **The application of a Market Value Adjustment could result in a reduction in the amount you receive from a withdrawal, and in extreme circumstances, such losses could be as high as 100% of the amount withdrawn.** The maximum loss would only occur if there is a total withdrawal of Contract Value and interest rates have risen dramatically between the date your Contract was issued and the time of your total withdrawal. A Market Value Adjustment will not otherwise affect the values under your Contract. Please see the SAI for an illustration of how an MVA impacts your withdrawals and contract values.

There is no Market Value Adjustment on: Death Benefit payments; amounts withdrawn for Contract charges; amounts removed from any Index Account Option on the Latest Income Date, transfers among Contract Options, withdrawals taken pursuant to the Free Look provision of your contract, withdrawals taken under the Free Withdrawal provision, GAWA Withdrawals, withdrawals taken to satisfy a required minimum distribution ("RMD"), amounts you withdraw after the first six Contract Years, earnings, and direct deductions of advisory fees made pursuant to our administrative rules. Please note that an MVA will only apply to income payments taken under income options for specified periods where the specified period is shorter than five years and those payments are taken during the first six years from the date any subsequent Premium is first allocated to any Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option. Income payments taken under any other income option are not subject to an MVA.

For purposes of determining the MVA, the Contract Value is divided into earnings and Remaining Premium. Earnings are not subject to an MVA. For the sole purpose of determining the amount of the MVA, earnings are defined as any excess of the Contract Value over Remaining Premium. Withdrawals will be allocated first to earnings (which may be withdrawn free of any MVA), if any, and second to Remaining Premium on a first-in, first-out basis. Any portion of the MVA that would reduce the Fixed Account below the Fixed Account Minimum Value will be waived.

***Free Withdrawal.*** During the MVA Period, certain partial withdrawals from the Contract will not incur a Market Value Adjustment. The amount of the Free Withdrawal is 10% of **Remaining Premium** at the beginning of each Contract Year that would otherwise incur a Market Value Adjustment, plus 10% of additional Premium received during that Contract Year, less earnings. If an RMD or GAWA is applicable and exceeds 10% of Remaining Premium, the Free Withdrawal amount is equal to the greater of the RMD or GAWA, less earnings. The Free Withdrawal may be taken once or through multiple withdrawals throughout the Contract Year. Any amount withdrawn to satisfy a required minimum distribution reduces the amount of available Free Withdrawal. No Free Withdrawal may exceed the Withdrawal Value. Withdrawals during the first six years from the date any subsequent Premium is first allocated to any Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option in excess of the Free Withdrawal may be subject to any applicable MVA. The direct deduction of advisory fees pursuant to our administrative rules will not reduce the Free Withdrawal amount.

------

**PURCHASES**

**Minimum Initial Premium:**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• $25,000 under most circumstances

**Minimum Additional Premiums:**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• $500 for a qualified or non-qualified plan;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• $50 for an automatic payment plan; and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• You can pay additional Premiums at any time during the accumulation phase unless a specific add-on benefit or feature provides limitations.

These minimums apply to purchases, but do not preclude subsequent partial withdrawals that would reduce Contract Values below the minimum initial purchase amounts. We reserve the right to limit the number of Contracts that you may purchase. We reserve the right, in our discretion, to limit, restrict, suspend or reject any or all initial or subsequent Premium payments and to limit the amount, frequency or timing of Premium payments, at any time on a non-discriminatory basis. Any of these actions by us would limit your ability to invest in the Contract and increase your values and benefits. We reserve the right to restrict availability or impose restrictions on the Fixed Account.

**Maximum Premium:**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• The maximum aggregate Premium payments you may make without our prior approval is $1 million.

We reserve the right to waive minimum and maximum Premium amounts in a non-discriminatory manner. Our right to restrict Premium to a lesser maximum amount may affect the benefits under your Contract.

**Allocations of Premium.** You may allocate your Premiums to any available Index Account Option or Fixed Account Option. Each allocation must be a whole percentage between 0% and 100%. We will allocate any additional Premiums you pay in the same way unless you instruct us otherwise.

We will issue your Contract and allocate your Premium payment within two Business Days (days when the New York Stock Exchange is open) after we receive your initial Premium payment and all information that we require for the purchase of a Contract.. If we do not receive all information required to issue your Contract, including allocation instructions, we will contact you to get the necessary information. If for some reason we are unable to complete this process within five Business Days, we will return your money. Each Business Day ends when the New York Stock Exchange closes (usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern time).

Subsequent Premium payments of less than $500 will be held in the Subsequent Premium Holding Account until the earliest of (i) the next Contract Anniversary or (ii) the date on which the total value of all Premiums since the last Premium Allocation Date plus any interest earned in the Subsequent Premium Holding Account totals $500 or more. On the date the Subsequent Premium Holding Account is reallocated on a Contract Anniversary or the date on which the total value of all Premiums since the last Premium Allocation Date plus any interest earned in the Subsequent Premium Holding Account totals $500 or more, the full value of the Subsequent Premium Holding Account will be reallocated according to the most recent allocation instructions you have provided. The date of this transfer will be considered the Premium Allocation Date for the value allocated.

**Free Look.** You may cancel your Contract by returning it to your financial professional or to us within ten days after receiving it. In some states, or when purchased as a replacement, the Free Look period may be longer. Please see the front page of your Contract for the Free Look period that applies to your Contract. If you cancel your Contract during this period, we will return Premiums paid into the Contract, less any withdrawals you've taken prior to cancelling (including any Market Value Adjustments assessed on those withdrawals). State variations may apply. Please see Appendix C: State Variations for more information.

We will determine the Free Look amount as of the date we receive the Contract. We will pay the applicable free look proceeds within seven days of a request in Good Order. In some states, we are required to hold the Premiums of a senior citizen in the Fixed Account during the free look period, unless we are specifically directed to allocate the Premium to the Index Account.

------

**TRANSFERS AND REALLOCATIONS**

**Transfer Requests.** You may request a transfer to or from a Fixed Account Option and the Index Account Options, as well as among the Index Account Options.

Transfers may only occur on the Fixed Account Option Term Anniversary when transferring out of the 1- year Fixed Account Option, and only on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary when transferring out of an Index Account Option except in connection with a Performance Lock. We post all rates online at <u>Jackson.com/RatesJMLPA4</u>. The rates for Contract Value reallocations at the end of an Index Account Option Term are posted at least 30 days before the end of any Index Account Option Term. At least 30 days prior to any Index Account Option Term Anniversary, we will send you written notice reminding you of how you may obtain the rates for the next Index Account Option Term.

Unless specified otherwise, transfers will be taken from the Index Account Options and the 1-year Fixed Account Option(s) in proportion to their current value. The Company reserves the right to restrict or prohibit transfers from the Index Account Options to the Fixed Account, at its discretion, on a nondiscriminatory basis, at any time.

Transfers into the Performance Lock Holding Account, Subsequent Premium Holding Account, and Continuation Adjustment Holding Account on a Fixed Account Option Term Anniversary or Index Account Option Term Anniversary are not allowed. Amounts may only move from an Index Account Option to the Performance Lock Holding Account, Subsequent Premium Holding Account, and Continuation Adjustment Holding Account as described in the section titled Fixed Account beginning on page [30](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_106).

Transfers from a Fixed Account Option will reduce the Fixed Account Value by the transfer amount requested. Transfers into a Fixed Account Option will increase the Fixed Account Value by the transfer amount requested. Transfers from an Index Account Option will reduce the Index Account Option Value by the transfer amount requested. Transfers into an Index Account Option will increase the Index Account Option Value by the transfer amount requested.

**Automatic Reallocations.** If we do not receive your timely transfer request in Good Order before the close of business on the Fixed Account Option Term Anniversary for transfers out of a 1-year Fixed Account Option, and/or the close of business on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary for transfers out of an Index Account Option, we will automatically reallocate your Contract Value, as described below. You can communicate your transfer instructions by submitting them to us in writing on a form provided by us, or a Letter of Instruction, through your account on jackson.com, or via telephone if you have provided prior telephone authorization on your account.

If no timely transfer request is received as outlined above, the Fixed Account Value will remain in the 1-year Fixed Account Option(s) and the Index Account Option Value(s) will be reallocated to the same Index Account Option(s) for the same term, Crediting Method and Index, if available. On each Premium Allocation Anniversary, any amounts with that Premium Allocation Anniversary allocated to the Performance Lock Holding Account, including interest earned on those amounts, will be reallocated into a new Index Account Option identical to the one from which they were originally transferred, subject to availability requirements, unless new allocation instructions have been received by us in Good Order, and will begin a new Index Account Option Term. Note: if your Performance Lock was out of an Index Account Option with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method, we will automatically reallocate you into a comparable Index Account Option with the same Index, and standard (non-guaranteed) Index Adjustment Factors under the Cap Crediting Method unless you provide timely alternate transfer or reallocation instructions. On each Contract Anniversary, any amounts allocated to the Subsequent Premium Holding Account, including interest earned on those amounts, regardless of whether those amounts meet the minimum allocation requirements of the Contract, will be reallocated into a new Index Account Option(s) or Fixed Account Option, subject to availability requirements, based on the most recent allocation instructions received by us in Good Order, and will begin a new Index Account Option Term or Fixed Account Option Term. On each Contract Anniversary, any amounts allocated to the Continuation Adjustment Holding Account in connection with a spousal continuation adjustment, including interest earned on those amounts, will be reallocated into a new Index Account Option(s) or 1-year Fixed Account Option, subject to availability requirements, based on the most recent allocation instructions received by us in Good Order, and will begin a new Index Account Option Term or Fixed Account Option Term.

**Automatic Reallocation of Index Account Option Value to a New Index Account Option or the Fixed Account.** If you do not provide timely transfer or reallocation instructions prior to the end of an expiring Index Account Option Term, as well as for reallocations out of the Performance Lock Holding Account on a Premium Allocation

------

Anniversary, or if one or more of your allocation instructions conflicts with available Index Account Options, we will proceed as follows:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• If the same Index Account Option is available at the time and its Term does not extend beyond the Income Date, we will renew the Index Account Option into the same Index Account Option Term.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• If the same Index Account Option is available at the time but its Term extends beyond the Income Date, if available, we will select an available Index Account Option with the same Crediting Method, Protection Option, and Index, but with the Term that ends closest to but before the Income Date.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• If the same Crediting Method, Protection Option, and Index as the expiring Index Account Option are available at the time, but not with the same Term, we will select the available Index Account Option Term with the period closest to but less than the Index Account Option Term that just ended that will not extend beyond the Income Date.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• If the Crediting Method, Protection Option, or Index you have elected is no longer available as of your Index Account Option Term Anniversary, the Index Account Option Value(s) will be reallocated to the Fixed Account until further instruction is received.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• If all available Index Account Option Terms would extend beyond the Income Date, the Index Account Option Value(s) will be reallocated to the 1-year Fixed Account Option.

Please note: reallocations into an Index Account Option with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method are not permitted. You may only elect the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method at the time of a new Premium payment. If you have allocation instructions electing an Index Account Option with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method, we will automatically reallocate you into a comparable Index Account Option with the same Index, and standard (non-guaranteed) Index Adjustment Factors under the Cap Crediting Method unless you provide timely alternate transfer or reallocation instructions.

**Performance Lock.** You may elect to lock in Interim Value during the Index Account Option Term on all Index Account Options. This feature allows you to transfer either the partial or the full Interim Value from your selected Index Account Option into the Performance Lock Holding Account, where it will earn a declared rate of interest beginning on the Performance Lock Date until the next Premium Allocation Anniversary associated with the Contract Value subject to the Performance Lock. You can view the Interim Value for your Index Account Option(s) as of the end of the previous Business Day in your account on jackson.com or by contacting us via phone at 1-800-644-4565. We use the Interim Value calculated at the end of the Business Day after we receive your request. This means you will not be able to determine in advance your "locked in" Index Account Option Value, and it may be higher or lower than it was on the Business Day we received your Performance Lock request.

You may elect a Performance Lock by submitting an election form or letter of instruction acceptable to us, making an election through your jackson.com account, or via telephone if you have telephone authorization executed on your account. We must receive a manual Performance Lock request in Good Order before the end of the current Business Day in order to execute the Performance Lock on that day. Otherwise, the Performance Lock will be executed on the next Business Day that your request is in Good Order. For requests submitted in writing, we do not consider the request to be received until it arrives at our Customer Care Center.

You (or your financial professional, if authorized) can request an automatic Performance Lock of the full Interim Value of your elected Index Account Option based on targets you set by making an election through your account on jackson.com, or via telephone if you have telephone authorization executed on your account. . You can set upper and/or lower targets for each Index Account Option each term. **Please note: setting a target close to the current Interim Value may cause a Performance Lock to occur very quickly.** You can change or cancel targets at any time before we perform the Performance Lock. Each Index Account Option's targets automatically expire on the earlier of the date the Performance Lock is performed, or the last Business Day before the Index Account Option Term Anniversary. You can also override a target by requesting a manual Performance Lock before the target is reached. We determine if a target is reached using the Interim Value determined at the end of the prior Business Day. We then perform the Performance Lock using the Interim Value calculated at the end of the next Business Day, which is the day the Performance Lock is performed. Because your Performance Lock is performed based on the Interim Value calculated 24 hours after your target was reached, it is possible that the Index Return for your Index may decline between the time your target was reached and the time your Performance Lock is performed. **Please note: by setting targets in your jackson.com account, you are authorizing us to automatically perform a Performance Lock at the end of the Business Day on the day <u>after</u> your target is reached, unless you cancel the lock.** We will send an email notice once the Interim Value for an Index Account Option reaches your selected target. To cancel an automatic Performance Lock after the target is reached, we must receive your request in Good Order before the end of the Business Day on which the lock will be

------

performed. You may submit this request to cancel an automatic Performance Lock through your account on jackson.com, via faxed or emailed letter of instruction, or via telephone (if you have authorized telephone transactions).

For example, assume your Contract Value is $100,000 and 100% is allocated to a 1-year Index Account Option with a Cap crediting method, 10% Buffer Protection Option, and the S&P 500 Index elected. The Cap Rate is 15%, but you and your financial professional agree that a positive Index Adjustment of at least 10% would meet your investment objectives. With that investment objective in mind, you set an automatic Performance Lock target of 10%. In month ten of the 1-year Index Account Option Term, the Interim Value of your Index Account Option has increased 10% from your initial $100,000 investment and Jackson sends an email notification to you, indicating that your automatic Performance Lock will be performed on the following Business Day unless you cancel through your account on jackson.com (or contact Jackson to cancel via faxed or emailed letter of instruction or phone if you have authorized telephone transactions). The Performance Lock is performed, and the full Interim Value of your Index Account Option is transferred to the Performance Lock Holding Account. On the next Premium Allocation Anniversary associated with the Index Account Option that was the subject of the Performance Lock, the funds held in the Performance Lock Holding Account will automatically be reallocated to an identical 1-year Index Account Option with a Cap Crediting Method, 10% Buffer Protection Option, and the S&P 500 Index elected unless other instructions are received prior to the end of the Business Day on your Contract Anniversary. Please note that reallocations into an Index Account Option with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method are not permitted. You may only elect the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method at the time of a new Premium payment. If you have executed a Performance Lock on an Index Account Option with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method, on the next Premium Allocation Anniversary following that Performance Lock, we will automatically reallocate you into a comparable Index Account Option with the same Index, and standard (non-guaranteed) Index Adjustment Factors under the Cap Crediting Method unless you provide timely alternate transfer or reallocation instructions.

You (or your financial professional, if authorized) can also set Interim Value target notifications by making an election through your account on jackson.com, or via telephone if you have telephone authorization executed on your account. These Interim Value target notifications function similarly to automatic Performance Lock targets in that you can set upper and/or lower targets for each Index Account Option each term. However, Interim Value target notifications will <u>not</u> trigger an automatic Performance Lock and are for notification purposes only to assist you in tracking the performance of your Index Account Options. You can change or cancel Interim Value target notifications at any time through your account on jackson.com. We will send an email notice once the Interim Value for an Index Account Option reaches your selected target for notification. If you wish you elect a Performance Lock at that time, you must submit a manual Performance Lock request in Good Order to our Customer Care Center.

**A Performance Lock of the full Interim Value for an Index Account Option ends the Index Account Option Term for the Index Account Option out of which it is transferred, effectively terminating that Index Account Option. Only one partial Performance Lock may be executed per Index Account Option per Premium Year. Once a Performance Lock has been processed, it is irrevocable.** 

On each Premium Allocation Anniversary, any amounts associated with that Premium Allocation Date that are allocated to the Performance Lock Holding Account as part of a Performance Lock, including interest earned on those amounts, will be reallocated into a new Index Account Option identical to the one from which they were originally transferred, subject to availability requirements, unless new allocation instructions have been received by us in Good Order, and will begin a new Index Account Option Term. Please note that reallocations into an Index Account Option with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method are not permitted. You may only elect the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method at the time of a new Premium payment. If you have executed a Performance Lock on an Index Account Option with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method, on the next Premium Allocation Anniversary following that Performance Lock, we will automatically reallocate you into the a comparable Index Account Option with the same Index, and standard (non-guaranteed) Index Adjustment Factors under the Cap Crediting Method unless you provide timely alternate transfer or reallocation instructions. You may provide reallocation instructions in writing using our Reallocation Form or a Letter of Instruction, through your account on jackson.com, or over the phone if you have authorized telephone transactions. For more information on what happens if the same Index Account Option is unavailable, see "Automatic Reallocation of Index Account Option Value to a New Index Account Option or the Fixed Account" beginning on page [57](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_205).

Please see the Statement of Additional Information for examples illustrating Performance Locks.

------

**ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY**

You may access the money in your Contract:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• by making a partial or full withdrawal,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• by electing the Automatic Withdrawal Program,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• by establishing direct deduction of advisory fees under our administrative rules,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• by electing an add-on Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit, or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• by electing to receive income payments.

Your Beneficiary can have access to the money in your Contract when a Death Benefit is paid.

Withdrawals under the Contract may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment. For purposes of the Market Value Adjustment, we treat withdrawals as coming first from earnings (which may be withdrawn free of any MVA), and then from the oldest Remaining Premium on a first-in, first-out basis. When you make a total withdrawal, you will receive the Withdrawal Value as of the end of the Business Day your request is received by us in Good Order. The Withdrawal Value is equal to the Contract Value less any applicable charges for add-on benefits, subject to any applicable positive or negative Interim Value adjustment, adjusted by any applicable Market Value Adjustment. For more information about Market Value Adjustments, please see "Market Value Adjustment" beginning on page [54](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_2316). We will pay the withdrawal proceeds within seven days of receipt of a request in Good Order. If a Premium payment made by personal check or electronic draft is received within the five days preceding a withdrawal request, we may delay payment of the withdrawal proceeds up to seven days after the date of the request, to ensure the check or electronic draft is not returned due to insufficient funds.

Your withdrawal request must generally be in writing. We will accept withdrawal requests submitted via facsimile. We may accept withdrawal requests via phone or web, subject to certain qualifying conditions, and subject to availability. There are risks associated with not requiring original signatures in order to disburse the money. To minimize the risks, the proceeds will be sent to your last recorded address in our records, so be sure to notify us of any address change. We do not assume responsibility for improper disbursements if you have failed to provide us with the current address to which the proceeds should be sent.

Except in connection with the Automatic Withdrawal Program, you must withdraw at least $500 or, if less, the entire amount in the Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option from which you are making the withdrawal. If you are not specific in your withdrawal request, your withdrawal will be taken from your allocations to the Index Account Options and Fixed Account Options based on the proportion their respective values bear to the Contract Value. A withdrawal request that would reduce the remaining Contract Value to less than $2,000 will be treated as a request for a total withdrawal except in connection with GAWA withdrawals, Required Minimum Distributions or the Automatic Withdrawal Program.

If you elect the Automatic Withdrawal Program, you may take automatic withdrawals of a specified dollar amount (of at least $50 per withdrawal) or a specified percentage of Contract Value on a monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual basis. Automatic withdrawals are treated as partial withdrawals and will be counted in determining the amount taken as a Free Withdrawal in any Contract Year. Automatic withdrawals in excess of the Free Withdrawal amount may be subject to Market Value Adjustments, the same as any other partial withdrawal. For more information about the Free Withdrawal amount, please see "Market Value Adjustment" beginning on page [51](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_148).

Partial withdrawals will reduce the Index Option Crediting Base at the beginning of the term in the same proportion that the Interim Value was reduced on the date of the withdrawal.

When you have an investment adviser who, for a fee, manages your Contract Value, you may authorize payment of the fee from the Contract by following our administrative rules for direct deduction of advisory fees from Contract Value (see below). There are conditions and limitations, so please contact our Customer Care Center for more information. We neither endorse any investment advisers, nor make any representations as to their qualifications. The fee for this service would be covered in a separate agreement between the two of you, and would be in addition to the fees and expenses described in this prospectus. Any investment adviser fees withdrawn will trigger an Interim Value adjustment for any Index Account Options. **You are** 

------

**strongly encouraged to discuss the impact of deducting advisory fees directly from your Contract Value with your financial professional before making any elections.** 

Under certain circumstances, you may elect to have advisory fees directly deducted from your Contract Value and automatically transmitted to your third-party financial professional, subject to certain administrative rules. Unless you specify otherwise, withdrawals will be taken from all Contract Options based upon the proportion that their respective value bears to the Contract Value. Any applicable MVA will be applied at the time of the withdrawal, and will be applied proportionally to each Index Account Option from which the withdrawal was taken. Our administrative rules are structured to follow the requirements laid out in a Private Letter Ruling we obtained from the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") in 2019. If you do elect to pay your advisory fees via direct deductions under our rules, we will not treat such deductions as withdrawals in two specific ways: (i) pursuant to the terms of the Private Letter Ruling, we will not report them as taxable distributions under your Contracts; and (ii) any such deduction will not trigger a reduction in the return of premium benefit base of the basic Death Benefit, as applicable (Owners age 81 and older on the date the Contract is issued do not have a return of premium element in the basic Death Benefit). For more information on the Private Letter Ruling, please see "Constructive Withdrawals - Investment Adviser Fees" beginning on page [56](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_184). It is important to note that deductions to pay advisory fees will always reduce your Contract Value and the Contract Value portion of your basic Death Benefit, and they are otherwise subject to all contractual provisions and other restrictions and penalties, including Interim Value adjustments and minimum withdrawal requirements. Because the deduction of advisory fees is subject to Interim Value adjustments, your Contract Value may be reduced by more than the amount of the advisory fee if a deduction is taken at a point in time at which the Interim Value is less than the Index Option Crediting Base. For an example illustrating the impact of advisory fee deductions on your Contract Value, please see Appendix A, Example 20.

*Our Administrative Rules.* In order to have advisory fees directly deducted from your Contract Value, you must submit written authorization on a form acceptable to us, authorizing us to accept and execute instructions from your third-party financial professional to make withdrawals from your Contract to pay the advisory fees pursuant to a written agreement between you and your third-party financial professional. Advisory fee withdrawals are processed as net withdrawals, pro-rata from the Contract Options in which you are currently allocated. Requests for withdrawal of advisory fees will be processed on the Business Day in which they are received by us in Good Order. Advisory fees generally may not exceed an amount equal to an annual rate of 1.50% of your Contract's Withdrawal Value, which is the amount you could receive upon total withdrawal after all fees and adjustments have been assessed. **Please note: if your Contract has a return of premium element in the basic Death Benefit (applicable for Owners age 80 and younger on the date the Contract was issued), advisory fee deductions are capped at a lower annual rate than under our standard administrative rules, and will not be permitted to exceed an annual amount equal to an annual rate of 1.25% of Contract Value.** 

You may terminate authorization for the direct deduction of advisory fees at any time by providing us with written notice of such termination.

Please note: the election of either the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option disqualifies you from utilizing our administrative rules to directly deduct advisory fees from Contract Value.

If you make a withdrawal to pay advisory fees without setting up direct deductions under our administrative rules, or after electing either the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option, your withdrawal will be treated as a standard partial withdrawal under the Contract. This means, in addition to your Contract Value and basic Death Benefit being reduced, the withdrawal will be subject to Market Value Adjustments any applicable taxes and tax penalties.

**Income taxes, tax penalties and certain restrictions may apply to any withdrawal you make. There are limitations on withdrawals from qualified plans. For more information, please see "TAXES" beginning on page [76](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_292).**

**+Income GMWB and +Income GMWB with Joint Option.** The +Income GMWB and +Income GMWB with Joint Option are add-on Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefits with annual Step-Ups and a Determination Date Step-Up, designed to help investors manage their lifetime income needs by guaranteeing the withdrawal of minimum annual amounts for life, regardless of the performance of the Indexes underlying an investor's Index Account Options, while the Contract is in the accumulation phase (i.e. before the Income Date). We call this guarantee the For Life Guarantee, and on +Income GMWB, which is a single life benefit, it lasts for the lifetime of the Designated Life (or the lifetime of the joint Owner who dies first). On +Income GMWB with Joint Option, which is a benefit designed to cover two spousal Covered Lives, the For Life Guarantee lasts for the lifetime of the last surviving Covered Life.

------

For the +Income GMWB, the Designated Life is the original Owner (or oldest joint Owner) if the Owner is a natural person. For the +Income GMWB with Joint Option, the Designated Life is the youngest Covered Life. If the Owner is a legal entity, the original Annuitant (or oldest joint Annuitant) is the Designated Life. On Contracts owned by a legal entity where there are joint Annuitants, the For Life Guarantee lasts for the lifetime of the joint Annuitant who dies first. The Designated Life may not be changed. +Income GMWB is available to single Owners, spouses, or unrelated joint Owners. +Income GMWB with Joint Option is available only to spouses.

For the +Income GMWB with Joint Option, each of the individuals covered under the For Life Guarantee are called Covered Lives. On qualified plan Contracts, the Owner and the primary spousal Beneficiary named as of the effective date of the GMWB with Joint Option will each be considered a Covered Life. On qualified custodial account Contracts, the Annuitant and contingent Annuitant named as of the effective date of the GMWB with Joint Option will each be considered a Covered Life. On non-qualified plan Contracts, the spousal joint Owners will each be considered a Covered Life. The Covered Lives may not be changed.

References in the disclosures below to "this GMWB" apply to each of the +Income GMWB and +Income GMWB with Joint Option, including their associated GAWA percentages, as discussed below. This GMWB is offered to Owners (+Income GMWB) or Covered Lives (+Income GMWB with Joint Option) between the ages of 50 and 80.

**This GMWB may not be terminated by the Owner independently from the Contract to which it is attached.** 

Upon the death of the Owner or joint Owner, if the Beneficiary is a non-spousal Beneficiary, the GWB is void and this GMWB terminates automatically; therefore, the death of the Owner or joint Owner may have a significant negative impact on the value of this GMWB and cause the GMWB to prematurely terminate.

For certain tax-qualified Contracts, this GMWB allows withdrawals greater than the GAWA to meet the Contract's RMD without compromising the endorsement's guarantees. Example 3 in Appendix E under section "I. +Income GMWB" supplements this description. Because the intervals for the GAWA and RMDs are different, namely Contract Years versus calendar years, and because RMDs are subject to other conditions and limitations, if your Contract is a tax-qualified Contract, please see "Required Minimum Distributions under certain Tax-Qualified Plans ("RMDs")" on page [69](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_253) for more information.

We reserve the right to place restrictions on which Contract Options you may select when you have elected this GMWB. This includes restrictions to Index Account Option Crediting Methods, Protection Options, Indexes, and Term lengths. If any such restrictions are in place, they will be listed in Appendix A: Investment Options Available Under the Contract, and you will be provided notice of these restrictions.

Please note: this GMWB may not be elected in combination with the add-on Rate Enhancement Option.

The following description of this GMWB is supplemented by the examples in Appendix E.

***Guaranteed Withdrawal Balance (***"***GWB***"***).*** The GWB is established for the sole purpose of determining the GAWA. It is not the Contract Value, and it cannot be withdrawn. The GWB is equal to the initial Premium, net of any applicable taxes, if elected at issue, or the Contract Value, if elected after issue. The GWB is eligible to be automatically increased by a Step-Up on each Contract Anniversary following the effective date of the GMWB. A Step-Up is a Contract feature under which we automatically increase the GWB to reflect increases in the Contract Value if the Contract Value is greater than the GWB. An increase in your GWB may increase your GAWA in the new Contract Year.

On the date that the GAWA is first determined, the "Determination Date", the GWB can also be increased by a one-time Determination Date Step-Up which is a Contract feature under which we automatically increase the GWB to equal the Contract Value if the Contract Value is greater than the GWB on the Determination Date. Any increase to the GWB as a result of a Determination Date Step-Up would be calculated prior to determining the GAWA. For more information about the Determination Date and the calculation of the GAWA, please see the "Withdrawals" subsection below. For more information Step-Ups, please see "Step-Up" beginning on page [65](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_232).

It is important to note that withdrawals from your Contract Value (including GAWA withdrawals) make it less likely that future step-ups to your GWB (if any) will increase your GAWA. This is because all withdrawals (including GAWA withdrawals) reduce your Contract Value and GWB. It is also important to note that Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce the likelihood that your GAWA will increase due to a step-up, as Excess Withdrawals (unlike GAWA withdrawals) result in a

------

proportional reduction to your GWB and may cause your GWB to be reduced by more than the amount withdrawn; in other words, on more than a dollar for dollar basis.

**The GWB can never be more than $10 million** (including upon step-up), and the GWB is reduced by each withdrawal. The GWB will be reduced proportionally by Excess Withdrawals. Such reductions could be substantial. See "*Withdrawals"* below for more information on the impact of different types of withdrawals on the GWB.

***Withdrawals.*** This GMWB is designed to permit annual withdrawals ("GAWA withdrawals") equal to the Guaranteed Withdrawal amount, on and after the effective date.

The maximum cumulative withdrawals you may take in any Contract Year, without reducing the For Life Guarantee, or potentially terminating the Contract, may not exceed the Guaranteed Withdrawal amount, which is equal to the greater of the GAWA or any applicable RMD under the Internal Revenue Code. Withdrawals exceeding the Guaranteed Withdrawal amount ("Excess Withdrawals"), cause the GWB and GAWA to be recalculated and reduced, as discussed below. Such reductions could be substantial. In addition, if the Excess Withdrawal causes your Contract Value to drop to zero, the Contract will terminate and no future GAWA withdrawals will be permitted.

The GAWA is determined on the Determination Date, which is the earlier of:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• the time of the first withdrawal after the effective date of this GMWB,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• the date the Owner elects to opt out of annual Step-Ups to avoid an increase in the GMWB Charge,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• the date the Contract Value drops to zero (other than due to an Excess Withdrawal or total withdrawal),

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• the date the GMWB is continued by a spousal Beneficiary, or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• upon election of the Life Income of the GAWA or Joint Life Income of the GAWA Income Options.

On the Determination Date, the GAWA is equal to the GWB multiplied by the GAWA percentage ("GAWA%"). The

GAWA% is locked-in on the Determination Date, and will not subsequently change. The GAWA% is based on the Designated Life's attained age on the Determination Date and the elapsed Deferral Years. A Deferral Year is the period of time measured by each Contract Anniversary that has passed after the effective date of this GMWB and before the Determination Date. Deferral Years stop accruing at the Determination Date.

The current GAWA percentages are disclosed in a Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. To obtain a copy of the current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement, please visit <u>www.jackson.com/product-literature-11.html</u>. We reserve the right to prospectively change the GAWA percentages, including the age bands and Deferral Years associated with those GAWA percentages, on new GMWB endorsements. This means that if you do not elect this GMWB at issue, the GAWA percentages associated with this GMWB when elected on a Contract Anniversary (subject to availability) may be different than the rates you would have received if you had elected this GMWB at issue. Please see "Appendix F (Historical Add-On Benefit Rates)" to view historical GAWA percentages.

The GAWA percentages applicable to your benefit will be reflected in your Contract endorsement.

**Recalculation of the GWB and/or the GAWA due to Withdrawals.** Withdrawals cause the GWB and/or GAWA to be recalculated in the following ways:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**• *Recalculation of the GWB upon GAWA Withdrawals*.** Withdrawals taken on or after the Determination Date that do not cause the cumulative total of all withdrawals taken in the Contract Year to exceed the Guaranteed Withdrawal amount, will cause the GWB to be reduced by the dollar amount of the withdrawal, but will not trigger a recalculation of the GAWA.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**• *Recalculation of the GWB and GAWA upon Excess Withdrawals.*** Any portion of a withdrawal taken on or after the Determination Date that causes the sum of all withdrawals taken in the Contract Year to exceed the Guaranteed Withdrawal amount will cause the GWB to be reduced proportionally as follows:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The dollar-for-dollar portion (DFD Portion) of the partial withdrawal is equal to the greater of (1) the GAWA at the time of the partial withdrawal or the RMD, less all prior partial withdrawals made in the current Contract Year, or (2) zero.

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Proportional Reduction Factor for the partial withdrawal is defined to be:![Proportinal Reduction Factor Formula.jpg](ck0002047976-20260420_g12.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The GWB is reduced to equal the greater of the GWB prior to the partial withdrawals less the DFD Portion, reduced for the Excess Withdrawal in the same proportion as the Contract Value is reduced (i.e. GWB prior to the Excess Withdrawal, reduced for the DFD portion, then multiplied by the Proportional Reduction Factor); or zero.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The GAWA is reduced for the Excess Withdrawal in the same proportion as the Contract Value is reduced (i.e. the GAWA prior to the Excess Withdrawal is multiplied by the Proportional Reduction Factor).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ **In recalculating the GWB and GAWA, both values could be reduced by more than the withdrawal amount; in other words, on more than a dollar-for-dollar basis. Therefore, please note that withdrawing more than the Guaranteed Withdrawal amount in any Contract Year may have a significantly negative impact on the value of the GMWB.**

Excess Withdrawals will never change the GAWA%.

For examples illustrating the impact of various types of withdrawals at different times during your Contract's life cycle on your GWB and GAWA values, please see Appendix E, Examples 3, 4, and 6, beginning on page E-[1](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_385).

At the end of each Contract Year after the GAWA has been determined, if the For Life Guarantee is <u>not</u> in effect and the GWB is less than the GAWA, the GAWA is set equal to the GWB. This may occur, when over time, payment of the guaranteed withdrawals is nearly complete, the For Life Guarantee is not in effect and the GWB has been depleted to a level below the GAWA. In addition, if the For Life Guarantee is not yet in effect, withdrawals that cause the Contract Value to reduce to zero void the For Life Guarantee <u>and it will never become effective</u>. See "Contract Value is Zero" below for more information.

Guaranteed Withdrawals are not subject to Market Value Adjustments. However, any portion of a withdrawal defined as an Excess Withdrawal, may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment at the time of the withdrawal. Any withdrawals in excess of the Free Withdrawal amount may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment. If the Guaranteed Withdrawal amount is greater than the Free Withdrawal amount, then the Guaranteed Withdrawal amount will be considered the Free Withdrawal amount. Guaranteed Withdrawals are subject to an Interim Value adjustment if they are withdrawn from an Index Account Option prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term.

You may take your Guaranteed Withdrawal all at once as a single withdrawal, or as multiple withdrawals throughout the Contract Year. If you do not take your full Guaranteed Withdrawal during a Contract Year, you may not take more than the Guaranteed Withdrawal in subsequent years (i.e. the Guaranteed Withdrawal amount is not cumulative).

Withdrawals under this GMWB are assumed to be the total amount deducted from the Contract Value, including any Market Value Adjustments, Interim Value adjustments, charges for expedited delivery or wire transfers, or any applicable taxes.

Withdrawals under this GMWB are considered the same as any other partial withdrawals for the purposes of calculating any other values under the Contract, and will be subject to Interim Value adjustments if withdrawn from an Index Account Option before the end of an Index Account Option Term. For more information on withdrawals generally, please see "Access to Your Money" beginning on page [60](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_217), and "Market Value Adjustment" beginning on page [51](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_148). All withdrawals count toward the total amount withdrawn in a Contract Year, including automatic withdrawals, RMDs for certain tax-qualified Contracts, and Free Withdrawals under the Contract. They are subject to the same restrictions and processing rules as described in the Contract. They are also treated the same for federal income tax purposes. For more information about tax-qualified and non-qualified Contracts, please see "TAXES" beginning on page [76](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_292).

If the age of any Designated Life (or Covered Life for +Income GMWB with Joint Option) is incorrectly stated at the time of election of the GMWB, on the date the misstatement is discovered, the GWB and the GAWA will be recalculated based on the GAWA percentage applicable at the correct age. If the age at election of the Designated Life (or either Covered Life for +Income GMWB with Joint Option) falls outside the allowable age range, the GMWB will be null and void and all GMWB charges will be refunded.

Withdrawals made under section 72(t) or section 72(q) of the Code are **<u>not</u>** considered RMDs for purposes of preserving the guarantees under this GMWB. Such withdrawals that exceed the GAWA will have the same effect as any withdrawal or Excess Withdrawal as described above and, consistent with that description, may cause a significant negative impact to your benefit.

------

**Please note: the election of either the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option disqualifies you from utilizing our administrative rules to directly deduct advisory fees from Contract Value.** This means that if you've elected the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option and you make a withdrawal to pay advisory fees, your withdrawal will be treated as a standard partial withdrawal under the Contract. In other words, in addition to your Contract Value and basic Death Benefit being reduced, the withdrawal will be subject to Market Value Adjustments, any applicable taxes and tax penalties.

***Premiums.***

---

| | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **<u>With each subsequent Premium payment on the Contract</u> –** | The **GWB** is recalculated, increasing by the amount of the Premium net of any applicable Premium taxes.  | The **GWB** is recalculated, increasing by the amount of the Premium net of any applicable Premium taxes.  | The **GWB** is recalculated, increasing by the amount of the Premium net of any applicable Premium taxes.  |
| **<u>With each subsequent Premium payment on the Contract</u> –** | If the Premium payment is received after the GAWA has been determined, the **GAWA** is also recalculated, increasing by: | If the Premium payment is received after the GAWA has been determined, the **GAWA** is also recalculated, increasing by: | If the Premium payment is received after the GAWA has been determined, the **GAWA** is also recalculated, increasing by: |
| **<u>With each subsequent Premium payment on the Contract</u> –** | | ● | The GAWA percentage multiplied by the sum of i) the subsequent Premium payment net of any applicable Premium taxes; *<u>Or</u>* |
| **<u>With each subsequent Premium payment on the Contract</u> –** | | ● | The GAWA percentage multiplied by the increase in the GWB – <u>if the maximum GWB is hit</u>. |

---

Total aggregate Premium payments are not limited in the first Contract Year following the effective date of this GMWB. Total aggregate Premium payments in any Contract Year after the first Contract Anniversary following the effective date of this GMWB are capped at the greater of (i) 5% of Benefit Premium Base, or (ii) $10,000. We require prior approval for a subsequent Premium payment that would result in your Contract having $1 million of Premiums in the aggregate. We also reserve the right to refuse subsequent Premium payments. Please note that if you have opted out of annual Step-Ups in order to avoid a communicated GMWB Charge increase on a 5th Contract Anniversary, no additional Premium payments will be permitted. **The GWB can never be more than $10 million.** See Example 3b in Appendix E under section "I. +Income GMWB" to see how the GWB is recalculated when the $10 million maximum is hit.

***Step-Up.*** There are two types of Step-Ups available when you elect this GMWB: an annual Step-Up and a Determination Date Step-Up. On each Contract Anniversary following the effective date of this GMWB, the GWB will be automatically increased to equal the Contract Value if the Contract Value is greater than the GWB. We call this increase an annual Step-Up. On the Determination Date, the GWB will be automatically increased to equal the Contract Value if the Contract Value is greater than the GWB. We call this increase a Determination Date Step-Up. Any Determination Date Step-Up will be completed prior to the determination of the GAWA on the Determination Date. Please note that if you have opted out of annual Step-Ups in order to avoid a communicated GMWB Charge increase on a 5th Contract Anniversary, you will no longer receive annual Step-Ups on Contract Anniversaries, and no additional Premium payments will be permitted. The date on which you opt out of annual Step-Ups will be the Determination Date, and your GAWA% will be locked in and will not subsequently change. Opting out of annual Step-Ups will never impact the Determination Date Step-Up. Please see "GMWB Charge" beginning on page [51](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_166) for more information about potential increases to the GMWB Charge and your ability to opt out of those increases.

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **<u>With a Step-Up</u> –** | The **GWB** equals the Contract Value on the Contract Anniversary (**subject to a $10 million maximum**). | The **GWB** equals the Contract Value on the Contract Anniversary (**subject to a $10 million maximum**). |
| **<u>With a Step-Up</u> –** | If the step-up occurs after the **GAWA** has been determined, the **GAWA** is recalculated, equaling the greater of: | If the step-up occurs after the **GAWA** has been determined, the **GAWA** is recalculated, equaling the greater of: |
| **<u>With a Step-Up</u> –** | ● | The GAWA% multiplied by the new GWB, *<u>or</u>* |
| **<u>With a Step-Up</u> –** | ● | The GAWA immediately prior to step-up. |

---

It is important to note that withdrawals from your Contract (including Guaranteed Withdrawals) make it less likely that a future Step-Up to your GWB (if any) will increase your GAWA. This is because all withdrawals reduce your Contract Value and GWB. It is also important to note that Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce the likelihood that your GAWA will increase due to a Step-Up, as Excess Withdrawals (unlike Guaranteed Withdrawals) result in a <u>proportional</u> reduction to your GWB and may cause your GWB to be reduced by more than the amount withdrawn.

------

**The GWB can never be more than $10 million with a Step-Up.** Upon Step-Up, the applicable GMWB Charge will be reflected in your confirmation.

***For Life Guarantee.*** The For Life Guarantee entitles you to continue taking GAWA withdrawals for your life (or the lifetime of the joint Owner to die first), or for the lifetime of the last surviving Covered Life under +Income GMWB with Joint Option, even after your Contract Value has dropped to zero (unless as the result of an Excess Withdrawal or total withdrawal of Contract Value). Once the Contract Value drops to zero (unless as the result of an Excess Withdrawal or total withdrawal of Contract Value), these GAWA withdrawals will take the form of payments from the Company in an amount equal to the GAWA, net of any applicable taxes.

The For Life Guarantee becomes effective on the Contract Anniversary on or immediately following the Designated Life's attained age 59 ½ unless:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• the Contract has terminated;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• the Contract Value is reduced to zero on or before the date the For Life Guarantee would otherwise become effective;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• you have elected to annuitize your Contract and the Income Date precedes the date the For Life Guarantee would otherwise become effective; or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• the last surviving Covered Life dies before the date the For Life Guarantee would otherwise become effective.

If the Designated Life has already attained age 59½ when this GMWB is added to the Contract, then the For Life Guarantee becomes effective on the effective date of this GMWB.

If the For Life Guarantee becomes effective after the Determination Date, the GAWA will be reset to equal the GAWA% multiplied by the GWB on the date the For Life Guarantee becomes effective.

The For Life Guarantee is terminated when:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• this GMWB is terminated;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• this GMWB is continued by a spousal Beneficiary who is not a Covered Life;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• an Excess Withdrawal reduces the Contract Value to zero;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• the Owner (or any joint Owner) dies on Contracts with +Income GMWB;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• the last Covered Life dies on Contracts with +Income GMWB with Joint Option;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• the Contract is terminated.

If the For Life Guarantee is <u>not</u> in effect, your GMWB is impacted in the following ways:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• your GAWA withdrawals are guaranteed until the earlier of:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ the date of death of the Owner or any joint Owner; or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ the date when all withdrawals under the Contract equal the GWB, without regard to Contract Value.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• the GWB is the guaranteed amount available for future periodic withdrawals;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• a withdrawal that causes the Contract Value to drop to zero voids the For Life Guarantee and it will never become effective. See "Contract Value is Zero" beginning on page [66](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_241) for more information.

***Owner's Death.*** The Contract's Death Benefit is not affected by this GMWB **so long as the Contract Value is greater than zero** and the Contract is still in the accumulation phase. Upon your death (or the death of any joint Owner) while the Contract is still in force, this GMWB terminates without value, unless continued by the surviving spouse. For +Income GMWB with Joint Option, upon the death of the sole Owner of a qualified Contract or the death of either joint Owner of a non-qualified Contract while the Contract is still in force, this GMWB terminates without value, unless continued by the surviving spouse. For additional information regarding the required ownership and beneficiary structure under both qualified and non-qualified Contracts when selecting +Income GMWB with Joint Option, please see "Additional Information Regarding +Income GMWB with Joint Option" beginning on page [70](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_256).

***Contract Value Is Zero*.** With this GMWB, in the event the Contract Value is zero, the Owner will receive annual payments of the GAWA until the death of the Designated Life (or the death of any joint Owner) or until the death of the last surviving Covered Life for +Income GMWB with Joint Option, <u>so long as the For Life Guarantee is in effect</u> and the Contract is still in the accumulation phase. If the For Life Guarantee is not in effect, the Owner will receive annual payments of the GAWA until the earlier of the death of the Designated Life (or the death of any joint Owner) or the date the GWB, if any, is depleted, so long

------

as the Contract is still in the accumulation phase. The last payment will not exceed the remaining GWB at the time of payment. If the GAWA% has not yet been determined, it will be set at the GAWA% corresponding to the Designated Life's attained age and elapsed Deferral Years at the time the Contract Value falls to zero and the GAWA will be equal to the GAWA% multiplied by the GWB.

---

| | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **<u>After each payment when the Contract Value is zero</u> –** | The **GWB** is recalculated, equaling the greater of: | The **GWB** is recalculated, equaling the greater of: | The **GWB** is recalculated, equaling the greater of: |
| **<u>After each payment when the Contract Value is zero</u> –** | | ● | The GWB before the payment less the payment; *<u>Or</u>* |
| **<u>After each payment when the Contract Value is zero</u> –** | | ● | Zero. |
| **<u>After each payment when the Contract Value is zero</u> –** | The **GAWA** is unchanged. At the end of each Contract Year, if the GWB is less than the GAWA and the For Life Guarantee is not in effect, the GAWA is set equal to the GWB. | The **GAWA** is unchanged. At the end of each Contract Year, if the GWB is less than the GAWA and the For Life Guarantee is not in effect, the GAWA is set equal to the GWB. | The **GAWA** is unchanged. At the end of each Contract Year, if the GWB is less than the GAWA and the For Life Guarantee is not in effect, the GAWA is set equal to the GWB. |

---

Subject to the Company's approval, you may elect to receive payments more frequently than annually. If the frequency of GAWA payments selected provides a first payment less than $20, and state law permits, the Company may require payments to be made in quarterly, semiannual, or annual intervals so that the payment is at least $20. No subsequent Premium payments will be accepted.

***Spousal Continuation.*** In the event of the Owner's (or either joint Owner's) death, the surviving spousal Beneficiary may elect to:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Continue the Contract <u>with</u> this GMWB so long as the Contract Value is greater than zero, and the Contract is still in the accumulation phase;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Continue the Contract <u>without</u> this GMWB if the surviving spouse is <u>not</u> a Covered Life; or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Add this GMWB to the Contract on any Contract Anniversary after the Contract has been continued under this provision, subject to availability, and subject to the Beneficiary's eligibility, if the spousal Beneficiary terminated the GMWB in continuing the Contract.

The date the spousal Beneficiary's election to continue the Contract is in Good Order is called the Continuation Date. Contract Anniversaries will continue to be based on the Contract's Issue Date. If the GAWA% has not yet been determined, it will be determined based on the Designated Life's attained age and elapsed Deferral Years on the Continuation Date (as though that person survived to that date). The GAWA will be equal to the GAWA% multiplied by the GWB. If the Contract Value is greater than the GWB on the Determination Date, the GWB will automatically step up to the Contract Value prior to the determination of the GAWA. The Latest Income Date is based on the age of the surviving spouse. Please refer to the "GMWB Income Options" subsection below for information regarding the additional Income Options available on the Latest Income Date.

If the surviving spousal Beneficiary elects to continue the Contract with this GMWB, and the surviving spouse is a Covered Life:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• The For Life Guarantee remains effective on and after the Continuation Date.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Continuing the Contract with this GMWB is necessary in order to fully realize the benefit of the For Life Guarantee. The For Life Guarantee is not a separate guarantee and only applies if the related GMWB has not been terminated.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Step-Ups will continue as outlined in the Step-Up provisions of this GMWB.

If the surviving spousal Beneficiary elects to continue the Contract with this GMWB, and the surviving spouse is <u>not</u> a Covered Life:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• The For Life Guarantee is null and void.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• The surviving spouse will be entitled to take GAWA withdrawals until the GWB is exhausted.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Step-Ups will continue as outlined in the Step-Up provisions of this GMWB.

A new joint Owner may not be added on a non-qualified Contract if a surviving spouse continues the Contract.

If the surviving spouse does not elect to terminate the GMWB on the Continuation Date, the GMWB may not be subsequently terminated independently from the Contract to which it is attached.

------

***Effect of GMWB on Tax Deferral.*** This GMWB may not be appropriate for Owners who have as a primary objective taking maximum advantage of the tax deferral that is available to them under an annuity contract to accumulate assets. Please consult your tax and financial professionals before adding this GMWB to a Contract.

***GMWB Income Options.*** The following are additional Income Options available to you under this GMWB. Please discuss with your financial professional how these Income Options compare to the standard Income Options offered under the Contract, and whether they are right for you.

For +Income GMWB:

***Life Income of GAWA.*** On the Latest Income Date if the For Life Guarantee is in effect, the Owner may choose this income option instead of one of the other income options listed in the Contract. This income option provides payments in a fixed dollar amount for the lifetime of the Owner (or, with joint Owners, the lifetime of the joint Owner who dies first). The total annual amount payable will equal the GAWA in effect at the time of election of this option. This annualized amount will be paid in the frequency (no less frequently than annually) that the Owner selects. No further annuity payments are payable after the death of the Owner (or any Owner's death with joint Owners), and there is no provision for a Death Benefit payable to the Beneficiary. Therefore, it is possible for only one annuity payment to be made under this Income Option if the Owner dies before the due date of the second payment.

If the GAWA percentage has not yet been determined, the GAWA percentage will be based on the Designated Life's attained age at the time of election of this option. The GAWA percentage will not change after election of this option.

***Specified Period Income of the GAWA.*** On the Latest Income Date if the For Life Guarantee is *not* in effect, the Owner may choose this income option instead of one of the other income options listed in the Contract. **(This income option only applies if the GMWB has been continued by the spousal Beneficiary upon the death of the original Owner, in which case the spouse becomes the Owner of the Contract and the Latest Income Date is based on the age of the spouse.)**

This income option provides payments in a fixed dollar amount for a specific number of years. The actual number of years that payments will be made is determined by dividing the GWB by the GAWA. Once this specified period of years has been calculated, it will not be subsequently changed. Upon each payment, the GWB will be reduced by the payment amount, and no payments will be made in excess of the remaining GWB. The annual amount payable will equal the GAWA, except that the last payment may be a smaller amount equal to the then-remaining GWB. This annualized amount will be paid over the specific number of years in the frequency (no less frequently than annually) that the Owner selects. If the Owner should die before the payments have been completed, the remaining payments will be made to the Beneficiary, as scheduled.

The "Specified Period Income of the GAWA" income option may not be available if the Contract is issued as a tax qualified Contract under Sections 401, 403, 408 or 457 of the Internal Revenue Code. For such Contracts, this income option will only be available if the guaranteed period is less than the life expectancy of the spouse at the time the option becomes effective.

For +Income GMWB with Joint Option:

***Joint Life Income of GAWA.*** On the Latest Income Date if the For Life Guarantee is in effect, the Owner may choose this income option instead of one of the other income options listed in the Contract. This income option provides payments in a fixed dollar amount for the lifetime of the last surviving Covered Life. The total annual amount payable will equal the GAWA in effect at the time of election of this option. This annualized amount will be paid in the frequency (no less frequently than annually) that the Owner selects. No further annuity payments are payable after the death of the last surviving Covered Life, and there is no provision for a Death Benefit payable to the Beneficiary. Therefore, it is possible for only one annuity payment to be made under this Income Option if both Covered Lives die before the due date of the second payment.

If the GAWA percentage has not yet been determined, the GAWA percentage will be based on the Designated Life's attained age at the time of election of this option. The GAWA percentage will not change after election of this option.

------

***Specified Period Income of the GAWA.*** On the Latest Income Date if the For Life Guarantee is *not* in effect, the Owner may choose this income option instead of one of the other income options listed in the Contract. **(This income option only applies if the GMWB has been continued by the spousal Beneficiary and the spousal Beneficiary is not a Covered Life in which case the spouse becomes the Owner of the Contract and the Latest Income Date is based on the age of the spouse.)**

This income option provides payments in a fixed dollar amount for a specific number of years. The actual number of years that payments will be made is determined by dividing the GWB by the GAWA. Once this specified period of years has been calculated, it will not be subsequently changed. Upon each payment, the GWB will be reduced by the payment amount, and no payments will be made in excess of the remaining GWB. The annual amount payable will equal the GAWA, except that the last payment may be a smaller amount equal to the then-remaining GWB. This annualized amount will be paid over the specific number of years in the frequency (no less frequently than annually) that the Owner selects. If the Owner should die before the payments have been completed, the remaining payments will be made to the Beneficiary, as scheduled.

The "Specified Period Income of the GAWA" income option may not be available if the Contract is issued as a tax-qualified Contract under Sections 401, 403, 408 or 457 of the Internal Revenue Code. For such Contracts, this income option will only be available if the guaranteed period is less than the life expectancy of the spouse at the time the option becomes effective.

***See "Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Considerations" beginning on page [71](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_262) for additional considerations you should take into account when electing to annuitize your Contract after having purchased a GMWB; or when the Latest Income Date is approaching and you are thinking about electing or have elected a GMWB.***

***Required Minimum Distributions Under Certain Tax Qualified Plans ("RMDs").*** The following RMD NOTES contain important information about withdrawals of RMDs from a Contract with a GMWB. For certain tax-qualified Contracts, GMWBs allow withdrawals greater than the Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount (GAWA) to meet a Contract's RMD without reducing the amount of guaranteed income available in future years. The RMD NOTES describe conditions, limitations and special situations related to withdrawals involving a RMD.

---

| |
|:---|
| **RMD NOTES:** Notice of an RMD is required at the time of your withdrawal request, and there is an administrative form for providing such notice. The administrative form allows you to elect one time or automatic RMD withdrawals. Eligible withdrawals that are specified as RMDs may only be taken based on the value of the Contract to which the endorsement applies, even where the Internal Revenue Code allows taking multiple contracts' RMDs from a single contract. You, as Owner, are responsible for complying with the Internal Revenue Code's RMD requirements. If your requested RMD exceeds our calculation of the RMD for your Contract, your request will not be eligible for the waiver of any applicable MVA and we will apply an MVA to the portion of the withdrawal exceeding our calculation of the RMD, which will be reflected in the confirmation of the transaction. An RMD exceeding our calculation may also result in an Excess Withdrawal for purposes of your GMWB, which would result in an adverse recalculation of the GWB and GAWA. For information regarding the RMD calculation for your Contract, please contact our Customer Care Center at 1-800-644-4565.  |
| Under the Internal Revenue Code, RMDs are calculated and taken on a calendar year basis. But with a GMWB, the GAWA is based on Contract Years. Because the intervals for the GAWA and RMDs are different, the endorsement's guarantees may become susceptible to being compromised. With tax-qualified Contracts, if the sum of your total partial withdrawals in a Contract Year exceeds the greatest of the RMDs for each of the two calendar years occurring in that Contract Year and the GAWA for that Contract Year, then the GWB and GAWA could be adversely recalculated, as described above. (If your Contract Year is the same as the calendar year, then the sum of your total partial withdrawals should not exceed the greater of the RMD and the GAWA.) Below is an example of how this modified limit would apply. |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Assume a tax-qualified Contract with a Contract Year that runs from July 1 to June 30, and that there are no withdrawals other than as described. The GAWA for the Contract Year (ending June 30, 2026) is $10. The RMDs for calendar years 2025 and 2026 are $14 and $16, respectively. |

---

------

---

| |
|:---|
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;If the Owner withdraws $7 in the first and second halves of calendar year 2025 and $8 in the first and second halves of calendar year 2026, then at the time the withdrawal in the first half of calendar year 2025 is taken, the Owner will have withdrawn $15 in the Contract Year running from July 1, 2025 to June 30, 2026. Because the sum of the Owner's withdrawals for the Contract Year running from July 1, 2025 to June 30, 2026 is less than the greater of the RMDs for either of the two calendar years occurring in that Contract Year, the GWB and GAWA would not be adversely recalculated. |
| *An exception to this general rule permits that with the calendar year in which your RMDs are to begin , you may take your RMDs for the current and next calendar years during the same Contract Year, as necessary (see example below).*  |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The following example illustrates this exception. It assumes an individual Owner who must begin taking RMDs in the calendar year 2025 on a tax-qualified Contract with a Contract Year that runs from July 1 to June 30. |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;If the Owner delays taking his first RMD (the 2025 RMD) until March 30, 2026, he may still take the 2026 RMD before the next Contract Year begins on June 30, 2026 without an adverse recalculation of the GWB and GAWA. However, if he takes his second RMD (the 2026 RMD) after June 30, 2026, he should wait until the following Contract Year begins on July 1, 2027 to take his third RMD (the 2027 RMD) because, except for the calendar year in which RMDs begin, withdrawing two RMDs in a single Contract Year could cause the GWB and GAWA to be adversely recalculated (if the total of the two RMDs exceeded the applicable GAWA for that Contract Year). |
| *Examples that are relevant or specific to tax-qualified Contracts in varying circumstances and with specific factual assumptions, are at the end of the prospectus in Appendix E, specifically examples 3 and 4 under section "I. +Income GMWB."* **Please consult the financial professional who is helping, or who helped, you purchase your tax-qualified Contract, and your tax advisor, to be sure that a GMWB ultimately suits your needs relative to your RMD.** |

---

In addition, with regard to Required Minimum Distributions (RMDs) under an IRA only, it is important to consult your financial and tax advisor to determine whether the benefits of this GMWB will satisfy your RMD requirements or whether there are other IRA holdings that can satisfy the aggregate RMD requirements. With regard to other qualified plans, you must determine what your qualified plan permits. The required beginning date for distributions under qualified plans and Tax-Sheltered Annuities is generally no later than April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which you attain the applicable age as noted in the table below or the calendar year in which you retire. The required beginning date for distributions from a qualified contract maintained for an IRA is generally no later than April 1st of the calendar year following the year in which you attain the applicable age as noted in the table below. You do not necessarily have to annuitize your Contract to meet the minimum distribution requirements.

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| **If you were born:** | **Your "applicable age" is:** |
| Before July 1, 1949 | 70½ |
| After June 30, 1949 and before 1951 | 72 |
| After 1950 and before 1960 | 73 |
| In 1960 or later | 75 |

---

***Additional Information Regarding +Income GMWB with Joint Option.*** 

**Except as otherwise discussed below, the election of +Income GMWB with Joint Option under a non-tax-qualified contract requires the joint Owners to be spouses (as defined under federal law) and each joint Owner is considered to be a "Covered Life."** In such cases, the Owners can be subsequently changed but the Covered Lives cannot be changed. Upon the death of either joint Owner, the surviving joint Owner will be treated as the primary Beneficiary and all other Beneficiaries will be treated as contingent Beneficiaries. The For Life Guarantee will not apply to these contingent Beneficiaries, as they are not Covered Lives.

The +Income GMWB with Joint Option is available on a limited basis under non-qualified Contracts for certain kinds of legal entities, such as (i) custodial accounts where the spouses are the joint Annuitants and (ii) trusts where the spouses are the sole beneficial Owners and joint Annuitants. In these cases, the spouses are the Covered Lives, and the For Life Guarantee is based on the Annuitant's life who dies last. The Owners can be subsequently changed but no changes of Annuitant are allowed.

------

**Tax-qualified Contracts cannot be issued to joint Owners and require the Owner and Annuitant to be the same person. Under a tax-qualified Contract, the election of the +Income GMWB with Joint Option requires the Owner and primary Beneficiary to be spouses (as defined by federal law). The Owner and only the primary spousal Beneficiary named at the election of the +Income GMWB with Joint Option under a tax-qualified Contract will also each be considered a Covered Life, and these Covered Lives cannot be subsequently changed.**

In certain circumstances we may permit the elimination of a joint Owner Covered Life or primary spousal Beneficiary Covered Life in the event of divorce. In such cases, new Covered Lives may not be named.

For tax-qualified Contracts, the primary spousal Beneficiary cannot be changed while both the Owner and primary spousal Beneficiary are living. If the Owner dies first, the primary spousal Beneficiary will become the Owner upon spousal continuation and he or she may name a Beneficiary; however, that Beneficiary is not considered a Covered Life. Likewise, if the primary spousal Beneficiary dies first, the Owner may name a new Beneficiary; however, that Beneficiary is also not considered a Covered Life and consequently the For Life Guarantee will not apply to the new Beneficiary.

The +Income GMWB with Joint Option is also available on a limited basis under qualified custodial account contracts, pursuant to which the Annuitant and a contingent Annuitant named at election of the GMWB must be spouses and will be the Covered Lives. The only changes in these arrangements that we permit are that (i) the custodial Owner may be changed or (ii) the ownership of the Contract may be transferred to the Annuitant if, at the same time as that transfer, the contingent Annuitant is designated as the primary (spousal) Beneficiary.

***Termination.*** This GMWB terminates, subject to a prorated GMWB Charge assessed for the period since the last annual GMWB Charge, and all benefits under this GMWB end on the earlier of:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• the date you elect to receive income payments under the Contract;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• the Latest Income Date;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• the date you take a total withdrawal;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• the date upon which the Contract terminates because the Owner, any joint Owner, or the Annuitant on a qualified custodial account Contract, dies, unless continued by the spouse;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• the Continuation Date if the surviving spouse elects to terminate the GMWB and the spouse is permitted under the terms of this GMWB to make such an election; or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• the date upon which all obligations for payment under this GMWB have been satisfied after the Contract has been terminated.

This GMWB may not otherwise be terminated independently from termination of the Contract.

**Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Considerations.** Most people who are managing their investments to provide retirement income want to provide themselves with sufficient lifetime income and also provide for an inheritance for their Beneficiaries. The main obstacles they face in meeting these goals are the uncertainties as to (i) how much income their investments will produce, and (ii) how long they will live and need to withdraw income from those investments. A GMWB is designed to help investors manage these uncertainties.

A GMWB does not guarantee that the Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount ("GAWA") will be sufficient to cover any individual's particular needs. Moreover, a GMWB does not assure that you will receive any positive return on your investments and/or that your Contract will not lose money due to negative Index Return. While a GMWB's Step-Up feature may provide protection against inflation when there are strong investment returns that coincide with the availability of a Step-Up, the GMWB does not protect against any loss of purchasing power due to inflation. Also, it is important to note that withdrawals from your Contract (including Guaranteed Withdrawals) make it less likely that future Step-Ups to your Guaranteed Withdrawal Balance ("GWB") (if any) will increase your GAWA. This is because all withdrawals reduce your Contract Value and GWB. It is also important to note that Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce the likelihood that your GAWA will increase due to a Step-Up, as Excess Withdrawals (unlike Guaranteed Withdrawals) result in a proportional reduction to your GWB and may cause your GWB to be reduced by more than the amount withdrawn; in other words, on more than a dollar-for-dollar basis.

**Withdrawals under a GMWB will first be taken from your Contract Value.** Our obligations to pay you more than your Contract Value will only arise under limited circumstances. Thus, in considering the election of a GMWB, you should consider whether the value to you of the level of protection that is provided by the GMWB and the cost of the GMWB, which reduces

------

Contract Value and offsets our risks, are consistent with your level of concern and the minimum level of assets that you want to be sure are guaranteed.

Additionally, the timing and amounts of withdrawals under a GMWB have a significant impact on the amount and duration of benefits. The cumulative cost of a GMWB also is greater the longer the duration of ownership. The closer you are to retirement, the more reliably you may be able to forecast your needs to make withdrawals prior to the ages where the amounts of certain benefits (such as a For Life Guarantee (59½)) are locked-in. Conversely, forecasts at younger ages may prove less reliable. You should undertake careful consideration and thorough consultation with your financial professional as to the financial resources and age of the Owner/Annuitant and the value to you of the potentially limited downside protection that a GMWB might provide.

All GMWBs provide that the GMWB and all benefits thereunder will terminate on the Income Date, which is the date when annuity payments begin. The Income Date is either a date that you choose or the Latest Income Date. The Latest Income Date is the Contract Anniversary on which you will be 95 years old, or such date allowed by the Company on a non-discriminatory basis or as required by an applicable qualified plan, law or regulation. For more information, please see "Income Payments" beginning on page [72](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_265).

Before (1) electing a GMWB, (2) electing to annuitize your Contract after having purchased a GMWB, or (3) when the Latest Income Date is approaching and you are thinking about electing or have elected a GMWB, you should consider whether the termination of all benefits under the GMWB and annuitizing produces the better financial results for you. Naturally, you should discuss with your financial professional whether a GMWB is suitable for you. Consultation with your financial and tax advisor is also recommended.

These considerations are of particular significance due to the For Life Guarantee feature of the +Income GMWB and +Income GMWB with Joint Option, as the GAWA payments will cease when you annuitize voluntarily or on the Latest Income Date. Although these GMWBs contain annuitization options that may allow the equivalent of GAWA payments when you annuitize on the Latest Income Date, all benefits under a GMWB will terminate when you annuitize.

**INCOME PAYMENTS**

The income phase of your Contract occurs when you begin receiving regular income payments from us. The Income Date is the day those payments begin. Once income payments begin, the Contract cannot be returned to the accumulation phase. You can choose the Income Date and an income option. All of the Contract Value must be annuitized. Amounts applied to income options from Index Account Options are subject to an Interim Value adjustment. Income Options that are not life contingent or

Income Options that do not result in payments that spread over at least 5 years are subject to a Market Value Adjustment. The income options are described below.

If you do not select an Income Date, your income payments will begin on the Latest Income Date, which is the Contract Anniversary on which you will be 95 years old, or such date allowed by Jackson on a non-discriminatory basis or required by an applicable qualified plan, law or regulation. You may change the Income Date or income option at least seven days before the Income Date. You must give us written notice at least seven days before the scheduled Income Date.

The required beginning date for required minimum distributions (RMDs) under qualified plans and Tax-Sheltered Annuities is generally no later than April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which you attain the applicable age as noted in the table below or the calendar year in which you retire. The required beginning date for distributions from a qualified contract maintained for an IRA is generally no later than April 1st of the calendar year following the year in which you attain the applicable age as noted in the table below. You do not necessarily have to annuitize your Contract to meet the minimum distribution requirements.

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| **If you were born:** | **Your "applicable age" is:** |
| Before July 1, 1949 | 70½ |
| After June 30, 1949 and before 1951 | 72 |
| After 1950 and before 1960 | 73 |
| In 1960 or later | 75 |

---

On or before the Income Date, you may elect a single lump-sum payment, or you may choose to have income payments made monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually. A single lump-sum payment is considered a total withdrawal and terminates the

------

Contract. If you have less than $2,000 to apply toward an income option and state law permits, we may provide your payment in a single lump sum, part of which may be taxable as Federal Income. Likewise, if your first income payment would be less than $20 and state law permits, we may set the frequency of payments so that the first payment would be at least $20.

If you do not choose an income option, we will assume that you selected option 3, which provides for life income with 120 months of guaranteed payments.

**Income Options.** The Annuitant is the person whose life we look to when we make income payments (each description assumes that you are both the Owner and Annuitant). The following income options may not be available in all states.

***Option 1*** - Life Income. This income option provides monthly payments for your life. No further payments are payable after your death. Thus, it is possible for you to receive only one payment if you died prior to the date the second payment was due. If you die after the Income Date but before the first monthly payment, the amount allocated to the income option will be paid to your Beneficiary.

***Option 2*** - Joint and Survivor. This income option provides monthly payments for your life and for the life of another person (usually your spouse) selected by you. Upon the death of either person, the monthly payments will continue during the lifetime of the survivor. No further payments are payable after the death of the survivor. If you and the person who is the joint life both die after the Income Date but before the first monthly payment, the amount allocated to the income option will be paid to your Beneficiary.

***Option 3*** - Life Income With at Least 120 or 240 Monthly Payments. This income option provides monthly payments for the Annuitant's life, but with payments continuing to the Beneficiary for the remainder of 10 or 20 years (as you select) if the Annuitant dies before the end of the selected period. If the Beneficiary does not want to receive the remaining scheduled payments, a single lump sum may be requested, which will be equal to the present value of the remaining payments (as of the date of calculation) discounted at an interest rate that will be no more than 1% higher than the rate used to calculate the initial payment.

***Option 4*** - Income for a Specified Period. This income option provides monthly payments for any number of years from 5 to 30. If the Beneficiary does not want to receive the remaining scheduled payments, a single lump sum may be requested, which will be equal to the present value of the remaining payments (as of the date of calculation) discounted at an interest rate that will be no more than 1% higher than the rate used to calculate the initial payment.

***Additional Options*** - We may make other income options available.

No withdrawals are permitted during the income phase under an income option that is life contingent. If you have elected an income option that is not life contingent, you are permitted to terminate your income payments by taking a total withdrawal in a single lump sum, which will be equal to the present value of the remaining payments (as of the date of calculation) discounted at an interest rate that will be no more than 1% higher than the rate used to calculate the initial payment.

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, not all of these payment options will satisfy Required Minimum Distribution rules, particularly as those rules apply to your beneficiary after your death. Beginning with deaths happening on or after January 1, 2020, subject to certain exceptions most non-spouse beneficiaries must now complete Death Benefit distributions within ten years of the owner's death in order to satisfy required minimum distribution rules. Consult a tax adviser before electing a payout option.

**DEATH BENEFIT**

The Contract has a Death Benefit, which is payable during the accumulation phase. Amounts applied to Death Benefit payout options from Index Account Options are subject to an Interim Value adjustment. If you die before moving into the income phase, the Death Benefit equals the greater of:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• your Contract Value on the date we receive all required documentation from your Beneficiary; or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• the total Premium you have paid into the Contract *reduced for* prior withdrawals (including any applicable charges and adjustments) in the same proportion that the Contract Value was reduced on the date of the withdrawal.\*

------

\*For Owners age 81 and older at the time the Contract is issued, the return of premium component of the Death Benefit is unavailable, and the Death Benefit will equal the current Contract Value.

For an example of how your Death Benefit is reduced proportionally for prior withdrawals, assume that your initial Premium is $100,000. After one year, your Contract Value is $95,000, and you take a withdrawal for $9,500. You are withdrawing 10% of your Contract Value ($9,500 / $95,000 = 10%), so the reduction of your Premium for the purposes of determining your Death Benefit will also be 10%, making your premium for purposes of the Death Benefit calculation now $90,000 ($100,000 – ($100,000 \* 10%)).

The Death Benefit terminates on the Income Date.

If the Contract is owned by joint Owners, the Death Benefit is due upon the death of the first joint Owner. If the Contract is owned by a legal entity, the Death Benefit is due upon the death of the Annuitant (in the case of joint Annuitants, the Death Benefit is payable upon the death of the first Annuitant).

The Death Benefit is due following our receipt of all required documentation in Good Order. Required documentation includes proof of death, a claim form, and any other documentation we reasonably require. If we have received proof of death and any other required documentation, we will calculate the share of the Death Benefit due to a Beneficiary of record using Contract values established at the close of business on the date we receive from that Beneficiary a claim form with a payment option elected. If we have not received proof of death or any other required documentation, we will calculate the share of the Death Benefit due to a Beneficiary of record using Contract values established at the close of business on the date we receive any remaining required documentation. As a result, based on the timing of a Beneficiary's claim submission, and the performance of the Index, Interim Value adjustments and positive or negative Index Adjustments credited to Index Account Options may cause the calculation of a Beneficiary's Death Benefit share to differ from the calculation of another Beneficiary's Death Benefit share. We will pay interest on a Beneficiary's Death Benefit share as required by law.

If you die before you begin taking income from the Contract, the person you have chosen as your Beneficiary will receive the Death Benefit. If you have a joint Owner, the Death Benefit will be paid when the first joint Owner dies. The surviving joint Owner will be treated as the Beneficiary. Any other Beneficiary designated will be treated as a contingent Beneficiary. Only a spousal Beneficiary has the right to continue the Contract in force upon your death. If we do not receive a claim form and due proof of your death in Good Order from a surviving joint Owner during their lifetime, we will pay the Death Benefit in accordance with the last Beneficiary designation received by us in Good Order before the last joint Owner's death. If no Beneficiary designation is in effect, or the designated Beneficiary(ies) have not survived the Owner, or in the case of jointly owned Contracts, both joint Owners, the Death Benefit shall be paid to the Owner's estate, or in the case of jointly owned Contracts, the estate of the last joint Owner to die.

Under certain circumstances, you may elect to have advisory fees directly deducted from your Contract Value and automatically transmitted to your third-party financial professional, subject to certain administrative rules. If you elect to pay your advisory fees via direct deductions under our rules, any such deduction will not trigger a reduction in return of premium benefit base of the basic Death Benefit, as applicable (Owners age 81 and older on the date the Contract is issued do not have a return of premium element in the basic Death Benefit). It is important to note that deductions to pay advisory fees, even under our administrative rules, will always reduce your Contract Value and the Contract Value portion of your basic Death Benefit, and are otherwise subject to all contractual provisions and other restrictions and penalties, including Interim Value adjustments and minimum withdrawal requirements. If you take withdrawals to pay advisory fees and do not follow our administrative rules, and/or elect the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option, both your Contract Value and the return of premium benefit base of the basic Death Benefit will be reduced by such withdrawals. For more information, please see "Our Administrative Rules" beginning on [61](#id951aea7a74e4a9caa042a82876727a5_9794).

**Payout Options.** The Death Benefit can be paid under one of the following payout options:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• single lump-sum payment;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• payment of entire Death Benefit within 5 years of the date of death;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• on non-qualified contracts or for spousal Beneficiaries or Eligible Designated Beneficiaries on qualified contracts, payment of the entire Death Benefit under an

------

income option over the Beneficiary's lifetime or for a period not extending beyond the Beneficiary's life expectancy. Any portion of the Death Benefit not applied under an income option within one year of the Owner's death, however, must be paid within five years of the date of the Owner's death on non-qualified contracts; or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• on qualified contracts, payment of the entire Death Benefit under an income option over a period not extending beyond ten (10) years, with distribution beginning within the calendar year following the calendar year of the Owner's death.

Under these payout options, the Beneficiary may also elect to receive additional lump sums at any time. The receipt of any additional lump sums will reduce the future income payments to the Beneficiary.

If the Beneficiary elects to receive the Death Benefit as an income option, the Beneficiary must make that payout option election within 60 days of the date we receive proof of death and payments of the Death Benefit must begin within one year of the date of death. If the Beneficiary chooses to receive some or all of the Death Benefit in a single sum and all the necessary requirements are met, we will pay the Death Benefit within seven days. If your Beneficiary is your spouse, he/she may elect to continue the Contract, at the current Contract Value, in his/her own name. If no payout option is selected, the entire Death Benefit will be paid within 5 years of the Owner's date of death. For more information, please see "Spousal Continuation Option" below.

**Pre-Selected Payout Options.** As Owner, you may also make a predetermined selection of the Death Benefit payout option in the event your death occurs before the Income Date. However, at the time of your death, we may modify the Death Benefit option if the Death Benefit you selected exceeds the life expectancy of the Beneficiary. If this Pre-selected Death Benefit Option election is in force at the time of your death, the payment of the Death Benefit may not be postponed, nor can the Contract be continued under any other provisions of this Contract. This restriction applies even if the Beneficiary is your spouse, unless such restriction is prohibited by the Internal Revenue Code. If the Beneficiary does not submit the required documentation for the Death Benefit to us within one year of your death, however, the Death Benefit must be paid, in a single lump sum, within five years of your death. The Pre-selected Death Benefit Option may not be available in your state.

**Spousal Continuation Option.** If your spouse is the sole Beneficiary and elects to continue the Contract in his or her own name after your death, pursuant to the Spousal Continuation Option, no Death Benefit will be paid at that time. Moreover, except as described below, we will apply to the Contract a continuation adjustment, which is the amount by which the Death Benefit that would have been payable exceeds the Contract Value. We calculate the continuation adjustment amount using the Contract Value and Death Benefit as of the date we receive completed forms and due proof of death from the Beneficiary of record and the spousal Beneficiary's written request to continue the Contract (the "Continuation Date"). We will add this amount to the Continuation Adjustment Holding Account. On the next Contract Anniversary, the continuation adjustment, including interest earned on that amount, will be reallocated into a new Index Account Option(s) or 1-year Fixed Account Option, subject to availability requirements, based on the most recent allocation instructions received by us in Good Order, and will begin a new Index Account Option Term or Fixed Account Option Term. For more information on what happens if the elected Index Account Option(s) or Fixed Account Option is unavailable, see "Automatic Reallocation of Index Account Option Value to a New Index Account Option or the Fixed Account" beginning on page [57](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_205). The Spousal Continuation Option may not be available in your state. See your financial professional for information regarding the availability of the Spousal Continuation Option.

If your spouse continues the Contract in his/her own name under the Spousal Continuation Option, the new Contract Value will be considered the initial Premium for purposes of determining any future Death Benefit under the Contract.

The Spousal Continuation Option is available to elect one time on the Contract. However, if you have elected the Pre-selected Death Benefit Option the Contract cannot be continued under the Spousal Continuation Option, unless preventing continuation would be prohibited by the Internal Revenue Code. The Pre-selected Death Benefit Option may not be available in your state.

The Spousal Continuation Option is not available in the event of a change from the original Owner or an assignment of the Contract.

**Death of Owner On or After the Income Date.** On or after the Income Date, if you or a joint Owner die, and are not the Annuitant, any remaining payments under the income option elected will continue at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect at the date of death. If you die, the Beneficiary becomes the Owner. If the joint Owner dies, the surviving

------

joint Owner, if any, will be the designated Beneficiary. Any other Beneficiary designation on record at the time of death will be treated as a contingent Beneficiary. A contingent Beneficiary is entitled to receive payment only after the Beneficiary dies.

**Death of Annuitant.** If the Annuitant is not an Owner or joint Owner and dies before the Income Date, you can name a new Annuitant, subject to our underwriting rules. If you do not name a new Annuitant within 30 days of the death of the Annuitant, you will become the Annuitant. However, if the Owner is a legal entity, then the death of the Annuitant will be treated as the death of the Owner, and a new Annuitant may not be named.

If the Annuitant dies on or after the Income Date, any remaining guaranteed payment will be paid to the Beneficiary as provided for in the income option selected. Any life-contingent Income Payments cease on the death of the Annuitant.

**Stretch Contracts.** The beneficiary of death benefit proceeds from another company's non-qualified annuity contract or the eligible designated beneficiary (as defined by the Internal Revenue Code and implementing regulations) of death benefit proceeds from another company's tax-qualified annuity contract or plan, may use the death benefit proceeds to purchase a Contract ("Stretch Contract") from us. The beneficiary of the prior contract or plan ("Beneficial Owner") must begin taking distributions or must have begun taking distributions under the prior contract or plan, within one year of the decedent's death. The distributions must be taken over a period not to exceed the life expectancy of the Beneficial Owner, and the distributions must satisfy the minimum distribution requirements resulting from the decedent's death as defined by the Internal Revenue Code and implementing regulations. (See "Non-Qualified Contracts – Required Distributions" on page [77](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_310).) Upon the Beneficial Owner's death, under a tax-qualified Stretch Contract, the designated beneficiary must distribute the Contract Value on or before the end of the 10th year after the Beneficial Owner's death. We will waive Market Value Adjustments on any withdrawal necessary to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements. Withdrawals in excess of the minimum distribution requirements may be taken at any time, subject to applicable Market Value Adjustments. Non-qualified Stretch Contracts may not be available in all states.

The rights of Beneficial Owners are limited to those applicable to the distribution of the death benefit proceeds.

**Special requirements apply to non-qualified Stretch Contracts.** All Premium must be received in the form of a full or partial 1035 exchange of the death benefit proceeds from a non-qualified annuity contract and other forms of Premium payments are not permitted. Joint ownership is not permitted. **Please read the Contract and accompanying endorsement carefully for more information about these and other requirements.**

**TAXES**

***The following is only a general discussion of certain federal income tax issues and is not intended as tax advice to any individual. Jackson does not make any guarantee regarding the tax status of any contract or any transaction involving the contracts. It should be understood that the following discussion is not exhaustive and that other special rules may be applicable in certain situations. Moreover, no attempt has been made to consider any applicable state or other tax laws or to compare the tax treatment of the contracts to the tax treatment of any other investment. You are responsible for determining whether your purchase of a contract, withdrawals, income payments, and any other transactions under your contract satisfy applicable tax law. You should consult your own tax advisor as to how these general rules will apply to you if you purchase a Contract.***

**CONTRACT OWNER TAXATION**

**Tax-Qualified and Non-Qualified Contracts.** If you purchase your Contract as a part of a tax-qualified plan such as an Individual Retirement Annuity (IRA), Tax-Sheltered Annuity (sometimes referred to as a 403(b) Contract), or pension or profit-sharing plan (including a 401(k) Plan or H.R. 10 Plan) your Contract will be what is referred to as a tax-qualified contract. Tax deferral under a tax-qualified contract arises under the specific provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (Code) governing the tax-qualified plan, so a tax-qualified contract should be purchased only for the features and benefits other than tax deferral that are available under a tax-qualified contract, and not for the purpose of obtaining tax deferral. You should consult your own advisor regarding these features and benefits of the Contract prior to purchasing a tax-qualified contract.

If you do not purchase your Contract as a part of any tax-qualified pension plan, specially sponsored program or an individual retirement annuity, your Contract will be what is referred to as a non-qualified contract.

The amount of your tax liability on the earnings under and the amounts received from either a tax-qualified or a non-qualified Contract will vary depending on the specific tax rules applicable to your Contract and your particular circumstances.

------

**Non-Qualified Contracts - General Taxation.** Increases in the value of a non-qualified Contract attributable to undistributed earnings are generally not taxable to the Contract owner or the Annuitant until a distribution (either a withdrawal or an income payment) is made from the Contract. This tax deferral is generally not available under a non-qualified Contract owned by a non-natural person (e.g., a corporation or certain other entities other than a trust holding the Contract as an agent for a natural person). Loans, assignments, or pledges based on a non-qualified Contract are treated as distributions.

**Non-Qualified Contracts - Aggregation of Contracts.** For purposes of determining the taxability of a withdrawal, the Code provides that all non-qualified contracts issued by us (or an affiliate) to you during any calendar year must be treated as one annuity contract. Additional rules may be promulgated under this Code provision to prevent avoidance of its effect through the ownership of serial contracts or otherwise.

**Non-Qualified Contracts - Withdrawals and Income Payments.** Any withdrawal from a non-qualified Contract is taxable as ordinary income to the extent it does not exceed the accumulated earnings under the Contract. In contrast, a part of each income payment under a non-qualified Contract is generally treated as a non-taxable return of Premium. The balance of each income payment is taxable as ordinary income. The amounts of the taxable and non-taxable portions of each income payment are determined based on the amount of the investment in the Contract and the length of the period over which income payments are to be made. Income payments received after all of your investment in the Contract is recovered are fully taxable as ordinary income.

The Code also imposes a 10% penalty on certain taxable amounts received under a non-qualified Contract. This penalty tax will not apply to any amounts:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• paid on or after the date you reach age 59½;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• paid to your Beneficiary after you die;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• paid if you become totally disabled (as that term is defined in the Code);

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• paid in a series of substantially equal periodic payments made annually (or more frequently) for your life (or life expectancy) or for a period not exceeding the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of you and your Beneficiary;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• paid under an immediate annuity; or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• which come from Premiums made prior to August 14, 1982.

The taxable portion of distributions from a non-qualified annuity Contract are considered investment income for purposes of the Medicare tax on investment income. As a result, a 3.8% tax will generally apply to some or all of the taxable portion of distributions to individuals whose modified adjusted gross income exceeds certain threshold amounts. These levels are $200,000 in the case of unmarried head of household taxpayers, $250,000 in the case of married taxpayers filing joint returns, $250,000 in case of Qualifying surviving spouse with dependent child, and $125,000 in the case of married taxpayers filing separately. Owners should consult their own tax advisors for more information.

**Non-Qualified Contracts - Required Distributions.** In order to be treated as an annuity contract for federal income tax purposes, the Code requires any non-qualified contract issued after January 18, 1985 to provide that (a) if an owner dies on or after the annuity starting date but prior to the time the entire interest in the contract has been distributed, the remaining portion of such interest will be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used as of the date of that owner's death; and (b) if an owner dies prior to the annuity starting date, the entire interest in the contract must be distributed within five years after the date of the owner's death. If the owner is a legal entity, the death of any annuitant is treated as the death of the owner for this purpose.

The requirements of (b) above can be considered satisfied if any portion of the Owner's interest which is payable to or for the benefit of a "designated beneficiary" is distributed over the life of such beneficiary or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of that beneficiary and such distributions begin within one year of that Owner's death. The Owner's "designated beneficiary," who must be a natural person, is the person designated by such Owner as a Beneficiary and to whom ownership of the Contract passes by reason of death. However, if the Owner's "designated beneficiary" is the surviving spouse

------

of the Owner, the contract may be continued with the surviving spouse as the new Owner. A surviving spouse must meet the requirements under federal tax law to continue the contract.

**Non-Qualified Contracts - 1035 Exchanges.** Under Section 1035 of the Code, you can purchase an annuity contract through a tax-free exchange of another annuity contract, or a life insurance or endowment contract. For the exchange to be tax-free under Section 1035, the owner and annuitant must be the same under the original annuity contract and the Contract issued to you in the exchange. If the original contract is a life insurance contract or endowment contract, the owner and the insured on the original contract must be the same as the owner and annuitant on the Contract issued to you in the exchange.

In accordance with Revenue Procedure 2011-38, the IRS will consider a partial exchange of an annuity Contract for another annuity Contract valid if there is either no withdrawal from, or surrender of, either the surviving annuity contract or the new annuity contract within 180 days of the date of the partial exchange. Revenue Procedure 2011-38 also provides certain exceptions to the 180 day rule. Due to the complexity of these rules, owners are encouraged to consult their own tax advisers prior to entering into a partial exchange of an annuity Contract.

**Tax-Qualified Contracts - Withdrawals and Income Payments.** The Code imposes limits on loans, withdrawals, and income payments under tax-qualified Contracts. The Code also imposes required minimum distributions for tax-qualified Contracts and a 10% penalty on certain taxable amounts received prematurely under a tax-qualified Contract. You should discuss these limits, required minimum distributions, tax penalties and the tax computation rules with your tax adviser. Any withdrawals under a tax-qualified Contract will be taxable except to the extent they are allocable to an investment in the Contract (any after-tax contributions). In most cases, there will be little or no investment in the Contract for a tax-qualified Contract because contributions will have been made on a pre-tax or tax-deductible basis.

**Withdrawals - Roth IRAs.** Subject to certain limitations, individuals may also purchase a type of non-deductible IRA annuity known as a Roth IRA annuity. Qualified distributions from Roth IRA annuities are entirely federal income tax free. A qualified distribution requires that the individual has held the Roth IRA annuity for at least five years and, in addition, that the distribution is made either after the individual reaches age 59½, on account of the individual's death or disability, or as a qualified first-time home purchase, subject to $10,000 lifetime maximum, for the individual, or for a spouse, child, grandchild or ancestor.

**Constructive Withdrawals - Investment Adviser Fees.** In 2019, we obtained a private letter ruling ("PLR") from the Internal Revenue Service recognizing our ability, in specific circumstances, to treat the payment of investment advisory fees to an investment advisor out of nonqualified contracts as non-taxable withdrawals from the contracts.

Pursuant to the guidance provided by the Internal Revenue Service, we only permit the deduction of investment adviser fees from a contract in the following circumstances:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• The contract is an advisory fee product;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• A written contract exists between the registered investment adviser and the contract owner;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• During the time that the contract owner authorizes us to deduct advisory fees directly from the contract and automatically transmit them to a registered investment adviser, the contract will be solely liable for the fees and the fees will not be paid directly by the owner;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• The fees are paid directly from the annuity contract to the registered investment adviser;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• The fees do not exceed an amount equal to an annual rate of 1.50% of the contract's Withdrawal Value.

When these requirements are met, we will not treat such a deduction of fees as a taxable distribution. In order to prevent negative tax consequences, these deductions are only permitted if the above requirements are met. Any withdrawals taken by a contract owner in scenarios that do not conform to the above requirements will be treated as any other partial withdrawal from the contract, and may be subject to federal and state income taxes and a 10% federal penalty tax if withdrawn before age 59 ½. Please note that even if we do not treat such deductions as withdrawals for tax purposes, federal and/or state taxing authorities could determine that such fees should be treated as taxable withdrawals.

**Death Benefits.** None of the Death Benefits paid under the Contract to the Beneficiary will be tax-exempt life insurance benefits. The rules governing the taxation of payments from an annuity Contract, as discussed above, generally apply to the

------

payment of Death Benefits and depend on whether the Death Benefits are paid as a lump sum or as annuity payments. Estate or gift taxes may also apply.

**Assignment.** An assignment of your Contract will generally be a taxable event. Assignments of a tax-qualified Contract may also be limited by the Code and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making any assignment of your Contract.

An assignment or pledge of all or any portion of the value of a Non-Qualified Contract is treated under Section 72 of the Code as an amount not received as an annuity. The total value of the Contract assigned or pledged that exceeds the aggregate Premiums paid will be included in the individual's gross income. In addition, the amount included in the individual's gross income could also be subject to the 10% penalty tax discussed in connection with Non-Qualified Contracts.

An assignment or pledge of all or any portion of the value of a Qualified Contract will disqualify the Qualified Contract. The Code requires the Qualified Contract to be nontransferable.

**Withholding.** In general, the income portion of distributions from a Contract are subject to 10% federal income tax withholding and the income portion of income payments are subject to withholding at the same rate as wages unless you elect not to have tax withheld. Some states have enacted similar rules. Different rules may apply to payments delivered outside the United States.

The Code generally allows the rollover of most distributions to and from tax-qualified plans, tax-sheltered annuities, Individual Retirement Annuities and eligible deferred compensation plans of state or local governments. Distributions from other tax qualified plans which may not be rolled over are those which are:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(a)one of a series of substantially equal annual (or more frequent) payments made (a) over the life or life expectancy of the employee, (b) the joint lives or joint life expectancies of the employee and the employee's beneficiary, or (c) for a specified period of ten years or more;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(b)a required minimum distribution; or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(c)a hardship withdrawal.

Eligible rollover distributions from tax qualified plans (other than an IRA) are subject to mandatory 20% withholding unless they are transferred directly to an IRA or tax qualified plan. Jackson reserves the right to change tax reporting practices where it determines that a change is necessary to comply with federal or state tax rules (whether formal or informal).

**Annuity Purchases by Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Corporations.** The discussion above provides general information regarding U.S. federal income tax consequences to annuity purchasers that are U.S. citizens or residents. Purchasers that are not U.S. citizens or residents will generally be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax on taxable distributions from annuity contracts at a 30% rate, unless a lower treaty rate applies. In addition, purchasers may be subject to state and/or municipal taxes and taxes that may be imposed by the purchaser's country of citizenship or residence. Prospective purchasers are advised to consult with a qualified tax adviser regarding U.S. state, and foreign taxation with respect to an annuity contract purchase.

**Definition of Spouse.** The Contract provides that upon your death, a surviving spouse may have certain continuation rights that he or she may elect to exercise for the Contract's Death Benefit and any joint-life coverage under an optional living benefit. All Contract provisions relating to spousal continuation are available only to a person who meets the definition of "spouse" under federal law. The U.S. Supreme Court has held that same-sex marriages must be permitted under state law and that marriages recognized under state law will be recognized for federal law purposes. Domestic partnerships and civil unions that are not recognized as legal marriages under state law, however, will not be treated as marriages under federal law. Consult a tax adviser for more information on this subject.

**Transfers, Assignments or Exchanges of a Contract.** A transfer or assignment of ownership of a Contract, the designation of an annuitant other than the owner, the selection of certain maturity dates, or the exchange of a Contract may result in certain tax consequences to you that are not discussed herein. An owner contemplating any such transfer, assignment or exchange, should consult a tax advisor as to the tax consequences.

------

**Tax Law Changes***.* Although the likelihood of legislative changes is uncertain, there is always the possibility that the tax treatment of the Contract could change by legislation or otherwise. Consult a tax adviser with respect to legislative developments and their effect on the Contract.

We have the right to modify the contract in response to legislative changes that could otherwise diminish the favorable tax treatment that annuity contract owners currently receive. We make no guarantee regarding the tax status of any contract and do not intend the above discussion as tax advice.

**JACKSON TAXATION**

We reserve the right to deduct from the Contract Value any taxes attributed to the Contract and paid by us to any government entity (including, but not limited to, Premium Taxes, Federal, state and local withholding of income, estate, inheritance, other taxes required by law and any new or increased federal or state income taxes that may be enacted into law). Premium taxes generally range from 0.5% to 3.5%, which are applicable only in certain jurisdictions. We will determine when taxes relate to the Contract.

We may pay taxes when due and deduct that amount from the Contract Value at a later date. Payment at an earlier date does not waive any right we may have to deduct amounts at a later date. We will withhold taxes required by law from any amounts payable from this Contract.

While we may consider company income tax liabilities and tax benefits when pricing our products, we do not currently include our income tax liabilities in the charges you pay under the Contract. We will periodically review the issue of charging for these taxes and may impose a charge in the future.

**OTHER INFORMATION**

**General Account.** The General Account is made up of all of Jackson's assets, including the Fixed Account and Jackson National RILA Separate Account I. Jackson exercises sole discretion over the investment of the General Account assets, and bears the associated investment risk. You will not share in the investment experience of General Account assets. The General Account invests its assets in accordance with state insurance law. All of the assets of the General Account are chargeable with the claims of any of our contract owners as well as our creditors, are subject to the liabilities arising from any of our other business. All obligations under the Contract are subject to Jackson's claims-paying ability and financial strength.

**Unregistered Separate Account.** Except for Contracts issued in certain states, we hold certain investments supporting the assets that you allocate to the Index Account in a non-insulated unregistered Separate Account. We established the Jackson National RILA Separate Account I ("RILA Separate Account") on February 12, 2021, pursuant to the provisions of Michigan law. The RILA Separate Account is a separate account under state insurance law and is not registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. It is non-unitized, non-insulated, and was established under the laws of Michigan solely for the purpose of supporting our obligations under the Contract. Like our General Account, all of the assets of the RILA Separate Account are chargeable with the claims of any of our contract owners as well as our creditors and are subject to the liabilities arising from any of our other business.

Where permitted by applicable law, we reserve the right to make certain changes to the structure and operation of the RILA Separate Account. We will not make any such changes without receiving any necessary approval of any applicable state insurance department.

**Distribution of Contracts.** Jackson National Life Insurance Company ("Jackson"), located at 1 Corporate Way, Lansing Michigan, is the issuer for this contract. Jackson National Life Distributors LLC ("JNLD"), located at 300 Innovation Drive, Franklin, Tennessee 37067, serves as the distributor of the Contracts. JNLD also serves as distributor of other variable insurance products issued by Jackson and its subsidiaries. JNLD also sells variable annuities directly to accounts advised by fiduciaries i.e. professional trustees (trust companies) or banks and registered investment advisors.

JNLD is a wholly owned subsidiary of Jackson National Life Insurance Company. JNLD is registered as a broker-dealer with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA"). For more information on broker-dealers and their registered representatives, you may use the FINRA BrokerCheck program via telephone (1-800-289-9999) or the Internet (http://brokercheck.finra.org).

------

JNLD may distribute the Contracts directly and also enters into selling agreements with broker-dealers or other financial institutions that are unaffiliated with us ("Selling Firms"). The Contracts are offered to customers of Selling Firms. Selling Firms are responsible for delivery of various related disclosure documents and the accuracy of their oral description and appropriate recommendations of the purchase of the Contracts. Selling Firms do not have any legal responsibility to pay amounts that are owed under the Contracts. The obligations and guarantees under the Contracts are the sole responsibility of Jackson. JNLD will use its best efforts to sell the Contracts, but is not required to sell any number or dollar amount of Contracts. We may stop offering the Contracts at any time.

Selling Firms may also be registered as, affiliated with, or in a contractual relationship with an investment adviser and offer advisory services to Contract Owners. Selling Firms providing such advisory services are acting solely on your behalf. Neither Jackson nor JNLD offer advice on how to allocate your Contract Value and we are not responsible for any advice your investment adviser provides to you. Neither Jackson nor JNLD endorses any investment advisers nor makes any representations as to their qualifications.

***Compensation Paid to Unaffiliated Selling Firms.*** No commissions are paid to Selling Firms that sell the Contracts. However, the Selling Firms or their representatives may charge you an investment advisory or similar fee under an agreement you have with them. The Selling Firms or their registered representatives/investment adviser representatives determine the amount of the fee that will be charged, and the amounts charged may vary. There may be tax and Contract implications, including adverse effects on Contract benefits, if you elect to have such fees withdrawn directly from the Contract.

JNLD and/or Jackson may make payments to Selling Firms in recognition of marketing, distribution, and/or administrative support provided by the Selling Firms. These payments may not be offered to all Selling Firms. The terms of these arrangements vary widely depending on, among other things, products offered; the level and type of marketing, distribution, and administrative support services provided; and the level of access we are provided to the registered representatives of the Selling Firms. Such payments may influence Selling Firms and/or their registered representatives to present the Contracts more favorably than other investment alternatives. Such compensation is subject to applicable state insurance law and regulation, FINRA rules of conduct and Department of Labor ("DOL") rules and regulations. While such compensation may be significant, it will not result in any additional direct charge by us to you.

JNLD and/or Jackson may make marketing allowance payments and marketing support payments to the Selling Firms. Marketing allowance payments are payments that are designed as consideration for product placement and distribution, assets under management, and sales volume. Marketing allowance payments are generally based on a fixed percentage of annual product sales and generally range from 10 to 50 basis points (0.10% to 0.50%). Payments may also be based on a percentage of assets under management or paid as a specified dollar amount. Marketing support payments may be in the form of cash and/or non-cash compensation to or on behalf of Selling Firms and their registered representatives and are intended to provide us with exposure to registered representatives so that we may build relationships or educate them about product features and benefits. Examples of such payments include, but are not limited to, reimbursements for representative training or "due diligence" meetings (including travel and lodging expenses); client and prospecting events; speaker fees; business development and educational enhancement items (such as software packages containing information for broker use, or prospecting lists); sponsorship payments for participation at conferences and meetings; and other support services, including payments to third-party vendors for such services. Payments or reimbursements for meetings and seminars are generally based on the anticipated level of participation and/or accessibility and the size of the audience. Subject to applicable laws and regulations including FINRA rules of conduct and DOL rules and regulations, we may also provide cash and/or non-cash compensation to Selling Firms and Registered Investment Advisors in the form of gifts, promotional items, occasional meals, and entertainment. Selling Firms may qualify for different levels of sales and service support depending on the volume of business that they do with us.

All of the compensation described here, and other compensation or benefits provided by JNLD and/or Jackson or our affiliates, may be greater or less than the total compensation on similar or other products. The amount or structure of the compensation can create a conflict of interest as it may influence your Selling Firm and financial professional to present this Contract over other investment alternatives. The variations in compensation, however, may also reflect differences in sales effort or ongoing customer services expected of the Selling Firm and financial professional. You may ask your financial professional about any variations and how he or she and his or her Selling Firm are compensated for selling the Contract.

***Compensation to JNLD*.** We may use any of our corporate assets to cover the cost of distribution. Compensation is paid to employees of JNLD and/or Jackson who are responsible for providing services to Selling Firms. These employees are generally referred to as "wholesalers" and may meet with Selling Firms and/or their representatives to provide training and sales support. The compensation paid to the wholesalers may vary based on a number of factors, including Premium payments; types of Contracts or optional benefits (if any) sold by the Selling Firms that the wholesaler services; wholesaler performance;

------

and overall company performance. The wholesaler may be required to achieve internally-assigned goals related to the same type of factors and may receive bonus payments for the achievement of individual and/or company-wide goals.

When a contract is offered to persons who are also customers of an Independent Registered Investment Advisor, JNLD may act in its capacity as a Selling Firm and be responsible for delivering disclosure documents and making recommendations that are in the best interest of the customer. Independent Registered Investment Advisors are Registered Investment Advisers that are not affiliated with a Broker-Dealer, and who require additional support in the recommendation and sale of contracts. Neither JNLD nor the Independent Registered Investment Advisors receive commission when one of their customers purchases a contract from JNLD. JNLD will not make marketing support payments to Independent Registered Investment Advisors if the payment or non-cash compensation is preconditioned on achievement of a sales target or on achievement of maintaining a level of premium with Jackson.

Compensation is paid to employees of JNLD who are responsible for making recommendations to persons who are also customers of Independent Registered Investment Advisors. These employees are generally referred to as "Client Consultants". The compensation paid to Client Consultants is not based on commissions. We compensate our Client Consultants with a base salary and an annual discretionary bonus. The amount of the annual bonus is based on a percentage of the associate's salary, varies by the associate's title, and is tied to how well the associate performs his or her job. Our RIA Support Desk Associates, who provide limited retail brokerage services, are registered financial professionals who facilitate the purchase of our products. We do not compensate our RIA Support Desk Associates through commissions or sales contests. We compensate our RIA Support Desk Associates in the following ways: a base salary; an annual discretionary bonus based on a percentage of the associate's salary, which varies by the associates title and is tied to how well the associate performs his or her job; and occasional nominal cash awards.

**Modification of Your Contract.** Only our President, Vice President, Secretary or Assistant Secretary may approve a change to or waive a provision of your Contract. Any change or waiver must be in writing. We may change the terms of your Contract without your consent in order to comply with changes in any applicable state and federal regulations and laws, including provisions or requirements of the Internal Revenue Code.

**Confirmation of Transactions.** We will send you a written statement confirming that a financial transaction, such as a withdrawal, or transfer has been completed. This confirmation statement will provide details about the transaction. It is possible that certain transactions, such as transfers, which may only be made on Fixed Account Option Term Anniversaries, Premium Allocation Anniversaries, Contract Anniversaries or Index Account Option Term Anniversaries may be confirmed in an annual statement only.

It is important that you carefully review the information contained in the statements that confirm your transactions. If you believe an error has occurred, you must notify us in writing promptly upon receipt of the statement so that we can make any appropriate adjustments.

**State Variations.** This prospectus describes the material rights and obligations under the Contract. Certain provisions of the Contract may be different from the general description in this prospectus due to variations required by state law. These differences include, among other things, free look rights, issue age limitations, and the general availability of certain features. The state in which your Contract is issued also governs whether or not certain options, or charges are available or will vary under your Contract. Please see Appendix C for a listing of the state variations as well as your Contract for specific variations applicable to you.

**Legal Proceedings.** Jackson and its subsidiaries are defendants in a number of civil proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business and otherwise. We are also, from time to time, the subject of regulatory inquiries and proceedings by certain governmental authorities. We do not believe at the present time that any pending action or proceeding, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect upon Jackson's ability to meet its obligations under the Contracts.

**Financial Statements.** Jackson's financial statements are incorporated by reference in the Statement of Additional Information. To obtain a copy of the financial statements, please visit <u>www.jackson.com/product-literature-11.html</u>. The financial statements should be considered only as bearing upon the company's ability to meet its contractual obligations under the Contracts. For your copy of the Statement of Additional Information, please contact us at our Customer Care Center. Our contact information is on the cover page of this prospectus.

------

**APPENDIX A: INVESTMENT OPTIONS AVAILABLE UNDER THE CONTRACT**

The availability of investment options may vary depending on the broker-dealer or financial intermediary through which the Contract is sold. See: Appendix I: Financial Intermediary Variations.

The following is a list of the Index Account Options currently available under the Contract. We may change the features of the Index Account Options listed below (including the Index and the current limits on Index gains and losses), offer new Index Account Options, and terminate existing Index Account Options. We will provide you with written notice before making any changes other than the changes to current limits on Index gains. Information about current limits on Index gains is available at <u>Jackson.com/RatesJMLPA4</u>. The current Buffer rates for new Index Account Option Terms are disclosed in a Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. To obtain a copy of the most recent Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement(s), please visit <u>www.jackson.com/product-literature-11.html</u>. For more information about the Index Account Options, please see "Index Account" beginning on page [33](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_109) and "Additional Information About the Index Account Options" beginning on page [35](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_112).

**Note: If amounts are removed from an Index Account Option before the end of the Index Account Option Term, we will apply an Interim Value adjustment. This may result in a significant reduction in your Contract Value that could exceed any protection from Index loss that would be in place if you held the option until the end of the Index Account Option Term.** For more information on Interim Value, please see "Interim Value Calculation and Adjustment" beginning on page [53](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_175).

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Index** | **Type of Index** | **Term** | **Current Limit on Index Loss (if held until the end of the Index Account Option Term)** | **Guaranteed Minimum Crediting Method Rate (for the life of the Index Account Option)** |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Guaranteed Cap Rate, 100% Guaranteed Index Participation Rate |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Performance Trigger Rate |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Performance Trigger Rate |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Guaranteed Cap Rate, 100% Guaranteed Index Participation Rate |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |

---

------

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Index** | **Type of Index** | **Term** | **Current Limit on Index Loss (if held until the end of the Index Account Option Term)** | **Guaranteed Minimum Crediting Method Rate (for the life of the Index Account Option)** |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Guaranteed Cap Rate, 100% Guaranteed Index Participation Rate |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Performance Trigger Rate |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Performance Trigger Rate |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Guaranteed Cap Rate, 100% Guaranteed Index Participation Rate |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |

---

------

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Index** | **Type of Index** | **Term** | **Current Limit on Index Loss (if held until the end of the Index Account Option Term)** | **Guaranteed Minimum Crediting Method Rate (for the life of the Index Account Option)** |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Guaranteed Cap Rate, 100% Guaranteed Index Participation Rate |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Performance Trigger Rate |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Performance Trigger Rate |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Guaranteed Cap Rate, 100% Guaranteed Index Participation Rate |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |

---

------

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Index** | **Type of Index** | **Term** | **Current Limit on Index Loss (if held until the end of the Index Account Option Term)** | **Guaranteed Minimum Crediting Method Rate (for the life of the Index Account Option)** |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Guaranteed Cap Rate, 100% Guaranteed Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Performance Trigger Rate |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Performance Trigger Rate |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Guaranteed Cap Rate, 100% Guaranteed Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Guaranteed Cap Rate, 100% Guaranteed Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Performance Trigger Rate |

---

------

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Index** | **Type of Index** | **Term** | **Current Limit on Index Loss (if held until the end of the Index Account Option Term)** | **Guaranteed Minimum Crediting Method Rate (for the life of the Index Account Option)** |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Performance Trigger Rate |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Guaranteed Cap Rate, 100% Guaranteed Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Guaranteed Cap Rate, 100% Guaranteed Index Participation Rate |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Performance Trigger Rate |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Performance Trigger Rate |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |

---

------

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Index** | **Type of Index** | **Term** | **Current Limit on Index Loss (if held until the end of the Index Account Option Term)** | **Guaranteed Minimum Crediting Method Rate (for the life of the Index Account Option)** |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Guaranteed Cap Rate, 100% Guaranteed Index Participation Rate |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |

---

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;1.All Indexes are price return indexes and not total return indexes, and therefore do not reflect dividends paid on the securities composing the Index. This will reduce the Index Return and will cause the Index to underperform a direct investment in the securities composing the Index.

We reserve the right to delete or add Index Account Options, Indexes, Crediting Methods, Protection Options, and Index Account Option Terms in the future. There will always be more than one Index Account Option available, and those options will always be identical or similar to one of the options disclosed in this prospectus. **When offered, available Buffer rates are guaranteed to be no less than 5%.** There will always be at least one Protection Option available for election.

The following is a list of Fixed Account Options currently available under the Contract. We may change the features of the Fixed Account Options listed below, offer new Fixed Account Options, and terminate existing Fixed Account Options. We will provide you with written notice before doing so. For more information about the Fixed Account Options, please see "Fixed Account" beginning on page [30](#iae5e0d1f373f4d0d898a5e9994017032_106).

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **Name** | **Term** | **Minimum Guaranteed Interest Rate** |
| 1-year Fixed Account Option | 1 year | 2.40% |
| Performance Lock Holding Account | Until the next Premium Allocation Anniversary following exercise of Performance Lock | 2.40% |
| Subsequent Premium Holding Account | Until the earlier of (i) the next Contract Anniversary or (ii) the Contract's minimum allocation requirements are met | 2.40% |
| Continuation Adjustment Holding Account | Until the next Contract Anniversary | 2.40% |

---

------

**APPENDIX B: CALCULATION EXAMPLES**

The following examples illustrate certain features of your Contract under different market scenarios. The examples assume no add-on benefits have been added to the Contract.

**Rate Enhancement Option Charge**

**Example 1: This example demonstrates the calculation of the Rate Enhancement charge accrual and its impact on the Interim Value when the Index Option Crediting Base (IOCB) remains unchanged due to the absence of transactions:** 

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• For this example, assume you have an initial Premium of $292,000 allocated to the Cap with Buffer Crediting Method, with a 1-Year Term, S&P Index, and a 10% Buffer. The Rate Enhancement charge is 1.25% annually, and the IOCB at the start of the term is $292,000.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• The daily accrual rate is calculated as the annual Rate Enhancement charge multiplied by the term length in years divided by the number of days in the term. For a 1-Year Term with 365 days, the daily accrual rate is (1.25% × 1) ÷ 365 = 0.003425% per day.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• For each day funds are held in the Index Account Option, the Rate Enhancement charge accrues and is included as part of the Interim Value calculation. The accrued charge is always calculated as the number of days into the term multiplied by the daily accrual rate multiplied by the IOCB at the beginning of the Business Day.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Daily Accrual Examples:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ 1 day after the start of the Index Account Option term: The accrued charge is $10 (1 × 0.003425% × $292,000 = $10). The Interim Value for this Index Account Option 1 day after the start of the Index Account Option term is equal to the Fixed Income Asset Proxy + Derivative Asset Proxy – $10.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ 2 days after the start of the Index Account Option term: The additional accrued charge is $20 (2 × 0.003425% × $292,000 = $20). The Interim Value for this Index Account Option 2 days after the start of the Index Account Option term is equal to the Fixed Income Asset Proxy + Derivative Asset Proxy – $20.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ This pattern continues throughout the Index Account Option Term, with the Accrued Charge increasing daily by $10, assuming no changes to the IOCB.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• End of Term Calculation:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ At the end of the 1-Year Term, the total Rate Enhancement charge is calculated as part of the Index Account Option Value. Assume your market return was 10%, such that the Index Adjustment at end of term is $29,200 ($292,000 \* 10% = $29,200).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The total Rate Enhancement charge is $3,650 (1.25%× 1 × $292,000 = $3,650).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Index Account Option Value at the end of the term is equal to $317,550 (IOCB + Index Adjustment – Rate Enhancement Charge = $292,000 + 29,200 - $3,650= $317,550).

**Example 2: This example demonstrates the calculation of the Rate Enhancement charge accrual and its impact on the Interim Value when a partial withdrawal or partial Performance Lock occurs during the Index Account Option Term. References to "withdrawal" may be substituted with "Performance Lock," as the calculations are identical.:** 

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• For this example, assume you have an initial Premium of $292,000 allocated to the Cap with Buffer Crediting Method, with a 1-Year Term, S&P Index, and a 10% Buffer. The Rate Enhancement charge is 1.25% annually, and the IOCB at the start of the term is $292,000. Assume a withdrawal of $75,000 occurs 30 days after the start of the Index Account Option term from this Index Account Option.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• The daily accrual rate is calculated as the annual Rate Enhancement charge multiplied by the term length in years divided by the number of days in the term. For a 1-Year Term with 365 days, the daily accrual rate is (1.25% × 1) ÷ 365 = 0.003425% per day.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• For each day funds are held in the Index Account Option, the Rate Enhancement charge accrues and is included as part of the Interim Value calculation to compensate the Company for the Rate Enhancement Index Adjustment Factors.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• For Days 1 through 30, assume no transactions occur that would change the IOCB.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ 30 days after the start of the Index Account Option term, the total accrued charge equals $300 (30 × 0.003425% × $292,000 = $300).

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Interim Value for this Index Account Option on Day 30 is equal to the Fixed Income Asset Proxy + Derivative Asset Proxy – $300. Let's assume the Fixed Income Asset Proxy + Derivative Asset Proxy is equal to $300,300, so the Interim Value before any withdrawal on this day is equal to $300,000 ($300,300 - $300 = $300,000).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Interim Value is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, so that Interim Value at end of day is equal to $225,000 ($300,000 - $75,000 = $225,000).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The proportion the Interim Value is reduced is 25% (Withdrawal divided by Interim Value before Withdrawal = $75,000÷$300,000 = 25%).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The IOCB is reduced in the same proportion the Interim Value was reduced for the withdrawal, so the IOCB at the end of the day is equal to $219,000 ($292,000 × (1-25%) = $219,000).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Accrual After Withdrawal:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Beginning on the next Business Day, the daily Rate Enhancement charge continues to accrue using the same daily accrual rate of 0.003425%, but applied to the IOCB which was adjusted by the withdrawal. The daily accrual assuming no further changes in IOCB is $7.50 (0.003425% × $219,000 = $7.50).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Interim Value for this Index Account Option 31 days after the start of the Index Account Option term is equal to the Fixed Income Asset Proxy + Derivative Asset Proxy – $232.50 (31 × 0.003425% × $219,000 = $232.50).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The pattern continues throughout the remainder of the Index Account Option Term, with daily accruals based on the IOCB which was adjusted by the withdrawal.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• End of Term Calculation:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ At the end of the 1-Year Term, the total Rate Enhancement charge is calculated as part of the Index Account Option Value. Assume your market return was 10%, such that the Index Adjustment at end of term is $21,900 ($219,000 \* 10% = $21,900).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The total Rate Enhancement charge is $2,737.50 (1.25% × 1 × $219,000 = $2,737.50).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Index Account Option Value at the end of the term is equal to $238,162.50 (IOCB + Index Adjustment – Rate Enhancement Charge = $219,000 + 21,900 - $2,737.50= $238,162.50).

**Advisory Fee Withdrawal Examples**

**Example 3: This example demonstrates the impact of advisory fee withdrawals on Death Benefits.** 

---

| |
|:---|
| If you are under age 81 at the time the Contract is issued, and you die before moving into the income phase, the Death Benefit equals the greater of: |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• your Contract Value on the date we receive all required documentation from your Beneficiary; or |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• the total Premium you have paid into the Contract reduced for prior withdrawals (including any applicable charges and adjustments) in the same proportion that the Contract Value was reduced on the date of the withdrawal. |

---

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• For this example, assume you have an initial Premium of $100,000 and your Maximum Annual Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentage is 1.25%.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• After 6 months, your Contract Value is $99,000, your Death Benefit is $100,000, which is the greater of your current Contract Value ($99,000) and the Premium paid into the Contract adjusted for any applicable withdrawals ($100,000), and you elect to take an advisory fee withdrawal of $1,000:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentage is 1.01% ($1,000 / $99,000 = 1.01%).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Total Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentage is 1.01% since this is the first Advisory Fee Withdrawal in the Contract Year.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Total Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentage is less than the Maximum Annual Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentage, so the Advisory Fee Withdrawal is allowed.

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Premium paid into the Contract for the calculation of your Death Benefit ($100,000) is not reduced for Advisory Fee Withdrawals.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your Contract Value after the Advisory Fee Withdrawal is $98,000 ($99,000 - $1,000 = $98,000).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your Death Benefit is equal to $100,000, which is the greater of your Contract Value ($98,000) and the Premium paid into the Contract adjusted for any applicable withdrawals ($100,000).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• At month 9, three quarters of the way through your first Contract Year, your Contract Value is $95,000, your Death Benefit is $100,000, which is the greater of your current Contract Value ($95,000) and the Premium paid into the Contract adjusted for any applicable withdrawals ($100,000), and you elect to take an advisory fee withdrawal of $200

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentage is 0.21% ($200 / $95,000 = 0.21%).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Total Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentage is 1.22% (1.01% + 0.21% = 1.22%) since this is the second Advisory Fee Withdrawal in the Contract Year.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Total Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentage is less than the Maximum Annual Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentage, so the Advisory Fee Withdrawal is allowed.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Premium paid into the Contract for the calculation of your Death Benefit ($100,000) is not reduced for Advisory Fee Withdrawals.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your Contract Value after the Advisory Fee Withdrawal is $94,800 ($95,000 - $200 = $94,800).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your Death Benefit is equal to $100,000, which is the greater of your Contract Value ($94,800) and the Premium paid into the Contract adjusted for any applicable withdrawals ($100,000).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• You do not perform any more transactions until month 18, which is halfway through your second Contract Year. At this time your Contract Value is $101,000, your Death Benefit is $101,000, which is the greater of your current Contract Value ($101,000) and the Premium paid into the Contract adjusted for any applicable withdrawals ($100,000), and you elect to take an advisory fee withdrawal of $1,250:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentage is 1.24% ($1,250 / $101,000 = 1.24%).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Total Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentage is 1.24% since this is the first Advisory Fee Withdrawal in the Contract Year. The Total Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentage resets to zero at the beginning of each Contract Year.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Total Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentage is less than the Maximum Annual Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentage, so the Advisory Fee Withdrawal is allowed.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Premium paid into the Contract for the calculation of your Death Benefit ($100,000) is not reduced for Advisory Fee Withdrawals.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your Contract Value after the Advisory Fee Withdrawal is $99,750 ($101,000 - $1,250 = $99,750).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your Death Benefit is equal to $100,000, which is the greater of your Contract Value ($99,750) and the Premium paid into the Contract adjusted for any applicable withdrawals ($100,000)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• You do not perform any more transactions until month 21, which is three quarters of the way through your second Contract Year. At this time your Contract Value is $99,000, your Death Benefit is $100,000, which is the greater of your current Contract Value ($99,000) and the Premium paid into the Contract adjusted for any applicable withdrawals ($100,000), and you request to take an advisory fee withdrawal of $990:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentage would be 1.00% ($990 / $99,000 = 1.00%).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Total Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentage would be 2.24% (1.24% + 1.00% = 2.24%) since this would be the second Advisory Fee Withdrawal in the Contract Year.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Since the Total Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentage would be greater than the Maximum Annual Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentage, this Advisory Fee Withdrawal would not be allowed and not be processed.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ You would still have the option of processing a regular withdrawal for $990 that would reduce the Contract Value and the total Premium paid into the Contract for the calculation of your Death Benefit accordingly.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;▪ Your Contract Value after the withdrawal would be $98,010 ($99,000 - $990 = $98,010).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;▪ Your Premium paid into the Contract for the calculation of your Death Benefit would be $99,000 ($100,000 – 1% \* $100,000 = $99,000), as it would be reduced by the same percentage the Contract Value was reduced for the withdrawal ($990 Withdrawal / $99,000 Contract Value = 1%).

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;▪ Your Death Benefit would be equal to $99,000, which is the greater of your Contract Value ($98,010) and the Premium paid into the Contract adjusted for any applicable withdrawals ($99,000).

------

**APPENDIX C: STATE VARIATIONS**

Contracts issued in your state may provide different features and benefits from, and impose different costs than, those described in this prospectus because of state law variations. The state in which your Contract is issued also governs whether or not certain options are available or will vary under your Contract.

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| **STATE** | **MATERIAL VARIATION OR AVAILABILITY** |
| California | State-specific requirement that seniors have the option to invest in the Fixed Account during the Free Look period if Return of Premium Free Look is elected on the application. <br>If the Return of Premium Free Look is elected by a senior applicant, the initial Index Account Option Term is shortened by 35 days. |
| Florida | No Market Value Adjustment assessed upon annuitization, even if annuitized in the first Contract Year.<br>No restrictions on Fixed Account allocations or transfers. |

---

------

**APPENDIX D: INDEX DISCLOSURES**

The "S&P 500<sup>®</sup>" and the "Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>®</sup>" (the "Indices")" are products of S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC or its affiliates ("SPDJI") , and has been licensed for use by Jackson National Life Insurance Company ("Jackson"). S&P<sup>®</sup>, S&P 500<sup>®</sup>, SPX®, SPY<sup>®</sup>, US 500™, The 500™, iBoxx<sup>®</sup>, iTraxx<sup>®</sup>, CDX<sup>®</sup>, The Dow<sup>®</sup>, DJIA<sup>®</sup>, and Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>®</sup> are trademarks of S&P Global, Inc. or its affiliates ("S&P"); Dow Jones<sup>®</sup> is a registered trademark of Dow Jones Trademark Holdings LLC ("Dow Jones"). It is not possible to invest directly in an index. Jackson's products are not sponsored or sold by SPDJI, Dow Jones, S&P, any of their respective affiliates (collectively, "S&P Dow Jones Indices"). S&P Dow Jones Indices does not make any representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of Jackson's products or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in Jackson's products particularly or the ability of the Indices to track general market performance. Past performance of an index is not an indication or guarantee of future results. S&P Dow Jones Indices' only relationship to Jackson with respect to the Indices is the licensing of the Index and certain trademarks, service marks and/or trade names of S&P Dow Jones Indices and/or its licensors. The Indices are determined, composed and calculated by S&P Dow Jones Indices without regard to Jackson or Jackson's products**.** S&P Dow Jones Indices has no obligation to take the needs of Jackson or the owners of Jackson's products into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the Indices. S&P Dow Jones Indices has no obligation or liability in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of Jackson's products**.** There is no assurance that investment products based on the Indices will accurately track index performance or provide positive investment returns. S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC is not an investment adviser, commodity trading advisory, commodity pool operator, broker dealer, fiduciary, promoter" (as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended), "expert" as enumerated within 15 U.S.C. § 77k(a) or tax advisor. Inclusion of a security, commodity, crypto currency or other asset within an index is not a recommendation by S&P Dow Jones Indices to buy, sell, or hold such security, commodity, crypto currency or other asset, nor is it considered to be investment advice or commodity trading advice. SPDJI provides indices that use environmental, social and/or governance (ESG) indicators (including, without limit, business involvement screens, conformance to voluntary corporate standards, GHG emissions data, and ESG scores) to select, weight and/or exclude constituents. ESG indicators seek to measure a company's, or an asset's performance, with respect to E, S and/or G criteria. ESG indicators are derived from publicly reported data, modelled data, or a combination of reported and modelled data. ESG indicators are based on a qualitative assessment due to the absence of well-defined uniform market standards and the use of multiple methodologies to assess ESG factors. No single clear, definitive test or framework (legal, regulatory, or otherwise) exists to determine labels such as, 'ESG', 'sustainable', 'good governance', 'no adverse environmental, social and/or other impacts', or other equivalently labelled objectives. Therefore, the exercise of subjective judgment is necessary. Different persons may classify the same investment, products and/or strategy differently regarding the foregoing labels.

S&P DOW JONES INDICES DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE ADEQUACY, ACCURACY, TIMELINESS AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF THE INDICES OR ANY DATA RELATED THERETO OR ANY COMMUNICATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ORAL OR WRITTEN COMMUNICATION (INCLUDING ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS) WITH RESPECT THERETO. S&P DOW JONES INDICES SHALL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY DAMAGES OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS, OR DELAYS THEREIN. S&P DOW JONES INDICES MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE OR AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY JACKSON, OWNERS OF JACKSON'S PRODUCTS**,** OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE INDICES OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY DATA RELATED THERETO. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT WHATSOEVER SHALL S&P DOW JONES INDICES BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, TRADING LOSSES, LOST TIME OR GOODWILL, EVEN IF THEY HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR OTHERWISE. S&P DOW JONES INDICES HAS NOT REVIEWED, PREPARED AND/OR CERTIFIED ANY PORTION OF, NOR DOES S&P DOW JONES INDICES HAVE ANY CONTROL OVER, THE LICENSEE PRODUCT REGISTRATION STATEMENT, PROSPECTUS OR OTHER OFFERING MATERIALS. THERE ARE NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES OF ANY AGREEMENTS OR ARRANGEMENTS BETWEEN S&P DOW JONES INDICES AND JACKSON**,** OTHER THAN THE LICENSORS OF S&P DOW JONES INDICES.

The S&P 500 Index is unmanaged, does not include the payment or reinvestment of dividends in the calculation of its performance, and is not available for direct investment.

THIS ANNUITY IS NOT SPONSORED, ENDORSED, SOLD OR PROMOTED BY MSCI INC. ("<u>MSCI</u>"), ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES, ANY OF ITS INFORMATION PROVIDERS OR ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY INVOLVED IN, OR RELATED TO, COMPILING, COMPUTING OR CREATING ANY MSCI INDEX (COLLECTIVELY, THE "<u>MSCI PARTIES</u>"). THE MSCI INDEXES ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF MSCI. MSCI AND THE MSCI INDEX

------

NAMES ARE SERVICE MARK(S) OF MSCI OR ITS AFFILIATES AND HAVE BEEN LICENSED FOR USE FOR CERTAIN PURPOSES BY JACKSON. NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, TO THE ISSUER OR OWNERS OF THIS ANNUITY OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY REGARDING THE ADVISABILITY OF INVESTING IN ANNUITIES GENERALLY OR IN THIS ANNUITY PARTICULARLY OR THE ABILITY OF ANY MSCI INDEX TO TRACK CORRESPONDING STOCK MARKET PERFORMANCE. MSCI OR ITS AFFILIATES ARE THE LICENSORS OF CERTAIN TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS AND TRADE NAMES AND OF THE MSCI INDEXES WHICH ARE DETERMINED, COMPOSED AND CALCULATED BY MSCI WITHOUT REGARD TO THIS ANNUITY OR THE ISSUER OR OWNERS OF THIS ANNUITY OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES HAS ANY OBLIGATION TO TAKE THE NEEDS OF THE ISSUER OR OWNERS OF THIS ANNUITY OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY INTO CONSIDERATION IN DETERMINING, COMPOSING OR CALCULATING THE MSCI INDEXES. NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OR HAS PARTICIPATED IN THE DETERMINATION OF THE TIMING OF, PRICES AT, OR QUANTITIES OF THIS ANNUITY TO BE ISSUED OR IN THE DETERMINATION OR CALCULATION OF THE EQUATION BY OR THE CONSIDERATION INTO WHICH THIS ANNUITY IS REDEEMABLE. FURTHER, NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES HAS ANY OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY TO THE ISSUER OR OWNERS OF THIS ANNUITY OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY IN CONNECTION WITH THE ADMINISTRATION, MARKETING OR OFFERING OF THIS ANNUITY.

ALTHOUGH MSCI SHALL OBTAIN INFORMATION FOR INCLUSION IN OR FOR USE IN THE CALCULATION OF THE MSCI INDEXES FROM SOURCES THAT MSCI CONSIDERS RELIABLE, NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES WARRANTS OR GUARANTEES THE ORIGINALITY, ACCURACY AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF ANY MSCI INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES MAKES ANY WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY THE ISSUER OF THE ANNUITY, OWNERS OF THE ANNUITY, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY, FROM THE USE OF ANY MSCI INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES SHALL HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS OR INTERRUPTIONS OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY MSCI INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. FURTHER, NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES MAKES ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, AND THE MSCI PARTIES HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, WITH RESPECT TO EACH MSCI INDEX AND ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY OF THE MSCI PARTIES HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, CONSEQUENTIAL OR ANY OTHER DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS) EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

Jackson's product(s) has been developed solely by Jackson National Life Insurance Company ("Jackson"). Jackson's product(s) is not in any way connected to or sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by the London Stock Exchange Group plc and its group undertakings (collectively, the "LSE Group"). FTSE Russell is a trading name of certain of the LSE Group companies.

All rights in the Russell® 2000 are a trademark of the relevant LSE Group company and is/are used by any other LSE Group company under license.

The Index is calculated by or on behalf of FTSE International Limited or its affiliate, agent or partner. The LSE Group does not accept any liability whatsoever to any person arising out of (a) the use of, reliance on or any error in the Index or (b) investment in or operation of Jackson's product(s). The LSE Group makes no claim, prediction, warranty or representation either as to the results to be obtained from the Jackson's product(s) or the suitability of the Index for the purpose to which it is being put by Jackson.

The Company's Product(s) is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Nasdaq, Inc., its licensors or Nasdaq or its licensors affiliates (Nasdaq, its licensors with their affiliates, are referred to as the "Corporations"). The Corporations have not passed on the legality or suitability of, or the accuracy or adequacy of descriptions and disclosures relating to, the Product(s). The Corporations make no representation or warranty, express or implied to the owners of the Product(s) or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the Product(s) particularly, or the ability of the Nasdaq-100 Index® to track general stock market performance. The Corporations' only relationship to the Company ("Licensee") is in the licensing of the Nasdaq®, Nasdaq-100 Index®, NDX®, Nasdaq-100® and certain trade names of the Corporations and the use of the Nasdaq-100 Index® which is determined, composed and calculated by Nasdaq without regard to Licensee or the Product(s). Nasdaq has no obligation to take the needs of the Licensee or the owners of the Product(s) into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the Nasdaq-100 Index®. The Corporations are not responsible for and have not participated in the determination of the timing of, prices at, or quantities of the Product(s) to be issued or in the determination or calculation of the equation by which the Product(s) is to be converted into cash. The Corporations have no liability in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of the Product(s).

------

THE CORPORATIONS DO NOT GUARANTEE THE ACCURACY AND/OR UNINTERRUPTED CALCULATION OF THE Nasdaq-100 Index® OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. THE CORPORATIONS MAKE NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY LICENSEE, OWNERS OF THE PRODUCT(S), OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE Nasdaq-100 Index® OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. THE CORPORATIONS MAKE NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE WITH RESPECT TO THE Nasdaq-100 Index® OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CORPORATIONS HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

"Bloomberg®" and Bloomberg U.S. Intermediate Corporate Bond Index are service marks of Bloomberg Finance L.P. and its affiliates, including Bloomberg Index Services Limited ("BISL"), the administrator of the index (collectively, "Bloomberg"), and have been licensed for use for certain purposes by Jackson National Life Insurance Company ("Jackson").

The Jackson Products are not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Bloomberg. Bloomberg does not make any representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of or counterparties to the Jackson Product(s) or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the Jackson Product(s) particularly. The only relationship of Bloomberg to Jackson is the licensing of certain trademarks, trade names and service marks and of the Bloomberg U.S. Intermediate Corporate Bond Index, which is determined, composed and calculated by BISL without regard to Jackson or the Jackson Product(s). Bloomberg has no obligation to take the needs of Jackson or the owners of the Jackson Product(s) into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the Bloomberg U.S. Intermediate Corporate Bond Index. Bloomberg is not responsible for and has not participated in the determination of the timing of, prices at, or quantities of the Jackson Product(s) to be issued. Bloomberg shall not have any obligation or liability, including, without limitation, to Jackson's customers, in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of the Jackson Product(s).

BLOOMBERG DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE ACCURACY AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF THE Bloomberg U.S. Intermediate Corporate Bond Index OR ANY DATA RELATED THERETO AND SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS OR INTERRUPTIONS THEREIN. BLOOMBERG DOES NOT MAKE ANY WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY Jackson, OWNERS OF THE Jackson Product(S) OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE Bloomberg U.S. Intermediate Corporate Bond Index OR ANY DATA RELATED THERETO. BLOOMBERG DOES NOT MAKE ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE WITH RESPECT TO THE Bloomberg U.S. Intermediate Corporate Bond Index OR ANY DATA RELATED THERETO. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, BLOOMBERG, ITS LICENSORS, AND ITS AND THEIR RESPECTIVE EMPLOYEES, CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SUPPLIERS, AND VENDORS SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY OR RESPONSIBILITY WHATSOEVER FOR ANY INJURY OR DAMAGES - WHETHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE OR OTHERWISE - ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THE Jackson Product OR Bloomberg U.S. Intermediate Corporate Bond Index OR ANY DATA OR VALUES RELATING THERETO - WHETHER ARISING FROM THEIR NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY THEREOF.

------

**APPENDIX E**

**GMWB PROSPECTUS EXAMPLES**

**I. +INCOME GMWB**

Unless otherwise specified, the following examples apply to and assume you elected the +Income GMWB (referred to below as a GMWB) when you purchased your Contract, your initial Premium payment net of any applicable taxes was $100,000, your GAWA is greater than your RMD (if applicable) at the time a withdrawal is requested, and all partial withdrawals requested include any applicable charges. Unless otherwise stated, it is assumed that each withdrawal occurs after the GAWA% has been determined. The examples assume that your age and accrued Deferral Years when the GAWA% is first determined corresponds to a GAWA% of 5%, and the GMWB and any For Life Guarantee have not been terminated. If your age at the time the GAWA% is first determined corresponds to a GAWA% other than 5%, the examples will still apply, given that you replace the 5% in each of the GAWA calculations with the appropriate GAWA%.

**Example 1: This example demonstrates how GMWB values are set at election.**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Your initial GWB is $100,000, which is your initial Premium payment, net of any applicable taxes.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Your GAWA is $5,000, which is 5% of your initial GWB ($100,000 \* 0.05 = $5,000).

**Example 2: This example demonstrates how your GAWA% is determined. Your GAWA% is determined on the earlier of the time of your first withdrawal, the date you elect to opt out of GMWB charge increases, the date that your Contract Value reduces to zero, the date that the GMWB is continued by a spousal Beneficiary who is not a Covered Life, or upon election of a GMWB Income Option. This date is referred to as your Determination Date. Your GAWA% is set based upon your attained age and accrued Deferral Years at that time. Your initial GAWA is determined based on this GAWA% and the GWB after any applicable Determination Date step-up has occurred.**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• This example demonstrates what happens if your Contract Value is $200,000 and your GWB is $100,000 on the Determination Date.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your new GWB automatically steps-up to equal $200,000, which is equal to your Contract Value, since the Contract Value is larger than the GWB.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your GAWA is calculated to equal $10,000, which is to the applicable GAWA% multiplied by your GWB (0.05 \* $200,000 = $10,000)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Notes:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Determination Date step-up of the GWB to the Contract Value will only occur if the Contract Value is greater than your GWB on the Determination Date.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ In the case that your GAWA% is determined due to a partial withdrawal, you would be eligible for a GAWA withdrawal based on the GWB after the Determination Date step-up occurs, if applicable.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your GAWA% will not change once determined.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Deferral Years stop accruing at the Determination Date.

**Example 3: This example demonstrates how upon payment of a subsequent Premium, GMWB values may be re-determined.**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Example 3a: This example demonstrates what happens if you make an additional Premium payment of $10,000, your GWB is $100,000, and your GAWA is $5,000 at the time of payment:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your new GWB is $110,000, which is your GWB prior to the additional Premium payment ($100,000) plus your additional Premium payment ($10,000). Your GWB is subject to a maximum of $10,000,000 (see Example 3b).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your GAWA is $5,500, which is your GAWA prior to the additional Premium payment ($5,000) plus 5% of the amount of increase in your GWB resulting from the additional Premium payment

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Example 3b: This example demonstrates how GWB and GAWA are affected by the GWB $10,000,000 maximum, upon payment of a subsequent Premium. If you make an additional Premium payment of $10,000 and your GWB is $9,995,000 and your GAWA is $499,750 at the time of payment:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your new GWB is $10,000,000, which is the maximum, since your GWB prior to the additional Premium payment ($9,995,000) plus your additional Premium payment ($10,000) exceeds the maximum of $10,000,000.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your GAWA is $500,000, which is your GAWA prior to the additional Premium payment ($499,750) plus 5% of the allowable $5,000 increase in your GWB (($10,000,000 - $9,995,000) \* 0.05 = $250).

**Example 4: This example demonstrates how your GWB is re-determined upon withdrawal of the guaranteed amount (which is your GAWA, or for certain tax-qualified Contracts only, the RMD (if greater than the GAWA)).**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Example 4a: This example demonstrates what happens if you withdraw an amount equal to your GAWA ($5,000) when your GWB is $100,000:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your new GWB is $95,000, which is your GWB prior to the withdrawal ($100,000) less the amount of the withdrawal ($5,000).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your GAWA for the next year remains $5,000 since you did not withdraw an amount that exceeds your GAWA.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ If you continued to take annual withdrawals equal to your GAWA, it would take an additional 19 years to deplete your GWB ($95,000 / $5,000 per year = 19 years), provided that there are no further adjustments made to your GWB or your GAWA (besides the annual reduction of your GWB by the amount of the withdrawal) and that the withdrawals are taken prior to the Latest Income Date. However, if the For Life Guarantee is in effect, withdrawals equal to your GAWA could continue for the rest of your life (or in the case of Joint Owners, until the death of any Owner or until the death of the last surviving Covered Life if your endorsement is a For Life GMWB with Joint Option), even beyond 19 years.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Example 4b: This example demonstrates what happens if you withdraw an amount equal to your RMD ($7,500), which is greater than your GAWA ($5,000) when your GWB is $100,000 and the RMD provision is in effect for your endorsement:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your new GWB is $92,500, which is your GWB prior to the withdrawal ($100,000) less the amount of the withdrawal ($7,500).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your GAWA for the next year remains $5,000 since your withdrawal did not exceed the greater of your GAWA ($5,000) or your RMD ($7,500).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ If you continued to take annual withdrawals equal to your initial and unchanged RMD ($7,500), it would take approximately an additional 12 years to deplete your GWB ($92,500 / $7,500 per year = approximately 12 years), provided that there are no further adjustments made to your GWB or your RMD (besides the annual reduction of your GWB by the amount of the withdrawal) and that the withdrawals are taken prior to the Latest Income Date. However, if the For Life Guarantee is in effect, withdrawals equal to your RMD could continue for the rest of your life (or until the death of the last surviving Covered Life if your endorsement is a For Life GMWB with Joint Option), even beyond 12 years.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Notes:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ If the For Life Guarantee is not in effect, and if your GWB falls below your GAWA at the end of your Contract Year, your GAWA will be adjusted to equal your GWB.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Withdrawals taken in connection with a GMWB are considered the same as any other withdrawal for the purpose of determining all other values under the Contract.

**Example 5: This example demonstrates how your GWB and GAWA are re-determined upon withdrawal of an amount that exceeds your guaranteed amount (as defined in Example 3).**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Example 5a: This example demonstrates the proportional reduction of your GWB and GAWA if you withdraw an amount ($10,000) that exceeds your GAWA ($5,000) when your Contract Value is $130,000 and your GWB is $100,000:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The dollar-for-dollar portion of your withdrawal is equal to your GAWA of $5,000.

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Proportional Reduction Factor for the withdrawal is 0.96, equal to (1 - ($10,000 - $5,000) / ($130,000 - $5,000)). This is calculated as (1 – (partial withdrawal amount – dollar-for-dollar amount) / (Contract Value prior to partial withdrawal – dollar-for-dollar amount)).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your new GWB is $91,200, which is your GWB, first reduced dollar-for-dollar for any portion of the partial withdrawal not defined as an Excess Withdrawal then multiplied by the Proportional Reduction Factor [($100,000 - $5,000) \* 0.96 = $91,200].

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your GAWA is recalculated to equal $4,800, which is your current GAWA multiplied by the Proportional Reduction Factor [$5,000 \* 0.96 = $4,800]. If you continued to take annual withdrawals equal to your GAWA, it would take an additional 19 years to deplete your GWB ($91,200 / $4,800 per year = 19 years), provided that there are no further adjustments made to your GWB or your GAWA (besides the annual reduction of your GWB by the amount of the withdrawal) and that the withdrawals are taken prior to the Latest Income Date. However, if your For Life Guarantee is in effect, withdrawals equal to your GAWA could continue for the rest of your life (or in the case of Joint Owners, until the first death of the Joint Owners or until the death of the last surviving Covered Life if your endorsement is a For Life GMWB with Joint Option), even beyond 19 years.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Example 5b: This example demonstrates the proportional reduction of your GWB and GAWA if you withdraw an amount ($10,000) that exceeds your GAWA ($5,000) when your Contract Value is $105,000 and your GWB is $100,000:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The dollar-for-dollar portion of your withdrawal is equal to your GAWA of $5,000.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Proportional Reduction Factor for the withdrawal is 0.95, equal to (1 - ($10,000 - $5,000) / ($105,000 - $5,000)). This is calculated as (1 – (partial withdrawal amount – dollar-for-dollar amount) / (Contract Value prior to partial withdrawal – dollar-for-dollar amount)).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your new GWB is $90,250, which is your GWB, first reduced dollar-for-dollar for any portion of the partial withdrawal not defined as an Excess Withdrawal then multiplied by the Proportional Reduction Factor [($100,000 - $5,000) \* 0.95 = $90,250].

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your GAWA is recalculated to equal $4,750, which is your current GAWA multiplied by the Proportional Reduction Factor [$5,000 \* 0.95 = $4,750]. If you continued to take annual withdrawals equal to your GAWA, it would take an additional 19 years to deplete your GWB ($90,250 / $4,750 per year = 19 years), provided that there are no further adjustments made to your GWB or your GAWA (besides the annual reduction of your GWB by the amount of the withdrawal) and that the withdrawals are taken prior to the Latest Income Date. However, if your For Life Guarantee is in effect, withdrawals equal to your GAWA could continue for the rest of your life (or in the case of Joint Owners, until the first death of the Joint Owners or until the death of the last surviving Covered Life if your endorsement is a For Life GMWB with Joint Option), even beyond 19 years.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Example 5c: This example demonstrates the proportional reduction of your GWB and GAWA if you withdraw an amount ($10,000) that exceeds your GAWA ($5,000) when your Contract Value is $55,000 and your GWB is $100,000:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The dollar-for-dollar portion of your withdrawal is equal to your GAWA of $5,000.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Proportional Reduction Factor for the withdrawal is 0.90, equal to (1 - ($10,000 - $5,000) / ($55,000 - $5,000)). This is calculated as (1 – (partial withdrawal amount – dollar-for-dollar amount) / (Contract Value prior to partial withdrawal – dollar-for-dollar amount)).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your new GWB is $85,500, which is your GWB, first reduced dollar-for-dollar for any portion of the partial withdrawal not defined as an Excess Withdrawal then multiplied by the Proportional Reduction Factor [($100,000 - $5,000) \* 0.90 = $85,500].

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your GAWA is recalculated to equal $4,500, which is your current GAWA multiplied by the Proportional Reduction Factor [$5,000 \* 0.90 = $4,500]. If you continued to take annual withdrawals equal to your GAWA, it would take an additional 19 years to deplete your GWB ($85,500 / $4,500 per year = 19 years), provided that there are no further adjustments made to your GWB or your GAWA (besides the annual reduction of your GWB by the amount of the withdrawal) and that the withdrawals are taken prior to the Latest Income Date. However, if your For Life Guarantee is in effect, withdrawals equal to your GAWA could continue for the rest of your life (or in the case of Joint Owners, until the first death of the Joint Owners or until the death of the last surviving Covered Life if your endorsement is a For Life GMWB with Joint Option), even beyond 19 years.

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Notes:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ If the For Life Guarantee is not in effect, and if your GWB falls below your GAWA at the end of your Contract Year, your GAWA will be adjusted to equal your GWB.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Excess Withdrawal is defined to be the lesser of the total amount of the current partial withdrawal, or the amount by which the cumulative partial withdrawals for the current Contract Year exceeds the greater of the GAWA or the RMD, as applicable.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Withdrawals taken in connection with a GMWB are considered the same as any other withdrawal for the purpose of determining all other values under the Contract.

**Example 6: This example illustrates how GMWB values are re-determined upon automatic step-up.**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Example 6a: This example demonstrates what happens if at the time of step-up your Contract Value (as determined based on Contract Anniversary Value) is $200,000, your GWB is $90,000, and your GAWA is $5,000:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your new GWB is recalculated to equal $200,000, which is equal to your Contract Value (as determined based on the Contract Anniversary Value).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your GAWA for the next year increases to $10,000, which is the greater of 1) your GAWA prior to the step-up ($5,000) or 2) 5% of your new GWB ($200,000 \* 0.05 = $10,000).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Example 6b: This example demonstrates what happens if at the time of step-up your Contract Value (as determined based on Contract Anniversary Value) is $90,000, your GWB is $80,000, and your GAWA is $5,000:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your new GWB is recalculated to equal $90,000, which is equal to your Contract Value (as determined based on the Contract Anniversary Value).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your GAWA for the next year remains $5,000, which is the greater of 1) your GAWA prior to the step-up ($5,000) or 2) 5% of your new GWB ($90,000 \* 0.05 = $4,500).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ After step-up, if you continued to take annual withdrawals equal to your GAWA, it would take an additional 18 years to deplete your GWB ($90,000 / $5,000 per year = 18 years), provided that there are no further adjustments made to your GWB or your GAWA (besides the annual reduction of your GWB by the amount of the withdrawal) and that the withdrawals are taken prior to the Latest Income Date. However, if the For Life Guarantee is in effect, withdrawals equal to your GAWA could continue for the rest of your life (or in the case of Joint Owners, until the first death of the Joint Owners or until the death of the last surviving Covered Life if your endorsement is a For Life GMWB with Joint Option), even beyond 18 years.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Notes:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your GWB will only step-up to the Contract Value if the Contract Value (as determined based on Contract Anniversary Value) is greater than your GWB at the time of the automatic step-up.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Automatic step-ups occur annually on every Contract Anniversary unless the owner elects to opt out of an increase in GMWB charge, even if the contract has already received the determination date step-up during that contract year.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ These examples relate to an unspecified Contract Anniversary, which show scenarios in which the original $100,000 Contract Value has either increased or decreased at the Contract Anniversary due to market performance or GAWA withdrawals, neither of which would have reduced the original $5,000 GAWA.

**Example 7: This example demonstrates how the timing of a withdrawal request interacts with the timing of the annual step-up provision to impact re-determination of GMWB values.**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• This example demonstrates what happens if your Contract Value (as determined based on the Contract Anniversary Value) is $200,000, your GAWA% is locked in at 5%, your GAWA is $5,000, your GWB is $100,000, your GWB is due to step-up automatically, and you also wish to take a withdrawal of an amount equal to $5,000:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ If you request the withdrawal the day after the step-up, upon step-up, your GWB is set equal to $200,000, which is your Contract Value (as determined based on Contract Anniversary Value). At that time, your GAWA is equal to $10,000, which is 5% of your new GWB ($200,000 \* 0.05 = $10,000). On the day following the step-up and after the withdrawal of $5,000, your new GWB is $195,000, which is your GWB less the amount of the withdrawal ($200,000 - $5,000 = $195,000) and your GAWA will remain at $10,000 since the amount of the withdrawal does not exceed your GAWA. If you continued to take annual withdrawals equal to your GAWA, it would take approximately an additional 20 years to deplete your GWB

------

($195,000 / $10,000 per year = approximately 20 years), provided that there are no further adjustments made to your GWB or your GAWA (besides the annual reduction of your GWB by the amount of the withdrawal) and that the withdrawals are taken prior to the Latest Income Date. However, if the For Life Guarantee is in effect, withdrawals equal to your GAWA could continue for the rest of your life (or in the case of Joint Owners, until the first death of the Joint Owners or until the death of the last surviving Covered Life if your endorsement is a For Life GMWB with Joint Option), even beyond 20 years.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ If you request the withdrawal prior to the step-up, immediately following the withdrawal transaction, your new GWB is $95,000, which is your GWB less the amount of the withdrawal ($100,000 - $5,000 = $95,000) and your Contract Value (as determined based on the Contract Anniversary Value) becomes $195,000, which is your Contract Value (as determined based on the Contract Anniversary Value) prior to the withdrawal less the amount of the withdrawal ($200,000 - $5,000 = $195,000). Upon step-up following the withdrawal, your GWB is set equal to $195,000, which is your Contract Value (as determined based on the Contract Anniversary Value). At that time, your GAWA is recalculated and is equal to $9,750, which is the greater of 1) your GAWA prior to the step-up ($5,000) or 2) 5% of your new GWB ($195,000 \* 0.05 = $9,750). If you continued to take annual withdrawals equal to your GAWA, it would take an additional 20 years to deplete your GWB ($195,000 / $9,750 per year = 20 years), provided that there are no further adjustments made to your GWB or your GAWA (besides the annual reduction of your GWB by the amount of the withdrawal) and that the withdrawals are taken prior to the Latest Income Date. However, if the For Life Guarantee is in effect, withdrawals equal to your GAWA could continue for the rest of your life (or in the case of Joint Owners, until the first death of the Joint Owners or until the death of the last surviving Covered Life if your endorsement is a For Life GMWB with Joint Option), even beyond 20 years.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Notes:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ This is for the annual step-up only. For examples of how the GMWB values are determined due to the step-up on the Determination Date see example 2.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ As the example illustrates, when considering a request for a withdrawal at or near the same time as application of a step-up, the order of the two transactions may impact your GAWA.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;▪ If the step-up would result in an increase in your GAWA and the requested withdrawal is less than or equal to your new GAWA, your GAWA resulting after the two transactions would be greater if the withdrawal is requested after the step-up is applied.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;▪ If the step-up would result in an increase in your GAWA, and the withdrawal requested is greater than your new GAWA, your GAWA resulting after the two transactions would be greater if the withdrawal is requested after the step-up is applied.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;▪ Otherwise, your GAWA resulting from the transactions is the same regardless of the order of transactions.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ This example would also apply in situations when the withdrawal exceeded your GAWA but not your permissible RMD.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ If the For Life Guarantee is not in effect, and if your GWB falls below your GAWA at the end of your Contract Year, your GAWA will be adjusted to equal your GWB.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Withdrawals taken in connection with a GMWB are considered the same as any other withdrawal for the purpose of determining all other values under the Contract.

**Example 8: This example illustrates how the GAWA is re-determined when the For Life Guarantee for the GMWB becomes effective after the effective date of the endorsement at age 59½. At the time the For Life Guarantee becomes effective, your GAWA is re-determined. (This example only applies if your endorsement is a For Life GMWB that contains a For Life Guarantee that becomes effective after the effective date of the endorsement.)**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Example 8a: This example demonstrates what happens if on the date the For Life Guarantee becomes effective, your Contract Value is $40,000, your GWB is $50,000, and your GAWA is $5,000:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your GAWA for the next year is recalculated to equal $2,500, which is equal to 5% of the current GWB ($50,000 \* 0.05 = $2,500).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The For Life Guarantee becomes effective, thus allowing you to make annual withdrawals equal to your GAWA for the rest of your life (or in the case of Joint Owners, until the first death of the Joint Owners or until the death of the last surviving Covered Life if your endorsement is a For Life GMWB with Joint Option). Once the For Life Guarantee becomes effective, it remains in effect until the endorsement is terminated, as described in the Access to Your Money section of this prospectus, or upon continuation of the

------

Contract by the spouse (unless your endorsement is a For Life GMWB with Joint Option and the spouse continuing the Contract is a Covered Life in which case the For Life Guarantee remains in effect upon continuation of the Contract by the spouse).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Example 8b: This example demonstrates what happens if your Contract Value has fallen to $0 prior to the date the For Life Guarantee becomes effective, your GWB is $50,000 and your GAWA is $5,000:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ You will continue to receive automatic payments of a total annual amount that equals your GAWA until your GWB is depleted. However, your GAWA would not be permitted to exceed your remaining GWB. Your GAWA is not recalculated since the Contract Value is $0.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The For Life Guarantee does not become effective due to the depletion of the Contract Value prior to the effective date of the For Life Guarantee.

**Example 9: This example illustrates how the For Life Guarantee is affected upon death of the Owner on a For Life GMWB with Joint Option.**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• This example demonstrates what happens if at the time of the death of the Owner (or either Joint Owner) the Contract Value is $105,000 and your GWB is $100,000:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ If your endorsement has a For Life Guarantee that becomes effective after the effective date of the endorsement, the surviving Covered Life may continue the Contract and the For Life Guarantee will remain in effect or begin on the date the For Life Guarantee becomes effective. The GAWA% and the GAWA will continue to be determined or re-determined based on the youngest Covered Life's attained age (or the age he or she would have attained) and accrued Deferral Years. Once the For Life Guarantee becomes effective, the surviving Covered Life will be able to take annual withdrawals equal to the GAWA for the rest of his or her life.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ If your endorsement has a For Life Guarantee that becomes effective on the effective date of the endorsement, the surviving Covered Life may continue the Contract and the For Life Guarantee will remain in effect. The GAWA% and the GAWA will continue to be determined or re-determined based on the youngest Covered Life's attained age (or the age he or she would have attained) and accrued Deferral Years. The surviving Covered Life will be able to take annual withdrawals equal to the GAWA for the rest of his or her life.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The surviving spouse who is not a Covered Life may continue the Contract and the For Life Guarantee is null and void. However, the surviving spouse will be entitled to make withdrawals until the GWB is exhausted, provided that the withdrawals are taken prior to the Latest Income Date.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your GWB remains $100,000 and your GAWA remains unchanged at the time of continuation.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Notes:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ If your endorsement has a For Life Guarantee that becomes effective after the effective date of the endorsement, your reset date is the Contract Anniversary on or immediately following the youngest Covered Life attaining the age of 59½.

------

**APPENDIX F**

**HISTORICAL ADD-ON BENEFIT RATES**

**I.+Income GMWB**

No historical add-on benefit rates are available at this time for the +Income GMWB.

**II.+Income GMWB with Joint Option**

No historical add-on benefit rates are available at this time for the +Income GMWB with Joint Option.

**III.Rate Enhancement Option**

No historical add-on benefit rates are available at this time for the Rate Enhancement Option.

------

**APPENDIX G**

**HISTORICAL ADD-ON BENEFIT CHARGES**

**I.+Income GMWB**

No historical add-on benefit charges are available at this time for the +Income GMWB.

**II.+Income GMWB with Joint Option**

No historical add-on benefit charges are available at this time for the +Income GMWB with Joint Option.

**III.Rate Enhancement Option**

No historical add-on benefit charges are available at this time for the Rate Enhancement Option.

------

**APPENDIX H**

**HISTORICAL LIMITS ON INDEX LOSS**

No historical limits on Index losses from superseded Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplements are available at this time.

------

**APPENDIX I**

**FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARY VARIATIONS**

This appendix describes variations in the availability of investment options, benefits, and/or other features described in this prospectus - including restrictions, limitations, and other variations - which may apply depending on the broker-dealer or financial intermediary through which the Contract is sold.

Please note that there may be other variations not included in the appendix or otherwise described in this prospectus. Variations may be imposed by some broker-dealers or financial intermediaries without our knowledge. For example, your financial professional may not recommend a particular investment option or Contract benefit to you. We have identified all material financial intermediary variations that are known to us.

However, taking into consideration the breadth of our distribution network, the terms of our current agreements with our distribution partners, and the frequency with which we may make changes to the investment options, benefits, and/or other Contract features, we cannot obtain information about any other financial intermediary variations without unreasonable effort or expense.

**You should discuss with your financial professional any limitations, restrictions, or other variations related to the investment options, benefits, and/or other features available to you through your financial professional.**

Your financial professional may not be able to provide you with information regarding those features, benefits, or investment options that your financial professional does not make available or recommend to you. Therefore, you may contact us directly at customercare@jackson.com or 800-644-4565.

As of the date of this prospectus, we are unaware of any material financial intermediary variations to this product offering.

------

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| ***Mailing Address and Contact Information*** | ***Mailing Address and Contact Information*** |
| **Customer Care Center** | **Customer Care Center** |
| ***Regular Mail:*** | P.O. Box 24068, Lansing, Michigan 48909-4068 |
| ***Overnight Mail:*** | 1 Corporate Way, Lansing, Michigan 48951 |
| ***Customer Care:*** | 800-644-4565<br>8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. ET (M-F) |
| ***Fax:*** | 800-701-0125 |
| ***Email:*** | customercare@jackson.com |

---

------

**WHERE TO FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION**

The Statement of Additional Information (SAI) dated May 4, 2026 contains more information about the Registrant, and can be found online at <u>https://www.jackson.com/product-literature-11.html</u>. The SAI has been filed with the SEC and is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. For a free paper copy of the SAI, to request other information about the Contracts, and to make investor inquiries call us at 1-800-644-4565 or write to us at:

Customer Care Center

P.O. Box 24068

Lansing, Michigan 48909-4068

Reports and other information about the Insurance Company are available on the SEC's website at <u>https://www.sec.gov</u>, and copies of this information may be obtained, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following email address: publicinfo@sec.gov.

EDGAR contract identifier #C000272078

------

**STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION**

**May 4, 2026**

**JACKSON MARKET LINK PRO**<sup>®</sup> **ADVISORY** **4**

**SINGLE PREMIUM DEFERRED INDEX-LINKED ANNUITY**

**Issued by**

**Jackson National Life Insurance Company**<sup>®</sup>

This Statement of Additional Information (SAI) is not a prospectus. It contains information in addition to and more detailed than that set forth in the Prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus dated May 4, 2026. The Prospectus may be obtained from Jackson National Life Insurance Company by writing P.O. Box 24068, Lansing, Michigan 48909-4068 or calling 1-800-644-4565. Terms used in this SAI have the same meanings as in the Prospectus, and some additional terms are defined particularly for this SAI. This SAI is incorporated by reference into the Contract's Prospectus.

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| **TABLE OF CONTENTS** | **TABLE OF CONTENTS** |
| | **Page** |
| [General Information and History](#id7817eb8568a41459634946afdfe5a2a_4) | [2](#id7817eb8568a41459634946afdfe5a2a_4) |
| [Services](#id7817eb8568a41459634946afdfe5a2a_7) | [2](#id7817eb8568a41459634946afdfe5a2a_7) |
| [Purchase of Securities Being Offered](#id7817eb8568a41459634946afdfe5a2a_10) | [2](#id7817eb8568a41459634946afdfe5a2a_10) |
| [Contract Adjustment](#id7817eb8568a41459634946afdfe5a2a_13) | [2](#id7817eb8568a41459634946afdfe5a2a_13) |
| [Underwriters](#id7817eb8568a41459634946afdfe5a2a_16) | [12](#id7817eb8568a41459634946afdfe5a2a_16) |
| [Annuity Provisions](#id7817eb8568a41459634946afdfe5a2a_19) | [12](#id7817eb8568a41459634946afdfe5a2a_19) |
| [Appendix A: Financial Statements](#id7817eb8568a41459634946afdfe5a2a_22) | A-[1](#id7817eb8568a41459634946afdfe5a2a_22) |

---

------

**General Information and History**

*Jackson National Life Insurance Company ("Jackson")* 

We are a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of the state of Michigan in June 1961. Our legal domicile and principal business address is 1 Corporate Way, Lansing, Michigan 48951, and we maintain offices in Franklin, Tennessee and Chicago, Illinois. We are admitted to conduct life insurance and annuity business in the District of Columbia and all states except New York.

We are an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Jackson Financial Inc. ("JFI"), whose common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol, "JXN." Among Jackson's subsidiaries are Jackson National Life Insurance Company of New York ("JNY"), which is admitted to conduct life insurance and annuity business in New York, and Jackson National Asset Management LLC ("JNAM"), which provides certain administrative services with respect to certain of our separate accounts, including separate account administration services and financial and accounting services. JNAM is located at 225 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606. JFI is also the ultimate parent of PPM America, Inc., a sub-adviser for certain funds, including a general account for Jackson.

We issue and administer the Contracts. We maintain records of the name, address, taxpayer identification number and other pertinent information for each Owner, the number and type of Contracts issued to each Owner and records with respect to the value of each Contract.

**Services**

The financial statements of Jackson National Life Insurance Company for the periods indicated have been incorporated by reference herein in reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, incorporated by reference herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. KPMG LLP's report dated March 20, 2026, states that Jackson National Life Insurance Company prepared its financial statements using statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Michigan Department of Insurance and Financial Services (statutory accounting practices), which is a basis of accounting other than U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Accordingly, KPMG LLP's report states that the financial statements of Jackson National Life Insurance Company are not intended to be and, therefore, are not fairly presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and further states that those statements are presented fairly, in all material respects, in accordance with the statutory accounting principles. The principal business address of KPMG LLP is 350 N. 5th Street, Suite 600, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401.

**Purchase of Securities Being Offered**

The Contracts will be sold by licensed insurance agents in states where the Contracts may be lawfully sold. The agents will be registered representatives of broker-dealers that are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

**Contract Adjustments**

***Market Value Adjustment***

A Market Value Adjustment ("MVA") may apply to amounts withdrawn or annuitized from the Contract during the MVA Period. The Market Value Adjustment reflects changes in the level of interest rates since any initial or subsequent premium was first allocated to any Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option. Market Value Adjustments protect the Company from risks related to the value of the fixed investment instruments supporting the Contract guarantees if amounts are withdrawn prematurely. The Market Value Adjustment shifts the risk from the Company to you.

In order to determine whether there will be a Market Value Adjustment, we first compare the MVA reference rate on the date initial or subsequent premium is first allocated to any Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option to the MVA reference rate on the date you are removing Contract Value. The MVA reference rate is Bloomberg U.S. Intermediate Corporate Bond Index Yield to Maturity, expressed as a percentage. The MVA rate applied on any day will be the MVA reference rate published on the prior Business Day. If the MVA reference rate is not published on the Business Day before the MVA is calculated, the Company will use the MVA reference rate for the most recent Business Day it was published. The current-day price for the Bloomberg U.S. Intermediate Corporate Bond Index Yield to Maturity will be publicly available on our website at <u>www.jackson.com/mva</u>, although the price may change by the time your transaction is executed.

There is no Market Value Adjustment on: death benefit payments; amounts withdrawn for Contract charges; amounts removed from any Index Account Option on the Latest Income Date, transfers among Contract Options, withdrawals taken pursuant to the Free Look

------

provision of your contract, withdrawals taken under the Free Withdrawal provision, GAWA Withdrawals, withdrawals taken to satisfy a required minimum distribution ("RMD"), amounts you withdraw after the MVA Period, earnings, and direct deductions of advisory fees made pursuant to our administrative rules. Please note that an MVA will only apply to income payments taken under income options for specified periods where the specified period is shorter than five years and those payments are taken during the MVA Period. Income payments taken under any other income option are not subject to an MVA.

For purposes of determining the MVA, the Contract Value is divided into earnings and Remaining Premium. Earnings are not subject to an MVA. For the sole purpose of determining the amount of the MVA, earnings are defined as any excess of the Contract Value over Remaining Premium. Withdrawals will be allocated first to earnings (which may be withdrawn free of any MVA), if any, and second to Remaining Premium on a first-in, first-out basis. Any portion of the MVA that would reduce the Fixed Account below the Fixed Account Minimum Value will be waived.

Please note: in certain states we do not apply an MVA on any transaction. For more information including a list of states in which we do not apply an MVA, see "Appendix B: State Variations".

During each of the MVA Period, certain partial withdrawals from the Contract ("Free Withdrawals") will not incur a Market Value Adjustment. The amount of the Free Withdrawal is 10% of **the Remaining Premium** at the beginning of the Contract Year that is subject to a Market Value Adjustment, plus 10% of subsequent Premium received during the Contract Year, *minus* earnings. The Free Withdrawal may be taken once or through multiple withdrawals throughout the Contract Year. Any amount withdrawn to satisfy a required minimum distribution reduces the amount of available Free Withdrawal. No Free Withdrawal may exceed the Withdrawal Value. Withdrawals during any contract year in excess of the Free Withdrawal may be subject to any applicable MVA. The direct deduction of advisory fees pursuant to our administrative rules will not reduce the Free Withdrawal amount.

**Market Value Adjustment Calculation.** The Company calculates the MVA by multiplying the amount You withdraw that is subject to MVA less any applicable charges by the result of the formula below:

![MVA Formula.jpg](ck0002047976-20260420_g11.jpg)

where:

**I** is the MVA Reference Rate on the date initial or subsequent premium is first allocated to any Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option.

**J** is the MVA Reference Rate on the date of withdrawal or annuitization

m is the number of complete months remaining from the date of the removal to the end of the MVA Period.

The MVA formula is derived by reflecting the change to the value of an underlying bond purchased to support your policy and any gains or losses from applicable early withdrawals are passed along to You. If the MVA reference rate at the time of your withdrawal (or Income Date if income payments begin during the MVA Period) is higher than the MVA reference rate on the date premium was first allocated to any Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option, a downward adjustment to the amount withdrawn may apply, which would reduce the amount paid or taken as income. If the MVA reference rate at the time of withdrawal is lower than the MVA reference rate declared on the date premium was first allocated to any Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option, an upward adjustment to the amount withdrawn may apply, which would increase the amount paid or taken as income. There will be no Market Value Adjustment if the two rates are the same. **The application of a Market Value Adjustment could result in a reduction in the amount you receive from a withdrawal, and in extreme circumstances, such losses could be as high as 100% of the amount withdrawn.** The maximum loss would only occur if there is a total withdrawal of Contract Value and interest rates have risen dramatically between the date premium was first allocated to any Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option and the time of your total withdrawal. A Market Value Adjustment will not otherwise affect the values under your Contract.

------

**Market Value Adjustment Examples.**

**Example 1: This example demonstrates the impact of market value adjustments on withdrawal and contract values.** 

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• For this example, assume you have an initial Premium of $100,000, the MVA reference rate on the date premium was first allocated to any Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option is 3.00%, and your Free Withdrawal Percentage is 10%.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Your Free Withdrawal amount is calculated as 10% of Remaining Premium at the beginning of the Contract Year that is subject to a Market Value Adjustment, plus 10% of the subsequent Premium received during the Contract Year minus earnings.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• One quarter of the way through your first Contract Year your Contract Value is $100,000, the MVA reference rate is 3.25%, and you elect to take a withdrawal of $10,000:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your Contract Value ($100,000) equals your Remaining Premium ($100,000) so your earnings are $0.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your Free Withdrawal amount is $10,000 ((10% \* $100,000) - $0 Earnings = $10,000).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Since the withdrawal amount is less than or equal to the Free Withdrawal amount, no MVA is applied to the withdrawal.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your net amount received for the withdrawal is $10,000, which is equal to the requested withdrawal amount plus the MVA ($10,000 + $0 MVA = $10,000).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your Contract Value becomes $90,000 ($100,000 - $10,000 = $90,000).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your Remaining Premium becomes $90,000 ($100,000 - $10,000 = $90,000).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your earnings remain $0.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your remaining Free Withdrawal amount for the Contract Year is $0 ($10,000 - $10,000 = $0).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Halfway through your first Contract Year your Contract Value is $94,000, the MVA reference rate is 3.25%, there are 66 full months remaining in the MVA Period for your Initial Premium, and you elect to take a withdrawal of $10,000:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your earnings are $4,000 since your Contract Value exceeds your Remaining Premium, which is equal to your Contract Value minus your Remaining Premium ($94,000 - $90,000 = $4,000). Earnings are withdrawn before Remaining Premium and are free of MVA.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your Free Withdrawal amount is $0 as you already took your entire Free Withdrawal amount this Contract Year.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The amount of the withdrawal subject to MVA is $6,000, which is equal to the requested withdrawal amount minus earnings minus the Free Withdrawal amount ($10,000 - $4,000 Earnings - $0 Free Withdrawal amount = $6,000).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The MVA reference rate at the time of the withdrawal (3.25%) is greater than the MVA reference rate on the date premium was first allocated to any Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option (3.00%), so a downward adjustment will be applied to the amount requested as a result of the MVA. The MVA factor for this withdrawal is calculated as one plus the MVA reference rate on the date premium was first allocated to any Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option (1 + 3.00% = 1.03) to the power of the number of remaining full months in the MVA Period over 12 (1.03 ^ (66/12)), then divided by one plus the MVA reference rate at the time of the withdrawal (1 + 3.25% = 1.0325) to the power of the number of remaining full months in the MVA Period over 12 (1.0325 ^ (66/12)), then minus one, resulting in a MVA factor for this withdrawal of -0.0132448 ((1.03) ^ (66/12) / (1.0325) ^ (66/12) – 1 = -0.0132448).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The MVA amount for this withdrawal is -$79.47, which is equal to the amount of the withdrawal subject to MVA ($6,000) multiplied by the MVA factor (-0.0132448) ($6,000 \* -0.0132448 = -$79.47).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your net amount received for the withdrawal is $9,920.53, which is equal to the requested withdrawal amount plus the MVA ($10,000 + -$79.47 MVA = $9,920.53).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your Contract Value becomes $84,000 ($94,000 - $10,000 = $84,000).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your Remaining Premium becomes $84,000 ($90,000 - $6,000 = $84,000).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your earnings are fully withdrawn and are now $0.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your remaining Free Withdrawal amount for the Contract Year remains $0.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Three-quarters of the way through your first Contract Year your Contract Value is $80,000, the MVA reference rate is 2.50%, there are 63 full months remaining in the MVA Period for your initial Premium, and you elect to take a withdrawal of $10,000:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your earnings are $0 since your Contract Value ($80,000) is less than your Remaining Premium ($84,000).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your Free Withdrawal amount is $0 as you already took your entire Free Withdrawal amount this Contract Year.

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The amount of the withdrawal subject to MVA is $10,000, which is equal to the requested withdrawal amount minus earnings minus the Free Withdrawal amount ($10,000 - $0 Earnings - $0 Free Withdrawal amount = $10,000).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The MVA reference rate at the time of the withdrawal (2.50%) is less than the MVA reference rate on the date premium was first allocated to any Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option (3.00%), so an upward adjustment will be applied to the amount requested as a result of the MVA. The MVA adjustment factor for this withdrawal is calculated as one plus the MVA reference rate on the date premium was first allocated to any Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option (1 + 3.00% = 1.03) to the power of the number of remaining full months in the MVA Period over 12 (1.03 ^ (63/12)), then divided by one plus the MVA reference rate at the time of the withdrawal (1 + 2.50% = 1.0250) to the power of the number of remaining full months in the MVA Period over 12 (1.025 ^ (63/12)), then minus one, resulting in a MVA adjustment factor for this withdrawal of 0.0258766 ((1.03) ^ (63/12) / (1.025) ^ (63/12) – 1 = 0.0258766).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The MVA amount for this withdrawal is $258.77, which is equal to the amount of the withdrawal subject to MVA ($10,000) multiplied by the MVA factor (0.0258766) ($10,000 \* 0.0258766 = $258.77).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your net amount received for the withdrawal is $10,258.77, which is equal to the requested withdrawal amount plus the MVA ($10,000 + $258.77 MVA = $10,258.77).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your Contract Value becomes $70,000 ($80,000 - $10,000 = $70,000).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your Remaining Premium becomes $74,000 ($84,000 - $10,000 = $74,000).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your earnings remain $0.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your remaining Free Withdrawal amount for the Contract Year remains $0.

**Example 2: This example demonstrates the impact of market value adjustments on withdrawal and contract values when there is an initial and subsequent Premium.** 

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• For this example, assume you have an initial Premium of $100,000 and the MVA reference rate on the date premium was first allocated to any Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option is 3.00%. Also, a month later, assume you have a subsequent Premium of $50,000 and the MVA reference rate on the date premium was first allocated to any Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option is also 3.00%. Your Free Withdrawal Percentage is 10%

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Your Free Withdrawal amount is calculated as 10% of Remaining Premium at the beginning of each Contract Year that would otherwise incur MVA, plus 10% of subsequent Premium made in the Contract Year, minus earnings.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• One half of the way through your first Contract Year your Contract Value is $150,000, the MVA reference rate is 3.25%, and you elect to take a withdrawal of $120,000:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your Contract Value ($150,000) equals your Remaining Premium ($100,000 + $50,000) so your earnings are $0.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your Free Withdrawal amount is $15,000 ((10% \* $100,000 + 10% \*50,000) - $0 Earnings = $15,000).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The amount of the withdrawal subject to MVA is $105,000, which is equal to the requested withdrawal amount minus earnings minus the Free Withdrawal amount ($120,000 - $0 Earnings - $15,000 Free Withdrawal amount = $105,000).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The MVA reference rate at the time of the withdrawal (3.25%) is greater than the MVA reference rates on the dates the initial and subsequent premium was first allocated to any Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option (3.00%), so a downward adjustment will be applied to the amount requested as a result of the MVA.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;▪ For the initial Premium, there are 66 full months remaining in the MVA Period. The MVA factor for this withdrawal is calculated as one plus the MVA reference rate on the date initial premium was first allocated to any Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option (1 + 3.00% = 1.03) to the power of the number of remaining full months in the MVA Period over 12 (1.03 ^ (66/12)), then divided by one plus the MVA reference rate at the time of the withdrawal (1 + 3.25% = 1.0325) to the power of the number of remaining full months in the MVA Period over 12 (1.0325 ^ (66/12)), then minus one, resulting in a MVA factor for this withdrawal of -0.0132448 ((1.03) ^ (66/12) / (1.0325) ^ (66/12) – 1 = -0.0132448).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;▪ For the subsequent Premium, there are 67 full months remaining in the MVA Period. The MVA factor for this withdrawal is calculated as one plus the MVA reference rate on the date subsequent premium was first allocated to any Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option (1 + 3.00% = 1.03) to the power of the number of remaining full months in the MVA Period over 12 (1.03 ^ (67/12)), then divided by one plus the MVA reference rate at the time of the withdrawal (1 + 3.25% = 1.0325) to the power of the number of

------

remaining full months in the MVA Period over 12 (1.0325 ^ (67/12)), then minus one, resulting in a MVA factor for this withdrawal of -0.0134442 ((1.03) ^ (67/12) / (1.0325) ^ (67/12) – 1 = -0.0134442).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Withdrawal amounts for the purpose of calculating MVAs will be allocated first to Earnings, then to the Free Withdrawal amount, and lastly to Remaining Premium on a first-in, first-out basis.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The total amount of the withdrawal subject to MVA is $105,000, which is equal to the requested withdrawal amount minus earnings minus the Free Withdrawal amount ($120,000 - $0 Earnings - $15,000 Free Withdrawal amount = $105,000).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The MVA associated with the initial Premium is calculated as the MVA factor associated with the initial Premium multiplied by the lesser of 1) the Remaining Premium associated with the initial Premium, and 2) the total amount of the withdrawal subject to MVA. The MVA associated with the initial Premium is -$1,324.48 (-0.0132448 \* MIN($100,000, $105,000)).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Due to the total withdrawal subject to MVA being greater than the Remaining Premium on the initial Premium, the withdrawal will also take from the Remaining Premium associated with the subsequent Premium. The MVA associated with the subsequent Premium is calculated as the MVA factor associated with the subsequent Premium multiplied by the lesser of 1) the Remaining Premium associated with the subsequent Premium, and 2) total withdrawal subject to MVA less the Remaining Premium associated with the initial Premium. The MVA associated with the subsequent Premium is -$67.22 (-0.0134442 \* MIN($50,000, $105,000 - $100,000)).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Total MVA is -$1,391.70 which is the sum of these two charges associated with each of the premiums (-$1,324.48 + -$67.22)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your net amount received for the withdrawal is $118,608.30, which is equal to the requested withdrawal amount plus the MVA ($120,000 + -$1,391.70 MVA = $118,608.30).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your Contract Value becomes $30,000 ($150,000 - $120,000 = $30,000).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Remaining Premium is calculated as your gross withdrawal minus earnings, on a first-in, first-out basis. Your Remaining Premium for the initial Premium is depleted. Your Remaining Premium for the subsequent Premium becomes $30,000 ($50,000 - $20,000 - $0 = $30,000).

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your earnings remain $0.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Your remaining Free Withdrawal amount for the Contract Year is $0 ($15,000 - $15,000 = $0).

***Interim Value Adjustment*** 

For each Index Account Option, the Index Account Option Value on any Business Day during the Index Account Option Term prior to the Index Account Option Term Anniversary is equal to the Interim Value. Each Index Account Option will have a separate Interim Value. The Interim Value is the amount in the Index Account Option that is available if you remove Contract Value during the Index Account Option Term prior to the Index Account Option Term Anniversary (including partial or total withdrawals from the Contract, GAWA withdrawals, automatic withdrawals, RMDs, deductions of charges for applicable add-on benefits, amounts applied to income options upon annuitization, if we pay the Contract Value element of the death benefit, or the direct deduction of advisory fees pursuant to our administrative rules) or exercise of a Performance Lock. All of these transactions, if taken during the Index Account Option Term, will be based on Interim Value and will trigger an Interim Value adjustment. Withdrawals will reduce the Interim Value and any withdrawal taken in the first six years after the date premium was first allocated to any Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option may also be assessed a Market Value Adjustment.

We calculate the Interim Value using the formula below, which is based on the value of a hypothetical portfolio of financial instruments designed to replicate the value of the Index Account Option if it were held until the end of the Index Account Option Term. We calculate the Interim Value of each of your Index Account Options at the end of each Business Day, and the change, or adjustment, may be positive, negative, or zero compared to the Interim Value at the end of the previous Business Day, even if the Index associated with your Index Account Option has increased in value. Changes to your Interim Value are not directly tied to the performance of the applicable Index, although Index performance impacts your Interim Value. The Interim Value on a given Business Day determines the amount available to be removed from that Index Account Option for Performance Locks, partial or total withdrawals from the Contract, GAWA withdrawals, automatic withdrawals, RMDs, deductions of charges for applicable add-on benefits, amounts applied to income options upon annuitization, payment of the Contract Value element of the death benefit, or direct deduction of advisory fees pursuant to our administrative rules. The Interim Value does not impact your Index Account Option Value unless you engage in such a transaction.

------

If you have a transaction that is based on Interim Value, the transaction will reduce the Interim Value of your Index Account Option by the amount withdrawn. Any applicable negative Market Value Adjustment, taxes, and tax penalties will subsequently be deducted from the amount you receive from a withdrawal. Please note that when calculating Interim Value, the Index Account Option Value is reduced proportionally to the Contract Value for each such transaction. If the Interim Value is greater than the Index Option Crediting Base, your Index Account Option Value will be decreased by less than the amount of the withdrawal; in other words, on less than a dollar for dollar basis. If the Interim Value is less than the Index Option Crediting Base, your Index Account Option Value will be decreased by more than the amount of the withdrawal; in other words, on more than a dollar for dollar basis. Amounts removed during the Index Account Option Term will not receive an Index Adjustment at the end of that Index Account Option Term. This means that by transacting mid-term on Interim Value, you are reducing the Index Account Option Value that could have received an Index Adjustment at the end of the Index Account Option Term.

**Interim Value Maximum Potential Loss.** The Interim Value adjustment could result in the loss of principal and previously-credited earnings in the Contract, and such losses could be as high as 100%. The maximum loss would occur upon certain transactions and under extreme circumstances. See "Contract Charges" and "Access To Your Money" in the prospectus for more information on Interim Values and the effect of withdrawals on the Contract.

You can view the Interim Value for your Index Account Option(s) as of the end of the previous Business Day in your account on jackson.com or by contacting us via phone at 1-800-644-4565.

**Interim Value Calculation.** The Interim Value calculation reflects the estimated current value of the assets supporting the Index Account Option. It is different than the calculation of the Index Adjustment at the end of the Index Account Option Term. The Interim Value is equal to the sum of the book value of a Fixed Income Asset Proxy and the market value of a Derivative Asset Proxy, which is designed to replicate the value of the Index Account Option if it were held until the end of the Index Account Option Term.

*Fixed Income Asset Proxy.* The book value of the Fixed Income Asset Proxy represents the fixed income assets supporting the Index Account Option. It is not sensitive to changes in interest rate levels.

*Derivative Asset Proxy.* The market value of the Derivative Asset Proxy is an estimation of the current market value of the Index Adjustment. It may be positive or negative. The market value of the Derivative Asset Proxy is equal to the market value of a hypothetical portfolio of options on the date the Interim Value is calculated. The hypothetical portfolio of options is designed to replicate the Index Adjustment at the end of the Index Account Option Term. The market value of the Derivative Asset Proxy includes the estimated cost associated with selling the hypothetical portfolio of options prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term.

The Derivative Asset Proxy uses a fair value methodology to value the replicating portfolio of options that support each Index Account Option. Valuation of the options is based on standard methods for valuing derivatives using market consistent inputs. The methodology used to determine the market value of the options is determined by us and may result in values that vary, higher or lower, from other estimated values or the actual selling price of identical derivatives. Such variance may differ based on Index Account Option and Index Adjustment Factors, and may change from day to day. The market consistent inputs used in the Derivative Asset Proxy calculation are obtained from third parties. If these inputs are unavailable or we are not able to calculate a new Interim Value, we will use the previous Business Day's Interim Value.

The value of the Derivative Asset Proxy is impacted by the Index Option Crediting Base, the Crediting Method, the Protection Option, the Index Adjustment Factors, and the time remaining until the end of the Index Account Option Term, as well as external factors including changes in index prices, interest rates, volatility, and the cost associated with selling the hypothetical portfolio.

The Interim Value is equal to the sum of (1) and (2), where:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(1)Is the book value of Fixed Income Asset Proxy on the date the Interim Value is calculated. It is calculated as A multiplied by [1 – (B divided by C)] multiplied by (1+D)<sup>E</sup>, where:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(A)&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Is the Index Option Crediting Base on the date the Interim Value is calculated.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(B)&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Is the market value of the Derivative Asset Proxy at the beginning of the Index Account Option Term.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(C)&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Is the Index Option Crediting Base at the beginning of the Index Account Option Term.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(D)&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Is the daily interest rate credited to the Fixed Income Asset Proxy during the Index Account Option Term that accumulates (C-B) at the beginning of the Index Account Option Term to C at the end of the Index Account Option Term, assuming no change to D.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(E)&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Is the number of days elapsed in the Index Account Option Term on the date the Interim Value is calculated.

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(2)&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Is the market value of the Derivative Asset Proxy on the date the Interim Value is calculated.

The book value of the Fixed Income Asset Proxy represents the fixed income assets supporting the Index Account Option. It is not sensitive to changes in interest rate levels.

A hypothetical portfolio of options that is designed to replicate the Index Adjustment at the end of the Index Account Option Term is the basis for the Derivative Asset Proxy. The market value of the Derivative Asset Proxy is equal to the estimated market value of these options for an Index Account Option. The options that compose the hypothetical portfolio vary by Index Account Option.

The market value of the Derivative Asset Proxy is determined according to the following formulas. The options in the formulas are used to replicate the Index Adjustment at the end of the Index Account Option. The strike prices of the options are expressed as a percentage of the Index Value at the start of the Index Account Option Term.

**Interim Value Calculation Examples.**

The following examples are intended to illustrate how an Interim Value is calculated with different Crediting Methods and Protection Options in scenarios with both positive and negative Index Performance. The Contract currently offers four combinations of Crediting Method and Protection Options for crediting Index Adjustments to the Index Account Options: Cap with Buffer, Guaranteed Cap with Buffer, Performance Trigger with Buffer, and Performance Boost with Buffer. The examples assume that neither +Income GMWB, +Income GMWB with Joint Option, nor Rate Enhancement have been added to the Contract, and that the Performance Lock feature is not exercised (unless specifically called out below), in addition to the following specific assumptions:

<u>Cap with Buffer:</u>

Derivative Asset Proxy = IPR x (AMC – OMC) – OMP

AMC is the price of a call option with a strike price of one.

OMC is the price of a call option with a strike price of (1 + Cap Rate / IPR).

OMP is the price of a put option with a strike price of (1 – Buffer).

For the purposes of calculating the Interim Value:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(1)If the Cap with Buffer crediting method is uncapped the OMC value will be zero.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(2)If the Buffer is 100% the OMP value will be zero.

<u>Guaranteed Cap with Buffer:</u>

Derivative Asset Proxy = IPR x (AMC – OMC) – OMP

AMC is the price of a call option with a strike price of one.

OMC is the price of a call option with a strike price of (1 + Guaranteed Cap Rate / IPR).

OMP is the price of a put option with a strike price of (1 – Guaranteed Buffer).

For the purposes of calculating the Interim Value:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(1) the Guaranteed Cap with Buffer crediting method is uncapped the OMC value will be zero.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(2) If the Guaranteed Buffer is 100% the OMP value will be zero.

<u>Performance Trigger with Buffer:</u>

Derivative Asset Proxy = PTR x AMBC – OMP

AMBC is the price of a binary call option with a strike price of one.

OMP is the price of a put option with a strike price of (1 – Buffer).

For the purposes of calculating the Interim Value

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(1)If the Buffer is 100% the OMP value will be zero.

------

<u>Performance Boost with Buffer:</u>

Derivative Asset Proxy = IMC – PBC – OMP

IMC is the price of a call option with a strike price of (1 – PBR).

PBC is the price of a call option with a strike price of (1 + PBCR – PBR).

OMP is the price of a put option with a strike price of (1 – Buffer).

**Example 1: Fixed Income Asset Proxy calculation.**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Based on an Index Option Crediting Base of $100,000.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Based on a daily credited interest rate of 0.010851%.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• The Derivative Asset Proxy at the beginning of the Index Account Option Term is $3,883.

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **1-year Cap with Buffer with 18% Cap Rate, 10% Buffer, 100% IPR** | **1-year Cap with Buffer with 18% Cap Rate, 10% Buffer, 100% IPR** | **1-year Cap with Buffer with 18% Cap Rate, 10% Buffer, 100% IPR** | **1-year Cap with Buffer with 18% Cap Rate, 10% Buffer, 100% IPR** | **1-year Cap with Buffer with 18% Cap Rate, 10% Buffer, 100% IPR** |
| Months Elapsed in Term | 0 | 3 | 6 | 9 |
| Fixed Income Asset Proxy | 96117 | 97073 | 98039 | 99015 |

---

![Example 1 Fixed Income Asset Proxy Formulas.jpg](ck0002047976-20260420_g13.jpg)

**Example 2: Interim Value calculation for a Guaranteed Cap with Buffer Index Account Option.**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Based on an Index Option Crediting Base of $100,000.

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **1-year Cap with Buffer with 18% Guaranteed Cap Rate, 10% Guaranteed Buffer, 100% Guaranteed IPR** | **1-year Cap with Buffer with 18% Guaranteed Cap Rate, 10% Guaranteed Buffer, 100% Guaranteed IPR** | **1-year Cap with Buffer with 18% Guaranteed Cap Rate, 10% Guaranteed Buffer, 100% Guaranteed IPR** | **1-year Cap with Buffer with 18% Guaranteed Cap Rate, 10% Guaranteed Buffer, 100% Guaranteed IPR** | **1-year Cap with Buffer with 18% Guaranteed Cap Rate, 10% Guaranteed Buffer, 100% Guaranteed IPR** |
| Months Elapsed in Term | 0 | 3 | 6 | 9 |
| Index Value | 100 | 110 | 80 | 130 |
| AMC | 9038 | 14855 | 398 | 30709 |
| OMC | 1923 | 3946 | 1 | 13355 |
| OMP | 3232 | 1420 | 10846 | 3 |
| Derivative Asset Proxy | 3883 | 9489 | -10449 | 17351 |
| Fixed Income Asset Proxy | 96117 | 97073 | 98039 | 99015 |
| **Interim Value** | **100000** | **106562** | **87590** | **116366** |

---

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Derivative Asset Proxy = IPR x (AMC – OMC) – OMP

**Example 3: Interim Value calculation for a Performance Trigger with Buffer Index Account Option.**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Based on an Index Option Crediting Base of $100,000.

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **1-year Performance Trigger with Buffer with 12% PTR, 10% Buffer** | **1-year Performance Trigger with Buffer with 12% PTR, 10% Buffer** | **1-year Performance Trigger with Buffer with 12% PTR, 10% Buffer** | **1-year Performance Trigger with Buffer with 12% PTR, 10% Buffer** | **1-year Performance Trigger with Buffer with 12% PTR, 10% Buffer** |
| Months Elapsed in Term | 0 | 3 | 6 | 9 |
| Index Value | 100 | 110 | 80 | 130 |
| AMBC | 61933 | 78442 | 8683 | 98542 |
| OMP | 3232 | 1420 | 10846 | 3 |
| Derivative Asset Proxy | 4200 | 7993 | -9804 | 11822 |

---

------

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| Fixed Income Asset Proxy | 95,800 | 96,833 | 97,877 | 98,933 |
| **Interim Value** | **100,000** | **104,826** | **88,073** | **110,755** |

---

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Derivative Asset Proxy = PTR x AMBC – OMP

**Example 4: Interim Value calculation for a Performance Boost with Buffer Index Account Option.**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Based on an Index Option Crediting Base of $100,000.

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **1-year Performance Boost with 10% PBCR, 10% PBR, 10% Buffer** | **1-year Performance Boost with 10% PBCR, 10% PBR, 10% Buffer** | **1-year Performance Boost with 10% PBCR, 10% PBR, 10% Buffer** | **1-year Performance Boost with 10% PBCR, 10% PBR, 10% Buffer** | **1-year Performance Boost with 10% PBCR, 10% PBR, 10% Buffer** |
| Months Elapsed in Term | 0 | 3 | 6 | 9 |
| Index Value | 100 | 110 | 80 | 130 |
| IMC | 15087 | 22695 | 1640 | 40573 |
| PBC | 7905 | 13811 | 133 | 30698 |
| OMP | 3232 | 1420 | 10846 | 3 |
| Derivative Asset Proxy | 3950 | 7464 | -9339 | 9872 |
| Fixed Income Asset Proxy | 96050 | 97023 | 98005 | 98998 |
| **Interim Value** | **100000** | **104487** | **88666** | **108870** |

---

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Derivative Asset Proxy = IMC – PBC – OMP

**Performance Lock Example.**

**Example 5: This example demonstrates a Performance Lock transfer three fifths of the way through the Index Account Option Term from a Cap with Buffer Index Account Option.**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Your starting Premium is $100,000 on January 1 and you are 100% allocated to a 1-year Cap with Buffer Index Account Option with an 8% Cap Rate, 100% IPR, and 10% Buffer.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• On August 8, the Index is up 5% and your Interim Value is $104,800.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• If you perform an Performance Lock on this Index Account Option, your Interim Value subject to the Performance Lock will be transferred into the Performance Lock Holding Account where it will be credited a fixed interest rate until the next Premium Allocation Anniversary.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ In this example, the fixed interest rate is 3% and there are 146 days until the next Contract Anniversary.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• After the Performance Lock, your Index Option Crediting Base and Interim Value associated with this Index Account Option will be zero.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• At the next Premium Allocation Anniversary of the Index Account Option from which the Performance Lock was performed:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ No Index Adjustment will be applied since your Index Option Crediting Base is zero.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The value in the Performance Lock Holding Account is $106,046 ($104,800 x 1.03^(146/365) = $106,046)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The value in the Performance Lock Holding Account will be available to be transferred into an Index Account Option.

**Withdrawal Example.**

Unless otherwise specified, the example in this section assumes there are no Market Value Adjustments.

**Example 6: This example demonstrates the calculation of values associated with Index Account Options when a withdrawal is taken.** 

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• For this example, assume you have an initial Premium of $100,000 with no subsequent Premiums.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Your initial allocations are:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ 50% to the 1-year S&P 500 Cap with Buffer Crediting Method.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ 50% to the 3-year MSCI EAFE Cap with Buffer Crediting Method.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Your Index Option Crediting Base is $50,000 ($100,000 × 50%) for both crediting methods.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Six months into your policy, you decide to take a partial withdrawal of $20,000. Your policy values are adjusted as follows:

------

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **Crediting Method** | **1-year Cap with Buffer** | **3-year Cap with Buffer** |
| Index | S&P 500 | MSCI EAFE |
| Index Return | +5% | -10% |
| Cap Rate | 18% | 100% |
| IPR | 100% | 100% |
| Buffer | 10% | 10% |
| **Values prior to Withdrawal** | **Values prior to Withdrawal** | **Values prior to Withdrawal** |
| **Index Option Crediting Base** | **50000** | **50000** |
| Book Value of Fixed Income Asset Proxy | 49000 | 44500 |
| Market Value of Derivative Asset Proxy | 2738 | -1000 |
| **Interim Value** | **51738** | **43500** |
| **Withdrawal** | **Withdrawal** | **Withdrawal** |
| Withdrawal Amount | 10865 | 9135 |
| Withdrawal as % of Interim Value | 21.00% | 21.00% |
| **Values after Withdrawal** | **Values after Withdrawal** | **Values after Withdrawal** |
| **Index Option Crediting Base** | **39500** | **39500** |
| Book Value of Fixed Income Asset Proxy | 38710 | 35155 |
| Market Value of Derivative Asset Proxy | 2163 | -790 |
| **Interim Value** | **40873** | **34365** |

---

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;▪ The amount withdrawn from each Index Account Option is proportional to its Interim Value.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• 1-year Cap with Buffer: $20,000 × $51,738 ÷ ($51,738 + $43,500) = $10,865.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• 3-year Cap with Buffer: $20,000 × $43,500 ÷ ($51,738 + $43,500) = $9,135.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;▪ Because the amount withdrawn from each Index Account Option is proportional to its Interim Value, the percentage of Interim Value withdrawn for each Index Account Option is the same.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• 1-year Cap with Buffer: $9,135 ÷ $43,500 = 21%.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• 3-year Cap with Buffer: $10,865 ÷ $51,738 = 21%.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;▪ The Index Option Crediting Base is reduced by the same proportion that the Interim Value was reduced.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• 1-year Cap with Buffer: $50,000 × (1 – 21%) = $39,500.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Index Option Crediting Base is reduced by less than the amount withdrawn because the Interim Value is greater than the Index Option Crediting Base.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• 3-year Cap with Buffer: $50,000 × (1 – 21%) = $39,500.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Index Option Crediting Base is reduced by more than the amount withdrawn because the Interim Value is less than the Index Option Crediting Base.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;▪ The book value of the Fixed Income Asset Proxy is reduced by the same proportion that the Interim Value was reduced.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• 1-year Cap with Buffer: $49,000 × (1 – 21%) = $38,710.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• 3-year Cap with Buffer: $44,500 × (1 – 21%) = $35,155.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;▪ The market value of the Derivative Asset Proxy is adjusted by the same proportion that the Interim Value was reduced.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• 1-year Cap with Buffer: $2,738 × (1 – 21%) = $2,163.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• 3-year Cap with Buffer: -$1,000 × (1 – 21%) = -$790.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ Note that since the market value of the Derivative Asset Proxy was negative prior to the withdrawal, the withdrawal results in the market value of the Derivative Asset Proxy increasing. In other words, it becomes less negative.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;▪ The Interim Value is equal to the sum of the book value of the Fixed Income Asset Proxy and the market value of the Derivative Asset Proxy.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• 1-year Cap with Buffer: $38,710 + $2,163 = $40,873.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ This is also equal to the Interim Value minus the withdrawal amount: $51,738 – $10,865 = $40,873.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• 3-year Cap with Buffer: $35,155 + -$790 = $34,365.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ This is also equal to the Interim Value minus the withdrawal amount: $43,500 – $9,135 = $34,365.

------

**Underwriters**

The Contracts are offered continuously and are distributed by Jackson National Life Distributors LLC (JNLD), 300 Innovation Drive, Franklin, Tennessee 37067. JNLD is a subsidiary of Jackson and acts as the principal underwriter for the Contracts.

No commissions are paid to broker-dealers selling the Contracts.

**Annuity Provisions**

*Fixed Annuity Payment*

The annuity payment is determined by taking the Contract Value, less any premium tax and any applicable Contract charges, and then applying it to the income option table specified in the Contract. The appropriate rate must be determined by the sex (except where, as in the case of certain Qualified Plans and other employer-sponsored retirement plans, such classification is not permitted) and age of the Annuitant and joint Annuitant, if any.

The dollars applied are divided by 1,000 and the result multiplied by the appropriate annuity factor appearing in the table to compute the amount of the first monthly payment. The monthly payment amount does not change.

------

**APPENDIX A: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS**

<u>[The financial statements for Jackson National Life Insurance Company are incorporated herein by reference to Registrant's N-VPFS filing, filed on April 1](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/2047976/000204797626000094/jacksonstataudited2025full.htm)[5](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/2047976/000204797626000094/jacksonstataudited2025full.htm)[, 202](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/2047976/000204797626000094/jacksonstataudited2025full.htm)[6](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/2047976/000204797626000094/jacksonstataudited2025full.htm)[(CIK No. 0002047976).](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/2047976/000204797626000094/jacksonstataudited2025full.htm)</u>

------

**PART C**

**OTHER INFORMATION**

**Item 27. Exhibits.**

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| Exhibit <br>No. | Description |
| (a) | Board of Directors Resolution. Not Applicable. |
| (b) | Custodian Agreements. Not Applicable. |
| (c) | Underwriting Contracts. |
| (c)(1) | <u>[Specimen of Selling Agreement (V2565 06/14), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.d. to Jackson National Separate Account - I's Post-Effective Amendment No. 13 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-4, filed on September 11, 2014 (File Nos. 333-183048 and 811-08664).](http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/927730/000092773014000336/sellingagreement.htm)</u> |
| (c)(2) | <u>[Amended and Restated General Distributor Agreement, dated effective as of June 1, 2006, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.a. to Jackson National Separate Account - I's Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-4, filed on August 10, 2006 (File Nos. 333-136472 and 811-08664).](http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/927730/000092773006000256/distagmt606.txt)</u> |
| (d) | Contracts. |
| (d)(1) | Form of Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Registration Index-Linked Variable Annuity Contract (RILA315), attached hereto. |
| (d)(2) | Form of Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Registration Index-Linked Annuity Contract (RILA317), attached hereto. |
| (d)(3) | <u>[Form of Unisex Contract Endorsement (7819), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(3) to the Initial Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-4, filed on December 11, 2024 (File No. 333-283747)](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/2047976/000204797624000009/d37819unisexendorsement1.htm)</u>. |
| (d)(4) | Form of Guaranteed Cap with Buffer Crediting Method Endorsement (7820-CB), attached hereto. |
| (d)(5) | Form of Supplemental Contract Data Pages (7820-S), attached hereto. |
| (d)(6) | Form of For Life Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit With Annual Step-Up (7834), attached hereto. |
| (d)(7) | Form of Joint For Life Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit With Annual Step-Up (7835), attached hereto. |
| (e) | Applications. |
| (e)(1) | Form of Individual Deferred Registered Index-Linked Variable Annuity Application (R300), attached hereto. |
| (f) | Jackson National Life Insurance Company's Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws. |
| (f)(1) | <u>[Articles of Incorporation of Jackson National Life Insurance Company, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 6.a. to the Jackson National Separate Account - I's Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-4, filed on April 30, 1996 (File Nos. 033-82080 and 811-08664).](http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/927730/0000950124-96-001875.txt)</u> |

---

------

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| (f)(2) | <u>[Bylaws of Jackson National Life Insurance Company, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 6.b. to the Jackson National Separate Account - I's Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-4, filed on April 30, 1996 (File Nos. 033-82080 and 811-08664).](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/927730/0000950124-96-001875.txt)</u> |
| (f)(3) | <u>[Amendment No. 1 to the Bylaws of Jackson National Life Insurance Company, dated effective as of March 9, 2009, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 6.b. to the Jackson Sage Variable Annuity Account A (formerly the SAGE Variable Annuity Account A) to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-4, filed on December 31, 2012 (File Nos. 333-185768 and 811-04405).](http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/776991/000077699112000048/amendedbylaws.htm)</u> |
| (g) | Reinsurance Contracts. |
| (g)(1) | <u>[Coinsurance Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2020, by and between Jackson National Life Insurance Company and Athene Life Re Ltd., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Jackson Financial Inc.'s General Form for Registration of Securities on Form 10, filed on March 22, 2021 (File No 001-40274).](http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1822993/000119312521089528/d43291dex102.htm)</u> |
| (g)(2) | <u>[Amendment No. 1 to Coinsurance Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2020, by and between Jackson National Life Insurance Company and Athene Life Re Ltd., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.1 of Jackson Financial Inc.'s General Form for Registration of Securities on Form 10, filed on March 22, 2021 (File No 001-40274).](http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1822993/000119312521089528/d43291dex1021.htm)</u> |
| (g)(3) | <u>[Variable Annuities Funds Withheld Coinsurance Agreement between Jackson National Life Insurance Company and Brooke Life Reinsurance Company, dated January 1, 2024, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Jackson National Life Insurance Company's Post Effective Amendment No. 3 on Form S-1, filed on April 9, 2024 (File No 333-268090).](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/931788/000093178824000038/jnl_brookerevafundswithh.htm)</u> |
| (g)(4) | Amended and Restated Variable Annuities Funds Withheld Coinsurance Agreement, dated January 1, 2024, between Jackson National Life Insurance Company and Brooke Life Reinsurance Company, effective December 1, 2025, attached hereto. |
| (g)(5) | Payout Annuities Coinsurance Agreement between Jackson National Life Insurance Company and Brooke Life Reinsurance Company, dated December 1, 2025, attached hereto. |
| (g)(6) | Fixed and Fixed Index Annuities Coinsurance Agreement between Jackson National Life Insurance Company and Hickory Brooke Reinsurance Company, dated December 1, 2025, attached hereto. |
| (h) | Participation Agreements. Not Applicable. |
| (i) | Administrative Contracts. Not Applicable. |
| (j) | Other Material Contracts. Not Applicable. |
| (k) | Legal Opinion. |
| (k)(1) | Opinion and Consent of Counsel, attached hereto. |
| (l) | Other Opinions. |
| (l)(1) | Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, attached hereto. |
| (m) | Omitted Financial Statements. Not Applicable |
| (n) | Initial Capital Agreements. Not Applicable |
| (o) | Form of Initial Summary Prospectus. |

---

------

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| (o)(1) | Form of Initial Summary Prospectus, attached hereto. |
| (p) | Power of Attorney. |
| (p)(1) | Power of Attorney, incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 2, filed on April 20, 2026 (File No. 333-285253). |
| (q) | Letter Regarding Change in Certifying Accountant. Not Applicable. |
| (r) | Historical Current Limits on Index Gains. Not Applicable. |
| Item 29 | Organizational Chart, attached hereto. |

---

**Item 28. Directors and Officers of Jackson National Life Insurance Company.**

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| Name and Principal Business Address | Positions and Offices with Jackson National Life Insurance Company. |
| Christopher A. Raub<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Director |
| Laura L. Prieskorn<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | President, Chief Executive Officer, Chair, and Director |
| Don W. Cummings<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Director |
| Savvas P. Binioris<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer |
| Carrie L. Chelko<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Executive Vice President |
| Devkumar D. Ganguly<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Executive Vice President and Chief Innovation and Technology Officer |
| Laura L. Hanson<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Executive Vice President, Operations and Technology Services |
| Craig D. Smith<br>225 W. Wacker Drive<br>Suite 1200<br>Chicago, IL 60606 | Executive Vice President |
| Alison R. Reed<br>7601 Technology Drive<br>Denver, CO 80237 | Executive Vice President and Head of Distribution |

---

------

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| Craig A. Anderson<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Senior Vice President and Controller |
| Scott J. Golde<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Senior Vice President, General Counsel |
| Andrea D. Goodrich<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Senior Vice President, Corporate Law and Corporate Secretary |
| Guillermo E. Guerra<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Senior Vice President, Chief Technology Officer, Chief Information Security Officer, and Privacy Officer |
| Michael R. Hicks<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer |
| Thomas A. Janda<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Senior Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer |
| Joshua K. Richardson<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Senior Vice President |
| Dean R. Scott<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Senior Vice President, Corporate Development and Treasury |
| Lin L. Sun<br>225 W. Wacker Drive<br>Suite 1200 <br>Chicago, IL 60606 | Senior Vice President and Chief Actuary |
| Brian M. Walta<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Senior Vice President, Planning and Asset Liability Management |
| Elizabeth A. Werner<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Senior Vice President |
| Richard C. White<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Senior Vice President |
| Barrett M. Bonemer<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Head of Internal Audit |
| Marina C. Ashiotou<br>225 W. Wacker Drive<br>Suite 1200<br>Chicago, IL 60606 | Vice President |
| Dennis A. Blue<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Vice President |

---

------

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| Ellen J. Bode<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Vice President, Appointed Actuary |
| Andrew R. Campbell <br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Vice President |
| Hilary R. Cranmore<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Vice President |
| Frank G. D'Amuro<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Vice President |
| Lauren B. Dunn<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Vice President |
| Joseph K. Garrett<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Vice President |
| Margaret C. Garza<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Vice President |
| Robert W. Hajdu<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Vice President |
| Heidi L. Kaiser<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer, Separate Accounts Chief Compliance Officer, Advertising Officer, and Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer |
| Diedre J. Kosier<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Vice President |
| Darren T. Kramer<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Vice President |
| Efthimios Lekas<br>225 W. Wacker Dr. <br>Suite 1200<br>Chicago, IL 60606 | Vice President |
| David J. Linehan<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Vice President |
| Lisa A. Lubahn<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Vice President |
| Aaron T. Maguire<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Vice President |

---

------

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| Angela M. Matthews<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Vice President |
| Ryan T. Mellott<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Vice President |
| Layton Meng<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Vice President |
| Stefan C. Ott<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Vice President |
| Kristan L. Richardson<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Vice President and Assistant Secretary |
| James A. Schultz<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Vice President and Treasurer |
| Muhammad S. Shami<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Vice President |
| Brooke Thorne<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Vice President |
| John A. Vandercruyssen<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Vice President, Assistant Controller |
| Amit Vashisht<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Vice President |
| Srikant Vatturi Venkata Satya<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Vice President, Asset Liability Management |
| John F. Visicaro<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Vice President |
| Lisa A. Wegehaupt<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Vice President |

---

**Item 29. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Jackson National Life Insurance Company.**

The Insurance Company is Jackson National Life Insurance Company, a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of the state of Michigan. Jackson National Life Insurance Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of Jackson Financial Inc., a publicly traded life insurance company in the United States.

The organizational chart for Jackson Financial Inc. indicates those persons who are under common control with Jackson National Life Insurance Company. No person is controlled by Jackson National Life Insurance Company.

------

The organizational chart for Jackson Financial Inc. is attached hereto.

**Item 30. Indemnification.**

Provision is made in the Company's Amended By-Laws for indemnification by the Company of any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer or employee of the Company, against expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceedings, to the extent and under the circumstances permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Michigan.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 ("Act") may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Company has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against liabilities (other than the payment by the Company of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Company in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Company will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

**Item 31. Principal Underwriter.**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;a)Jackson National Life Distributors LLC acts as general distributor for the Jackson National Separate Account - I, the Jackson National Separate Account III, the Jackson National Separate Account IV, the Jackson National Separate Account V, the JNLNY Separate Account I, the JNLNY Separate Account II, the JNLNY Separate Account IV, the Jackson Sage Variable Annuity Account A, the Jackson Sage Variable Life Account A, the Jackson SWL Variable Annuity Fund I, the JNL Series Trust, JNL Variable Fund LLC, JNL Investors Series Trust, and Jackson Variable Series Trust.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;b)Directors and Officers of Jackson National Life Distributors LLC:

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| Name and Business Address | Positions and Offices with Underwriter |
| Savvas P. Binioris<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Manager |
| Marina C. Ashiotou<br>225 W. Wacker Drive<br>Suite 1200<br>Chicago, IL 60606 | Manager |
| Garret J. Childs<br>225 W. Wacker Drive<br>Suite 1200<br>Chicago, IL 60606 | Manager |
| Hilary Cranmore<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Manager |
| Alison Reed<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Executive Vice President, Head of Distribution, Manager, and Chair |
| Kevin Luebbers<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Head of Sales |

---

------

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| Brian Sward<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Head of Product Solutions |
| Robert Butler<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Senior Vice President, National Sales Manager, Indy |
| Lauren L. Caputo<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Senior Vice President |
| Ashley S. Golson<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Senior Vice President, National Sales Desk and Distribution Intelligence |
| Heidi Kaiser <br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Senior Vice President, General Counsel & Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer |
| Matt Lemieux<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Senior Vice President |
| Kevin Luebbers<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Senior Vice President |
| Greg Masucci<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Senior Vice President |
| Brian Nicolarsen<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Senior Vice President, National Sales Manager, BWA |
| Kimberly Plyer<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Senior Vice President |
| Tom Smith<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Senior Vice President |
| Myles Womack<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Senior Vice President |
| Ty Anderson<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Vice President |
| Lisa Backens<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Vice President |
| Mercedes Biretto<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Vice President |

---

------

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| Chris Bogren<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Vice President |
| J. Edward Branstetter, Jr.<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Vice President |
| Michael Cobianchi<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Vice President |
| Chardae Hawley<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Vice President |
| Yesenia Lankford<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Vice President |
| Kristine Lowry<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Vice President, FinOp & Controller |
| Dana R. Malesky Flegler<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Vice President |
| Bob McAllister<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Vice President |
| Matt Ohme<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Vice President |
| Joseph C. Pierce<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Vice President |
| David Russell<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Vice President |
| Molly Stevens<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Vice President |
| Jeremy Swartz<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Vice President |
| Michelle Tidey<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Vice President |
| Kendall Wetzel<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Vice President |

---

------

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| Darweshi Whitfield<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Vice President |
| Ryan Lupton<br>300 Innovation Drive<br>Franklin, TN 37067 | Chief Compliance Officer |
| Kristan L. Richardson<br>1 Corporate Way<br>Lansing, MI 48951 | Secretary |

---

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(c) ---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| Name of Principal Underwriter | Net Underwriting Discounts and Commissions | Compensation on Redemption | Brokerage Commissions | Compensation |
| Jackson National Life Distributors LLC | Not Applicable | Not Applicable | Not Applicable | Not Applicable |

---

**Item 31A. Information about Contracts with Index-Linked Options and Fixed Options Subject to a Contract Adjustment.**

**(a)**

---

| | | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Name of the Contract** | **Number of Contracts outstanding** | **Total value attributable to the Index-Linked and/or Fixed Option subject to an Adjustment** | **Number of Contracts sold during the prior calendar year** | **Gross premiums received during the prior calendar year** | **Amount of Contract Value redeemed during the prior calendar year** | **Combination Contract** <br>**(Yes/No)** |
| Jackson Market Link Pro Advisory III | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | No |

---

**(b)** Not applicable. Contract not offered prior to 2025.

**Item 32. Location of Accounts and Records.**

Jackson National Life Insurance Company

1 Corporate Way

Lansing, Michigan 48951

Jackson National Life Insurance Company

Institutional Marketing Group Service Center

1 Corporate Way

Lansing, Michigan 48951

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;

Jackson National Life Insurance Company

300 Innovation Drive

Franklin, TN 37067

Jackson National Life Insurance Company

225 West Wacker Drive, Suite 1200

Chicago, IL 60606

------

**Item 33. Management Services.**

Not Applicable.

**Item 34. Fee Representation and Undertakings.**

Jackson National Life Insurance Company represents to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to the registration statement to include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act; and that for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

------

**SIGNATURES**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;As required by the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has caused this pre-effective amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf, in the City of Lansing, and State of Michigan on this 20th day of April, 2026.

Jackson National Life Insurance Company

(Insurance Company)

By: <u>/s/ SCOTT J. GOLDE</u>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;

Scott J. Golde

Senior Vice President, General Counsel

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| \* | April 20, 2026 |
| Laura L. Prieskorn, President and Chief Executive Officer and Director |  |
| \* | April 20, 2026 |
| Don W. Cummings, Executive Vice President,<br>Chief Financial Officer, and Director |  |
| \* | April 20, 2026 |
| Craig A. Anderson, Senior Vice President and <br>Controller |  |

---

\* By: <u>/s/ SCOTT J. GOLDE</u>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;

Scott J. Golde, as Attorney-in-Fact,

pursuant to Power of Attorney filed herewith.

------

**EXHIBIT LIST**

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| Exhibit No. | Description |
| (d)(1) | Form of Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Registered Index-Linked Variable Annuity Contract (RILA315) |
| (d)(2) | Form of Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Registered Index-Linked Variable Annuity Contract (RILA317) |
| (d)(4) | Form of Guaranteed Cap with Buffer Crediting Method Endorsement (7820-CB) |
| (d)(5) | Form of Supplemental Contract Data Pages (7820-S) |
| (d)(6) | Form of For Life Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit with Annual Step-Up (7834) |
| (d)(7) | Form of Joint For Life Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit with Annual Step-Up (7835) |
| (e)(1) | Form of Individual Deferred Registered Index-Linked Variable Annuity Application (R3185) |
| (g)(4) | Amended and Restated Variable Annuities Funds Withheld Coinsurance Agreement, dated January 1, 2024, between Jackson National Life Insurance Company and Brooke Life Reinsurance Company, effective December 1, 2025. |
| (g)(5) | Payout Annuities Coinsurance Agreement between Jackson National Life Insurance Company and Brooke Life Reinsurance Company, dated December 1, 2025. |
| (g)(6) | Fixed and Fixed Index Annuities Coinsurance Agreement between Jackson National Life Insurance Company and Hickory Brooke Reinsurance Company, dated December 1, 2025. |
| (k)(1) | Opinion and Consent of Counsel. |
| (l)(1) | Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm |
| (o)(1) | Form of Initial Summary Prospectus |
| (p)(1) | Power of Attorney. |
| Item 29 | Organizational Chart. |

---

## Ex-99.(D)(1)

![](d1rila315001.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315 1 Jackson National Life Insurance Company® Thank you for choosing Jackson National Life Insurance Company, also referred to as "the Company" or "Jackson®." READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY. This annuity contract is issued by the Company and is a legal agreement between the Owner ("You") and Jackson. PLEASE NOTE THAT THIS CONTRACT REFERS TO AND UTILIZES EXTERNAL INDEXES. WHILE THE CONTRACT VALUES MAY BE AFFECTED BY THE EXTERNAL INDEXES, THE CONTRACT DOES NOT DIRECTLY PARTICIPATE IN ANY STOCK OR EQUITY INVESTMENTS. AN INDEX ADJUSTMENT TO THE INDEX ACCOUNT IS NOT GUARANTEED AND MAY VARY BASED UPON THE PERFORMANCE OF THE INDEXES. THE COMPANY WILL RE-DETERMINE THE CONTRACT'S FIXED ACCOUNT MINIMUM INTEREST RATE EACH JANUARY ON THE REDETERMINATION DATE. THE INTERIM VALUE PROVIDED UNDER THIS CONTRACT MAY REFLECT A NEGATIVE RETURN EVEN IF THE INDEX INCREASES, MAY REFLECT A POSITIVE RETURN EVEN IF THE INDEX DECREASES AND MAY BE LOWER THAN THE AMOUNT AVAILABLE ON THE INDEX ACCOUNT OPTION TERM ANNIVERSARY. GAINS AVAILABLE UNDER THIS CONTRACT MAY BE LIMITED AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED. THERE IS A RISK OF LOSS AND LOSS MAY BE GREATER IF WITHDRAWAL, DEATH, INCOME DATE, TRANSFER OR TOTAL WITHDRAWAL OCCURS BEFORE THE INDEX ACCOUNT OPTION TERM ANNIVERSARY. WHEN ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THE CONTRACT VALUE IS WITHDRAWN OR ANNUITIZED IT MAY BE SUBJECT TO A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (MVA) AS SET FORTH IN THE CONTRACT DATA PAGES, WHICH MAY INCREASE OR DECREASE AMOUNTS WITHDRAWN OR ANNUITIZED. THE WITHDRAWAL VALUE AVAILABLE UNDER THIS CONTRACT IS EQUAL TO THE CONTRACT VALUE ADJUSTED FOR ANY APPLICABLE MVA. THE COMPANY MAY RESTRICT FUTURE PREMIUM PAYMENTS, WHICH WOULD LIMIT YOUR ABILITY TO INVEST IN THE CONTRACT AND COULD AFFECT THE VALUE OF YOUR CONTRACT AND ITS BENEFITS. NOTICE OF RIGHT TO EXAMINE CONTRACT YOU MAY RETURN THIS CONTRACT TO THE FINANCIAL PROFESSIONAL WHO SOLD YOU THE CONTRACT OR THE COMPANY WITHIN 10 DAYS AFTER YOU RECEIVE IT (30 DAYS AFTER YOU RECEIVE IT IF IT WAS PURCHASED AS A REPLACEMENT CONTRACT). [IF THIS CONTRACT WAS PURCHASED AS A REPLACEMENT FOR A JACKSON CONTRACT, YOU MAY RETURN IT NO LATER THAN 45 DAYS AFTER YOU RECEIVE IT.] THE COMPANY WILL REFUND THE PREMIUM PAID LESS THE AMOUNT OF ANY PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS. RETURNED CONTRACTS ARE VOID. The Telephone Number for the [Issue State] Department of Insurance is [Insurance Dept phone number]. INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM DEFERRED REGISTERED INDEX-LINKED VARIABLE ANNUITY WITH MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT. GUARANTEED MINIMUM DEATH BENEFIT AVAILABLE. INCOME OPTION AVAILABLE. NON-PARTICIPATING. Home Office: Customer Care Center: [1 Corporate Way [P.O. Box 24068 Lansing, Michigan 48951] Lansing, MI 48909-4068 1-800-644-4565 www.jackson.com] This Contract is signed by the Company President Secretary

------

![](d1rila315002.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315 2 **TABLE OF CONTENTS** Provision Page Number Contract Data Pages [3a Definitions 4 General Provisions 10 Contract Option Provisions 14 Withdrawal Provisions 19 Death Benefit Provisions 22 Income Provisions 26 Termination Provisions 29] If You have questions about this Contract or require information about coverage or complaint resolutions, You may contact the Company's Customer Care Center identified on the Contract's cover page.

------

![](d1rila315003.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315-FB1 3a CONTRACT DATA PAGES Contract Number: [1234567890] Owner: [John Doe] Owner Issue Age: [45] Joint Owner: [No Joint Owner] Joint Owner Issue Age: [N/A] Annuitant: [John Doe] Annuitant Issue Age: [45] Joint Annuitant: [No Joint Annuitant] Joint Annuitant Issue Age: [N/A] Issue Date: [June 1, 2026] Issue State: [MI] Initial Premium Amount: [$25,000] Income Date: [June 1, 2076] Primary Beneficiary(ies): [Brian Doe] Contingent Beneficiary(ies): [Jane Doe]

------

![](d1rila315004.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315-FB1 3b CONTRACT DATA PAGES (CONT'D) FIXED ACCOUNT INFORMATION: Initial Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate (FAMIR): [2.40%] The Company will re-determine the FAMIR each January on the Redetermination Date. The FAMIR is the guaranteed minimum interest rate under the Contract and may change each year on the Redetermination Date. [The FAMIR on each Redetermination Date will be equal to: 1. the average of all the daily reported five-year Constant Maturity Treasury Rates during October of the year then ended, rounded to the nearest 1/20th of one (1) percent; 2. less 1.25 percentage points; 3. but never less than 0.15% or greater than 3.00%] Fixed Account Minimum Value Percentage: [87.50%] INTEREST RATE FOR ADJUSTMENTS DUE TO MISSTATEMENT OF AGE OR SEX: [1.00%] WITHDRAWALS: Maximum Annual Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentage: [1.25%] Minimum partial withdrawal amount unless as a scheduled part of an automatic withdrawal program: [$500] Minimum partial withdrawal amount as a scheduled part of an automatic withdrawal program: [$50] Minimum Contract Value remaining after a partial withdrawal: [$2,000] MVA Free Withdrawal Percentage: [10%] PREMIUM: This is a flexible Premium Contract. You may change the amount, frequency and timing of Premium payments, subject to the minimum and maximum Premium payment amounts and the Company's reserved rights specified below. The Company may waive minimum and maximum Premium at any time, on a non-discriminatory basis. Minimum Initial Premium: [$25,000] Minimum Subsequent Premium: [$500] ([$50] if made in connection with an automatic payment plan). Subsequent Premium received in an amount less than [$500] will be allocated to the Subsequent Premium Holding Account until the earlier of 1) all premiums since the last Premium Allocation Date plus any interest earned in the Subsequent Premium Holding Account reaching or exceeding [$500] or 2) the next Contract Anniversary following receipt of subsequent Premium.

------

![](d1rila315005.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315-FB1 3c CONTRACT DATA PAGES (CONT'D) The Company will allocate any Premium payment subsequent to issue according to Your most recent instructions on file with the Company, subject to availability, provided that each allocation complies with the Company's then current minimum amounts and restrictions. Maximum Total Premium under a Contract: [$1,000,000] The Company reserves the right to limit, restrict, suspend or reject any or all subsequent Premium payments. The Company will send You Written Notice at least thirty (30) days in advance of any such limitation, restriction, suspension or rejection. SEPARATE ACCOUNT: [Jackson National RILA Separate Account I] MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (MVA): An MVA is a positive or negative adjustment the Company applies to amounts You remove from Your Contract due to withdrawals or annuitizations during the MVA Period. In the event of a total withdrawal, any applicable MVA is applied to the Contract Value, less any MVA Free Withdrawal amount available at the time of the total withdrawal. MVA Period: The first [six (6) years] from the date any initial or subsequent Premium is first allocated to any Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option. The MVA reflects the movement in the MVA Reference Rate since the Issue Date. The MVA may: 1. reduce the value of the amount paid or annuitized if the MVA Reference Rate on the date You remove Contract Value from Your Contract is greater than the MVA Reference Rate on the Issue Date of Your Contract; or 2. increase the value of the amount paid or annuitized if the MVA Reference Rate on the date You remove Contract Value from Your Contract is less than the MVA Reference Rate on the Issue Date of Your Contract. The Company applies the same MVA formula regardless of whether the formula results in an increase or decrease to amounts You remove from Your Contract. MVA formula. For each applicable Premium, the Company calculates the MVA by multiplying the amount You withdraw that is subject to MVA less any applicable charges by the result of the formula below: where: I is the MVA Reference Rate on the date any initial or subsequent Premium is first allocated to any Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option J is the MVA Reference Rate on the date of withdrawal or annuitization m is the number of complete months remaining from the date of the removal to the end of the MVA Period. -1 [1+ I ] (m/12) [1+ J ] (m/12)

------

![](d1rila315006.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315-FB1 3d CONTRACT DATA PAGES (CONT'D) MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (MVA) (continued): The Company will not apply an MVA to: 1. death benefit proceeds; 2. payment of charges or fees; 3. amounts You allocate to an Income Option that is life contingent or results in payments spread over at least five (5) years; 4. transfers among the Index Account Options and Fixed Account Options; 5. exercise of Your Notice of Right to Examine Contract Provision; 6. withdrawals taken under the MVA Free Withdrawal provision; 7. withdrawals taken to satisfy the Required Minimum Distribution (RMD); 8. amounts You remove on the Latest Income Date (LID); 9. amounts You remove from Your Contract after the end of an MVA Period; 10. Advisory Fee Withdrawals made pursuant to the rules specified in the Withdrawal provisions. For purposes of determining the MVA, the Contract Value is divided into earnings and Remaining Premium, as defined in the Contract. Earnings are not subject to an MVA. For the sole purpose of determining the amount of the MVA: 1. earnings are defined as any excess of the Contract Value over Remaining Premium; 2. Withdrawals will be allocated first to earnings (which may be withdrawn free of any MVA), if any, and second to Remaining Premium on a first-in, first-out basis. Any portion of the MVA that would reduce the Fixed Account Value below the FAMV will be waived. MVA Reference Rate: [Bloomberg U.S. Intermediate Corporate Bond Index Yield to Maturity] The MVA Reference Rate applied on any day will be the MVA Reference Rate published on the prior Business Day. If the MVA Reference Rate is not published on the Business Day before the MVA is calculated, the Company will use the MVA Reference Rate for the most recent Business Day it was published. Discontinuation of or Substantial Change to the MVA Reference Rate. In the event that the MVA Reference Rate is no longer published, is discontinued, or if the calculation is substantially changed on the date You remove Contract Value from Your Contract then the Company may substitute a comparable method for determining the MVA Reference Rate. The Company will obtain approval from the Interstate Insurance Product Regulation Commission (IIPRC) and will notify You and any assignee before using a substitute method to calculate the MVA.

------

![](d1rila315007.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315-FB1 3e CONTRACT DATA PAGES (CONT'D) TABLE OF INCOME OPTIONS The following table shows income values for each $1,000 of net proceeds applied to the Income Option. UNDER OPTION 4 MONTHLY INSTALLMENTS UNDER OPTIONS 1 OR 3 No. of Monthly Install- ments Monthly Install- ments Age of Annui- tant No. of Mos. Certain Age of Annui- tant No. of Mos. Certain Age of Annui- tant No. of Mos. Certain Age of Annui- tant No. of Mos. Certain Male Life 120 240 Male Life 120 240 Female Life 120 240 Female Life 120 240 60 17.09 40 2.33 2.32 2.31 68 4.72 4.57 4.02 40 2.22 2.22 2.21 68 4.36 4.26 3.86 72 14.31 41 2.37 2.36 2.35 69 4.90 4.72 4.09 41 2.26 2.26 2.25 69 4.52 4.40 3.94 84 12.33 42 2.41 2.41 2.39 70 5.09 4.89 4.16 42 2.30 2.30 2.29 70 4.69 4.55 4.02 96 10.84 43 2.45 2.45 2.43 71 5.31 5.06 4.23 43 2.34 2.34 2.32 71 4.87 4.70 4.09 108 9.68 44 2.50 2.50 2.47 72 5.54 5.24 4.29 44 2.38 2.38 2.36 72 5.06 4.87 4.16 120 8.76 45 2.55 2.54 2.52 73 5.79 5.43 4.34 45 2.42 2.42 2.40 73 5.28 5.04 4.22 132 8.00 46 2.60 2.59 2.56 74 6.06 5.63 4.39 46 2.47 2.47 2.45 74 5.51 5.23 4.28 144 7.37 47 2.65 2.64 2.61 75 6.35 5.83 4.43 47 2.52 2.51 2.49 75 5.76 5.42 4.34 156 6.84 48 2.71 2.70 2.66 76 6.67 6.04 4.47 48 2.57 2.56 2.54 76 6.03 5.62 4.38 168 6.38 49 2.77 2.76 2.71 77 7.02 6.26 4.50 49 2.62 2.61 2.59 77 6.33 5.83 4.43 180 5.98 50 2.83 2.82 2.76 78 7.40 6.48 4.52 50 2.67 2.67 2.64 78 6.65 6.04 4.46 192 5.64 51 2.89 2.88 2.82 79 7.81 6.70 4.54 51 2.73 2.72 2.69 79 7.01 6.26 4.49 204 5.33 52 2.96 2.94 2.88 80 8.27 6.92 4.56 52 2.79 2.78 2.74 80 7.40 6.48 4.52 216 5.06 53 3.03 3.01 2.94 81 8.76 7.13 4.57 53 2.85 2.84 2.80 81 7.83 6.70 4.54 228 4.82 54 3.10 3.08 3.00 82 9.30 7.34 4.58 54 2.92 2.91 2.85 82 8.29 6.92 4.56 240 4.60 55 3.18 3.16 3.06 83 9.89 7.53 4.58 55 2.99 2.98 2.91 83 8.80 7.13 4.57 252 4.40 56 3.26 3.23 3.13 84 10.54 7.72 4.59 56 3.07 3.05 2.98 84 9.35 7.33 4.58 264 4.22 57 3.35 3.32 3.19 85 11.26 7.88 4.59 57 3.14 3.12 3.04 85 9.95 7.52 4.58 276 4.06 58 3.44 3.40 3.26 86 12.05 8.03 4.59 58 3.23 3.20 3.11 86 10.59 7.70 4.59 288 3.90 59 3.54 3.49 3.34 87 12.91 8.17 4.59 59 3.31 3.29 3.18 87 11.28 7.87 4.59 300 3.77 60 3.64 3.59 3.41 88 13.86 8.28 4.60 60 3.40 3.37 3.25 88 12.03 8.02 4.59 312 3.64 61 3.74 3.69 3.48 89 14.88 8.38 4.60 61 3.50 3.46 3.32 89 12.84 8.15 4.59 324 3.52 62 3.86 3.79 3.56 90 15.99 8.46 4.60 62 3.60 3.56 3.40 90 13.71 8.27 4.60 336 3.41 63 3.98 3.91 3.64 91 17.17 8.53 4.60 63 3.71 3.66 3.47 91 14.66 8.37 4.60 348 3.31 64 4.11 4.02 3.71 92 18.43 8.58 4.60 64 3.82 3.77 3.55 92 15.70 8.45 4.60 360 3.21 65 4.24 4.15 3.79 93 19.78 8.63 4.60 65 3.95 3.88 3.63 93 16.86 8.53 4.60 66 4.39 4.28 3.87 94 21.20 8.66 4.60 66 4.07 4.00 3.71 94 18.13 8.58 4.60 67 4.55 4.42 3.95 95 22.67 8.68 4.60 67 4.21 4.12 3.79 95 19.53 8.63 4.60 Note: Due to the volume of relevant information, the Table does not provide income values for Option 2 described in the Income Provisions. Those values are available from the Company's Customer Care Center upon request. You may contact the Company's Customer Care Center as shown on the cover page of the Contract. BASIS OF COMPUTATION. The [2012 Individual Annuity Mortality Period Table, with an interest rate of 1.00% and a 0% expense load], provides the actuarial basis for the Table of Income Options. The Table of Income Options does not include any applicable tax.

------

![](d1rila315008.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315 4 DEFINITIONS 1-YEAR FIXED ACCOUNT OPTION. A Fixed Account Option You may elect for allocation of Premiums. Each 1-Year Fixed Account Option is defined by its Premium Allocation Date and a 1-Year term for which amounts earn a declared rate of interest. ADVISORY FEE WITHDRAWAL. Withdrawals taken from the Contract to satisfy the Owner's obligation to pay a financial professional directly pursuant to the Advisory Fee Withdrawal rules specified in the Withdrawal provision. ADVISORY FEE WITHDRAWAL PERCENTAGE. The percentage of the Contract Value used to make an Advisory Fee Withdrawal. The Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentage is calculated as A divided by B for each withdrawal of advisory fees taken, where: A = the amount withdrawn for the advisory fee; and B = the Contract Value at the end of the Business Day prior to the initiation of an Advisory Fee Withdrawal. ANNUITANT. The natural person(s) designated on the Contract Data Pages, or by subsequent designation, whose life determines the amount of Income Payments provided by the Contract. References to the Annuitant include all Joint Annuitants, if applicable. BENEFICIARY(IES). The natural person(s) or legal entity(ies) You designate as Primary or Contingent Beneficiary(ies) to receive any death benefit provided by the Contract. The initial Beneficiary(ies) are shown on the Contract Data Pages. BUSINESS DAY. Any day the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open for business. The Business Day ends when the NYSE closes for the day. CONTINUATION ADJUSTMENT HOLDING ACCOUNT. A limited-purpose Fixed Account Option that is used only for spousal continuation adjustments. Amounts allocated to the Continuation Adjustment Holding Account will earn a declared rate of interest. The Continuation Adjustment Holding Account cannot be independently elected. CONTRACT. The Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Registered Index-Linked Variable Annuity described herein. CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY. The Business Day on or immediately following each one-year anniversary of the Issue Date. CONTRACT OPTION(S). The Contract Options for this Contract are the Fixed Account and the Index Account. CONTRACT VALUE. The Contract Value is equal to the sum of the Fixed Account Value and the Index Account Value. See the Contract Option Provisions for details of how the Fixed Account Value and Index Account Value are determined. CONTRACT YEAR. The twelve-month period beginning on the Issue Date and on any Contract Anniversary thereafter while the Contract remains in force.

------

![](d1rila315009.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315 5 DEFINITIONS (CONT'D) CREDITING METHOD. The general term used to describe a method of crediting the applicable Index Adjustment at the end of an Index Account Option Term. See the Crediting Method Endorsements and Supplemental Contract Data Pages for details. CUSTOMER CARE CENTER. The Company's administrative address, telephone number and web address as identified on the Contract's cover page or as the Company may designate from time to time. DERIVATIVE ASSET PROXY. A component of the Interim Value calculation. The Derivative Asset Proxy is the Market Value, on the date the Interim Value is calculated, of a hypothetical portfolio of options designed to replicate the Index Adjustment. See the Crediting Method Endorsements for details on the calculation of the Derivative Asset Proxy for the crediting method(s) You have elected. DUE PROOF. Evidence of death including, but not limited to, a certified death certificate issued by the governmental authority for the location of the death, or other lawful evidence the Company requires. FIXED ACCOUNT. A Contract Option in which amounts earn a declared rate of interest for a certain period. FIXED ACCOUNT MINIMUM INTEREST RATE (FAMIR). The minimum annual percentage that will be used to determine the Fixed Account Minimum Value (FAMV). The Initial FAMIR is shown on the Contract Data Pages. FIXED ACCOUNT MINIMUM VALUE (FAMV). The FAMV is equal to all amounts allocated to the Fixed Account (with the exception of the Continuation Adjustment Holding Account), net of applicable taxes, multiplied by the Fixed Account Minimum Value Percentage, and; 1. reduced by partial withdrawals and transfers from the Fixed Account, including any MVA; then 2. accumulated at the FAMIR. FIXED ACCOUNT MINIMUM VALUE PERCENTAGE. A percentage used to determine the FAMV. The Fixed Account Minimum Value Percentage is multiplied by Premiums and transfers allocated to the Fixed Account in the determination of the FAMV. The Fixed Account Minimum Value Percentage is shown on the Contract Data Pages. FIXED ACCOUNT OPTION. An option within the Fixed Account for allocation of Premium or Contract Value. The Fixed Account Options available are the 1-Year Fixed Account Option, the Continuation Adjustment Holding Account, the Subsequent Premium Holding Account and the Performance Lock Holding Account. FIXED ACCOUNT OPTION ANNIVERSARY. The Business Day concurrent with or immediately following the end of a Fixed Account Option term.

------

![](d1rila315010.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315 6 DEFINITIONS (CONT'D) FIXED ACCOUNT VALUE. The Fixed Account Value is equal to: 1. the value of Premium and any amounts transferred into the Fixed Account; plus 2. interest credited daily at a rate not less than the FAMIR per annum; less 3. any gross partial withdrawals; less 4. any amounts transferred out of the Fixed Account; less 5. any applicable charges for add-on benefits. The Fixed Account Value will never be less than the FAMV. FIXED INCOME ASSET PROXY. A component of the Interim Value calculation. See the Crediting Method Endorsements for details on the calculation of the Fixed Income Asset Proxy for the crediting method(s) You have elected. GOOD ORDER. The Company's receipt of all Premium, information, documentation, and/or instructions the Company requires before it will issue the Contract, credit any interest, or execute any transaction. INCOME DATE. The date on which Income Payments are scheduled to begin as described in the Income Provisions. The Income Date is shown on the Contract Data Pages. INCOME OPTION. Payment options as provided under the Income Provisions. INDEX(ES). A benchmark used to determine the Index Adjustment, if any, for a particular Index Account Option. See the Supplemental Contract Data Pages for the available Indexes as of the Issue Date. INDEX ACCOUNT. A Contract Option in which amounts are subject to an Index Adjustment after a specified period of time. See the Crediting Method Endorsements and Supplemental Contract Data Pages for detailed descriptions of the Index Account Options within the Index Account. Index Account Option availability is subject to change at the discretion of the Company on a non-discriminatory basis. INDEX ACCOUNT OPTION. An option within the Index Account for allocation of Premium or Contract Value. Each Index Account Option is defined by its Index Adjustment Factors, Index Account Option Term Anniversary, Premium Allocation Date, Index Account Option Term, Index, and Crediting Method. INDEX ACCOUNT OPTION TERM. The time period for which amounts may remain allocated to an Index Account Option. The Index Account Option Term begins on the Premium Allocation Date or the Premium Allocation Anniversary and ends after a specified number of Premium Years, as elected by You. INDEX ACCOUNT OPTION TERM ANNIVERSARY. The Business Day concurrent with or immediately following the end of an Index Account Option Term. INDEX ACCOUNT VALUE. The Contract Value allocated to the Index Account. The Index Account Value is the sum of the Index Account Option values. INDEX ADJUSTMENT. The adjustment amount to an Index Account Option on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary. This adjustment can be positive or negative, depending on Index performance and Crediting Method.

------

![](d1rila315011.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315 7 DEFINITIONS (CONT'D) INDEX ADJUSTMENT FACTOR(S). Parameters used to determine the Index Adjustment. These parameters are specific to the applicable Crediting Method(s). See the Crediting Method Endorsements and Supplemental Contract Data Pages for additional details. INDEX OPTION CREDITING BASE (IOCB). A component used in the calculation of the Index Account Option value. See the Contract Option Provisions for detailed information on the IOCB. INTERIM VALUE. The Index Account Option value during the Index Account Option Term, calculated on each day of the Index Account Option Term other than the first and last days. The Interim Value is the amount of Index Account Option value available for withdrawal or Performance Lock prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term. The Interim Value is equal to the sum of the Fixed Income Asset Proxy and the Derivative Asset Proxy calculated as described in Your Crediting Method endorsements. For detailed information on the Interim Value, see the Crediting Method Endorsements and the Supplemental Contract Data Pages. ISSUE DATE. The date the Company issued the Contract. The Issue Date is shown on the Contract Data Pages. JOINT ANNUITANT. Each of multiple Annuitants. JOINT OWNER. Each of multiple Owners. LATEST INCOME DATE (LID). The Contract Anniversary on which You will be 95 years old, or such date allowed by the Company on a non-discriminatory basis or required by a Qualified Contract, law, or regulation. MARKET VALUE. The value of assets that are observable in the market at a price where buyers are willing to pay, and sellers are willing to accept, as defined by the Company. MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (MVA). A positive or negative adjustment to amounts You remove from Your Contract due to withdrawals or annuitizations during the MVA Period. The MVA formula and the MVA Period are shown on the Contract Data Pages. MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADVISORY FEE WITHDRAWAL PERCENTAGE. The maximum percentage of Contract Value that can be withdrawn pursuant to the Advisory Fee Withdrawal rules specified in the Withdrawal provisions each Contract Year for the purpose of paying advisory fees, as shown on the Contract Data Pages. NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACT. A contract that is issued apart from any Qualified Contract and therefore is not subject to the requirements of Sections 401, 403, 408, or 408A of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended. OWNER ("YOU," "YOUR"). The natural person(s) or legal entity(ies) that has all rights under the Contract, and is shown on the Contract Data Pages, or by subsequent designation. In this Contract, "You" and "Your" also mean the Owner. References to the Owner include all Joint Owners, if applicable.

------

![](d1rila315012.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315 8 DEFINITIONS (CONT'D) PERFORMANCE LOCK. An elective transaction that allows early transfer of Interim Value out of an Index Account Option to the Performance Lock Holding Account prior to the Index Account Option Term Anniversary. Performance Lock may not be available with all Crediting Methods. See the Crediting Method Endorsements for additional details. PERFORMANCE LOCK DATE. The Business Day on which Interim Value is reallocated to the Performance Lock Holding Account in connection with a Performance Lock. PERFORMANCE LOCK HOLDING ACCOUNT. A limited-purpose Fixed Account Option that is used for Performance Locks. Each Performance Lock Holding Account is defined by the Index Account Option from which the Performance Lock was performed. Amounts allocated to the Performance Lock Holding Account will earn a declared rate of interest. The Performance Lock Holding Account cannot be independently elected. PREMIUM. Money paid into this Contract for allocation into the Contract Options. PREMIUM ALLOCATION ANNIVERSARY. The Business Day on or immediately following each one-year anniversary of the Premium Allocation Date. PREMIUM ALLOCATION DATE. The date that initial or subsequent Premium is allocated to the 1-Year Fixed Account or any Index Account Option. PREMIUM YEAR. The twelve-month period beginning on the Premium Allocation Date and on any Premium Allocation Anniversary thereafter while the Contract remains in force. QUALIFIED CONTRACT. A retirement plan or contract which qualifies for favorable tax treatment under Sections 401, 403, 408, or 408A of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended. REDETERMINATION DATE. The date the FAMIR is reset as described in the Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate provision and on the Contract Data Pages. It is the date each January that coincides with the Issue Date. For example, if Your Contract's Issue Date is May 23, the Redetermination Date will be January 23 each year following the Issue Date. REDETERMINATION PERIOD. The twelve-month period that begins on each Redetermination Date. REMAINING PREMIUM. Total Premium paid into the Contract reduced by withdrawals of Premium before the withdrawal is adjusted for any MVA. This value is used solely for the purpose of calculating the MVA. REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION (RMD). For Qualified Contracts, the RMD is the amount defined by the Internal Revenue Code and the implementing regulations as the minimum distribution requirement that applies to this Contract. For purposes of this Contract, this definition excludes any withdrawal necessary to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements of the Internal Revenue Code if the Contract is purchased with contributions from a nontaxable transfer after the death of the owner of a qualified contract.

------

![](d1rila315013.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315 9 DEFINITIONS (CONT'D) SUBSEQUENT PREMIUM HOLDING ACCOUNT. A limited-purpose Fixed Account Option that is used for subsequent Premium before it is allocated to the 1-Year Fixed Account Option or Index Account Options. Amounts allocated to the Subsequent Premium Holding Account will earn a declared rate of interest. The Subsequent Premium Holding Account cannot be independently elected. TOTAL ADVISORY FEE WITHDRAWAL PERCENTAGE. The sum of all Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentages that occurred during a Contract Year. WITHDRAWAL VALUE. The amount available upon a total withdrawal. The Withdrawal Value is equal to the Contract Value, less any applicable charges for add-on benefits, adjusted for any applicable MVA.

------

![](d1rila315014.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315 10 GENERAL PROVISIONS ANNUITANT. You may change the Annuitant at any time before the Income Date, unless the Contract is owned by a legal entity. Unless You specify otherwise, a change of Annuitant will take effect on the date the request is signed by You, subject to any payments the Company has made or other actions the Company has taken before the Company receives and records Your request. The Company reserves the right to limit the number of Joint Annuitants to two. When the Owner is a legal entity, the Annuitant may not be changed. If the Contract is owned by a legal entity, the Company will use the oldest Annuitant's age for all Contract purposes unless otherwise specified in the Contract. ASSIGNMENT. The Company may refuse assignments if the assignment or ownership change would result in noncompliance with applicable laws or regulations. You may assign ownership of this Contract subject to the interests of assignees and irrevocable Beneficiaries. The Company will only be bound by an assignment if a request is submitted in a form acceptable to the Company, received in Good Order at the Company's Customer Care Center, acknowledged by the Company, and recorded. Unless You specify otherwise, an assignment will take effect on the date the request is signed by You, subject to any payments the Company has made or other actions the Company has taken before the Company receives and records Your request. The Company assumes no responsibility for the validity or tax consequences of any assignment. If You make an assignment, You may have to pay taxes. The Company encourages You to seek legal and/or tax advice. BENEFICIARY. You may change the Beneficiaries, subject to the interest of assignees and irrevocable Beneficiaries. The Company will only be bound by a change in Beneficiary if a request is submitted in a form acceptable to the Company, received in Good Order at the Company's Customer Care Center and recorded. Any previously designated irrevocable Beneficiary must consent in writing to any change in Beneficiary. Unless You specify otherwise, a change of Beneficiary will take effect on the date the request is signed by You, subject to any payments the Company has made or other actions the Company has taken before the Company receives and records Your request. CONFORMITY WITH INTERSTATE INSURANCE PRODUCT REGULATION COMMISSION (IIPRC) STANDARDS. This Contract is approved under the authority of the IIPRC and is issued under the IIPRC standards. Any provision of this Contract that, on the provision's effective date, is in conflict with the applicable IIPRC standards for this product type in effect as of the provision's effective date of IIPRC Contract approval is hereby amended to conform to the IIPRC standards in effect as of the provision's effective date of IIPRC Contract approval. DEFERRAL OF PAYMENTS. If approved in writing by the chief insurance regulator of the Company's state of domicile, the Company may defer payment of Your request for a partial and/or total withdrawal from the Contract for a period not exceeding six months. The Company will credit interest on deferred amounts as required by law. The Company will not defer payment of death benefits. ENTIRE CONTRACT. The Contract, Contract Data Pages, application, if any, and any attached endorsements, add-on benefits, and amendments together make up the entire Contract between You and the Company. All statements made by the applicant to procure the Contract will, in the absence of fraud, be deemed representations and not warranties.

------

![](d1rila315015.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315 11 GENERAL PROVISIONS (CONT'D) GENERAL ACCOUNT. The General Account is made up of all of Jackson's assets. The Company exercises sole discretion over the investment of the General Account assets, and bears the associated investment risk. You will not share in the investment experience of General Account assets. All of the assets of the General Account are chargeable with the claims of any of our contract owners as well as our creditors and are subject to the liabilities arising from any of our other business. INCONTESTABILITY. The Company may only contest this Contract when an applicant has procured the Contract by fraud, and only if permitted by law in the state in which the Company delivered the Contract or issued the Contract for delivery. MINIMUM VALUES. No Withdrawal Values or death benefits provided by this Contract shall be less than the minimum benefits required. The Fixed Account Value will not be less than minimum benefits required by Section 7B of the NAIC Variable Annuity Model Regulation, Model 250, using the nonforfeiture interest rate consistent with the minimum nonforfeiture interest rate prescribed in state statute for the state in which the Contract is delivered or issued for delivery. The Index Account Value will not be less than the minimum benefits required by Section 7 of the NAIC Variable Annuity Model Regulation, Model 250, not including Section 7B. MISSTATEMENT OF AGE AND/OR SEX. If Your or the Annuitant's age and/or sex is misstated at the time the Contract's Income Payments become payable, the Company will adjust the payments to reflect income consistent with the correct age and/or sex. Immediately upon discovery, the Company will adjust the next payment due as a credit or charge, as appropriate, for any underpayments or overpayments using the Interest Rate for Adjustments Due to Misstatement of Age or Sex shown on the Contract Data Pages. MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT. No financial professional has authority to change or waive any of this Contract's provisions. No change to or waiver of this Contract's terms is valid unless in writing and signed by the Company's President, Vice President, Secretary or Assistant Secretary; provided, however, that the Company may amend any Contract term, and administer the Contract, to conform to the Internal Revenue Code. NONPARTICIPATING. This Contract is nonparticipating and does not share in the Company's surplus or earnings. OWNER. You may change the Owner or any Joint Owner. The Company may refuse ownership changes if the ownership change would result in noncompliance with applicable laws or regulations. The Company will use the oldest Owner's age for all Contract purposes unless otherwise specified in the Contract. The Company will only be bound by a change of ownership if submitted in a form acceptable to the Company, received in Good Order at the Company's Customer Care Center, acknowledged by the Company, and recorded. No person whose age exceeds the maximum issue age in effect for this Contract as of the Issue Date may become a new Owner. Unless You specify otherwise, a change of ownership will take effect on the date the request is signed by You, subject to any payments the Company has made or other actions the Company has taken before the Company receives and records Your request. The Company assumes no responsibility for the validity or tax consequences of any ownership change. If You make an ownership change, You may have to pay taxes. The Company encourages You to seek legal and/or tax advice.

------

![](d1rila315016.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315 12 GENERAL PROVISIONS (CONT'D) Joint Owners have equal ownership rights; therefore, each Owner must authorize any exercise of Contract rights unless the Joint Owners instruct the Company in writing to act upon authorization of an individual Joint Owner. The Company reserves the right to limit the number of Joint Owners to two. If the Owner is a natural person, then the Owner is the life the death benefit is based on. For Contracts issued to Joint Owners, the death benefit is based on the first Joint Owner to die. If the Owner is a legal entity, a Joint Owner is not permitted, and the Annuitant is the life the death benefit is based on. If the Owner is a legal entity and there are Joint Annuitants, the death benefit is based on the first Joint Annuitant to die. PROOF OF AGE, SEX AND/OR SURVIVAL. The Company may require proof of age and/or sex, satisfactory to the Company, at any time. If any payment required by this Contract depends on a living Annuitant, Owner, or Beneficiary, the Company may require proof of that person's survival, satisfactory to the Company. PROTECTION OF PROCEEDS. A Beneficiary may not assign Contract proceeds before the proceeds are payable to such Beneficiary. Contract proceeds are not subject to the claims of creditors or to legal process unless required by applicable law. REPORTS. The Company will send a report to Your last address in the Company's records at least annually before the Income Date. In the case of Joint Owners, the Company will send reports only to the address of the first Owner listed on the Contract Data Pages. If You have elected electronic delivery, a report may be provided in the form of an email to Your last email address in the Company's records, or a notice to You of a document's availability on the Company's website. Each report will provide at least the following information: 1. the dates that begin and end the reporting period; 2. the Contract Value at the beginning and at the end of the current reporting period prior to the application of any MVA; 3. the Interim Value at the beginning and at the end of the current reporting period; 4. the Withdrawal Value at the end of the reporting period; 5. the MVA amount the Company used to determine the Withdrawal Value; 6. the amounts the Company has credited to and deducted from the Contract Value during the reporting period; 7. the death benefit at the end of the reporting period; and 8. any other information state and federal law require. You may receive copies of reports the Company provides upon request at no additional charge by contacting the Company's Customer Care Center as shown on the cover page of the Contract. You will receive a confirmation statement for certain transactions at the time they occur.

------

![](d1rila315017.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315 13 GENERAL PROVISIONS (CONT'D) SEPARATE ACCOUNT. The Company holds certain investments supporting the assets allocated to the Index Account in a non-insulated, non-unitized Separate Account. The Separate Account is established pursuant to the laws of the Company's state of domicile solely for the purpose of supporting obligations under the Contract. You do not directly participate in the performance of assets held in the Separate Account and do not have any direct claim on them. Assets of the Separate Account are chargeable with the claims of any of the Company's contract owners as well as the Company's creditors and are subject to the liabilities arising out of any other business the Company conducts. The Separate Account is not registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The name of the Separate Account is shown on the Contract Data Pages. TAXES. This Contract is intended to be treated as an annuity contract for federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, for all Non-Qualified Contracts all provisions of this Contract shall be interpreted and administered in accordance with the requirements of Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company will deduct any taxes attributed to the Contract and payable to a government entity from the Contract Value. The Company reserves the right to deduct any amounts the Company might advance to pay taxes from the Contract Value. The Company will withhold taxes required by law from any amounts payable from this Contract. WRITTEN NOTICE. Written information or instructions You intend to give the Company must be in Good Order and delivered to the Company's Customer Care Center in a format currently accepted by the Company, unless the Company advises You otherwise. Instructions included in the Written Notice will take effect on the date the Company receives the notice in Good Order at the Company's Customer Care Center, unless otherwise provided in the notice or in this Contract, or unless the Company advises You otherwise. The Company will deliver any notice or communication to Your last known address in the Company's records unless You request otherwise in writing. If You have elected electronic delivery, communication may be provided in the form of an email to Your last email address in the Company's records, or a notice to You of a document's availability on the Company's website. You are responsible for notifying the Company of any address change, email address change, or any error in a Company notice sent to You. In the case of Joint Owners, the Company will send notices and other communications to the address of the first Owner listed on the Contract Data Pages.

------

![](d1rila315018.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315 14 CONTRACT OPTION PROVISIONS The Contract contains two types of Contract Options: Fixed Account and Index Account. Upon Good Order and Premium allocation requirements, as stated on the Contract Data Pages, being met, all Premium will be allocated to the Contract Options as indicated by the instructions currently on file for Your Contract, subject to availability. The Company reserves the right to restrict or prohibit allocation of Premium to the 1-Year Fixed Account Option at its discretion, on a non-discriminatory basis, at any time. FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS. 1-Year Fixed Account Option. The 1-Year Fixed Account Option is an annually renewable option within the Fixed Account. The Company will credit interest to amounts allocated to the 1- Year Fixed Account Option at the rate currently declared for the 1-Year Fixed Account Option, at the sole discretion of the Company, for Premium with the same Premium Allocation Date. On the Fixed Account Option Anniversary the interest rate for the 1-Year Fixed Account Option is subject to change. In no event will the interest rate credited by the Company to the 1-Year Fixed Account Option be less than the FAMIR per annum. Continuation Adjustment Holding Account. The Continuation Adjustment Holding Account is a limited-purpose Fixed Account Option used only for spousal continuation adjustments. The Company will credit interest to amounts allocated to the Continuation Adjustment Holding Account at the rate currently declared for the Continuation Adjustment Holding Account, at the sole discretion of the Company, as of the date amounts are allocated to the Continuation Adjustment Holding Account. The interest rate is guaranteed until the next Contract Anniversary. In no event will the interest rate credited by the Company to the Continuation Adjustment Holding Account be less than the FAMIR per annum. The Continuation Adjustment Holding Account cannot be independently elected. Performance Lock Holding Account. The Performance Lock Holding Account is a limited- purpose Fixed Account Option used only for Performance Lock amounts. The Company will credit interest to amounts allocated to the Performance Lock Holding Account at the rate currently declared for the Performance Lock Holding Account, at the sole discretion of the Company, as of the date amounts are allocated to the Performance Lock Holding Account. The interest rate is guaranteed until the Fixed Account Value is moved on the next Premium Allocation Anniversary of the Index Account Option from which the Performance Lock was performed. In no event will the interest rate credited by the Company to the Performance Lock Holding Account be less than the FAMIR per annum. The Performance Lock Holding Account cannot be independently elected. Subsequent Premium Holding Account. The Subsequent Premium Holding Account is a limited-purpose Fixed Account Option used only for subsequent Premium that does not yet meet the subsequent Premium allocation requirements shown on the Contract Data Pages. The Company will credit interest to amounts allocated to the Subsequent Premium Holding Account at the rate currently declared for the Subsequent Premium Holding Account, at the sole discretion of the Company, as of the date amounts are allocated to the Subsequent Premium Holding Account. The interest rate is guaranteed until the earlier of the Contract Anniversary or such date subsequent Premium allocation requirements are met. In no event will the interest rate credited by the Company to the Subsequent Premium Holding Account be less than the FAMIR per annum. The Subsequent Premium Holding Account cannot be independently elected.

------

![](d1rila315019.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315 15 CONTRACT OPTION PROVISIONS (CONT'D) Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate (FAMIR). The FAMIR is the guaranteed minimum interest rate under the Contract and may change each year on the Redetermination Date. The Company will send You notice of the re-determined FAMIR annually. The Initial FAMIR established on the Issue Date is shown on the Contract Data Pages. The Company will re-determine the FAMIR as shown on the Contract Data Pages on each Redetermination Date for that Redetermination Period. Fixed Account Value. The Fixed Account Value is equal to (1) the value of Premium and any amounts transferred into the Fixed Account Option(s); (2) plus interest credited daily at a rate not less than the FAMIR per annum; (3) less any gross partial withdrawals; (4) less any amounts transferred out of the Fixed Account Option(s), (5) less any applicable charges for add-on benefits. The Fixed Account Value will never be less than the FAMV. INDEX ACCOUNT OPTIONS. An option within the Index Account for allocation of Contract Value, defined by its Index Adjustment Factors, Index Account Option Term Anniversary, Premium Allocation Date, Index Account Option Term, Index, and Crediting Method. The terms, Indexes, and Crediting Methods available as of the Issue Date are shown on the Supplemental Contract Data Pages. Availability of terms, Indexes, and Crediting Methods are subject to change at the sole discretion of the Company on a non-discriminatory basis. Index Account Value. The Index Account Value is equal to the sum of the Index Account Option values. On the first day of the Index Account Option Term, the Index Account Option value is equal to the Index Option Crediting Base ("IOCB"). During the Index Account Option Term, the Index Account Option value is equal to the Interim Value. The Interim Value is equal to the sum of the Fixed Income Asset Proxy and the Derivative Asset Proxy. On the Index Account Option Term Anniversary, the Index Account Option value is equal to the greater of the IOCB plus the Index Adjustment, or zero. Index Option Crediting Base. The IOCB is a component used in calculating the Index Account Option value. On the first day of the Index Account Option Term, the IOCB is equal to the Premium or Contract Value allocated or transferred to the Index Account Option less the amount transferred out of the Index Account Option. During or at the end of the Index Account Option Term, the IOCB is equal to the greater of the IOCB at the beginning of the Index Account Option Term, reduced for any Performance Locks, withdrawals, including any MVA, or applicable add-on benefit charges deducted from the Index Account Option during the current Index Account Option Term in the same proportion that the Index Account Option value was reduced on the date of the Performance Lock, withdrawal or applicable add-on benefit charges, or zero.

------

![](d1rila315020.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315 16 CONTRACT OPTION PROVISIONS (CONT'D) TRANSFERS. When transferring out of the 1-Year Fixed Account Option, transfers may only occur on the Fixed Account Option Anniversary. When transferring out of a Holding Account, transfers may only occur on the date specified below for each Holding Account. When transferring out of an Index Account Option, transfers may only occur on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary or upon the exercise of a Performance Lock. You will be sent a notice thirty (30) days prior to the Fixed Account Option Anniversary and/or Index Account Option Term Anniversary. The notice will advise You of how You may obtain information on the Contract Options and current rates available to You. You may request a transfer to or from the 1-Year Fixed Account Option and to or from the Index Account Option(s). You may also request transfers among the available Index Account Options within the Index Account. A request for a transfer must be received in Good Order at the Company's Customer Care Center prior to the Fixed Account Option Anniversary or Index Account Option Term Anniversary, as applicable. 1-Year Fixed Account Option Transfers. If no transfer request is received on or prior to the Contract Anniversary, the 1-Year Fixed Account Option value will remain in the 1-Year Fixed Account Option. Continuation Adjustment Holding Account Transfers. Transfers into the Continuation Adjustment Holding Account are only allowed in connection with a Spousal Continuation. On the next Contract Anniversary, any Fixed Account Value in the Continuation Adjustment Holding Account will be automatically transferred out of the Continuation Adjustment Holding Account. If no other instructions are provided by You, Fixed Account Value in the Continuation Adjustment Holding Account, including interest, will be allocated to the 1-Year Fixed Account Option. Performance Lock and Performance Lock Holding Account Transfers. Transfers into the Performance Lock Holding Account are only allowed in connection with a Performance Lock. Prior to the Index Account Option Term Anniversary, You may elect to transfer the full or partial Interim Value of an Index Account Option into the Performance Lock Holding Account by requesting a Performance Lock subject to the following: 1. To execute a Performance Lock, You must specify the Index Account Option from which to execute the Performance Lock. Performance Lock may not be available with all Crediting Methods. See the Crediting Method Endorsements for details; 2. Performance Locks may be executed for the full or partial Interim Value of a given Index Account Option; 3. For each Index Account Option, a Performance Lock for a partial Interim Value amount can be used once within each Premium Year. However, a Performance Lock for the full Interim Value in the Index Account Option can be requested at any time. The Interim Value transferred to the Performance Lock Holding Account will be equal to the Interim Value requested for transfer after the request is received in Good Order at the Company's Customer Care Center. The Interim Value subject to the Performance Lock will be transferred to the Performance Lock Holding Account on the Performance Lock Date and will receive the current interest rate declared for amounts in the Performance Lock Holding Account as of the Performance Lock Date. This interest rate will be guaranteed until the next Premium Allocation Anniversary of the Index Account Option from which the Performance Lock was performed.

------

![](d1rila315021.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315 17 CONTRACT OPTION PROVISIONS (CONT'D) The amounts subject to the Performance Lock will remain in the Performance Lock Holding Account until the next Premium Allocation Anniversary of the Index Account Option from which the Performance Lock was performed. On the Premium Allocation Anniversary of the Index Account Option from which the Performance Lock was performed, any Fixed Account Value in the Performance Lock Holding Account associated with that Index Account Option will be automatically transferred out of the Performance Lock Holding Account. If no other instructions are provided by You, Performance Lock Holding Account value from a Performance Lock, including interest, will be allocated to a new Index Account Option with the same Index Account Option Term, Index, Crediting Method, and Index Adjustment Factors as the Index Account Option the Performance Lock was executed on, if it is available and does not extend beyond the LID. Subsequent Premium Holding Account Transfers. Transfers into the Subsequent Premium Holding Account are only allowed in connection with subsequent Premium payments that have not yet met the subsequent Premium allocation requirements, as shown on the Contract Data Pages. On the earlier of (i) the Contract Anniversary or (ii) the date that the subsequent Premium allocation requirements, as shown on the Contract Data Pages, are met, any Fixed Account Option value in the Subsequent Premium Holding Account will be automatically transferred out of the Subsequent Premium Holding Account and allocated to the available Contract Options as indicated by the most recent instructions currently on file for Your Contract. Index Account Option Transfers. If no transfer request is received on or prior to the Index Account Option Term Anniversary, the Index Account Option value(s) will be reallocated as follows: 1. if the same Index Account Option Term with the same Index, Crediting Method and Index Adjustment Factors is available at the time and does not extend beyond the LID, the Company will renew the Index Account Option into the same Index Account Option Term with the same Index, Crediting Method, and downside protection; 2. if the same Index Account Option Term with the same Index, Crediting Method, and Index Adjustment Factors is not available at the time, but the same Index and Crediting Method with greater Index Adjustment Factors is available at the time and does not extend beyond the LID, the Company will renew the Index Account Option into the same Index Account Option Term with the same Index and Crediting Method with the closest greater downside protection available for that term; 3. if the same Index Account Option Term with the same Index, Crediting Method, and Index Adjustment Factors is available at the time but extends beyond the LID, the Company will select the available Index Account Option Term with the same Index, Crediting Method, and downside protection that ends closest to but before the LID; 4. if the same Index Account Option Term is not available at the time but would not extend beyond the LID were it available, the Company will select the available Index Account Option Term with the period closest to but less than the Index Account Option Term that just ended with the same Index and Crediting Method with the closest equal or greater downside protection available for that term. 5. in all other cases, the Index Account Option value(s) will be reallocated to the 1-Year Fixed Account Option.

------

![](d1rila315022.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315 18 CONTRACT OPTION PROVISIONS (CONT'D) If the Index or Crediting Method with equal or greater downside protection is no longer available as of the Index Account Option Term Anniversary, the Index Account Option value(s) will be reallocated to the 1-Year Fixed Account Option. Transfers from an Index Account Option in connection with a Performance Lock may occur at any time, subject to any limitations. See Performance Lock for details. Unless specified otherwise, transfers on a Premium Allocation Anniversary will be taken from the Index Account Option(s) that have reached their Index Account Option Term Anniversary and the 1-Year Fixed Account Option(s) in proportion to their current value. The Company reserves the right to restrict or prohibit transfers from the Index Account Option to the 1-Year Fixed Account Option, at its discretion, on a non-discriminatory basis, at any time. Transfers from a Fixed Account Option will reduce the Fixed Account Value by the transfer amount requested. Transfers into a 1-Year Fixed Account Option will increase the 1-Year Fixed Account Option value by the transfer amount requested. Transfers from an Index Account Option will reduce the Index Account Option value by the transfer amount requested. Transfers into an Index Account Option will increase the Index Account Option value by the transfer amount requested.

------

![](d1rila315023.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315 19 WITHDRAWAL PROVISIONS On or before the Income Date, You may request a total or partial withdrawal of the Contract Value by submitting a request to the Company's Customer Care Center in a form acceptable to the Company. The withdrawal will be processed after a withdrawal request is received at the Company's Customer Care Center in Good Order. No withdrawal may exceed the Withdrawal Value. TOTAL WITHDRAWAL. During the MVA Period, the Withdrawal Value for a total withdrawal from the Contract is equal to the Contract Value, less any applicable add-on benefit charge, adjusted for any applicable MVA. After the expiration of the MVA Period, the Withdrawal Value for a total withdrawal from the Contract is equal to Contract Value, less any applicable add-on benefit charge. A total withdrawal terminates Your Contract. In no event will a total withdrawal from the Fixed Account be less than the FAMV. PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL. Any partial withdrawal may be subject to an MVA. At least the Minimum Contract Value remaining after a partial withdrawal, as shown on the Contract Data Pages, must remain after any partial withdrawal. Unless You request otherwise, a gross partial withdrawal will be deducted from the Fixed Account Option values and the Index Account Option values in proportion to their current values. The gross partial withdrawal will be adjusted for any applicable MVA. If the gross amount of the partial withdrawal reduces the Contract Value below the Minimum Contract Value remaining after a partial withdrawal, as shown on the Contract Data Pages, the Company will treat the withdrawal request as a total withdrawal and the Withdrawal Value will be paid. The amount payable as a result of the partial withdrawal will be determined at the end of the Business Day on which the Company receives Your request for withdrawal in Good Order at the Company's Customer Care Center. Partial Withdrawals will reduce each Index Account Option's IOCB in the same proportion that its Interim Value was reduced on the date of the withdrawal. Any overpayments made by the Company to You in error must be returned within thirty (30) days from the date You are notified of the overpayment, or the Company will reduce Your Contract Value for the amount of the overpayment. If the overpayment exceeds the Contract Value, You are responsible for returning the remaining portion of the overpayment to the Company.

------

![](d1rila315024.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315 20 WITHDRAWAL PROVISIONS (CONT'D) ADVISORY FEE WITHDRAWALS. Advisory Fee Withdrawals are withdrawals from the Contract for the purpose of paying an advisory fee to Your financial professional subject to the following rules: 1. You must provide written authorization to the Company authorizing us to accept and execute instructions from Your third party financial professional to make withdrawals from Your Contract to pay advisory fees pursuant to a written agreement between You and Your third party financial professional; 2. The Total Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentage will not be allowed to exceed the Maximum Annual Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentage, as shown on the Contract Data Pages. The Total Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentage will be calculated as the sum of all Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentages that occurred during a Contract Year; 3. Advisory Fee Withdrawals will always reduce the Contract Value; 4. Advisory Fee Withdrawals will only be allowed if the withdrawal does not bring the Contract Value below the Minimum Contract Value remaining after a partial withdrawal, as shown on the Contract Data Pages; 5. You may terminate authorization for the direct deduction of advisory fees under this provision at any time by providing us with written notice of such termination. QUALIFIED CONTRACT REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS. Qualified Contract RMDs are based upon Your Contract Value, the value of any applicable add-on benefits as calculated by the Company, and applicable federal tax law requirements. You may request a withdrawal for an RMD by submitting a written request to the Customer Care Center in a form acceptable to the Company. The Company will waive any MVA if the gross amount withdrawn does not exceed the Contract's RMD amount, as determined by the Company. However, if a gross withdrawal amount is greater than the Contract's RMD amount, as determined by the Company, the excess amount of the gross partial withdrawal is subject to an MVA. AUTOMATIC WITHDRAWAL. You may elect to take an automatic withdrawal by withdrawing a specific sum or a certain percentage of the Contract Value on a monthly, quarterly, semiannual, or annual basis, subject to the Minimum Partial Withdrawal amount made as a scheduled part of an automatic withdrawal program, as shown on the Contract Data Pages. Automatic withdrawals are treated as partial withdrawals and will be counted in determining the amount taken as an MVA Free Withdrawal in any Contract Year. Automatic withdrawals in excess of the MVA Free Withdrawal amount may be subject to an MVA. Automatic withdrawals cease on the Income Date.

------

![](d1rila315025.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315 21 WITHDRAWAL PROVISIONS (CONT'D) MVA FREE WITHDRAWAL. During each Contract Year, You may make partial withdrawals from the Contract without incurring an MVA. The amount of MVA Free Withdrawal available in any Contract Year is equal to the greater of: 1. any applicable RMD less earnings; or 2. the total of: a. the MVA Free Withdrawal Percentage, as shown on the Contract Data Pages, multiplied by the Remaining Premium at the beginning of the Contract Year that is subject to an MVA, plus b. the MVA Free Withdrawal Percentage, as shown on the Contract Data Pages, multiplied by Premium received during the Contract Year; less c. earnings; or 3. zero. Earnings is defined in the MVA provision of this Contract. The MVA Free Withdrawal can be taken as a single withdrawal or multiple withdrawals throughout the Contract Year. The amount of Your MVA Free Withdrawal available will vary throughout the Contract Year depending on previous withdrawals of Your MVA Free Withdrawal amount, previous withdrawals of earnings, and the amount of earnings present at the time of the withdrawal. The amount of Your MVA Free Withdrawal available may reduce due to applicable withdrawals during the Contract Year. Advisory Fee Withdrawals will not reduce the MVA Free Withdrawal amount. Any amount withdrawn to satisfy an RMD may reduce the amount of Your MVA Free Withdrawal available. MVA Free Withdrawals are subject to the provisions of Partial Withdrawals and Total Withdrawals. Amounts withdrawn under the MVA Free Withdrawal provision reduce the Contract Value and may reduce Remaining Premium. Withdrawals during the Contract Year in excess of the MVA Free Withdrawal may be subject to any applicable MVA.

------

![](d1rila315026.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315 22 DEATH BENEFIT PROVISIONS NATURAL OWNER'S DEATH BEFORE THE INCOME DATE. Upon Your death or the death of any Joint Owner before the Income Date, the Company will pay the death benefit to the Beneficiary(ies) designated by You, subject to the following: 1. On jointly owned Contracts, upon the death of the first Joint Owner, the surviving Joint Owner becomes the Primary Beneficiary. If the surviving Joint Owner dies prior to the Income Date and prior to submitting a claim form in Good Order, the surviving Joint Owner's interest as Beneficiary is extinguished, and any remaining death benefit will be paid to the Beneficiary(ies) in accordance with the last Beneficiary designation received by the Company in Good Order before the last Joint Owner's death; 2. On all Contracts, if no Beneficiary designation is in effect, or the designated Beneficiary(ies) have not survived the Owner, or both Joint Owners in the case of a jointly owned Contract, the death benefit shall be paid to the Owner's estate, or the estate of the last Joint Owner to die in the case of a jointly owned Contract. ANNUITANT'S DEATH BEFORE THE INCOME DATE. Upon the death of an Annuitant, who is not also an Owner, before the Income Date, the Contract remains in force and the Owner becomes the Annuitant. The Owner may designate a new Annuitant, subject to the Company's administrative rules then in effect. No death benefit is payable on the death of an Annuitant who is not also an Owner. However, if the Contract is owned by a legal entity, the death of the Annuitant (in the case of Joint Annuitants, the death of the first Annuitant) is treated as the death of the Owner for purposes of these Death Benefit Provisions, and the Company will pay the death benefit to the Beneficiary(ies) designated by the Owner, or, if no Beneficiary(ies) survive the applicable death, to the Owner. DEATH BENEFIT AMOUNT BEFORE THE INCOME DATE. The guaranteed minimum death benefit amount before the Income Date is equal to the greater of: 1. the current Contract Value less any applicable add-on benefit charges; or 2. Premium paid into the Contract, less any applicable taxes, adjusted for any applicable withdrawals (including any applicable charges and adjustments for such withdrawals) incurred since the issuance of the Contract. All adjustments will occur at the time of the withdrawal. All adjustments for amounts withdrawn will reduce this item in the same proportion that the Contract Value was reduced on the date of such withdrawal; a. Advisory Fee Withdrawals, as detailed in the Withdrawals Provision, do not result in a reduction of Premium for the calculation of the death benefit. DEATH BENEFIT PAYMENT OPTIONS BEFORE THE INCOME DATE. Unless You designated a Pre-selected Death Benefit Option, a Beneficiary entitled to the death benefit before the Income Date must request that the Company pay the death benefit according to one of the death benefit options below: Option 1 - single lump-sum payment, paid immediately upon the Company's receipt of Due Proof of the relevant death and a claim form in Good Order; Option 2 - payment of the entire death benefit distributed within five years of the date of the relevant death; or Option 3 - Income Payments of the death benefit with distributions beginning within one year of the date of the relevant death: (i) over the lifetime of the Beneficiary; or (ii) over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Beneficiary.

------

![](d1rila315027.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315 23 DEATH BENEFIT PROVISIONS (CONT'D) The Company may make available other death benefit payment options. A Beneficiary that wishes to elect payment under Option 3 must do so no later than sixty (60) days from the date the Company receives Due Proof of death in Good Order at the Company's Customer Care Center. Any portion of the death benefit not applied under Option 3 must be paid within five years from the relevant death. The death benefit will remain invested in accordance with the allocation selected by You until a Death Benefit Option is selected or the Beneficiary specifies otherwise. DEATH BENEFIT PAYMENT OPTIONS FOR QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. For Qualified Contracts, the death benefit payment options may be limited under the terms of the contract endorsement in order to qualify under the Internal Revenue Code. BENEFICIARY'S ENTITLEMENT TO DEATH BENEFIT BEFORE THE INCOME DATE. The Company will pay the death benefit to Primary Beneficiaries or, if none exist, to Contingent Beneficiaries, in equal shares (the "default allocation") unless You have designated otherwise (the "designated allocation"). A Beneficiary that dies before or within ten (10) days (or different period as prescribed by applicable law) of Your death is not entitled to any death benefit. In that circumstance, the Company will pay the deceased Beneficiary's share of the death benefit to surviving Beneficiaries in the same proportion as the designated allocation or, if applicable, the default allocation. A Contingent Beneficiary has no rights unless the Contingent Beneficiary survives all Primary Beneficiaries who would have been entitled to receive payments under the Contract had they survived. If no Beneficiary survives You, the Company will pay the death benefit to Your estate. PAYMENT OF DEATH BENEFIT. The death benefit will be determined at the time the Company has received the first Due Proof of the relevant death and a claim form in Good Order from a Beneficiary. The Company will pay the death benefit to the Beneficiary upon receipt of a request for payment with Due Proof of the relevant death in Good Order at the Company's Customer Care Center. If the Company has received Due Proof of death, the Company will calculate the share of the death benefit due to a Beneficiary using Contract values established at the end of the Business Day on the date the Company receives a claim form with a payment option elected from that Beneficiary. If the Company has not received Due Proof of death or any other required documentation, the Company will calculate the share of the death benefit due to a Beneficiary using Contract values established at the end of the Business Day on the date the Company receives any remaining required documentation. Fluctuations in index performance or Interim Value may cause the calculation of a Beneficiary's death benefit share to differ from the calculation of another Beneficiary's death benefit share.

------

![](d1rila315028.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315 24 DEATH BENEFIT PROVISIONS (CONT'D) Each Beneficiary entitled to the death benefit bears the investment risk associated with amounts allocated to any Index Account Option until the Company receives that Beneficiary's claim form in Good Order at the Company's Customer Care Center and calculates their share of the death benefit. If any death benefit is due to an Owner's estate, the Company will pay the benefit in a single lump-sum payment. If a single lump-sum payment is elected by a Beneficiary, their death benefit share of the Contract will remain in force and will accrue interest until the Company first receives Due Proof of death in Good Order. After that time, the rate of interest will equal the rate of interest applicable to death benefit proceeds left on deposit with the Company on the date of Your death. If the Company does not distribute the death benefit payment within thirty (30) calendar days of the latest of the dates specified in items 1, 2, and 3 below, then beginning on the thirty-first calendar day from the latest of the dates specified in items 1, 2, and 3 below until the date the claim is paid, the death benefit will accrue additional interest at a rate of 10% annually. 1. The date the Company receives Due Proof of death; 2. the date the Company receives sufficient information to determine liability, the extent of the liability, and the appropriate payee legally entitled to the proceeds; and 3. the date that legal impediments to payment of proceeds that depend on the action of parties other than the Company are resolved and sufficient evidence of the same is provided to the Company. Legal impediments to payment include, but are not limited to, (a) the establishment of guardianships and conservatorships; (b) appointment and qualification of trustees, executors and administrators; and (c) submission of information required to satisfy state and federal reporting requirements. The Company will pay the death benefit in accordance with applicable laws and regulations governing death benefit payments and in accordance with the Company's administrative procedures. Spousal Continuation Option Instead of Death Benefit. Unless the Contract is subject to a Pre-selected Death Benefit Option, a Joint Owner or sole Beneficiary who is the surviving spouse of the deceased Owner may elect to continue the Contract in his or her own name at an adjusted Contract Value as described below and exercise the Owner's rights under the Contract instead of taking the standard death benefit. The Spousal Continuation Option may be elected only if the Company receives the surviving spouse's claim form electing the option and Due Proof of the relevant death in Good Order at the Company's Customer Care Center while the surviving spouse is alive. The "continuation date" is the date on which the Company receives such claim form and Due Proof of death. If the Contract Value on the continuation date is less than the death benefit, the Contract Value will be increased by the difference. This increase is referred to as the spousal continuation adjustment. The Company will allocate the spousal continuation adjustment to the Continuation Adjustment Holding Account until the next Contract Anniversary. The spousal continuation adjustment will have no effect on the FAMV. The MVA will continue with the same period as prior to the original Owner's death.

------

![](d1rila315029.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315 25 DEATH BENEFIT PROVISIONS (CONT'D) For purposes of determining the future death benefits for the surviving spouse under the continuing Contract, the Contract Value following the application of any spousal continuation adjustment will be considered the initial Premium of the continuing Contract. The Spousal Continuation Option is not available if: 1) it is on or after the Income Date, 2) the original Contract Owner is no longer the Contract Owner, 3) the Contract has been assigned, or 4) You designated a Pre-selected Death Benefit Option. The Spousal Continuation Option may be elected only once. Pre-selected Death Benefit Option. Before the Income Date, You may designate the option according to which the Company will pay the death benefit from the death benefit payment options described in the Contract, or other death benefit options made available by the Company. You may do so by submitting a designation in a form acceptable to the Company in Good Order to the Company's Customer Care Center. Pre-selected Death Benefit Options are effective only after being recorded by the Company. The Company will pay the death benefit consistent with Your Pre-selected Death Benefit Option unless the Internal Revenue Code requires otherwise, or Your election requires payment over a period that exceeds the Beneficiary's life expectancy as determined by the Company. Only You may revoke or change a Pre-selected Death Benefit Option. To do so, You must submit a request in a form acceptable to the Company to the Company's Customer Care Center. Revocations of and changes to a Pre-selected Death Benefit Option are effective only after being recorded by the Company.

------

![](d1rila315030.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315 26 INCOME PROVISIONS INCOME DATE. Income Payments begin on the Income Date. If You do not select an Income Date, the Income Date is the LID. You may change the Income Date by submitting Written Notice in Good Order to the Company's Customer Care Center at least seven days before the current Income Date. The LID may be changed to a later date upon request, if the Company agrees to the change in writing. Requests to extend the LID must be submitted in writing and received by the Company's Customer Care Center at least seven days before the current LID. INCOME PAYMENT. On or before the Income Date, You may elect payment in a single lump- sum. A single lump-sum payment is considered a total withdrawal and terminates the Contract. The Company will make payment to You or another payee You specify. Alternatively, You may elect an Income Option to begin on the Income Date. The Company will apply the Contract Value, less applicable taxes, adjusted for any applicable MVA, less applicable add-on benefit charges, to provide You income according to Your selected Income Option. INCOME OPTIONS. You may elect payment as provided in Options 1, 2, 3, or 4 below. You may elect an Income Option up to thirty (30) days before the Income Date by submitting Written Notice in Good Order to the Company's Customer Care Center. The Company will make payment to You or another payee You specify. If You do not select an Income Option the Company will make payments as provided in Option 3 below, with 120 months certain. The Company will make payments monthly, quarterly, semiannually, or annually as You elect. However, if the Contract Value on the Income Date is less than $2,000, the Company may pay out the Contract Value in one lump-sum payment instead of providing Income Payments according to the Income Option You elect. If the first monthly payment provided would be less than $20, the Company may make payments quarterly, semiannually, or annually to achieve an initial payment of at least $20, or the Company may pay out the Contract Value in one single lump-sum payment. At the time of their commencement, Income Payments will not be less than those that would be provided by the application of an equivalent amount to purchase a single Premium immediate annuity contract from the Company at purchase rates the Company offered on the Income Date to annuitants in the same class as the Annuitant. YOU MAY NOT TAKE WITHDRAWALS DURING ANY PERIOD THE COMPANY IS MAKING PAYMENTS FOR AN ANNUITANT'S LIFETIME. OPTION 1 - LIFE INCOME. A monthly payment for the Annuitant's lifetime. All payments end upon the Annuitant's death. However, in the event of the Annuitant's death before the first monthly payment, the Company will pay the amount allocated to this Income Option to You or, if You are deceased, to Your Beneficiary. No MVA applies to Contract Value applied to Option 1.

------

![](d1rila315031.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315 27 INCOME PROVISIONS (CONT'D) OPTION 2 - JOINT AND SURVIVOR INCOME. A monthly payment for the longer of the Annuitant's lifetime or that of a Joint Annuitant. Upon the occasion of the first person to die, monthly payments continue during the survivor's lifetime at either the full amount previously payable or as a percentage (either one-half or two-thirds) of the full amount, as You select at the time You elect the Income Option. All payments end upon the death of the last surviving Annuitant. However, in the event of the deaths of the Annuitant and Joint Annuitant before the first monthly payment, the Company will pay the amount allocated to this Income Option to You or, if You are deceased, Your Beneficiary. No MVA applies to Contract Value applied to Option 2. OPTION 3 - LIFE INCOME WITH 120 OR 240 MONTHLY PAYMENTS GUARANTEED. A monthly payment for the Annuitant's lifetime with the guarantee that the Company will make at least 120 or 240 monthly payments, whichever You elect, to You. If the Owner is an entity, at the Annuitant's death, if fewer than the guaranteed number of payments have been made, the remaining guaranteed payments will be made to the Owner as previously scheduled. If the Owner is the Annuitant, in the event You die before the Company makes the specified number of guaranteed payments, the Income Payments will be made to Your Beneficiary according to the terms of this Contract unless the Beneficiary elects to receive the present value of any remaining guaranteed payments in a single lump-sum payment. The present value of any remaining guaranteed payments will be based on the total Income Payments as of the date of the calculation. The Company will determine the interest rate used in this present value calculation, but in no instance will it be greater than one percentage point higher than the rate used to calculate the initial Income Payment. No MVA applies to Contract Value applied to Option 3. OPTION 4 - INCOME FOR A SPECIFIED PERIOD. A monthly payment for any whole number of years ranging from 5 to 30. In the event You die before the Company makes the specified number of payments, the Income Payments will be made to Your Beneficiary according to the terms of this Contract unless the Beneficiary elects to receive the present value of any remaining guaranteed payments in a single lump-sum payment. The present value of any remaining guaranteed payments will be based on the total Income Payments as of the date of the calculation. The Company will determine the interest rate used in this present value calculation, but in no instance will it be greater than one percentage point higher than the rate used to calculate the initial Income Payment. No MVA applies to Contract Value applied to payments spread over five (5) years or more under Option 4. ADDITIONAL INCOME OPTIONS. The Company may make available other Income Options. OWNER'S DEATH ON OR AFTER THE INCOME DATE. If any Owner, who is not also an Annuitant, dies on or after the Income Date when the Income Date is a date earlier than the Latest Income Date, any remaining Income Payments due will continue at least as rapidly as the payment method in effect as of the date of the Owner's death. After the death of the last surviving Joint Owner on or after the Income Date, any remaining Income Payments will be paid to the Beneficiary.

------

![](d1rila315032.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315 28 INCOME PROVISIONS (CONT'D) ANNUITANT'S DEATH ON OR AFTER THE INCOME DATE. Upon the death of the Annuitant (and Joint Annuitant, if applicable), who is not also an Owner, on or after the Income Date, the death benefit, if any, will be as specified in the Income Option in effect. Any life-contingent Income Payments cease on the death of the Annuitant (and Joint Annuitant, if applicable). Any amounts due after an Annuitant's death will continue to be paid at least as rapidly as the payment method in effect as of the date of the Annuitant's death. Upon the death of the Annuitant (and Joint Annuitant, if applicable), who is also an Owner, on or after the Income Date when the Income Date is a date earlier than the Latest Income Date, the death benefit, if any, will be as specified in the Income Option in effect. Any life-contingent Income Payments cease on the death of the Annuitant (and Joint Annuitant, if applicable). Any amounts due after an Annuitant's death will continue to be paid at least as rapidly as the payment method in effect as of the date of the Annuitant's death. BENEFICIARY'S ENTITLEMENT TO INCOME PAYMENTS AFTER THE INCOME DATE. Upon the death of any Owner, the Company will pay any remaining Income Payments due to Primary Beneficiaries or, if none exist, to the Contingent Beneficiaries, in equal shares (the "default allocation") unless You have designated otherwise (the "designated allocation"). A Beneficiary that dies before or within ten (10) days (or different period as prescribed by applicable law) of Your death is not entitled to remaining Income Payments due; in that circumstance, the Company will pay any remaining Income Payments due the deceased Beneficiary to surviving Beneficiaries in the same proportion as the designated allocation or, if applicable, the default allocation. A Contingent Beneficiary has no rights unless the Contingent Beneficiary survives all Primary Beneficiaries who would have been entitled to receive payments under the Contract had they survived. If no Beneficiary survives You, the Company will pay remaining Income Payments to Your estate.

------

![](d1rila315033.jpg)

ICC25 RILA315 29 TERMINATION PROVISIONS This Contract terminates and all Contract benefits, including those provided by any applicable add-on benefits unless otherwise specified in the add-on benefits, will end on the earliest of: 1. the date You take a total withdrawal; 2. the date the Contract Value is reduced to zero for any reason; or 3. the date upon which the entire interest in the Contract has been distributed. Distributions may be made in whole or in part after the Income Date, after Due Proof of the relevant death and a claim form in Good Order has been received by the Company, and/or under a supplemental contract evidencing the interest in the contract to be distributed.

------

## Ex-99.(D)(2)

![](d2rila317001.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317 1 Jackson National Life Insurance Company® Thank you for choosing Jackson National Life Insurance Company, also referred to as "the Company" or "Jackson®." READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY. This annuity contract is issued by the Company and is a legal agreement between the Owner ("You") and Jackson. PLEASE NOTE THAT THIS CONTRACT REFERS TO AND UTILIZES EXTERNAL INDEXES. WHILE THE CONTRACT VALUES MAY BE AFFECTED BY THE EXTERNAL INDEXES, THE CONTRACT DOES NOT DIRECTLY PARTICIPATE IN ANY STOCK OR EQUITY INVESTMENTS. AN INDEX ADJUSTMENT TO THE INDEX ACCOUNT IS NOT GUARANTEED AND MAY VARY BASED UPON THE PERFORMANCE OF THE INDEXES. THE COMPANY WILL RE-DETERMINE THE CONTRACT'S FIXED ACCOUNT MINIMUM INTEREST RATE EACH JANUARY ON THE REDETERMINATION DATE. THE INTERIM VALUE PROVIDED UNDER THIS CONTRACT MAY REFLECT A NEGATIVE RETURN EVEN IF THE INDEX INCREASES, MAY REFLECT A POSITIVE RETURN EVEN IF THE INDEX DECREASES AND MAY BE LOWER THAN THE AMOUNT AVAILABLE ON THE INDEX ACCOUNT OPTION TERM ANNIVERSARY. GAINS AVAILABLE UNDER THIS CONTRACT MAY BE LIMITED AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED. THERE IS A RISK OF LOSS AND LOSS MAY BE GREATER IF WITHDRAWAL, DEATH, INCOME DATE, TRANSFER OR TOTAL WITHDRAWAL OCCURS BEFORE THE INDEX ACCOUNT OPTION TERM ANNIVERSARY. WHEN ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THE CONTRACT VALUE IS WITHDRAWN OR ANNUITIZED IT MAY BE SUBJECT TO A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (MVA) AS SET FORTH IN THE CONTRACT DATA PAGES, WHICH MAY INCREASE OR DECREASE AMOUNTS WITHDRAWN OR ANNUITIZED. THE WITHDRAWAL VALUE AVAILABLE UNDER THIS CONTRACT IS EQUAL TO THE CONTRACT VALUE ADJUSTED FOR ANY APPLICABLE MVA. THE COMPANY MAY RESTRICT FUTURE PREMIUM PAYMENTS, WHICH WOULD LIMIT YOUR ABILITY TO INVEST IN THE CONTRACT AND COULD AFFECT THE VALUE OF YOUR CONTRACT AND ITS BENEFITS. NOTICE OF RIGHT TO EXAMINE CONTRACT YOU MAY RETURN THIS CONTRACT TO THE FINANCIAL PROFESSIONAL WHO SOLD YOU THE CONTRACT OR THE COMPANY WITHIN 10 DAYS AFTER YOU RECEIVE IT (30 DAYS AFTER YOU RECEIVE IT IF IT WAS PURCHASED AS A REPLACEMENT CONTRACT). [IF THIS CONTRACT WAS PURCHASED AS A REPLACEMENT FOR A JACKSON CONTRACT, YOU MAY RETURN IT NO LATER THAN 45 DAYS AFTER YOU RECEIVE IT.] THE COMPANY WILL REFUND THE PREMIUM PAID LESS THE AMOUNT OF ANY PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS. RETURNED CONTRACTS ARE VOID. The Telephone Number for the [Issue State] Department of Insurance is [Insurance Dept phone number]. INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM DEFERRED REGISTERED INDEX-LINKED VARIABLE ANNUITY WITH MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT. DEATH BENEFIT AVAILABLE. INCOME OPTION AVAILABLE. NON-PARTICIPATING. Home Office: Customer Care Center: [1 Corporate Way [P.O. Box 24068 Lansing, Michigan 48951] Lansing, MI 48909-4068 1-800-644-4565 www.jackson.com] This Contract is signed by the Company President Secretary

------

![](d2rila317002.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317 2 **TABLE OF CONTENTS** Provision Page Number Contract Data Pages [3a Definitions 4 General Provisions 10 Contract Option Provisions 14 Withdrawal Provisions 19 Death Benefit Provisions 22 Income Provisions 26 Termination Provisions 29] If You have questions about this Contract or require information about coverage or complaint resolutions, You may contact the Company's Customer Care Center identified on the Contract's cover page.

------

![](d2rila317003.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317-FB1 3a CONTRACT DATA PAGES Contract Number: [1234567890] Owner: [John Doe] Owner Issue Age: [81] Joint Owner: [No Joint Owner] Joint Owner Issue Age: [N/A] Annuitant: [John Doe] Annuitant Issue Age: [81] Joint Annuitant: [No Joint Annuitant] Joint Annuitant Issue Age: [N/A] Issue Date: [June 1, 2026] Issue State: [MI] Initial Premium Amount: [$25,000] Income Date: [June 1, 2040] Primary Beneficiary(ies): [Brian Doe] Contingent Beneficiary(ies): [Jane Doe]

------

![](d2rila317004.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317-FB1 3b CONTRACT DATA PAGES (CONT'D) FIXED ACCOUNT INFORMATION: Initial Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate (FAMIR): [2.40%] The Company will re-determine the FAMIR each January on the Redetermination Date. The FAMIR is the guaranteed minimum interest rate under the Contract and may change each year on the Redetermination Date. [The FAMIR on each Redetermination Date will be equal to: 1. the average of all the daily reported five-year Constant Maturity Treasury Rates during October of the year then ended, rounded to the nearest 1/20th of one (1) percent; 2. less 1.25 percentage points; 3. but never less than 0.15% or greater than 3.00%] Fixed Account Minimum Value Percentage: [87.50%] INTEREST RATE FOR ADJUSTMENTS DUE TO MISSTATEMENT OF AGE OR SEX: [1.00%] WITHDRAWALS: Maximum Annual Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentage: [1.50%] Minimum partial withdrawal amount unless as a scheduled part of an automatic withdrawal program: [$500] Minimum partial withdrawal amount as a scheduled part of an automatic withdrawal program: [$50] Minimum Contract Value remaining after a partial withdrawal: [$2,000] MVA Free Withdrawal Percentage: [10%] PREMIUM: This is a flexible Premium Contract. You may change the amount, frequency and timing of Premium payments, subject to the minimum and maximum Premium payment amounts and the Company's reserved rights specified below. The Company may waive minimum and maximum Premium at any time, on a non-discriminatory basis. Minimum Initial Premium: [$25,000] Minimum Subsequent Premium: [$500] ([$50] if made in connection with an automatic payment plan). Subsequent Premium received in an amount less than [$500] will be allocated to the Subsequent Premium Holding Account until the earlier of 1) all premiums since the last Premium Allocation Date plus any interest earned in the Subsequent Premium Holding Account reaching or exceeding [$500] or 2) the next Contract Anniversary following receipt of subsequent Premium.

------

![](d2rila317005.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317-FB1 3c CONTRACT DATA PAGES (CONT'D) The Company will allocate any Premium payment subsequent to issue according to Your most recent instructions on file with the Company, subject to availability, provided that each allocation complies with the Company's then current minimum amounts and restrictions. Maximum Total Premium under a Contract: [$1,000,000] The Company reserves the right to limit, restrict, suspend or reject any or all subsequent Premium payments. The Company will send You Written Notice at least thirty (30) days in advance of any such limitation, restriction, suspension or rejection. SEPARATE ACCOUNT: [Jackson National RILA Separate Account I] MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (MVA): An MVA is a positive or negative adjustment the Company applies to amounts You remove from Your Contract due to withdrawals or annuitizations during the MVA Period. In the event of a total withdrawal, any applicable MVA is applied to the Contract Value, less any MVA Free Withdrawal amount available at the time of the total withdrawal. MVA Period: The first [six (6) years] from the date any initial or subsequent Premium is first allocated to any Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option. The MVA reflects the movement in the MVA Reference Rate since the Issue Date. The MVA may: 1. reduce the value of the amount paid or annuitized if the MVA Reference Rate on the date You remove Contract Value from Your Contract is greater than the MVA Reference Rate on the Issue Date of Your Contract; or 2. increase the value of the amount paid or annuitized if the MVA Reference Rate on the date You remove Contract Value from Your Contract is less than the MVA Reference Rate on the Issue Date of Your Contract. The Company applies the same MVA formula regardless of whether the formula results in an increase or decrease to amounts You remove from Your Contract. MVA formula. For each applicable Premium, the Company calculates the MVA by multiplying the amount You withdraw that is subject to MVA less any applicable charges by the result of the formula below: where: I is the MVA Reference Rate on the date any initial or subsequent Premium is first allocated to any Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option J is the MVA Reference Rate on the date of withdrawal or annuitization m is the number of complete months remaining from the date of the removal to the end of the MVA Period. -1 [1+ I ] (m/12) [1+ J ] (m/12)

------

![](d2rila317006.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317-FB1 3d CONTRACT DATA PAGES (CONT'D) MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (MVA) (continued): The Company will not apply an MVA to: 1. death benefit proceeds; 2. payment of charges or fees; 3. amounts You allocate to an Income Option that is life contingent or results in payments spread over at least five (5) years; 4. transfers among the Index Account Options and Fixed Account Options; 5. exercise of Your Notice of Right to Examine Contract Provision; 6. withdrawals taken under the MVA Free Withdrawal provision; 7. withdrawals taken to satisfy the Required Minimum Distribution (RMD); 8. amounts You remove on the Latest Income Date (LID); 9. amounts You remove from Your Contract after the end of an MVA Period; 10. Advisory Fee Withdrawals made pursuant to the rules specified in the Withdrawal provisions. For purposes of determining the MVA, the Contract Value is divided into earnings and Remaining Premium, as defined in the Contract. Earnings are not subject to an MVA. For the sole purpose of determining the amount of the MVA: 1. earnings are defined as any excess of the Contract Value over Remaining Premium; 2. Withdrawals will be allocated first to earnings (which may be withdrawn free of any MVA), if any, and second to Remaining Premium on a first-in, first-out basis. Any portion of the MVA that would reduce the Fixed Account Value below the FAMV will be waived. MVA Reference Rate: [Bloomberg U.S. Intermediate Corporate Bond Index Yield to Maturity] The MVA Reference Rate applied on any day will be the MVA Reference Rate published on the prior Business Day. If the MVA Reference Rate is not published on the Business Day before the MVA is calculated, the Company will use the MVA Reference Rate for the most recent Business Day it was published. Discontinuation of or Substantial Change to the MVA Reference Rate. In the event that the MVA Reference Rate is no longer published, is discontinued, or if the calculation is substantially changed on the date You remove Contract Value from Your Contract then the Company may substitute a comparable method for determining the MVA Reference Rate. The Company will obtain approval from the Interstate Insurance Product Regulation Commission (IIPRC) and will notify You and any assignee before using a substitute method to calculate the MVA.

------

![](d2rila317007.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317-FB1 3e CONTRACT DATA PAGES (CONT'D) TABLE OF INCOME OPTIONS The following table shows income values for each $1,000 of net proceeds applied to the Income Option. UNDER OPTION 4 MONTHLY INSTALLMENTS UNDER OPTIONS 1 OR 3 No. of Monthly Install- ments Monthly Install- ments Age of Annui- tant No. of Mos. Certain Age of Annui- tant No. of Mos. Certain Age of Annui- tant No. of Mos. Certain Age of Annui- tant No. of Mos. Certain Male Life 120 240 Male Life 120 240 Female Life 120 240 Female Life 120 240 60 17.09 40 2.33 2.32 2.31 68 4.72 4.57 4.02 40 2.22 2.22 2.21 68 4.36 4.26 3.86 72 14.31 41 2.37 2.36 2.35 69 4.90 4.72 4.09 41 2.26 2.26 2.25 69 4.52 4.40 3.94 84 12.33 42 2.41 2.41 2.39 70 5.09 4.89 4.16 42 2.30 2.30 2.29 70 4.69 4.55 4.02 96 10.84 43 2.45 2.45 2.43 71 5.31 5.06 4.23 43 2.34 2.34 2.32 71 4.87 4.70 4.09 108 9.68 44 2.50 2.50 2.47 72 5.54 5.24 4.29 44 2.38 2.38 2.36 72 5.06 4.87 4.16 120 8.76 45 2.55 2.54 2.52 73 5.79 5.43 4.34 45 2.42 2.42 2.40 73 5.28 5.04 4.22 132 8.00 46 2.60 2.59 2.56 74 6.06 5.63 4.39 46 2.47 2.47 2.45 74 5.51 5.23 4.28 144 7.37 47 2.65 2.64 2.61 75 6.35 5.83 4.43 47 2.52 2.51 2.49 75 5.76 5.42 4.34 156 6.84 48 2.71 2.70 2.66 76 6.67 6.04 4.47 48 2.57 2.56 2.54 76 6.03 5.62 4.38 168 6.38 49 2.77 2.76 2.71 77 7.02 6.26 4.50 49 2.62 2.61 2.59 77 6.33 5.83 4.43 180 5.98 50 2.83 2.82 2.76 78 7.40 6.48 4.52 50 2.67 2.67 2.64 78 6.65 6.04 4.46 192 5.64 51 2.89 2.88 2.82 79 7.81 6.70 4.54 51 2.73 2.72 2.69 79 7.01 6.26 4.49 204 5.33 52 2.96 2.94 2.88 80 8.27 6.92 4.56 52 2.79 2.78 2.74 80 7.40 6.48 4.52 216 5.06 53 3.03 3.01 2.94 81 8.76 7.13 4.57 53 2.85 2.84 2.80 81 7.83 6.70 4.54 228 4.82 54 3.10 3.08 3.00 82 9.30 7.34 4.58 54 2.92 2.91 2.85 82 8.29 6.92 4.56 240 4.60 55 3.18 3.16 3.06 83 9.89 7.53 4.58 55 2.99 2.98 2.91 83 8.80 7.13 4.57 252 4.40 56 3.26 3.23 3.13 84 10.54 7.72 4.59 56 3.07 3.05 2.98 84 9.35 7.33 4.58 264 4.22 57 3.35 3.32 3.19 85 11.26 7.88 4.59 57 3.14 3.12 3.04 85 9.95 7.52 4.58 276 4.06 58 3.44 3.40 3.26 86 12.05 8.03 4.59 58 3.23 3.20 3.11 86 10.59 7.70 4.59 288 3.90 59 3.54 3.49 3.34 87 12.91 8.17 4.59 59 3.31 3.29 3.18 87 11.28 7.87 4.59 300 3.77 60 3.64 3.59 3.41 88 13.86 8.28 4.60 60 3.40 3.37 3.25 88 12.03 8.02 4.59 312 3.64 61 3.74 3.69 3.48 89 14.88 8.38 4.60 61 3.50 3.46 3.32 89 12.84 8.15 4.59 324 3.52 62 3.86 3.79 3.56 90 15.99 8.46 4.60 62 3.60 3.56 3.40 90 13.71 8.27 4.60 336 3.41 63 3.98 3.91 3.64 91 17.17 8.53 4.60 63 3.71 3.66 3.47 91 14.66 8.37 4.60 348 3.31 64 4.11 4.02 3.71 92 18.43 8.58 4.60 64 3.82 3.77 3.55 92 15.70 8.45 4.60 360 3.21 65 4.24 4.15 3.79 93 19.78 8.63 4.60 65 3.95 3.88 3.63 93 16.86 8.53 4.60 66 4.39 4.28 3.87 94 21.20 8.66 4.60 66 4.07 4.00 3.71 94 18.13 8.58 4.60 67 4.55 4.42 3.95 95 22.67 8.68 4.60 67 4.21 4.12 3.79 95 19.53 8.63 4.60 Note: Due to the volume of relevant information, the Table does not provide income values for Option 2 described in the Income Provisions. Those values are available from the Company's Customer Care Center upon request. You may contact the Company's Customer Care Center as shown on the cover page of the Contract. BASIS OF COMPUTATION. The [2012 Individual Annuity Mortality Period Table, with an interest rate of 1.00% and a 0% expense load], provides the actuarial basis for the Table of Income Options. The Table of Income Options does not include any applicable tax.

------

![](d2rila317008.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317 4 DEFINITIONS 1-YEAR FIXED ACCOUNT OPTION. A Fixed Account Option You may elect for allocation of Premiums. Each 1-Year Fixed Account Option is defined by its Premium Allocation Date and a 1-Year term for which amounts earn a declared rate of interest. ADVISORY FEE WITHDRAWAL. Withdrawals taken from the Contract to satisfy the Owner's obligation to pay a financial professional directly pursuant to the Advisory Fee Withdrawal rules specified in the Withdrawal provision. ADVISORY FEE WITHDRAWAL PERCENTAGE. The percentage of the Contract Value used to make an Advisory Fee Withdrawal. The Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentage is calculated as A divided by B for each withdrawal of advisory fees taken, where: A = the amount withdrawn for the advisory fee; and B = the Contract Value at the end of the Business Day prior to the initiation of an Advisory Fee Withdrawal. ANNUITANT. The natural person(s) designated on the Contract Data Pages, or by subsequent designation, whose life determines the amount of Income Payments provided by the Contract. References to the Annuitant include all Joint Annuitants, if applicable. BENEFICIARY(IES). The natural person(s) or legal entity(ies) You designate as Primary or Contingent Beneficiary(ies) to receive any death benefit provided by the Contract. The initial Beneficiary(ies) are shown on the Contract Data Pages. BUSINESS DAY. Any day the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open for business. The Business Day ends when the NYSE closes for the day. CONTRACT. The Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Registered Index-Linked Variable Annuity described herein. CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY. The Business Day on or immediately following each one-year anniversary of the Issue Date. CONTRACT OPTION(S). The Contract Options for this Contract are the Fixed Account and the Index Account. CONTRACT VALUE. The Contract Value is equal to the sum of the Fixed Account Value and the Index Account Value. See the Contract Option Provisions for details of how the Fixed Account Value and Index Account Value are determined. CONTRACT YEAR. The twelve-month period beginning on the Issue Date and on any Contract Anniversary thereafter while the Contract remains in force.

------

![](d2rila317009.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317 5 DEFINITIONS (CONT'D) CREDITING METHOD. The general term used to describe a method of crediting the applicable Index Adjustment at the end of an Index Account Option Term. See the Crediting Method Endorsements and Supplemental Contract Data Pages for details. CUSTOMER CARE CENTER. The Company's administrative address, telephone number and web address as identified on the Contract's cover page or as the Company may designate from time to time. DERIVATIVE ASSET PROXY. A component of the Interim Value calculation. The Derivative Asset Proxy is the Market Value, on the date the Interim Value is calculated, of a hypothetical portfolio of options designed to replicate the Index Adjustment. See the Crediting Method Endorsements for details on the calculation of the Derivative Asset Proxy for the crediting method(s) You have elected. DUE PROOF. Evidence of death including, but not limited to, a certified death certificate issued by the governmental authority for the location of the death, or other lawful evidence the Company requires. FIXED ACCOUNT. A Contract Option in which amounts earn a declared rate of interest for a certain period. FIXED ACCOUNT MINIMUM INTEREST RATE (FAMIR). The minimum annual percentage that will be used to determine the Fixed Account Minimum Value (FAMV). The Initial FAMIR is shown on the Contract Data Pages. FIXED ACCOUNT MINIMUM VALUE (FAMV). The FAMV is equal to all amounts allocated to the Fixed Account, net of applicable taxes, multiplied by the Fixed Account Minimum Value Percentage, and; 1. reduced by partial withdrawals and transfers from the Fixed Account, including any MVA; then 2. accumulated at the FAMIR. FIXED ACCOUNT MINIMUM VALUE PERCENTAGE. A percentage used to determine the FAMV. The Fixed Account Minimum Value Percentage is multiplied by Premiums and transfers allocated to the Fixed Account in the determination of the FAMV. The Fixed Account Minimum Value Percentage is shown on the Contract Data Pages. FIXED ACCOUNT OPTION. An option within the Fixed Account for allocation of Premium or Contract Value. The Fixed Account Options available are the 1-Year Fixed Account Option, the Subsequent Premium Holding Account and the Performance Lock Holding Account. FIXED ACCOUNT OPTION ANNIVERSARY. The Business Day concurrent with or immediately following the end of a Fixed Account Option term.

------

![](d2rila317010.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317 6 DEFINITIONS (CONT'D) FIXED ACCOUNT VALUE. The Fixed Account Value is equal to: 1. the value of Premium and any amounts transferred into the Fixed Account; plus 2. interest credited daily at a rate not less than the FAMIR per annum; less 3. any gross partial withdrawals; less 4. any amounts transferred out of the Fixed Account; less 5. any applicable charges for add-on benefits. The Fixed Account Value will never be less than the FAMV. FIXED INCOME ASSET PROXY. A component of the Interim Value calculation. See the Crediting Method Endorsements for details on the calculation of the Fixed Income Asset Proxy for the crediting method(s) You have elected. GOOD ORDER. The Company's receipt of all Premium, information, documentation, and/or instructions the Company requires before it will issue the Contract, credit any interest, or execute any transaction. INCOME DATE. The date on which Income Payments are scheduled to begin as described in the Income Provisions. The Income Date is shown on the Contract Data Pages. INCOME OPTION. Payment options as provided under the Income Provisions. INDEX(ES). A benchmark used to determine the Index Adjustment, if any, for a particular Index Account Option. See the Supplemental Contract Data Pages for the available Indexes as of the Issue Date. INDEX ACCOUNT. A Contract Option in which amounts are subject to an Index Adjustment after a specified period of time. See the Crediting Method Endorsements and Supplemental Contract Data Pages for detailed descriptions of the Index Account Options within the Index Account. Index Account Option availability is subject to change at the discretion of the Company on a non-discriminatory basis. INDEX ACCOUNT OPTION. An option within the Index Account for allocation of Premium or Contract Value. Each Index Account Option is defined by its Index Adjustment Factors, Index Account Option Term Anniversary, Premium Allocation Date, Index Account Option Term, Index, and Crediting Method. INDEX ACCOUNT OPTION TERM. The time period for which amounts may remain allocated to an Index Account Option. The Index Account Option Term begins on the Premium Allocation Date or the Premium Allocation Anniversary and ends after a specified number of Premium Years, as elected by You. INDEX ACCOUNT OPTION TERM ANNIVERSARY. The Business Day concurrent with or immediately following the end of an Index Account Option Term. INDEX ACCOUNT VALUE. The Contract Value allocated to the Index Account. The Index Account Value is the sum of the Index Account Option values. INDEX ADJUSTMENT. The adjustment amount to an Index Account Option on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary. This adjustment can be positive or negative, depending on Index performance and Crediting Method.

------

![](d2rila317011.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317 7 DEFINITIONS (CONT'D) INDEX ADJUSTMENT FACTOR(S). Parameters used to determine the Index Adjustment. These parameters are specific to the applicable Crediting Method(s). See the Crediting Method Endorsements and Supplemental Contract Data Pages for additional details. INDEX OPTION CREDITING BASE (IOCB). A component used in the calculation of the Index Account Option value. See the Contract Option Provisions for detailed information on the IOCB. INTERIM VALUE. The Index Account Option value during the Index Account Option Term, calculated on each day of the Index Account Option Term other than the first and last days. The Interim Value is the amount of Index Account Option value available for withdrawal or Performance Lock prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term. The Interim Value is equal to the sum of the Fixed Income Asset Proxy and the Derivative Asset Proxy calculated as described in Your Crediting Method endorsements. For detailed information on the Interim Value, see the Crediting Method Endorsements and the Supplemental Contract Data Pages. ISSUE DATE. The date the Company issued the Contract. The Issue Date is shown on the Contract Data Pages. JOINT ANNUITANT. Each of multiple Annuitants. JOINT OWNER. Each of multiple Owners. LATEST INCOME DATE (LID). The Contract Anniversary on which You will be 95 years old, or such date allowed by the Company on a non-discriminatory basis or required by a Qualified Contract, law, or regulation. MARKET VALUE. The value of assets that are observable in the market at a price where buyers are willing to pay, and sellers are willing to accept, as defined by the Company. MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (MVA). A positive or negative adjustment to amounts You remove from Your Contract due to withdrawals or annuitizations during the MVA Period. The MVA formula and the MVA Period are shown on the Contract Data Pages. MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADVISORY FEE WITHDRAWAL PERCENTAGE. The maximum percentage of Contract Value that can be withdrawn pursuant to the Advisory Fee Withdrawal rules specified in the Withdrawal provisions each Contract Year for the purpose of paying advisory fees, as shown on the Contract Data Pages. NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACT. A contract that is issued apart from any Qualified Contract and therefore is not subject to the requirements of Sections 401, 403, 408, or 408A of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended. OWNER ("YOU," "YOUR"). The natural person(s) or legal entity(ies) that has all rights under the Contract, and is shown on the Contract Data Pages, or by subsequent designation. In this Contract, "You" and "Your" also mean the Owner. References to the Owner include all Joint Owners, if applicable. PERFORMANCE LOCK. An elective transaction that allows early transfer of Interim Value out of an Index Account Option to the Performance Lock Holding Account prior to the Index Account Option Term Anniversary. Performance Lock may not be available with all Crediting Methods. See the Crediting Method Endorsements for additional details.

------

![](d2rila317012.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317 8 DEFINITIONS (CONT'D) PERFORMANCE LOCK DATE. The Business Day on which Interim Value is reallocated to the Performance Lock Holding Account in connection with a Performance Lock. PERFORMANCE LOCK HOLDING ACCOUNT. A limited-purpose Fixed Account Option that is used for Performance Locks. Each Performance Lock Holding Account is defined by the Index Account Option from which the Performance Lock was performed. Amounts allocated to the Performance Lock Holding Account will earn a declared rate of interest. The Performance Lock Holding Account cannot be independently elected. PREMIUM. Money paid into this Contract for allocation into the Contract Options. PREMIUM ALLOCATION ANNIVERSARY. The Business Day on or immediately following each one-year anniversary of the Premium Allocation Date. PREMIUM ALLOCATION DATE. The date that initial or subsequent Premium is allocated to the 1-Year Fixed Account or any Index Account Option. PREMIUM YEAR. The twelve-month period beginning on the Premium Allocation Date and on any Premium Allocation Anniversary thereafter while the Contract remains in force. QUALIFIED CONTRACT. A retirement plan or contract which qualifies for favorable tax treatment under Sections 401, 403, 408, or 408A of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended. REDETERMINATION DATE. The date the FAMIR is reset as described in the Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate provision and on the Contract Data Pages. It is the date each January that coincides with the Issue Date. For example, if Your Contract's Issue Date is May 23, the Redetermination Date will be January 23 each year following the Issue Date. REDETERMINATION PERIOD. The twelve-month period that begins on each Redetermination Date. REMAINING PREMIUM. Total Premium paid into the Contract reduced by withdrawals of Premium before the withdrawal is adjusted for any MVA. This value is used solely for the purpose of calculating the MVA. REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION (RMD). For Qualified Contracts, the RMD is the amount defined by the Internal Revenue Code and the implementing regulations as the minimum distribution requirement that applies to this Contract. For purposes of this Contract, this definition excludes any withdrawal necessary to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements of the Internal Revenue Code if the Contract is purchased with contributions from a nontaxable transfer after the death of the owner of a qualified contract.

------

![](d2rila317013.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317 9 DEFINITIONS (CONT'D) SUBSEQUENT PREMIUM HOLDING ACCOUNT. A limited-purpose Fixed Account Option that is used for subsequent Premium before it is allocated to the 1-Year Fixed Account Option or Index Account Options. Amounts allocated to the Subsequent Premium Holding Account will earn a declared rate of interest. The Subsequent Premium Holding Account cannot be independently elected. TOTAL ADVISORY FEE WITHDRAWAL PERCENTAGE. The sum of all Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentages that occurred during a Contract Year. WITHDRAWAL VALUE. The amount available upon a total withdrawal. The Withdrawal Value is equal to the Contract Value, less any applicable charges for add-on benefits, adjusted for any applicable MVA.

------

![](d2rila317014.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317 10 GENERAL PROVISIONS ANNUITANT. You may change the Annuitant at any time before the Income Date, unless the Contract is owned by a legal entity. Unless You specify otherwise, a change of Annuitant will take effect on the date the request is signed by You, subject to any payments the Company has made or other actions the Company has taken before the Company receives and records Your request. The Company reserves the right to limit the number of Joint Annuitants to two. When the Owner is a legal entity, the Annuitant may not be changed. If the Contract is owned by a legal entity, the Company will use the oldest Annuitant's age for all Contract purposes unless otherwise specified in the Contract. ASSIGNMENT. The Company may refuse assignments if the assignment or ownership change would result in noncompliance with applicable laws or regulations. You may assign ownership of this Contract subject to the interests of assignees and irrevocable Beneficiaries. The Company will only be bound by an assignment if a request is submitted in a form acceptable to the Company, received in Good Order at the Company's Customer Care Center, acknowledged by the Company, and recorded. Unless You specify otherwise, an assignment will take effect on the date the request is signed by You, subject to any payments the Company has made or other actions the Company has taken before the Company receives and records Your request. The Company assumes no responsibility for the validity or tax consequences of any assignment. If You make an assignment, You may have to pay taxes. The Company encourages You to seek legal and/or tax advice. BENEFICIARY. You may change the Beneficiaries, subject to the interest of assignees and irrevocable Beneficiaries. The Company will only be bound by a change in Beneficiary if a request is submitted in a form acceptable to the Company, received in Good Order at the Company's Customer Care Center and recorded. Any previously designated irrevocable Beneficiary must consent in writing to any change in Beneficiary. Unless You specify otherwise, a change of Beneficiary will take effect on the date the request is signed by You, subject to any payments the Company has made or other actions the Company has taken before the Company receives and records Your request. CONFORMITY WITH INTERSTATE INSURANCE PRODUCT REGULATION COMMISSION (IIPRC) STANDARDS. This Contract is approved under the authority of the IIPRC and is issued under the IIPRC standards. Any provision of this Contract that, on the provision's effective date, is in conflict with the applicable IIPRC standards for this product type in effect as of the provision's effective date of IIPRC Contract approval is hereby amended to conform to the IIPRC standards in effect as of the provision's effective date of IIPRC Contract approval. DEFERRAL OF PAYMENTS. If approved in writing by the chief insurance regulator of the Company's state of domicile, the Company may defer payment of Your request for a partial and/or total withdrawal from the Contract for a period not exceeding six months. The Company will credit interest on deferred amounts as required by law. The Company will not defer payment of death benefits. ENTIRE CONTRACT. The Contract, Contract Data Pages, application, if any, and any attached endorsements, add-on benefits, and amendments together make up the entire Contract between You and the Company. All statements made by the applicant to procure the Contract will, in the absence of fraud, be deemed representations and not warranties.

------

![](d2rila317015.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317 11 GENERAL PROVISIONS (CONT'D) GENERAL ACCOUNT. The General Account is made up of all of Jackson's assets. The Company exercises sole discretion over the investment of the General Account assets, and bears the associated investment risk. You will not share in the investment experience of General Account assets. All of the assets of the General Account are chargeable with the claims of any of our contract owners as well as our creditors and are subject to the liabilities arising from any of our other business. INCONTESTABILITY. The Company may only contest this Contract when an applicant has procured the Contract by fraud, and only if permitted by law in the state in which the Company delivered the Contract or issued the Contract for delivery. MINIMUM VALUES. No Withdrawal Values or death benefits provided by this Contract shall be less than the minimum benefits required. The Fixed Account Value will not be less than minimum benefits required by Section 7B of the NAIC Variable Annuity Model Regulation, Model 250, using the nonforfeiture interest rate consistent with the minimum nonforfeiture interest rate prescribed in state statute for the state in which the Contract is delivered or issued for delivery. The Index Account Value will not be less than the minimum benefits required by Section 7 of the NAIC Variable Annuity Model Regulation, Model 250, not including Section 7B. MISSTATEMENT OF AGE AND/OR SEX. If Your or the Annuitant's age and/or sex is misstated at the time the Contract's Income Payments become payable, the Company will adjust the payments to reflect income consistent with the correct age and/or sex. Immediately upon discovery, the Company will adjust the next payment due as a credit or charge, as appropriate, for any underpayments or overpayments using the Interest Rate for Adjustments Due to Misstatement of Age or Sex shown on the Contract Data Pages. MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT. No financial professional has authority to change or waive any of this Contract's provisions. No change to or waiver of this Contract's terms is valid unless in writing and signed by the Company's President, Vice President, Secretary or Assistant Secretary; provided, however, that the Company may amend any Contract term, and administer the Contract, to conform to the Internal Revenue Code. NONPARTICIPATING. This Contract is nonparticipating and does not share in the Company's surplus or earnings. OWNER. You may change the Owner or any Joint Owner. The Company may refuse ownership changes if the ownership change would result in noncompliance with applicable laws or regulations. The Company will use the oldest Owner's age for all Contract purposes unless otherwise specified in the Contract. The Company will only be bound by a change of ownership if submitted in a form acceptable to the Company, received in Good Order at the Company's Customer Care Center, acknowledged by the Company, and recorded. No person whose age exceeds the maximum issue age in effect for this Contract as of the Issue Date may become a new Owner. Unless You specify otherwise, a change of ownership will take effect on the date the request is signed by You, subject to any payments the Company has made or other actions the Company has taken before the Company receives and records Your request. The Company assumes no responsibility for the validity or tax consequences of any ownership change. If You make an ownership change, You may have to pay taxes. The Company encourages You to seek legal and/or tax advice.

------

![](d2rila317016.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317 12 GENERAL PROVISIONS (CONT'D) Joint Owners have equal ownership rights; therefore, each Owner must authorize any exercise of Contract rights unless the Joint Owners instruct the Company in writing to act upon authorization of an individual Joint Owner. The Company reserves the right to limit the number of Joint Owners to two. If the Owner is a natural person, then the Owner is the life the death benefit is based on. For Contracts issued to Joint Owners, the death benefit is based on the first Joint Owner to die. If the Owner is a legal entity, a Joint Owner is not permitted, and the Annuitant is the life the death benefit is based on. If the Owner is a legal entity and there are Joint Annuitants, the death benefit is based on the first Joint Annuitant to die. PROOF OF AGE, SEX AND/OR SURVIVAL. The Company may require proof of age and/or sex, satisfactory to the Company, at any time. If any payment required by this Contract depends on a living Annuitant, Owner, or Beneficiary, the Company may require proof of that person's survival, satisfactory to the Company. PROTECTION OF PROCEEDS. A Beneficiary may not assign Contract proceeds before the proceeds are payable to such Beneficiary. Contract proceeds are not subject to the claims of creditors or to legal process unless required by applicable law. REPORTS. The Company will send a report to Your last address in the Company's records at least annually before the Income Date. In the case of Joint Owners, the Company will send reports only to the address of the first Owner listed on the Contract Data Pages. If You have elected electronic delivery, a report may be provided in the form of an email to Your last email address in the Company's records, or a notice to You of a document's availability on the Company's website. Each report will provide at least the following information: 1. the dates that begin and end the reporting period; 2. the Contract Value at the beginning and at the end of the current reporting period prior to the application of any MVA; 3. the Interim Value at the beginning and at the end of the current reporting period; 4. the Withdrawal Value at the end of the reporting period; 5. the MVA amount the Company used to determine the Withdrawal Value; 6. the amounts the Company has credited to and deducted from the Contract Value during the reporting period; 7. the death benefit at the end of the reporting period; and 8. any other information state and federal law require. You may receive copies of reports the Company provides upon request at no additional charge by contacting the Company's Customer Care Center as shown on the cover page of the Contract. You will receive a confirmation statement for certain transactions at the time they occur.

------

![](d2rila317017.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317 13 GENERAL PROVISIONS (CONT'D) SEPARATE ACCOUNT. The Company holds certain investments supporting the assets allocated to the Index Account in a non-insulated, non-unitized Separate Account. The Separate Account is established pursuant to the laws of the Company's state of domicile solely for the purpose of supporting obligations under the Contract. You do not directly participate in the performance of assets held in the Separate Account and do not have any direct claim on them. Assets of the Separate Account are chargeable with the claims of any of the Company's contract owners as well as the Company's creditors and are subject to the liabilities arising out of any other business the Company conducts. The Separate Account is not registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The name of the Separate Account is shown on the Contract Data Pages. TAXES. This Contract is intended to be treated as an annuity contract for federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, for all Non-Qualified Contracts all provisions of this Contract shall be interpreted and administered in accordance with the requirements of Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company will deduct any taxes attributed to the Contract and payable to a government entity from the Contract Value. The Company reserves the right to deduct any amounts the Company might advance to pay taxes from the Contract Value. The Company will withhold taxes required by law from any amounts payable from this Contract. WRITTEN NOTICE. Written information or instructions You intend to give the Company must be in Good Order and delivered to the Company's Customer Care Center in a format currently accepted by the Company, unless the Company advises You otherwise. Instructions included in the Written Notice will take effect on the date the Company receives the notice in Good Order at the Company's Customer Care Center, unless otherwise provided in the notice or in this Contract, or unless the Company advises You otherwise. The Company will deliver any notice or communication to Your last known address in the Company's records unless You request otherwise in writing. If You have elected electronic delivery, communication may be provided in the form of an email to Your last email address in the Company's records, or a notice to You of a document's availability on the Company's website. You are responsible for notifying the Company of any address change, email address change, or any error in a Company notice sent to You. In the case of Joint Owners, the Company will send notices and other communications to the address of the first Owner listed on the Contract Data Pages.

------

![](d2rila317018.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317 14 CONTRACT OPTION PROVISIONS The Contract contains two types of Contract Options: Fixed Account and Index Account. Upon Good Order and Premium allocation requirements, as stated on the Contract Data Pages, being met, all Premium will be allocated to the Contract Options as indicated by the instructions currently on file for Your Contract, subject to availability. The Company reserves the right to restrict or prohibit allocation of Premium to the 1-Year Fixed Account Option at its discretion, on a non-discriminatory basis, at any time. FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS. 1-Year Fixed Account Option. The 1-Year Fixed Account Option is an annually renewable option within the Fixed Account. The Company will credit interest to amounts allocated to the 1- Year Fixed Account Option at the rate currently declared for the 1-Year Fixed Account Option, at the sole discretion of the Company, for Premium with the same Premium Allocation Date. On the Fixed Account Option Anniversary the interest rate for the 1-Year Fixed Account Option is subject to change. In no event will the interest rate credited by the Company to the 1-Year Fixed Account Option be less than the FAMIR per annum. Performance Lock Holding Account. The Performance Lock Holding Account is a limited- purpose Fixed Account Option used only for Performance Lock amounts. The Company will credit interest to amounts allocated to the Performance Lock Holding Account at the rate currently declared for the Performance Lock Holding Account, at the sole discretion of the Company, as of the date amounts are allocated to the Performance Lock Holding Account. The interest rate is guaranteed until the Fixed Account Value is moved on the next Premium Allocation Anniversary of the Index Account Option from which the Performance Lock was performed. In no event will the interest rate credited by the Company to the Performance Lock Holding Account be less than the FAMIR per annum. The Performance Lock Holding Account cannot be independently elected. Subsequent Premium Holding Account. The Subsequent Premium Holding Account is a limited-purpose Fixed Account Option used only for subsequent Premium that does not yet meet the subsequent Premium allocation requirements shown on the Contract Data Pages. The Company will credit interest to amounts allocated to the Subsequent Premium Holding Account at the rate currently declared for the Subsequent Premium Holding Account, at the sole discretion of the Company, as of the date amounts are allocated to the Subsequent Premium Holding Account. The interest rate is guaranteed until the earlier of the Contract Anniversary or such date subsequent Premium allocation requirements are met. In no event will the interest rate credited by the Company to the Subsequent Premium Holding Account be less than the FAMIR per annum. The Subsequent Premium Holding Account cannot be independently elected.

------

![](d2rila317019.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317 15 CONTRACT OPTION PROVISIONS (CONT'D) Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate (FAMIR). The FAMIR is the guaranteed minimum interest rate under the Contract and may change each year on the Redetermination Date. The Company will send You notice of the re-determined FAMIR annually. The Initial FAMIR established on the Issue Date is shown on the Contract Data Pages. The Company will re-determine the FAMIR as shown on the Contract Data Pages on each Redetermination Date for that Redetermination Period. Fixed Account Value. The Fixed Account Value is equal to (1) the value of Premium and any amounts transferred into the Fixed Account Option(s); (2) plus interest credited daily at a rate not less than the FAMIR per annum; (3) less any gross partial withdrawals; (4) less any amounts transferred out of the Fixed Account Option(s), (5) less any applicable charges for add-on benefits. The Fixed Account Value will never be less than the FAMV. INDEX ACCOUNT OPTIONS. An option within the Index Account for allocation of Contract Value, defined by its Index Adjustment Factors, Index Account Option Term Anniversary, Premium Allocation Date, Index Account Option Term, Index, and Crediting Method. The terms, Indexes, and Crediting Methods available as of the Issue Date are shown on the Supplemental Contract Data Pages. Availability of terms, Indexes, and Crediting Methods are subject to change at the sole discretion of the Company on a non-discriminatory basis. Index Account Value. The Index Account Value is equal to the sum of the Index Account Option values. On the first day of the Index Account Option Term, the Index Account Option value is equal to the Index Option Crediting Base ("IOCB"). During the Index Account Option Term, the Index Account Option value is equal to the Interim Value. The Interim Value is equal to the sum of the Fixed Income Asset Proxy and the Derivative Asset Proxy. On the Index Account Option Term Anniversary, the Index Account Option value is equal to the greater of the IOCB plus the Index Adjustment, or zero. Index Option Crediting Base. The IOCB is a component used in calculating the Index Account Option value. On the first day of the Index Account Option Term, the IOCB is equal to the Premium or Contract Value allocated or transferred to the Index Account Option less the amount transferred out of the Index Account Option. During or at the end of the Index Account Option Term, the IOCB is equal to the greater of the IOCB at the beginning of the Index Account Option Term, reduced for any Performance Locks, withdrawals, including any MVA, or applicable add-on benefit charges deducted from the Index Account Option during the current Index Account Option Term in the same proportion that the Index Account Option value was reduced on the date of the Performance Lock, withdrawal or applicable add-on benefit charges, or zero.

------

![](d2rila317020.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317 16 CONTRACT OPTION PROVISIONS (CONT'D) TRANSFERS. When transferring out of the 1-Year Fixed Account Option, transfers may only occur on the Fixed Account Option Anniversary. When transferring out of a Holding Account, transfers may only occur on the date specified below for each Holding Account. When transferring out of an Index Account Option, transfers may only occur on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary or upon the exercise of a Performance Lock. You will be sent a notice thirty (30) days prior to the Fixed Account Option Anniversary and/or Index Account Option Term Anniversary. The notice will advise You of how You may obtain information on the Contract Options and current rates available to You. You may request a transfer to or from the 1-Year Fixed Account Option and to or from the Index Account Option(s). You may also request transfers among the available Index Account Options within the Index Account. A request for a transfer must be received in Good Order at the Company's Customer Care Center prior to the Fixed Account Option Anniversary or Index Account Option Term Anniversary, as applicable. 1-Year Fixed Account Option Transfers. If no transfer request is received on or prior to the Contract Anniversary, the 1-Year Fixed Account Option value will remain in the 1-Year Fixed Account Option. Performance Lock and Performance Lock Holding Account Transfers. Transfers into the Performance Lock Holding Account are only allowed in connection with a Performance Lock. Prior to the Index Account Option Term Anniversary, You may elect to transfer the full or partial Interim Value of an Index Account Option into the Performance Lock Holding Account by requesting a Performance Lock subject to the following: 1. To execute a Performance Lock, You must specify the Index Account Option from which to execute the Performance Lock. Performance Lock may not be available with all Crediting Methods. See the Crediting Method Endorsements for details; 2. Performance Locks may be executed for the full or partial Interim Value of a given Index Account Option; 3. For each Index Account Option, a Performance Lock for a partial Interim Value amount can be used once within each Premium Year. However, a Performance Lock for the full Interim Value in the Index Account Option can be requested at any time. The Interim Value transferred to the Performance Lock Holding Account will be equal to the Interim Value requested for transfer after the request is received in Good Order at the Company's Customer Care Center. The Interim Value subject to the Performance Lock will be transferred to the Performance Lock Holding Account on the Performance Lock Date and will receive the current interest rate declared for amounts in the Performance Lock Holding Account as of the Performance Lock Date. This interest rate will be guaranteed until the next Premium Allocation Anniversary of the Index Account Option from which the Performance Lock was performed. The amounts subject to the Performance Lock will remain in the Performance Lock Holding Account until the next Premium Allocation Anniversary of the Index Account Option from which the Performance Lock was performed.

------

![](d2rila317021.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317 17 CONTRACT OPTION PROVISIONS (CONT'D) On the Premium Allocation Anniversary of the Index Account Option from which the Performance Lock was performed, any Fixed Account Value in the Performance Lock Holding Account associated with that Index Account Option will be automatically transferred out of the Performance Lock Holding Account. If no other instructions are provided by You, Performance Lock Holding Account value from a Performance Lock, including interest, will be allocated to a new Index Account Option with the same Index Account Option Term, Index, Crediting Method, and Index Adjustment Factors as the Index Account Option the Performance Lock was executed on, if it is available and does not extend beyond the LID. Subsequent Premium Holding Account Transfers. Transfers into the Subsequent Premium Holding Account are only allowed in connection with subsequent Premium payments that have not yet met the subsequent Premium allocation requirements, as shown on the Contract Data Pages. On the earlier of (i) the Contract Anniversary or (ii) the date that the subsequent Premium allocation requirements, as shown on the Contract Data Pages, are met, any Fixed Account Option value in the Subsequent Premium Holding Account will be automatically transferred out of the Subsequent Premium Holding Account and allocated to the available Contract Options as indicated by the most recent instructions currently on file for Your Contract. Index Account Option Transfers. If no transfer request is received on or prior to the Index Account Option Term Anniversary, the Index Account Option value(s) will be reallocated as follows: 1. if the same Index Account Option Term with the same Index, Crediting Method and Index Adjustment Factors is available at the time and does not extend beyond the LID, the Company will renew the Index Account Option into the same Index Account Option Term with the same Index, Crediting Method, and downside protection; 2. if the same Index Account Option Term with the same Index, Crediting Method, and Index Adjustment Factors is not available at the time, but the same Index and Crediting Method with greater Index Adjustment Factors is available at the time and does not extend beyond the LID, the Company will renew the Index Account Option into the same Index Account Option Term with the same Index and Crediting Method with the closest greater downside protection available for that term; 3. if the same Index Account Option Term with the same Index, Crediting Method, and Index Adjustment Factors is available at the time but extends beyond the LID, the Company will select the available Index Account Option Term with the same Index, Crediting Method, and downside protection that ends closest to but before the LID; 4. if the same Index Account Option Term is not available at the time but would not extend beyond the LID were it available, the Company will select the available Index Account Option Term with the period closest to but less than the Index Account Option Term that just ended with the same Index and Crediting Method with the closest equal or greater downside protection available for that term. 5. in all other cases, the Index Account Option value(s) will be reallocated to the 1-Year Fixed Account Option.

------

![](d2rila317022.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317 18 CONTRACT OPTION PROVISIONS (CONT'D) If the Index or Crediting Method with equal or greater downside protection is no longer available as of the Index Account Option Term Anniversary, the Index Account Option value(s) will be reallocated to the 1-Year Fixed Account Option. Transfers from an Index Account Option in connection with a Performance Lock may occur at any time, subject to any limitations. See Performance Lock for details. Unless specified otherwise, transfers on a Premium Allocation Anniversary will be taken from the Index Account Option(s) that have reached their Index Account Option Term Anniversary and the 1-Year Fixed Account Option(s) in proportion to their current value. The Company reserves the right to restrict or prohibit transfers from the Index Account Option to the 1-Year Fixed Account Option, at its discretion, on a non-discriminatory basis, at any time. Transfers from a Fixed Account Option will reduce the Fixed Account Value by the transfer amount requested. Transfers into a 1-Year Fixed Account Option will increase the 1-Year Fixed Account Option value by the transfer amount requested. Transfers from an Index Account Option will reduce the Index Account Option value by the transfer amount requested. Transfers into an Index Account Option will increase the Index Account Option value by the transfer amount requested.

------

![](d2rila317023.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317 19 WITHDRAWAL PROVISIONS On or before the Income Date, You may request a total or partial withdrawal of the Contract Value by submitting a request to the Company's Customer Care Center in a form acceptable to the Company. The withdrawal will be processed after a withdrawal request is received at the Company's Customer Care Center in Good Order. No withdrawal may exceed the Withdrawal Value. TOTAL WITHDRAWAL. During the MVA Period, the Withdrawal Value for a total withdrawal from the Contract is equal to the Contract Value, less any applicable add-on benefit charge, adjusted for any applicable MVA. After the expiration of the MVA Period, the Withdrawal Value for a total withdrawal from the Contract is equal to Contract Value, less any applicable add-on benefit charge. A total withdrawal terminates Your Contract. In no event will a total withdrawal from the Fixed Account be less than the FAMV. PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL. Any partial withdrawal may be subject to an MVA. At least the Minimum Contract Value remaining after a partial withdrawal, as shown on the Contract Data Pages, must remain after any partial withdrawal. Unless You request otherwise, a gross partial withdrawal will be deducted from the Fixed Account Option values and the Index Account Option values in proportion to their current values. The gross partial withdrawal will be adjusted for any applicable MVA. If the gross amount of the partial withdrawal reduces the Contract Value below the Minimum Contract Value remaining after a partial withdrawal, as shown on the Contract Data Pages, the Company will treat the withdrawal request as a total withdrawal and the Withdrawal Value will be paid. The amount payable as a result of the partial withdrawal will be determined at the end of the Business Day on which the Company receives Your request for withdrawal in Good Order at the Company's Customer Care Center. Partial Withdrawals will reduce each Index Account Option's IOCB in the same proportion that its Interim Value was reduced on the date of the withdrawal. Any overpayments made by the Company to You in error must be returned within thirty (30) days from the date You are notified of the overpayment, or the Company will reduce Your Contract Value for the amount of the overpayment. If the overpayment exceeds the Contract Value, You are responsible for returning the remaining portion of the overpayment to the Company.

------

![](d2rila317024.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317 20 WITHDRAWAL PROVISIONS (CONT'D) ADVISORY FEE WITHDRAWALS. Advisory Fee Withdrawals are withdrawals from the Contract for the purpose of paying an advisory fee to Your financial professional subject to the following rules: 1. You must provide written authorization to the Company authorizing us to accept and execute instructions from Your third party financial professional to make withdrawals from Your Contract to pay advisory fees pursuant to a written agreement between You and Your third party financial professional; 2. The Total Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentage will not be allowed to exceed the Maximum Annual Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentage, as shown on the Contract Data Pages. The Total Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentage will be calculated as the sum of all Advisory Fee Withdrawal Percentages that occurred during a Contract Year; 3. Advisory Fee Withdrawals will always reduce the Contract Value; 4. Advisory Fee Withdrawals will only be allowed if the withdrawal does not bring the Contract Value below the Minimum Contract Value remaining after a partial withdrawal, as shown on the Contract Data Pages; 5. You may terminate authorization for the direct deduction of advisory fees under this provision at any time by providing us with written notice of such termination. QUALIFIED CONTRACT REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS. Qualified Contract RMDs are based upon Your Contract Value, the value of any applicable add-on benefits as calculated by the Company, and applicable federal tax law requirements. You may request a withdrawal for an RMD by submitting a written request to the Customer Care Center in a form acceptable to the Company. The Company will waive any MVA if the gross amount withdrawn does not exceed the Contract's RMD amount, as determined by the Company. However, if a gross withdrawal amount is greater than the Contract's RMD amount, as determined by the Company, the excess amount of the gross partial withdrawal is subject to an MVA. AUTOMATIC WITHDRAWAL. You may elect to take an automatic withdrawal by withdrawing a specific sum or a certain percentage of the Contract Value on a monthly, quarterly, semiannual, or annual basis, subject to the Minimum Partial Withdrawal amount made as a scheduled part of an automatic withdrawal program, as shown on the Contract Data Pages. Automatic withdrawals are treated as partial withdrawals and will be counted in determining the amount taken as an MVA Free Withdrawal in any Contract Year. Automatic withdrawals in excess of the MVA Free Withdrawal amount may be subject to an MVA. Automatic withdrawals cease on the Income Date.

------

![](d2rila317025.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317 21 WITHDRAWAL PROVISIONS (CONT'D) MVA FREE WITHDRAWAL. During each Contract Year, You may make partial withdrawals from the Contract without incurring an MVA. The amount of MVA Free Withdrawal available in any Contract Year is equal to the greater of: 1. any applicable RMD less earnings; or 2. the total of: a. the MVA Free Withdrawal Percentage, as shown on the Contract Data Pages, multiplied by the Remaining Premium at the beginning of the Contract Year that is subject to an MVA, plus b. the MVA Free Withdrawal Percentage, as shown on the Contract Data Pages, multiplied by Premium received during the Contract Year; less c. earnings; or 3. zero. Earnings is defined in the MVA provision of this Contract. The MVA Free Withdrawal can be taken as a single withdrawal or multiple withdrawals throughout the Contract Year. The amount of Your MVA Free Withdrawal available will vary throughout the Contract Year depending on previous withdrawals of Your MVA Free Withdrawal amount, previous withdrawals of earnings, and the amount of earnings present at the time of the withdrawal. The amount of Your MVA Free Withdrawal available may reduce due to applicable withdrawals during the Contract Year. Advisory Fee Withdrawals will not reduce the MVA Free Withdrawal amount. Any amount withdrawn to satisfy an RMD may reduce the amount of Your MVA Free Withdrawal available. MVA Free Withdrawals are subject to the provisions of Partial Withdrawals and Total Withdrawals. Amounts withdrawn under the MVA Free Withdrawal provision reduce the Contract Value and may reduce Remaining Premium. Withdrawals during the Contract Year in excess of the MVA Free Withdrawal may be subject to any applicable MVA.

------

![](d2rila317026.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317 22 DEATH BENEFIT PROVISIONS NATURAL OWNER'S DEATH BEFORE THE INCOME DATE. Upon Your death or the death of any Joint Owner before the Income Date, the Company will pay the death benefit to the Beneficiary(ies) designated by You, subject to the following: 1. On jointly owned Contracts, upon the death of the first Joint Owner, the surviving Joint Owner becomes the Primary Beneficiary. If the surviving Joint Owner dies prior to the Income Date and prior to submitting a claim form in Good Order, the surviving Joint Owner's interest as Beneficiary is extinguished, and any remaining death benefit will be paid to the Beneficiary(ies) in accordance with the last Beneficiary designation received by the Company in Good Order before the last Joint Owner's death; 2. On all Contracts, if no Beneficiary designation is in effect, or the designated Beneficiary(ies) have not survived the Owner, or both Joint Owners in the case of a jointly owned Contract, the death benefit shall be paid to the Owner's estate, or the estate of the last Joint Owner to die in the case of a jointly owned Contract. ANNUITANT'S DEATH BEFORE THE INCOME DATE. Upon the death of an Annuitant, who is not also an Owner, before the Income Date, the Contract remains in force and the Owner becomes the Annuitant. The Owner may designate a new Annuitant, subject to the Company's administrative rules then in effect. No death benefit is payable on the death of an Annuitant who is not also an Owner. However, if the Contract is owned by a legal entity, the death of the Annuitant (in the case of Joint Annuitants, the death of the first Annuitant) is treated as the death of the Owner for purposes of these Death Benefit Provisions, and the Company will pay the death benefit to the Beneficiary(ies) designated by the Owner, or, if no Beneficiary(ies) survive the applicable death, to the Owner. DEATH BENEFIT AMOUNT BEFORE THE INCOME DATE. The death benefit amount before the Income Date is equal to the current Contract Value less any applicable add-on benefit charges. DEATH BENEFIT PAYMENT OPTIONS BEFORE THE INCOME DATE. Unless You designated a Pre-selected Death Benefit Option, a Beneficiary entitled to the death benefit before the Income Date must request that the Company pay the death benefit according to one of the death benefit options below: Option 1 - single lump-sum payment, paid immediately upon the Company's receipt of Due Proof of the relevant death and a claim form in Good Order; Option 2 - payment of the entire death benefit distributed within five years of the date of the relevant death; or Option 3 - Income Payments of the death benefit with distributions beginning within one year of the date of the relevant death: (i) over the lifetime of the Beneficiary; or (ii) over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Beneficiary.

------

![](d2rila317027.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317 23 DEATH BENEFIT PROVISIONS (CONT'D) The Company may make available other death benefit payment options. A Beneficiary that wishes to elect payment under Option 3 must do so no later than sixty (60) days from the date the Company receives Due Proof of death in Good Order at the Company's Customer Care Center. Any portion of the death benefit not applied under Option 3 must be paid within five years from the relevant death. The death benefit will remain invested in accordance with the allocation selected by You until a Death Benefit Option is selected or the Beneficiary specifies otherwise. DEATH BENEFIT PAYMENT OPTIONS FOR QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. For Qualified Contracts, the death benefit payment options may be limited under the terms of the contract endorsement in order to qualify under the Internal Revenue Code. BENEFICIARY'S ENTITLEMENT TO DEATH BENEFIT BEFORE THE INCOME DATE. The Company will pay the death benefit to Primary Beneficiaries or, if none exist, to Contingent Beneficiaries, in equal shares (the "default allocation") unless You have designated otherwise (the "designated allocation"). A Beneficiary that dies before or within ten (10) days (or different period as prescribed by applicable law) of Your death is not entitled to any death benefit. In that circumstance, the Company will pay the deceased Beneficiary's share of the death benefit to surviving Beneficiaries in the same proportion as the designated allocation or, if applicable, the default allocation. A Contingent Beneficiary has no rights unless the Contingent Beneficiary survives all Primary Beneficiaries who would have been entitled to receive payments under the Contract had they survived. If no Beneficiary survives You, the Company will pay the death benefit to Your estate. PAYMENT OF DEATH BENEFIT. The death benefit will be determined at the time the Company has received the first Due Proof of the relevant death and a claim form in Good Order from a Beneficiary. The Company will pay the death benefit to the Beneficiary upon receipt of a request for payment with Due Proof of the relevant death in Good Order at the Company's Customer Care Center. If the Company has received Due Proof of death, the Company will calculate the share of the death benefit due to a Beneficiary using Contract values established at the end of the Business Day on the date the Company receives a claim form with a payment option elected from that Beneficiary. If the Company has not received Due Proof of death or any other required documentation, the Company will calculate the share of the death benefit due to a Beneficiary using Contract values established at the end of the Business Day on the date the Company receives any remaining required documentation. Fluctuations in index performance or Interim Value may cause the calculation of a Beneficiary's death benefit share to differ from the calculation of another Beneficiary's death benefit share.

------

![](d2rila317028.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317 24 DEATH BENEFIT PROVISIONS (CONT'D) Each Beneficiary entitled to the death benefit bears the investment risk associated with amounts allocated to any Index Account Option until the Company receives that Beneficiary's claim form in Good Order at the Company's Customer Care Center and calculates their share of the death benefit. If any death benefit is due to an Owner's estate, the Company will pay the benefit in a single lump-sum payment. If a single lump-sum payment is elected by a Beneficiary, their death benefit share of the Contract will remain in force and will accrue interest until the Company first receives Due Proof of death in Good Order. After that time, the rate of interest will equal the rate of interest applicable to death benefit proceeds left on deposit with the Company on the date of Your death. If the Company does not distribute the death benefit payment within thirty (30) calendar days of the latest of the dates specified in items 1, 2, and 3 below, then beginning on the thirty-first calendar day from the latest of the dates specified in items 1, 2, and 3 below until the date the claim is paid, the death benefit will accrue additional interest at a rate of 10% annually. 1. The date the Company receives Due Proof of death; 2. the date the Company receives sufficient information to determine liability, the extent of the liability, and the appropriate payee legally entitled to the proceeds; and 3. the date that legal impediments to payment of proceeds that depend on the action of parties other than the Company are resolved and sufficient evidence of the same is provided to the Company. Legal impediments to payment include, but are not limited to, (a) the establishment of guardianships and conservatorships; (b) appointment and qualification of trustees, executors and administrators; and (c) submission of information required to satisfy state and federal reporting requirements. The Company will pay the death benefit in accordance with applicable laws and regulations governing death benefit payments and in accordance with the Company's administrative procedures. Spousal Continuation Option Instead of Death Benefit. Unless the Contract is subject to a Pre-selected Death Benefit Option, a Joint Owner or sole Beneficiary who is the surviving spouse of the deceased Owner may elect to continue the Contract in his or her own name as described below and exercise the Owner's rights under the Contract instead of taking the standard death benefit. The Spousal Continuation Option may be elected only if the Company receives the surviving spouse's claim form electing the option and Due Proof of the relevant death in Good Order at the Company's Customer Care Center while the surviving spouse is alive. The "continuation date" is the date on which the Company receives such claim form and Due Proof of death. The Spousal Continuation Option is not available if: 1) it is on or after the Income Date, 2) the original Contract Owner is no longer the Contract Owner, 3) the Contract has been assigned, or 4) You designated a Pre-selected Death Benefit Option. The Spousal Continuation Option may be elected only once.

------

![](d2rila317029.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317 25 DEATH BENEFIT PROVISIONS (CONT'D) Pre-selected Death Benefit Option. Before the Income Date, You may designate the option according to which the Company will pay the death benefit from the death benefit payment options described in the Contract, or other death benefit options made available by the Company. You may do so by submitting a designation in a form acceptable to the Company in Good Order to the Company's Customer Care Center. Pre-selected Death Benefit Options are effective only after being recorded by the Company. The Company will pay the death benefit consistent with Your Pre-selected Death Benefit Option unless the Internal Revenue Code requires otherwise, or Your election requires payment over a period that exceeds the Beneficiary's life expectancy as determined by the Company. Only You may revoke or change a Pre-selected Death Benefit Option. To do so, You must submit a request in a form acceptable to the Company to the Company's Customer Care Center. Revocations of and changes to a Pre-selected Death Benefit Option are effective only after being recorded by the Company.

------

![](d2rila317030.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317 26 INCOME PROVISIONS INCOME DATE. Income Payments begin on the Income Date. If You do not select an Income Date, the Income Date is the LID. You may change the Income Date by submitting Written Notice in Good Order to the Company's Customer Care Center at least seven days before the current Income Date. The LID may be changed to a later date upon request, if the Company agrees to the change in writing. Requests to extend the LID must be submitted in writing and received by the Company's Customer Care Center at least seven days before the current LID. INCOME PAYMENT. On or before the Income Date, You may elect payment in a single lump- sum. A single lump-sum payment is considered a total withdrawal and terminates the Contract. The Company will make payment to You or another payee You specify. Alternatively, You may elect an Income Option to begin on the Income Date. The Company will apply the Contract Value, less applicable taxes, adjusted for any applicable MVA, less applicable add-on benefit charges, to provide You income according to Your selected Income Option. INCOME OPTIONS. You may elect payment as provided in Options 1, 2, 3, or 4 below. You may elect an Income Option up to thirty (30) days before the Income Date by submitting Written Notice in Good Order to the Company's Customer Care Center. The Company will make payment to You or another payee You specify. If You do not select an Income Option the Company will make payments as provided in Option 3 below, with 120 months certain. The Company will make payments monthly, quarterly, semiannually, or annually as You elect. However, if the Contract Value on the Income Date is less than $2,000, the Company may pay out the Contract Value in one lump-sum payment instead of providing Income Payments according to the Income Option You elect. If the first monthly payment provided would be less than $20, the Company may make payments quarterly, semiannually, or annually to achieve an initial payment of at least $20, or the Company may pay out the Contract Value in one single lump-sum payment. At the time of their commencement, Income Payments will not be less than those that would be provided by the application of an equivalent amount to purchase a single Premium immediate annuity contract from the Company at purchase rates the Company offered on the Income Date to annuitants in the same class as the Annuitant. YOU MAY NOT TAKE WITHDRAWALS DURING ANY PERIOD THE COMPANY IS MAKING PAYMENTS FOR AN ANNUITANT'S LIFETIME. OPTION 1 - LIFE INCOME. A monthly payment for the Annuitant's lifetime. All payments end upon the Annuitant's death. However, in the event of the Annuitant's death before the first monthly payment, the Company will pay the amount allocated to this Income Option to You or, if You are deceased, to Your Beneficiary. No MVA applies to Contract Value applied to Option 1.

------

![](d2rila317031.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317 27 INCOME PROVISIONS (CONT'D) OPTION 2 - JOINT AND SURVIVOR INCOME. A monthly payment for the longer of the Annuitant's lifetime or that of a Joint Annuitant. Upon the occasion of the first person to die, monthly payments continue during the survivor's lifetime at either the full amount previously payable or as a percentage (either one-half or two-thirds) of the full amount, as You select at the time You elect the Income Option. All payments end upon the death of the last surviving Annuitant. However, in the event of the deaths of the Annuitant and Joint Annuitant before the first monthly payment, the Company will pay the amount allocated to this Income Option to You or, if You are deceased, Your Beneficiary. No MVA applies to Contract Value applied to Option 2. OPTION 3 - LIFE INCOME WITH 120 OR 240 MONTHLY PAYMENTS GUARANTEED. A monthly payment for the Annuitant's lifetime with the guarantee that the Company will make at least 120 or 240 monthly payments, whichever You elect, to You. If the Owner is an entity, at the Annuitant's death, if fewer than the guaranteed number of payments have been made, the remaining guaranteed payments will be made to the Owner as previously scheduled. If the Owner is the Annuitant, in the event You die before the Company makes the specified number of guaranteed payments, the Income Payments will be made to Your Beneficiary according to the terms of this Contract unless the Beneficiary elects to receive the present value of any remaining guaranteed payments in a single lump-sum payment. The present value of any remaining guaranteed payments will be based on the total Income Payments as of the date of the calculation. The Company will determine the interest rate used in this present value calculation, but in no instance will it be greater than one percentage point higher than the rate used to calculate the initial Income Payment. No MVA applies to Contract Value applied to Option 3. OPTION 4 - INCOME FOR A SPECIFIED PERIOD. A monthly payment for any whole number of years ranging from 5 to 30. In the event You die before the Company makes the specified number of payments, the Income Payments will be made to Your Beneficiary according to the terms of this Contract unless the Beneficiary elects to receive the present value of any remaining guaranteed payments in a single lump-sum payment. The present value of any remaining guaranteed payments will be based on the total Income Payments as of the date of the calculation. The Company will determine the interest rate used in this present value calculation, but in no instance will it be greater than one percentage point higher than the rate used to calculate the initial Income Payment. No MVA applies to Contract Value applied to payments spread over five (5) years or more under Option 4. ADDITIONAL INCOME OPTIONS. The Company may make available other Income Options. OWNER'S DEATH ON OR AFTER THE INCOME DATE. If any Owner, who is not also an Annuitant, dies on or after the Income Date when the Income Date is a date earlier than the Latest Income Date, any remaining Income Payments due will continue at least as rapidly as the payment method in effect as of the date of the Owner's death. After the death of the last surviving Joint Owner on or after the Income Date, any remaining Income Payments will be paid to the Beneficiary.

------

![](d2rila317032.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317 28 INCOME PROVISIONS (CONT'D) ANNUITANT'S DEATH ON OR AFTER THE INCOME DATE. Upon the death of the Annuitant (and Joint Annuitant, if applicable), who is not also an Owner, on or after the Income Date, the death benefit, if any, will be as specified in the Income Option in effect. Any life-contingent Income Payments cease on the death of the Annuitant (and Joint Annuitant, if applicable). Any amounts due after an Annuitant's death will continue to be paid at least as rapidly as the payment method in effect as of the date of the Annuitant's death. Upon the death of the Annuitant (and Joint Annuitant, if applicable), who is also an Owner, on or after the Income Date when the Income Date is a date earlier than the Latest Income Date, the death benefit, if any, will be as specified in the Income Option in effect. Any life-contingent Income Payments cease on the death of the Annuitant (and Joint Annuitant, if applicable). Any amounts due after an Annuitant's death will continue to be paid at least as rapidly as the payment method in effect as of the date of the Annuitant's death. BENEFICIARY'S ENTITLEMENT TO INCOME PAYMENTS AFTER THE INCOME DATE. Upon the death of any Owner, the Company will pay any remaining Income Payments due to Primary Beneficiaries or, if none exist, to the Contingent Beneficiaries, in equal shares (the "default allocation") unless You have designated otherwise (the "designated allocation"). A Beneficiary that dies before or within ten (10) days (or different period as prescribed by applicable law) of Your death is not entitled to remaining Income Payments due; in that circumstance, the Company will pay any remaining Income Payments due the deceased Beneficiary to surviving Beneficiaries in the same proportion as the designated allocation or, if applicable, the default allocation. A Contingent Beneficiary has no rights unless the Contingent Beneficiary survives all Primary Beneficiaries who would have been entitled to receive payments under the Contract had they survived. If no Beneficiary survives You, the Company will pay remaining Income Payments to Your estate.

------

![](d2rila317033.jpg)

ICC25 RILA317 29 TERMINATION PROVISIONS This Contract terminates and all Contract benefits, including those provided by any applicable add-on benefits unless otherwise specified in the add-on benefits, will end on the earliest of: 1. the date You take a total withdrawal; 2. the date the Contract Value is reduced to zero for any reason; or 3. the date upon which the entire interest in the Contract has been distributed. Distributions may be made in whole or in part after the Income Date, after Due Proof of the relevant death and a claim form in Good Order has been received by the Company, and/or under a supplemental contract evidencing the interest in the contract to be distributed.

------

## Ex-99.(D)(4)

![](d47820-cbgticc25guarante001.jpg)

ICC25 7820-CBG 1 Jackson National Life Insurance Company® GUARANTEED CAP WITH BUFFER CREDITING METHOD Thank you for choosing Jackson National Life Insurance Company, also referred to as "the Company". This crediting method endorsement is made a part of the Contract to which it is attached and is effective on the Issue Date. To the extent any provisions contained in this endorsement are contrary to or inconsistent with those of the Contract to which it is attached, the provisions of this endorsement will control. The provisions of Your Contract remain in effect except where modified by this endorsement. The Contract is revised as follows: 1) The following language is added to the DEFINITIONS of the Contract: "GUARANTEE PERIOD. The period of time during which Index Adjustment Factors for the Guaranteed Cap with Buffer Crediting Method remain unchanged, as shown on the Supplemental Contract Data Pages. GUARANTEED BUFFER (GB). The GB is an Index Adjustment Factor. The Guaranteed Buffer is the allowable decrease in Index price before a negative Index Adjustment is credited to the Index Account Option value at the end of the Index Account Option Term, expressed as a percentage. The GB is declared on the Premium Allocation Date and is guaranteed during the Guarantee Period. GUARANTEED CAP RATE (GCR). The GCR is an Index Adjustment Factor. The GCR is the maximum Index Adjustment that will be credited to the Index Account Option value at the end of each Index Account Option Term, expressed as a percentage. This limits the positive Index Adjustment that may be credited to the Index Account Option value. The GCR is declared on the Premium Allocation Date and is guaranteed during the Guarantee Period. If the Guaranteed Cap Rate is uncapped, no maximum applies. GUARANTEED CAP WITH BUFFER CREDITING METHOD. The Guaranteed Cap with Buffer Crediting Method credits an Index Adjustment to the Index Account Option value at the end of the Index Account Option Term based on the following Index performance criteria. When the Index performance is positive, it will result in a positive Index Adjustment equal to the positive Index performance multiplied by the Guaranteed Index Participation Rate up to a maximum of the Guaranteed Cap Rate. When the Index performance is zero or negative, but not in excess of the Guaranteed Buffer percentage, it will result in an Index Adjustment of zero. Negative Index performance in excess of the Guaranteed Buffer percentage will result in a negative Index Adjustment. ENDORSEMENT

------

![](d47820-cbgticc25guarante002.jpg)

ICC25 7820-CBG 2 GUARANTEED INDEX PARTICIPATION RATE (GIPR). The GIPR is an Index Adjustment Factor. The GIPR is the percentage applied to any positive change in an underlying Index price over the initial Index price of the Index Account Option Term in the calculation of the Index Adjustment. The GIPR is declared on the Premium Allocation Date and is guaranteed during the Guarantee Period." 2) The following language is added to the CONTRACT OPTION PROVISIONS of the Contract. "Index-linked returns do not include the portion of returns generated by the underlying Index that come from dividends. The Index Adjustment Factors used in determining the Index Adjustment are not guaranteed beyond the Guarantee Period and may be different for subsequent Premiums invested in a similar Index Account Option. Any such changes can affect the Index Adjustment. The Index Adjustment is determined as follows: Guaranteed Cap with Buffer On the Index Account Option Term Anniversary, the Index Adjustment to the Index Account Option value will be calculated according to the following formula using the definitions below. Index Adjustment = IF (Pe - Pb) / Pb ≥ 0, THEN If uncapped (no GCR) = IOCB x GIPR x (Pe - Pb) / Pb Else = IOCB x MINIMUM [GCR, GIPR x (Pe - Pb) / Pb], IF (Pe - Pb) / Pb < 0, THEN = IOCB x MINIMUM [(Pe - Pb) / Pb + GB, 0] Pb = the Index price at the beginning of the Index Account Option Term. Pe = the Index price on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary. IOCB = the Index Option Crediting Base on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary. GCR = the GCR declared on the Premium Allocation Date. GB = the GB declared on the Premium Allocation Date. GIPR = the GIPR declared on the Premium Allocation Date. During the Index Account Option Term: During the Index Account Option Term, the Index Account Option value will be equal to the Interim Value. The Interim Value will be equal to the sum of the Fixed Income Asset Proxy and the Derivative Asset Proxy.

------

![](d47820-cbgticc25guarante003.jpg)

ICC25 7820-CBG 3 FIXED INCOME ASSET PROXY. The Fixed Income Asset Proxy is calculated using the definitions below. IOCB is the Index Option Crediting Base on the date the Interim Value is calculated. A is the Market Value, as of the close of the Business Day at the beginning of the Index Account Option Term, of a hypothetical portfolio of options designed to replicate the Index Adjustment. B is the Index Option Crediting Base at the beginning of the Index Account Option Term. C is the number of days elapsed in the Index Account Option Term on the date the Interim Value is calculated. D is the total number of days in the Index Account Option Term. E is the daily interest rate credited to the Fixed Income Asset Proxy during the Index Account Option Term. E is calculated as follows: E = � B B - A �1 D - 1 The Fixed Income Asset Proxy is calculated as: Fixed Income Asset Proxy = IOCB × �1- A B �× (1 + E)C DERIVATIVE ASSET PROXY. The Derivative Asset Proxy is equal to the Market Value, on the date the Interim Value is calculated, of a hypothetical portfolio of options designed to replicate the Index Adjustment. The Derivative Asset Proxy uses a fair value methodology to value the replicating portfolio of options that support this product. The Company determines the methodology used to determine the Market Value of the options, which may result in values that vary, higher or lower, from other estimated values or the actual selling price of identical derivatives. Such variance may differ based on Index Adjustment Factors and may change from day to day. Valuation of the options is based on standard methods for valuing derivatives using market consistent inputs. The hypothetical portfolio consists of the following options: • AMC - Call options with a strike price equal to the initial Index price • OMC - Call options with a strike price equal to (1 + GCR / GIPR)% of the initial Index price • OMP - Put options with a strike price equal to (1 - GB)% of the initial Index price The Market Value of the Derivative Asset Proxy includes the estimated cost associated with selling the hypothetical portfolio of options prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term. The Market Values of all options in the hypothetical portfolio are combined to calculate the Derivative Asset Proxy as follows: Derivative Asset Proxy = AMC- OMC- OMP The Interim Value will be calculated each Business Day during the Index Account Option Term."

------

![](d47820-cbgticc25guarante004.jpg)

ICC25 7820-CBG 4 3) The following language is added to the TRANSFERS provision of the CONTRACT OPTION PROVISIONS of Your Contract: "Funds removed from an Index Account Option with a Guaranteed Cap with Buffer Crediting Method through a Performance Lock cannot be transferred to or reallocated back into any Index Account Option with Guaranteed Cap with Buffer Crediting Method. Funds which remain in the Index Account Option with a Guaranteed Cap with Buffer Crediting Method will continue to use guaranteed Index Adjustment Factors in the calculation of the Index Adjustment during the Guarantee Period. If no transfer request is received on or prior to the Index Account Option Term Anniversary of an Index Account Option with a Guaranteed Cap with Buffer Crediting Method, the Index Account Option value will be reallocated as follows: 1. if the Index Account Option Term Anniversary occurs during the Guarantee Period, the Index Account Option value will remain allocated to the same Index Account Option with Guaranteed Cap with Buffer Crediting Method. 2. if the Index Account Option Term Anniversary is on or after the end of the Guarantee Period, the Index Account Option value will be reallocated to a new Index Account Option with a Cap with Buffer Crediting Method with the same Index and term, subject to the following availability requirements: a. if the same Index Account Option Term with the same Index and comparable non- guaranteed Index Adjustment Factors is available with a Cap with Buffer Crediting Method at the time and does not extend beyond the LID, the Company will renew the Index Account Option into the a new Index Account Option with a Cap with Buffer Crediting Method with the same Index Account Option Term, Index and downside protection; b. if the same Index Account Option Term with the same Index and comparable non- guaranteed Index Adjustment Factors is not available with a Cap with Buffer Crediting Method at the time, but the same Index and Crediting Method with greater Index Adjustment Factors is available at the time and does not extend beyond the LID, the Company will renew the Index Account Option into a new Index Account Option with a Cap with Buffer Crediting Method with the same Index Account Option Term, Index and the closest greater downside protection available for that term. c. if the same Index Account Option Term with the same Index and comparable non- guaranteed Index Adjustment Factors is available with a Cap with Buffer Crediting Method at the time but extends beyond the LID, the Company will renew the Index Account Option into the available Index Account Option with a Cap with Buffer Crediting Method with the same Index and comparable non-guaranteed Buffer and with the available Index Account Option Term that ends closest to but before the LID; d. if the same Index Account Option Term is not available at the time on the Cap with Buffer Crediting Method but would not extend beyond the LID were it available, the Company will renew the Index Account Option into the available Index Account Option with a Cap with Buffer Crediting Method with the same Index and with the available Index Account Option Term with the period closest to but less than the Index Account Option Term that just ended with the closest equal or greater downside protection available for that term. e. if all available Index Account Option Terms would extend beyond the LID, the Index Account Option value(s) will be reallocated to the 1-Year Fixed Account Option.

------

![](d47820-cbgticc25guarante005.jpg)

ICC25 7820-CBG 5 Funds may not be transferred into an Index Account Option with a Guaranteed Cap with Buffer Crediting Method after the Premium Allocation Date. Funds may not be renewed into an Index Account Option with a Guaranteed Cap with Buffer Crediting Method after the Guarantee Period. Performance Lock and Performance Lock Holding Account Transfers. When a partial or full Performance Lock is exercised on funds in a Guaranteed Cap with Buffer Crediting Method, the funds subject to the Performance Lock will be transferred to the Performance Lock Holding Account. On the next Premium Allocation Anniversary, if no other instructions are provided by You, the funds will renew into a new Index Account Option with a Cap with Buffer Crediting Method at the declared rates for the same term length as the original Index Account Option, subject to availability requirements as outlined in the TRANSFERS provision of the CONTRACT OPTION PROVISIONS of Your Contract. Funds removed from an Index Account Option with a Guaranteed Cap with Buffer Crediting Method through a Performance Lock cannot be transferred or reallocated back into any Index Account Option with a Guaranteed Cap with Buffer Crediting Method." Signed for the Jackson National Life Insurance Company President

------

## Ex-99.(D)(5)

![](d5icc257820-s06x26suppda001.jpg)

ICC25 7820-S 06/26 1 Jackson National Life Insurance Company® SUPPLEMENTAL CONTRACT DATA PAGES Please refer to the attached Crediting Method endorsements for further explanation of values shown on these Supplemental Contract Data Pages. Contract Number: [1234567890] Issue Date: [June 1, 2026] Index Account Options. Subject to availability. Index choices of: [S&P 500®] [Russell 2000®] [Dow Jones Industrial Average®] [MSCI Emerging Markets] [MSCI EAFE] [Nasdaq-100®] Crediting Method and term choices of: Term Buffer Selection Crediting Method 1-Year 10%, 20%, 100% Cap 3-Year 10%, 20%, 100% Cap 6-Year 10%, 20%, 100% Cap 1-Year\* 10% Guaranteed Cap with Buffer\*\* 3-Year\* 10% Guaranteed Cap with Buffer\*\* 1-Year 10% Performance Boost 3-Year 10% Performance Boost 6-Year 10% Performance Boost 1-Year 10%, 100% Performance Trigger [\*Guaranteed Cap with Buffer selection cannot be chosen within six Premium Years of the Latest Income Date, as defined in the Contract. \*\*Guaranteed Cap with Buffer can be selected for allocation of initial Premium or subsequent Premium. Transfers into a Guaranteed Cap with Buffer are not permitted.] Please refer to Your transaction confirmation statements for the declared rates applicable to Your Premiums.

------

![](d5icc257820-s06x26suppda002.jpg)

ICC25 7820-S 06/26 2 Guaranteed Minimum Index Adjustment Factors: The Index Adjustment Factors are determined and guaranteed for each Index Account Option Term. These guaranteed Minimum Index Adjustment Factors apply for the life of the Contract. • [Cap Rate (CR): The CR will never be less than [1.00% for the 1-year,] [1.50% for the 3-year,] and [2.00% for the 6-year].] • [Index Participation Rate (IPR): The IPR will never be less than [100%].] • [Performance Boost Cap Rate (PBCR): The PBCR will never be less than [1.00% for the 1-year,] [1.50% for the 3-year,] and [2.00% for the 6-year].] • [Performance Trigger Rate (PTR): The PTR will never be less than [1.00%].] • [Performance Boost Rate (PBR): The PBR will never be less than [5.00%].] • [Buffer: The Buffer will never be less than [5.00%].] • [Guaranteed Cap Rate (GCR): The GCR will never be less than [1.00% for the 1-year] and [1.50% for the 3-year].] • [Guaranteed Index Participation Rate (GIPR): The GIPR will never be less than [100%].] • [Guaranteed Buffer (GB): The GB will never be less than [5.00%].] [Guarantee Period: The Guarantee Period will be: 1. the first [6] Contract Years for allocation of initial Premium; and 2. the first [6] Premium Years for allocation of each subsequent Premium.] Discontinuation of or Substantial Change to an Index. During an Index Account Option Term, if an Index is discontinued, the cost of hedging that Index becomes excessive, or if the calculation is changed substantially, the Company may substitute a comparable Index. The Company will obtain approval from the IIPRC and will notify You and any assignee before using a substitute Index.

------

## Ex-99.(D)(6)

![](d6icc257834incomerilagmw001.jpg)

ICC25 7834 1 Jackson National Life Insurance Company® FOR LIFE GUARANTEED MINIMUM WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT WITH ANNUAL STEP-UP Thank you for choosing Jackson National Life Insurance Company, also referred to as "the Company." This guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit (GMWB) is made a part of the Contract to which it is attached. Certain provisions of Your Contract are revised as described below as of the Effective Date of this add-on benefit. To the extent any provisions contained in this add-on benefit are contrary to or inconsistent with those of the Contract to which it is attached, the provisions of this add-on benefit will control. The provisions of Your Contract remain in effect except where modified by this add-on benefit. Capitalized terms that are not otherwise defined in this endorsement are defined in Your Contract. PLEASE NOTE: YOU CANNOT ELECT TO TERMINATE THIS ADD-ON BENEFIT INDEPENDENTLY FROM THE CONTRACT TO WHICH IT IS ATTACHED EXCEPT AS OUTLINED IN THE DEATH BENEFIT PROVISIONS. YOU MAY CHANGE THE OWNERSHIP OF THE CONTRACT. HOWEVER, THE DESIGNATED LIFE (AS DEFINED BY THIS ADD-ON BENEFIT) CANNOT CHANGE. ADVISORY FEE WITHDRAWALS ARE NOT PERMITTED ON CONTRACTS TO WHICH THIS ADD-ON BENEFIT IS ATTACHED. THE COMPANY ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE VALIDITY OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ANY OWNERSHIP CHANGE. IF YOU MAKE AN OWNERSHIP CHANGE, YOU MAY HAVE TO PAY TAXES. THE COMPANY ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK LEGAL AND/OR TAX ADVICE. AS STATED IN YOUR CONTRACT: THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO LIMIT, RESTRICT, SUSPEND OR REJECT ANY OR ALL SUBSEQUENT PREMIUM PAYMENTS. SUBSEQUENT PREMIUM PAYMENTS WILL BE APPLIED TO YOUR BENEFIT ON THE DAY THEY ARE RECEIVED AT THE COMPANY'S CUSTOMER CARE CENTER IN GOOD ORDER. CUMULATIVE SUBSEQUENT PREMIUM PAYMENTS IN ANY CONTRACT YEAR AFTER THE FIRST CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS ADD-ON BENEFIT ARE LIMITED AS SHOWN ON THE SUPPLEMENTAL CONTRACT DATA PAGES. THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO LIMIT ALLOCATIONS AMONG THE AVAILABLE INDEX OR FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS UPON ELECTION OF THIS BENEFIT. YOU WILL BE SENT WRITTEN NOTICE PRIOR TO ANY LIMITATION TAKING EFFECT. ADD-ON BENEFIT

------

![](d6icc257834incomerilagmw002.jpg)

ICC25 7834 2 PLEASE NOTE: PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS IN EXCESS OF THE GUARANTEED ANNUAL WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT (GAWA) OR THE REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION (RMD) DURING THE CONTRACT YEAR MAY BE SUBJECT TO A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (MVA) AND COULD REDUCE FUTURE BENEFITS BY MORE THAN THE DOLLAR AMOUNT OF THE WITHDRAWAL. THIS ADD-ON BENEFIT PROVIDES NO CASH OR NONFORFEITURE VALUES. The Contract is revised as follows: 1) The following language is added to the DEFINITIONS of the Contract and is applicable to this add-on benefit only: "BENEFIT PREMIUM BASE. The Contract Value on the Effective Date plus the total Premium received between the Effective Date and the next Contract Anniversary. DEFERRAL YEAR. The period of time measured by each Contract Anniversary that has passed since the Effective Date of this add-on benefit. Deferral Years stop accruing at the Determination Date. DESIGNATED LIFE. The life on which certain GMWB values are based. The Designated Life is shown on the Supplemental Contract Data Pages. If the Owner is a natural person, then the Owner is the Designated Life. For Joint Owners, the oldest Joint Owner is the Designated Life. If the Owner is a legal entity, the Annuitant is the Designated Life. If the Owner is a legal entity and there are Joint Annuitants, the oldest Joint Annuitant is the Designated Life. The Designated Life may not be changed. DETERMINATION DATE. The date the Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount Percentage (GAWA%) is determined. The Determination Date is the earliest of: 1. the time of the first withdrawal after the Effective Date of this add-on benefit; 2. the date the Owner elects to opt out of automatic step-ups to avoid an increase in GMWB charge percentage; 3. the date the Contract Value reduces to zero; 4. the date the GMWB is continued by the spousal Beneficiary; or 5. the date the Life Income of the GAWA Income Option is elected. DETERMINATION DATE STEP-UP. The one-time step up of the Guaranteed Withdrawal Balance (GWB) that occurs if the Contract Value is greater than the GWB on the Determination Date. EFFECTIVE DATE. The date shown on the Supplemental Contract Data Pages. EXCESS WITHDRAWAL. The portion of the total withdrawals during each Contract Year on or after the Effective Date that exceeds the Guaranteed Withdrawal on the date of the withdrawal.

------

![](d6icc257834incomerilagmw003.jpg)

ICC25 7834 3 FOR LIFE GUARANTEE. A guarantee that allows You to take partial withdrawals for the lifetime of the Designated Life or, with Joint Owners, the lifetime of the Joint Owner who dies first. For a Contract owned by a legal entity with Joint Annuitants, You may take partial withdrawals for the lifetime of the Joint Annuitant who dies first. GUARANTEED ANNUAL WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT (GAWA). The maximum amount You can withdraw each Contract Year without reducing the guaranteed amount You can withdraw in future Contract Years on Contracts without an applicable RMD or where the GAWA is higher than the applicable RMD. GUARANTEED ANNUAL WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT PERCENTAGE (GAWA%). The percentage used to determine the GAWA. GUARANTEED WITHDRAWAL. The general term used to describe the greater of the GAWA or applicable RMD. GUARANTEED WITHDRAWAL BALANCE (GWB). The value upon which the GAWA and the GMWB Charge are based." 2) The following language is revised in the DEFINITIONS of the Contract: "INTERIM VALUE. The Index Account Option value during the Index Account Option Term, calculated on each day of the Index Account Option Term other than the first and last days. The Interim Value is the amount of Index Account Option value available for withdrawal, including Guaranteed Withdrawals, withdrawals of the GMWB Charge, or Performance Lock prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term. The Interim Value is equal to the sum of the Fixed Income Asset Proxy and the Derivative Asset Proxy calculated as described in Your Crediting Method endorsements. For detailed information on the Interim Value, see the Crediting Method endorsements and the Crediting Method Supplemental Contract Data Pages. REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION (RMD). For certain Qualified Contracts, the RMD is the amount defined by the Internal Revenue Code and the implementing regulations as the minimum distribution requirement that applies to this Contract only. For purposes of this add-on benefit, on Contracts with an applicable RMD that is higher than the GAWA, the RMD is the maximum amount You can withdraw each Contract Year without reducing the GAWA. For purposes of this add-on benefit, this definition excludes any withdrawal necessary to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements of the Internal Revenue Code if the Contract is purchased with contributions from a nontaxable transfer after the death of the owner of a qualified contract." 3) The following language is added to the MISSTATEMENT OF AGE AND/OR SEX provision of the GENERAL PROVISIONS of the Contract: "If the age of the Designated Life is incorrectly stated on the Effective Date of the GMWB but falls within the allowable age range then, on the date the misstatement is discovered, the GWB and GAWA will be recalculated based on the GAWA% applicable at the correct age. If the age of the Designated Life is incorrectly stated on the Effective Date of the GMWB and falls outside the allowable age range, then, on the date the misstatement is discovered, the GMWB will be null and void and all GMWB Charges will be refunded."

------

![](d6icc257834incomerilagmw004.jpg)

ICC25 7834 4 4) The following language is added to the REPORTS provision of the GENERAL PROVISIONS of the Contract: "For the current reporting period, if the GMWB is in effect, the Contract's annual report will also include: 1. the beginning and ending GWB; 2. the applicable GAWA% and the GAWA available for withdrawal in the following Contract Year; and 3. the Contract Value after the application of the GMWB Charge." 5) The following language is added to the WITHDRAWAL PROVISIONS of the Contract: "FOR LIFE GUARANTEED MINIMUM WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT. The GMWB allows You to receive annual payments of the GAWA prior to the Income Date: 1) if the For Life Guarantee is in effect, for the lifetime of the Designated Life, or, if there are Joint Owners, for the lifetime of the Joint Owner who dies first, or 2) if the For Life Guarantee is not in effect, until the earlier of Your death or the death of any Joint Owner or until the GWB is depleted, regardless of the performance of the Index Account Options or level of the Contract Value. The GAWA will not reduce if total partial withdrawals taken within each Contract Year do not exceed the Guaranteed Withdrawal. If You do not take the full Guaranteed Withdrawal in one Contract Year, You may not withdraw more than the Guaranteed Withdrawal in subsequent Contract Years without reducing the GAWA. For purposes of this add-on benefit, partial withdrawals are considered to be the entire amount withdrawn from the Contract after the Effective Date of this add-on benefit, including any applicable charges for and adjustments to such withdrawals. Guaranteed Withdrawals are considered partial withdrawals while the Contract Value is greater than zero and affect all Contract values the same as any other partial withdrawal would. The total amount received under this guarantee may be less than the GWB at election due to the application of charges and adjustments under the Contract. A partial withdrawal in excess of the Withdrawal Value will be permitted as long as total partial withdrawals in the Contract Year do not result in an Excess Withdrawal. A partial withdrawal in excess of the Contract Value will be permitted as long as total partial withdrawals in the Contract Year do not result in an Excess Withdrawal. If a partial withdrawal that does not result in an Excess Withdrawal is taken and exceeds the Contract Value, the Contract Value will be set to zero and the Contract Value Reduces to Zero provision will apply. Assessment of GMWB Charge. The GMWB Charge in effect on the Effective Date is shown on the Supplemental Contract Data Pages. The GMWB Charge will be deducted on a pro rata basis from all Contract Options on each Contract Anniversary, when the Fixed Account Value is greater than the Fixed Account Minimum Value, as defined in Your Contract. If the Fixed Account Value is reduced to the Fixed Account Minimum Value, the GMWB Charge will be deducted on a pro rata basis from the Index Account Options.

------

![](d6icc257834incomerilagmw005.jpg)

ICC25 7834 5 If no value remains in the Index Account Options, and the Fixed Account Value is equal to the Fixed Account Minimum Value on any Contract Anniversary, the GMWB Charge will not be assessed for that Contract Year. The GMWB Charge will be discontinued upon the earlier of the termination of this add-on benefit or the date on which the Contract Value equals zero. Upon termination, a pro rata GMWB Charge will be assessed for the period since the last annual GMWB Charge. The Company reserves the right to increase the GMWB Charge percentage, subject to the Maximum Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Charge provision shown on the Supplemental Contract Data Pages. Guaranteed Withdrawal Balance. On the Effective Date of this add-on benefit, the GWB is determined as follows and is subject to the GWB Maximum shown on the Supplemental Contract Data Pages: 1. If the Effective Date of this add-on benefit is the Issue Date of the Contract, the GWB equals the initial Premium, net of any applicable taxes. 2. If the Effective Date of this add-on benefit is after the Issue Date of the Contract, the GWB equals the Contract Value on the Effective Date of this add-on benefit. With each Premium payment received after the Effective Date of this add-on benefit, the GWB will be recalculated to equal the GWB prior to the Premium payment plus the amount of the Premium payment, net of any applicable taxes, subject to the GWB Maximum. On the Determination Date, if the Contract Value is greater than the GWB, there will be an automatic one-time Determination Date Step-Up to increase the GWB to equal the Contract Value, subject to the GWB Maximum shown on the Supplemental Contract Data Pages. Partial withdrawals will affect the GWB as follows: 1. If the partial withdrawal plus all prior partial withdrawals made in the current Contract Year is less than or equal to the Guaranteed Withdrawal, the GWB is equal to the greater of: a. the GWB prior to the partial withdrawal less the partial withdrawal; or b. zero. 2. If the partial withdrawal results in an Excess Withdrawal, the GWB is equal to the greater of: a. the GWB prior to the partial withdrawal, first reduced dollar for dollar for any portion of the partial withdrawal not defined as an Excess Withdrawal, then reduced in the same proportion that the Contract Value is reduced by the Excess Withdrawal; or b. zero. The GWB may not be withdrawn as a lump-sum and is not payable as a death benefit. Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount. On the Effective Date of this add-on benefit, the GAWA% is defined according to the table on the Supplemental Contract Data Pages.

------

![](d6icc257834incomerilagmw006.jpg)

ICC25 7834 6 The GAWA% is determined on the Determination Date. Once determined, the GAWA% will not subsequently change. The GAWA% is based on the Designated Life's attained age on the Determination Date and the elapsed Deferral Years, as shown on the Supplemental Contract Data Pages. Prior to the Determination Date, the applicable GAWA% for each attained age band will increase based on the number of elapsed Deferral Years, as shown on the Supplemental Contract Data Pages. On the Determination Date, the GAWA is equal to the GAWA% determined by the Designated Life's attained age and elapsed Deferral Years shown on the Supplemental Contract Data Pages, multiplied by the GWB. If the Contract Value is greater than the GWB on the Determination Date, the GWB will automatically step up to the Contract Value prior to determination of the GAWA. With each subsequent Premium payment received after the GAWA has been determined, the GAWA will be recalculated to equal the GAWA prior to the subsequent Premium payment plus the GAWA% multiplied by the increase in the GWB. The increase in the GWB will be less than the subsequent Premium payment if the GWB Maximum has been reached. Partial withdrawals will affect the GAWA as follows: 1. If the partial withdrawal plus all prior partial withdrawals made in the current Contract Year is less than or equal to the Guaranteed Withdrawal, the GAWA will be unchanged. 2. If the partial withdrawal plus all prior partial withdrawals made in the current Contract Year results in an Excess Withdrawal, the GAWA is reduced in the same proportion as the Contract Value is reduced by the Excess Withdrawal. At the end of each Contract Year after the GAWA has been determined, if the For Life Guarantee is not in effect and the GWB is less than the GAWA, the GAWA is set equal to the GWB. For Life Guarantee. The For Life Guarantee becomes effective on the For Life Guarantee Effective Date shown on the Supplemental Contract Data Pages unless: 1. the Contract has terminated; 2. the Contract Value is reduced to zero before the For Life Guarantee Effective Date; 3. the Income Date precedes the For Life Guarantee Effective Date; or 4. the Designated Life or any Joint Owner dies before the For Life Guarantee Effective Date. If the For Life Guarantee becomes effective after the Determination Date, the GAWA is reset to equal the GAWA% multiplied by the current GWB. The For Life Guarantee is terminated when this GMWB is terminated or if this GMWB is continued by a spousal Beneficiary or spousal Joint Owner. Contract Value Reduces to Zero. If the Contract Value is reduced to zero as the result of a partial withdrawal which does not result in an Excess Withdrawal, or due to the deduction of charges, all rights under the Contract cease, no subsequent Premium payments will be accepted, all other add-on benefits are terminated without value, and Spousal Continuation is not available upon the death of the Owner or the death of any Joint Owner.

------

![](d6icc257834incomerilagmw007.jpg)

ICC25 7834 7 If the GAWA% has not yet been determined, it will be set at the GAWA% corresponding to the Designated Life's attained age and the elapsed Deferral Years shown on the Supplemental Contract Data Pages at the time the Contract Value reduces to zero. The GAWA will be equal to the GAWA% multiplied by the GWB. If the For Life Guarantee is in effect, You will receive annual payments of the GAWA until the death of the Designated Life or the death of any Joint Owner. If the For Life Guarantee is not in effect, You will receive annual payments of the GAWA, with each payment reducing the GWB by the dollar amount of the payment until the GWB is depleted. The last payment will not exceed the remaining GWB at the time of payment. You will receive payments until the earliest of: 1. the depletion of the GWB; 2. the death of the Designated Life, unless that death occurred before the Contract Value reduced to zero; 3. the death of any Joint Owner; or 4. the death of the surviving spouse, if a Spousal Continuation occurred before the Contract Value reduced to zero. Upon the death of one of the aforementioned parties or the depletion of the GWB, all payments will cease. No death benefit will apply. Subject to the Company's approval, You may elect to receive payments more frequently than annually. However, the total of the payments made during any Contract Year may not exceed the GAWA. Guaranteed Withdrawal Balance Step-Up. On each Contract Anniversary following the Effective Date of this add-on benefit, the GWB will automatically step up to equal the Contract Value if the Contract Value is greater than the GWB and You have not opted out of step-ups to avoid an increase in the GMWB Charge percentage. On the Determination Date, if the Contract Value is greater than the GWB, there will be an automatic one-time Determination Date Step-Up to increase the GWB to equal the Contract Value. This one-time Determination Date Step-Up will occur even if You have opted out of step-ups to avoid an increase in the GMWB Charge percentage. At the time of any step-up, the GWB will be increased to equal the Contract Value, subject to the GWB Maximum shown on the Supplemental Contract Data Pages. A step-up will never increase the GWB to a value higher than the GWB Maximum. If the step-up occurs after the Determination Date, the GAWA is recalculated and is equal to the greater of: 1. the GAWA% multiplied by the new GWB; or 2. the GAWA prior to the step-up." 6) The following language is added to the PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL provision of the WITHDRAWAL PROVISIONS of the Contract: "Guaranteed Withdrawals are not subject to MVA. Excess Withdrawals in a Contract Year that also exceed the MVA Free Withdrawal amount may be subject to an MVA, if applicable.

------

![](d6icc257834incomerilagmw008.jpg)

ICC25 7834 8 EXCESS WITHDRAWAL. An Excess Withdrawal will cause the GWB and GAWA to be reduced proportionally as follows: a. The dollar-for-dollar portion (DFD Portion) of the partial withdrawal is equal to the greater of the Guaranteed Withdrawal, less all prior partial withdrawals made in the current Contract Year; or zero. b. The Proportional Reduction Factor for the partial withdrawal is defined to be: 1 – partial withdrawal amount – DFD Portion_________ Contract Value prior to partial withdrawal – DFD Portion c. The GWB is equal to the greater of the GWB prior to the Excess Withdrawal, reduced for the DFD portion, then multiplied by the Proportional Reduction Factor; or zero. d. The GAWA is equal to the GAWA prior to the Excess Withdrawal multiplied by the Proportional Reduction Factor. An Excess Withdrawal that reduces the Contract Value to zero will terminate the GMWB." 7) The following language is revised in the PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL provision of the WITHDRAWAL PROVISIONS of the Contract: "Partial withdrawals will affect the Contract Value as follows: 1. The Minimum Contract Value remaining after a partial withdrawal shown on the Contract Data Pages of the Contract will be waived. 2. The Minimum partial withdrawal amount shown on the Contract Data Pages of the Contract will be waived." 8) The following language is added to the ADVISORY FEE WITHDRAWALS provision of the WITHDRAWAL PROVISIONS of the Contract: "Advisory Fee Withdrawals are not permitted on Contracts to which any Add-On Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit is added." 9) The following language is added to the DEATH BENEFIT PROVISIONS of the Contract: "Upon Your death or the death of any Joint Owner, while the Contract is still in effect with a Contract Value greater than zero, the GMWB terminates without value, unless the Contract is continued by the spouse. Upon continuation of the Contract by a spousal Joint Owner or a spousal Beneficiary, the spouse may elect to terminate the GMWB on the continuation date. Thereafter no GMWB Charge will be assessed. If the surviving spouse elects to terminate the GMWB upon continuation of the Contract, the surviving spouse may elect a new GMWB on any future Contract Anniversary, subject to availability. If the spouse does not make an election to terminate on the continuation date, the GMWB will be continued by the spouse and may not be subsequently terminated independently from the Contract to which it is attached. If the GMWB is continued by the spouse, the For Life Guarantee will no longer be in effect.

------

![](d6icc257834incomerilagmw009.jpg)

ICC25 7834 9 If the GAWA% has not yet been determined, it will be set at the GAWA% corresponding to the Designated Life's attained age and the elapsed Deferral Years on the continuation date. The GAWA will be equal to the GAWA% multiplied by the GWB. If the Contract Value is greater than the GWB on the continuation date, the GWB will automatically step up to the Contract Value prior to determination of the GAWA. Once determined, the GAWA% will not subsequently change. Step-ups will continue as described under the GWB Step-Up provision. Contract Years and Contract Anniversaries will continue to be based on the anniversary of the original Contract's Issue Date, and the Effective Date of this add-on benefit will not change." 10) The following language is added to the INCOME PROVISIONS of the Contract: "LIFE INCOME OF THE GAWA. This option is only available if the For Life Guarantee is in effect on the Latest Income Date. You are entitled to receive payments of a fixed dollar amount during Your lifetime (with Joint Owners, the lifetime of the Joint Owner who dies first). All payments end upon Your death or the death of any Joint Owner. The total annual amount payable under this Income Option will equal the GAWA in effect when this Income Option is elected. If the GAWA% has not yet been determined, it will be set at the GAWA% corresponding to the Designated Life's attained age and elapsed Deferral Years at the time of election of this GMWB Income Option and the GAWA will be equal to the GAWA% multiplied by the GWB. If the Contract Value is greater than the GWB on the Determination Date, the GWB will automatically step up to the Contract Value prior to determination of the GAWA. This amount will be paid in the frequency that You elect, which may not be less frequently than annually. SPECIFIED PERIOD INCOME OF THE GAWA. This option is only available if the For Life Guarantee is not in effect on the Latest Income Date. You are entitled to receive payments of a fixed dollar amount for a stated number of years. The actual number of years that payments will be made is determined on the Latest Income Date by dividing the GWB by the GAWA. Upon each payment, the GWB will be reduced by the dollar amount of the payment. The total annual amount payable under this Income Option will equal the GAWA in effect when this Income Option is elected, but no payment will exceed the remaining GWB at the time of payment. This amount will be paid over the determined number of years in the frequency that You elect, which may not be less frequently than annually. If payments have been made for less than the stated number of years upon Your death or the death of any Joint Owner, the remaining payments will be made to the Beneficiary. This Income Option may not be available on certain Qualified Contracts."

------

![](d6icc257834incomerilagmw010.jpg)

ICC25 7834 10 TERMINATION OF THE GMWB. When the GMWB terminates, a pro rata GMWB Charge will be deducted from Your Contract Value for the period since the last annual GMWB Charge, and all benefits under this and any other add-on benefits end on the earliest of: 1. the date You elect to receive income payments under the Contract; 2. the Latest Income Date; 3. the date You take a total withdrawal; 4. the date upon which the Contract terminates because the Owner or any Joint Owner dies, unless continued by the spouse; 5. the continuation date if the spouse elects to terminate the GMWB; or 6. the date upon which all obligations for payment under this add-on benefit have been satisfied after the Contract has been terminated. Signed for the Jackson National Life Insurance Company President

------

![](d6icc257834incomerilagmw011.jpg)

ICC25 7834-S 1 Jackson National Life Insurance Company® SUPPLEMENTAL CONTRACT DATA PAGES Please refer to the attached Add-On Benefit for further explanation of values shown on these Supplemental Contract Data Pages. Contract Number: [1234567890] Add-on Benefit: For Life Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit with Annual Step-Up Designated Life: [John Doe] Designated Life's Attained Age on the Effective Date: [50] Effective Date: [June 1, 2026] Maximum Subsequent Premium Payment: Cumulative subsequent Premium payments in any Contract Year after the first Contract Anniversary following the Effective Date of this add-on benefit are limited to the greater of: 1. [5%] of Benefit Premium Base; or 2. [$10,000] GWB Maximum: [$10,000,000] For Life Guarantee Effective Date: The later of: 1. the Contract Anniversary on or immediately following the Designated Life's attained age [59 1/2]; or 2. the Effective Date of this add-on benefit. Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount Percentage (GAWA%): Attained Age [Deferral Years less than 3 Deferral Years greater than or equal to 3 and less than 6 Deferral Years greater than or equal to 6 and less than 9 Deferral Years greater than or equal to 9] [50-59 4.55% 5.05% 5.55% 6.05% 60-64 5.55% 5.80% 6.05% 6.55% 65-69 6.05% 6.55% 7.30% 7.80% 70-74 6.30% 6.80% 7.55% 8.05% 75-79 6.55% 7.05% 7.80% 8.30% 80+ 7.05% 7.55% 8.30% 8.55%]

------

![](d6icc257834incomerilagmw012.jpg)

ICC25 7834-S 2 Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit (GMWB) Charge. The GMWB Charge percentage equals [1.4500%] of the GWB on an annual basis and is deducted (i) on each Contract Anniversary following the Effective Date of this add-on benefit; and (ii) upon termination of the GMWB. The GMWB Charge will be deducted after any applicable interest is credited on a Contract Anniversary and any fund transfers are completed. This charge may increase, subject to the Maximum Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Charge. Maximum Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Charge. On each [5th] Contract Anniversary following the Effective Date of this add-on benefit, the Company reserves the right to increase the GMWB Charge percentage by up to [0.2500%] on an annual basis. The Maximum GMWB Charge percentage is [3.0000%] on an annual basis. If the GMWB Charge percentage is increased, Written Notice will be provided to You [45] days prior to the Contract Anniversary on which the GMWB Charge percentage is scheduled to increase. You may elect to opt out of the current and any future GMWB Charge percentage increases by forfeiting automatic step-ups on future Contract Anniversaries. Upon such election, no subsequent Premium payments will be allowed. Such election is final and must be received in Good Order at the Company's Customer Care Center prior to the Contract Anniversary on which the GMWB Charge percentage is scheduled to increase.

------

## Ex-99.(D)(7)

![](d7icc257835incomerilagmw001.jpg)

ICC25 7835 1 Jackson National Life Insurance Company® JOINT FOR LIFE GUARANTEED MINIMUM WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT WITH ANNUAL STEP-UP Thank you for choosing Jackson National Life Insurance Company, also referred to as "the Company." This guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit (GMWB) is made a part of the Contract to which it is attached. Certain provisions of Your Contract are revised as described below as of the Effective Date of this add-on benefit. To the extent any provisions contained in this add-on benefit are contrary to or inconsistent with those of the Contract to which it is attached, the provisions of this add-on benefit will control. The provisions of Your Contract remain in effect except where modified by this add-on benefit. Capitalized terms that are not otherwise defined in this endorsement are defined in Your Contract. PLEASE NOTE: YOU CANNOT ELECT TO TERMINATE THIS ADD-ON BENEFIT INDEPENDENTLY FROM THE CONTRACT TO WHICH IT IS ATTACHED EXCEPT AS OUTLINED IN THE DEATH BENEFIT PROVISIONS. YOU MAY CHANGE THE OWNERSHIP OF THE CONTRACT. HOWEVER, THE COVERED LIVES (AS DEFINED BY THIS ADD-ON BENEFIT) CANNOT CHANGE. ADVISORY FEE WITHDRAWALS ARE NOT PERMITTED ON CONTRACTS TO WHICH THIS ADD-ON BENEFIT IS ATTACHED. THE COMPANY ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE VALIDITY OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ANY OWNERSHIP CHANGE. IF YOU MAKE AN OWNERSHIP CHANGE, YOU MAY HAVE TO PAY TAXES. THE COMPANY ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK LEGAL AND/OR TAX ADVICE. AS STATED IN YOUR CONTRACT: THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO LIMIT, RESTRICT, SUSPEND OR REJECT ANY OR ALL SUBSEQUENT PREMIUM PAYMENTS. SUBSEQUENT PREMIUM PAYMENTS WILL BE APPLIED TO YOUR BENEFIT ON THE DAY THEY ARE RECEIVED AT THE COMPANY'S CUSTOMER CARE CENTER IN GOOD ORDER. CUMULATIVE SUBSEQUENT PREMIUM PAYMENTS IN ANY CONTRACT YEAR AFTER THE FIRST CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS ADD-ON BENEFIT ARE LIMITED AS SHOWN ON THE SUPPLEMENTAL CONTRACT DATA PAGES. THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO LIMIT ALLOCATIONS AMONG THE AVAILABLE INDEX OR FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS UPON ELECTION OF THIS BENEFIT. YOU WILL BE SENT WRITTEN NOTICE PRIOR TO ANY LIMITATION TAKING EFFECT. ADD-ON BENEFIT

------

![](d7icc257835incomerilagmw002.jpg)

ICC25 7835 2 PLEASE NOTE: PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS IN EXCESS OF THE GUARANTEED ANNUAL WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT (GAWA) OR THE REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION (RMD) DURING THE CONTRACT YEAR MAY BE SUBJECT TO A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (MVA) AND COULD REDUCE FUTURE BENEFITS BY MORE THAN THE DOLLAR AMOUNT OF THE WITHDRAWAL. THIS ADD-ON BENEFIT PROVIDES NO CASH OR NONFORFEITURE VALUES. The Contract is revised as follows: 1) The following language is added to the DEFINITIONS of the Contract and is applicable to this add-on benefit only: "BENEFIT PREMIUM BASE. The Contract Value on the Effective Date plus the total Premium received between the Effective Date and the next Contract Anniversary. CONTINGENT ANNUITANT. The natural person that is designated as one of the Covered Lives on a Qualified Custodial Account Contract only. Any reference to the Annuitant does not include any Contingent Annuitant. COVERED LIFE. Each of the individuals covered under the For Life Guarantee. On Qualified Contracts, the Owner and the primary spousal Beneficiary named as of the Effective Date of this add-on benefit will each be considered a Covered Life. On Qualified Custodial Account Contracts, the Annuitant and the Contingent Annuitant named as of the Effective Date of this add-on benefit will each be considered a Covered Life. On Non-Qualified Contracts, the spousal Joint Owners will each be considered a Covered Life. The Covered Lives may not be subsequently changed. DEFERRAL YEAR. The period of time measured by each Contract Anniversary that has passed since the Effective Date of this add-on benefit. Deferral Years stop accruing at the Determination Date. DESIGNATED LIFE. The life on which certain GMWB values are based. The Designated Life is shown on the Supplemental Contract Data Pages. The Designated Life is the youngest Covered Life. The Designated Life may not be changed. DETERMINATION DATE. The date the Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount Percentage (GAWA%) is determined. The Determination Date is the earliest of: 1. the time of the first withdrawal after the Effective Date of this add-on benefit; 2. the date the Owner elects to opt out of automatic step-ups to avoid an increase in GMWB charge percentage; 3. the date the Contract Value reduces to zero; 4. the date the GMWB is continued by the spousal Beneficiary; or 5. the date the Life Income of the GAWA Income Option is elected.

------

![](d7icc257835incomerilagmw003.jpg)

ICC25 7835 3 DETERMINATION DATE STEP-UP. The one-time step up of the Guaranteed Withdrawal Balance (GWB) that occurs if the Contract Value is greater than the GWB on the Determination Date. EFFECTIVE DATE. The date shown on the Supplemental Contract Data Pages. EXCESS WITHDRAWAL. The portion of the total withdrawals during each Contract Year on or after the Effective Date that exceeds the Guaranteed Withdrawal on the date of the withdrawal. FOR LIFE GUARANTEE. A guarantee that allows You to take partial withdrawals for the lifetime of the last surviving Covered Life. GUARANTEED ANNUAL WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT (GAWA). The maximum amount You can withdraw each Contract Year without reducing the guaranteed amount You can withdraw in future Contract Years on Contracts without an applicable RMD or where the GAWA is higher than the applicable RMD. GUARANTEED ANNUAL WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT PERCENTAGE (GAWA%). The percentage used to determine the GAWA. GUARANTEED WITHDRAWAL. The general term used to describe the greater of the GAWA or applicable RMD. GUARANTEED WITHDRAWAL BALANCE (GWB). The value upon which the GAWA and the GMWB Charge are based. QUALIFIED CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT CONTRACT. A Qualified Contract (including Roth IRAs) with a custodial Owner and Beneficiary." 2) The following language is revised in the DEFINITIONS of the Contract: "INTERIM VALUE. The Index Account Option value during the Index Account Option Term, calculated on each day of the Index Account Option Term other than the first and last days. The Interim Value is the amount of Index Account Option value available for withdrawal, including Guaranteed Withdrawals, withdrawals of the GMWB Charge, or Performance Lock prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term. The Interim Value is equal to the sum of the Fixed Income Asset Proxy and the Derivative Asset Proxy calculated as described in Your Crediting Method endorsements. For detailed information on the Interim Value, see the Crediting Method endorsements and the Crediting Method Supplemental Contract Data Pages. REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION (RMD). For certain Qualified Contracts, the RMD is the amount defined by the Internal Revenue Code and the implementing regulations as the minimum distribution requirement that applies to this Contract only. For purposes of this add-on benefit, on Contracts with an applicable RMD that is higher than the GAWA, the RMD is the maximum amount You can withdraw each Contract Year without reducing the GAWA. For purposes of this add-on benefit, this definition excludes any withdrawal necessary to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements of the Internal Revenue Code if the Contract is purchased with contributions from a nontaxable transfer after the death of the owner of a qualified contract."

------

![](d7icc257835incomerilagmw004.jpg)

ICC25 7835 4 3) The following language is added to the MISSTATEMENT OF AGE AND/OR SEX provision of the GENERAL PROVISIONS of the Contract: "If the age of any Covered Life is incorrectly stated on the Effective Date of the GMWB but falls within the allowable age range then, on the date the misstatement is discovered, the GWB and GAWA will be recalculated based on the GAWA% applicable at the correct age. If the age of any Covered Life is incorrectly stated on the Effective Date of the GMWB and falls outside the allowable age range, then, on the date the misstatement is discovered, the GMWB will be null and void and all GMWB Charges will be refunded." 4) The following language is added to the REPORTS provision of the GENERAL PROVISIONS of the Contract: "For the current reporting period, if the GMWB is in effect, the Contract's annual report will also include: 1. the beginning and ending GWB; 2. the applicable GAWA% and the GAWA available for withdrawal in the following Contract Year; and 3. the Contract Value after the application of the GMWB Charge." 5) The following language is added to the WITHDRAWAL PROVISIONS of the Contract: "FOR LIFE GUARANTEED MINIMUM WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT. The GMWB allows You to receive annual payments of the GAWA prior to the Income Date: 1) if the For Life Guarantee is in effect, for the lifetime of the last surviving Covered Life, or 2) if the For Life Guarantee is not in effect, until the earlier of Your death or the death of any Joint Owner, the death of the Annuitant on Qualified Custodial Account Contracts, or until the GWB is depleted, regardless of the performance of the Index Account Options or level of the Contract Value. The GAWA will not reduce if total partial withdrawals taken within each Contract Year do not exceed the Guaranteed Withdrawal. If You do not take the full Guaranteed Withdrawal in one Contract Year, You may not withdraw more than the Guaranteed Withdrawal in subsequent Contract Years without reducing the GAWA. For purposes of this add-on benefit, partial withdrawals are considered to be the entire amount withdrawn from the Contract after the Effective Date of this add-on benefit, including any applicable charges for and adjustments to such withdrawals. Guaranteed Withdrawals are considered partial withdrawals while the Contract Value is greater than zero and affect all Contract values the same as any other partial withdrawal would. The total amount received under this guarantee may be less than the GWB at election due to the application of charges and adjustments under the Contract. A partial withdrawal in excess of the Withdrawal Value will be permitted as long as total partial withdrawals in the Contract Year do not result in an Excess Withdrawal. A partial withdrawal in excess of the Contract Value will be permitted as long as total partial withdrawals in the Contract Year do not result in an Excess Withdrawal. If a partial withdrawal that does not result in an Excess Withdrawal is taken and exceeds the Contract Value, the Contract Value will be set to zero and the Contract Value Reduces to Zero provision will apply. Assessment of GMWB Charge. The GMWB Charge in effect on the Effective Date is shown on the Supplemental Contract Data Pages.

------

![](d7icc257835incomerilagmw005.jpg)

ICC25 7835 5 The GMWB Charge will be deducted on a pro rata basis from all Contract Options on each Contract Anniversary, when the Fixed Account Value is greater than the Fixed Account Minimum Value, as defined in Your Contract. If the Fixed Account Value is reduced to the Fixed Account Minimum Value, the GMWB Charge will be deducted on a pro rata basis from the Index Account Options. If no value remains in the Index Account Options, and the Fixed Account Value is equal to the Fixed Account Minimum Value on any Contract Anniversary, the GMWB Charge will not be assessed for that Contract Year. The GMWB Charge will be discontinued upon the earlier of the termination of this add-on benefit or the date on which the Contract Value equals zero. Upon termination, a pro rata GMWB Charge will be assessed for the period since the last annual GMWB Charge. The Company reserves the right to increase the GMWB Charge percentage, subject to the Maximum Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Charge provision shown on the Supplemental Contract Data Pages. Guaranteed Withdrawal Balance. On the Effective Date of this add-on benefit, the GWB is determined as follows and is subject to the GWB Maximum shown on the Supplemental Contract Data Pages: 1. If the Effective Date of this add-on benefit is the Issue Date of the Contract, the GWB equals the initial Premium, net of any applicable taxes. 2. If the Effective Date of this add-on benefit is after the Issue Date of the Contract, the GWB equals the Contract Value on the Effective Date of this add-on benefit. With each Premium payment received after the Effective Date of this add-on benefit, the GWB will be recalculated to equal the GWB prior to the Premium payment plus the amount of the Premium payment, net of any applicable taxes, subject to the GWB Maximum. On the Determination Date, if the Contract Value is greater than the GWB, there will be an automatic one-time Determination Date Step-Up to increase the GWB to equal the Contract Value, subject to the GWB Maximum shown on the Supplemental Contract Data Pages. Partial withdrawals will affect the GWB as follows: 1. If the partial withdrawal plus all prior partial withdrawals made in the current Contract Year is less than or equal to the Guaranteed Withdrawal, the GWB is equal to the greater of: a. the GWB prior to the partial withdrawal less the partial withdrawal; or b. zero. 2. If the partial withdrawal results in an Excess Withdrawal, the GWB is equal to the greater of: a. the GWB prior to the partial withdrawal, first reduced dollar for dollar for any portion of the partial withdrawal not defined as an Excess Withdrawal, then reduced in the same proportion that the Contract Value is reduced by the Excess Withdrawal; or b. zero. The GWB may not be withdrawn as a lump-sum and is not payable as a death benefit.

------

![](d7icc257835incomerilagmw006.jpg)

ICC25 7835 6 Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount. On the Effective Date of this add-on benefit, the GAWA% is defined according to the table on the Supplemental Contract Data Pages. The GAWA% is determined on the Determination Date. Once determined, the GAWA% will not subsequently change. The GAWA% is based on the Designated Life's attained age on the Determination Date and the elapsed Deferral Years, as shown on the Supplemental Contract Data Pages. Prior to the Determination Date, the applicable GAWA% for each attained age band will increase based on the number of elapsed Deferral Years, as shown on the Supplemental Contract Data Pages. On the Determination Date, the GAWA is equal to the GAWA% determined by the Designated Life's attained age and elapsed Deferral Years shown on the Supplemental Contract Data Pages, multiplied by the GWB. If the Contract Value is greater than the GWB on the Determination Date, the GWB will automatically step up to the Contract Value prior to determination of the GAWA. With each subsequent Premium payment received after the GAWA has been determined, the GAWA will be recalculated to equal the GAWA prior to the subsequent Premium payment plus the GAWA% multiplied by the increase in the GWB. The increase in the GWB will be less than the subsequent Premium payment if the GWB Maximum has been reached. Partial withdrawals will affect the GAWA as follows: 1. If the partial withdrawal plus all prior partial withdrawals made in the current Contract Year is less than or equal to the Guaranteed Withdrawal, the GAWA will be unchanged. 2. If the partial withdrawal plus all prior partial withdrawals made in the current Contract Year results in an Excess Withdrawal, the GAWA is reduced in the same proportion as the Contract Value is reduced by the Excess Withdrawal. At the end of each Contract Year after the GAWA has been determined, if the For Life Guarantee is not in effect and the GWB is less than the GAWA, the GAWA is set equal to the GWB. For Life Guarantee. The For Life Guarantee becomes effective on the For Life Guarantee Effective Date shown on the Supplemental Contract Data Pages unless: 1. the Contract has terminated; 2. the Contract Value is reduced to zero before the For Life Guarantee Effective Date; 3. the Income Date precedes the For Life Guarantee Effective Date; or 4. the last surviving Covered Life dies before the For Life Guarantee Effective Date. If the For Life Guarantee becomes effective after the Determination Date, the GAWA is reset to equal the GAWA% multiplied by the current GWB. The For Life Guarantee is terminated when this GMWB is terminated or if this GMWB is continued by a spousal Beneficiary who is not a Covered Life. Contract Value Reduces to Zero. If the Contract Value is reduced to zero as the result of a partial withdrawal which does not result in an Excess Withdrawal, or due to the deduction of charges, all rights under the Contract cease, no subsequent Premium payments will be accepted, and all other add-on benefits are terminated without value.

------

![](d7icc257835incomerilagmw007.jpg)

ICC25 7835 7 If the GAWA% has not yet been determined, it will be set at the GAWA% corresponding to the Designated Life's attained age and the elapsed Deferral Years shown on the Supplemental Contract Data Pages at the time the Contract Value reduces to zero. The GAWA will be equal to the GAWA% multiplied by the GWB. If the For Life Guarantee is in effect, You will receive annual payments of the GAWA until the death of the last surviving Covered Life. Upon the death of the last surviving Covered Life, all payments will cease. No death benefit will apply. If the For Life Guarantee is not in effect, You will receive annual payments of the GAWA, with each payment reducing the GWB by the dollar amount of the payment until the GWB is depleted. The last payment will not exceed the remaining GWB at the time of payment. You will receive payments until the earliest of: 1. the depletion of the GWB; 2. the death of the Owner; 3. the death of any Joint Owner; or 4. the death of the Annuitant on Qualified Custodial Account Contracts. Upon the death of one of the aforementioned parties or the depletion of the GWB, all payments will cease and Spousal Continuation is not available. No death benefit will apply. Subject to the Company's approval, You may elect to receive payments more frequently than annually. However, the total of the payments made during any Contract Year may not exceed the GAWA. Guaranteed Withdrawal Balance Step-Up. On each Contract Anniversary following the Effective Date of this add-on benefit, the GWB will automatically step up to equal the Contract Value if the Contract Value is greater than the GWB and You have not opted out of step-ups to avoid an increase in the GMWB Charge percentage. On the Determination Date, if the Contract Value is greater than the GWB, there will be an automatic one-time Determination Date Step-Up to increase the GWB to equal the Contract Value. This one-time Determination Date Step-Up will occur even if You have opted out of step-ups to avoid an increase in the GMWB Charge percentage. At the time of any step-up, the GWB will be increased to equal the Contract Value, subject to the GWB Maximum shown on the Supplemental Contract Data Pages. A step-up will never increase the GWB to a value higher than the GWB Maximum. If the step-up occurs after the Determination Date, the GAWA is recalculated and is equal to the greater of: 1. the GAWA% multiplied by the new GWB; or 2. the GAWA prior to the step-up." 6) The following language is added to the PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL provision of the WITHDRAWAL PROVISIONS of the Contract: "Guaranteed Withdrawals are not subject to MVA. Excess Withdrawals in a Contract Year that also exceed the MVA Free Withdrawal amount may be subject to an MVA, if applicable.

------

![](d7icc257835incomerilagmw008.jpg)

ICC25 7835 8 EXCESS WITHDRAWAL. An Excess Withdrawal will cause the GWB and GAWA to be reduced proportionally as follows: a. The dollar-for-dollar portion (DFD Portion) of the partial withdrawal is equal to the greater of the Guaranteed Withdrawal, less all prior partial withdrawals made in the current Contract Year; or zero. b. The Proportional Reduction Factor for the partial withdrawal is defined to be: 1 – partial withdrawal amount – DFD Portion_________ Contract Value prior to partial withdrawal – DFD Portion c. The GWB is equal to the greater of the GWB prior to the Excess Withdrawal, reduced for the DFD portion, then multiplied by the Proportional Reduction Factor; or zero. d. The GAWA is equal to the GAWA prior to the Excess Withdrawal multiplied by the Proportional Reduction Factor. An Excess Withdrawal that reduces the Contract Value to zero will terminate the GMWB." 7) The following language is revised in the PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL provision of the WITHDRAWAL PROVISIONS of the Contract: "Partial withdrawals will affect the Contract Value as follows: 1. The Minimum Contract Value remaining after a partial withdrawal shown on the Contract Data Pages of the Contract will be waived. 2. The Minimum partial withdrawal amount shown on the Contract Data Pages of the Contract will be waived." 8) The following language is added to the ADVISORY FEE WITHDRAWALS provision of the WITHDRAWAL PROVISIONS of the Contract: "Advisory Fee Withdrawals are not permitted on Contracts to which any Add-On Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit is added." 9) The following language is added to the DEATH BENEFIT PROVISIONS of the Contract: "Upon Your death or the death of any Joint Owner, while the Contract is still in effect with a Contract Value greater than zero, the GMWB terminates without value, unless the Contract is continued by the spouse. Upon continuation of the Contract by the surviving Covered Life, the GMWB will remain in effect and may not be subsequently terminated independently from the Contract to which it is attached. The GAWA will continue to be determined as described under the GAWA provision and will be based on the Designated Life's attained age and the elapsed Deferral Years on the continuation date. Step-ups will continue as described under the GWB Step-Up provision. Contract Years and Contract Anniversaries will continue to be based on the anniversary of the original Contract's Issue Date, and the Effective Date of this add-on benefit will not change.

------

![](d7icc257835incomerilagmw009.jpg)

ICC25 7835 9 Upon continuation of the Contract by a surviving spouse who is not a Covered Life, the spouse may elect to terminate the GMWB on the continuation date. Thereafter no GMWB Charge will be assessed. If the surviving spouse elects to terminate the GMWB upon continuation of the Contract, the surviving spouse may elect a new GMWB on any future Contract Anniversary, subject to availability. If the spouse does not make an election to terminate on the continuation date, the GMWB will be continued by the spouse and may not be subsequently terminated independently from the Contract to which it is attached. All conditions upon continuation of the GMWB (as described above) will apply except that the For Life Guarantee provision is null and void. If the GAWA% has not yet been determined, it will be set at the GAWA% corresponding to the Designated Life's attained age and the elapsed Deferral Years on the continuation date. The GAWA will be equal to the GAWA% multiplied by the GWB. If the Contract Value is greater than the GWB on the continuation date, the GWB will automatically step up to the Contract Value prior to determination of the GAWA. Once determined, the GAWA% will not subsequently change." 10) The following language is added to the INCOME PROVISIONS of the Contract: "JOINT LIFE INCOME OF THE GAWA. This option is only available if the For Life Guarantee is in effect on the Latest Income Date. You are entitled to receive payments of a fixed dollar amount during the lifetime of the last surviving Covered Life. All payments end upon the death of the last surviving Covered Life. The total annual amount payable under this Income Option will equal the GAWA in effect when this Income Option is elected. If the GAWA% has not yet been determined, it will be set at the GAWA% corresponding to the Designated Life's attained age and elapsed Deferral Years at the time of election of this GMWB Income Option and the GAWA will be equal to the GAWA% multiplied by the GWB. If the Contract Value is greater than the GWB on the Determination Date, the GWB will automatically step up to the Contract Value prior to determination of the GAWA. This amount will be paid in the frequency that You elect, which may not be less frequently than annually. However, in the event of the death of both Covered Lives before the first payment, the Company will pay the amount allocated to this Income Option to Your Beneficiary. SPECIFIED PERIOD INCOME OF THE GAWA. This option is only available if the For Life Guarantee is not in effect on the Latest Income Date. You are entitled to receive payments of a fixed dollar amount for a stated number of years. The actual number of years that payments will be made is determined on the Latest Income Date by dividing the GWB by the GAWA. Upon each payment, the GWB will be reduced by the dollar amount of the payment. The total annual amount payable under this Income Option will equal the GAWA in effect when this Income Option is elected, but no payment will exceed the remaining GWB at the time of payment. This amount will be paid over the determined number of years in the frequency that You elect, which may not be less frequently than annually. If payments have been made for less than the stated number of years upon Your death or the death of any Joint Owner, the remaining payments will be made to the Beneficiary. This Income Option may not be available on certain Qualified Contracts."

------

![](d7icc257835incomerilagmw010.jpg)

ICC25 7835 10 TERMINATION OF THE GMWB. When the GMWB terminates, a pro rata GMWB Charge will be deducted from Your Contract Value for the period since the last annual GMWB Charge, and all benefits under this and any other add-on benefits end on the earliest of: 1. the date You elect to receive income payments under the Contract; 2. the Latest Income Date; 3. the date You take a total withdrawal; 4. the date upon which the Contract terminates because the Owner, any Joint Owner, or the Annuitant on Qualified Custodial Account Contracts, dies, unless continued by the spouse; 5. the continuation date if the surviving spouse elects to terminate the GMWB and the spouse is permitted under the terms of this add-on benefit to make such an election; or 6. the date upon which all obligations for payment under this add-on benefit have been satisfied after the Contract has been terminated. Signed for the Jackson National Life Insurance Company President

------

![](d7icc257835incomerilagmw011.jpg)

ICC25 7835-S 1 Jackson National Life Insurance Company® SUPPLEMENTAL CONTRACT DATA PAGES Please refer to the attached Add-On Benefit for further explanation of values shown on these Supplemental Contract Data Pages. Contract Number: [1234567890] Add-on Benefit: Joint For Life Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit with Annual Step-Up Covered Life/Designated Life: [John Doe] Covered Life/Designated Life's Attained Age on the Effective Date: [50] Covered Life: [Jenny Doe] Contingent Annuitant: [Jane Doe] Contingent Annuitant's Attained Age on the Effective Date: [35] Effective Date: [June 1, 2026] Maximum Subsequent Premium Payment: Cumulative subsequent Premium payments in any Contract Year after the first Contract Anniversary following the Effective Date of this add-on benefit are limited to the greater of: 1. [5%] of Benefit Premium Base; or 2. [$10,000] GWB Maximum: [$10,000,000] For Life Guarantee Effective Date: The later of: 1. the Contract Anniversary on or immediately following the Designated Life's attained age [59 1/2]; or 2. the Effective Date of this add-on benefit.

------

![](d7icc257835incomerilagmw012.jpg)

ICC25 7835-S 2 Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount Percentage (GAWA%): Attained Age [Deferral Years less than 3 Deferral Years greater than or equal to 3 and less than 6 Deferral Years greater than or equal to 6 and less than 9 Deferral Years greater than or equal to 9] [50-59 4.05% 4.55% 5.05% 5.55% 60-64 5.05% 5.30% 5.55% 6.05% 65-69 5.55% 6.05% 6.80% 7.30% 70-74 5.80% 6.30% 7.05% 7.55% 75-79 6.05% 6.55% 7.30% 7.80% 80+ 6.55% 7.05% 7.80% 8.05%] Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit (GMWB) Charge. The GMWB Charge percentage equals [1.4500%] of the GWB on an annual basis and is deducted (i) on each Contract Anniversary following the Effective Date of this add-on benefit; and (ii) upon termination of the GMWB. The GMWB Charge will be deducted after any applicable interest is credited on a Contract Anniversary and any fund transfers are completed. This charge may increase, subject to the Maximum Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Charge. Maximum Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Charge. On each [5th] Contract Anniversary following the Effective Date of this add-on benefit, the Company reserves the right to increase the GMWB Charge percentage by up to [0.2500%] on an annual basis. The Maximum GMWB Charge percentage is [3.0000%] on an annual basis. If the GMWB Charge percentage is increased, Written Notice will be provided to You [45] days prior to the Contract Anniversary on which the GMWB Charge percentage is scheduled to increase. You may elect to opt out of the current and any future GMWB Charge percentage increases by forfeiting automatic step-ups on future Contract Anniversaries. Upon such election, no subsequent Premium payments will be allowed. Such election is final and must be received in Good Order at the Company's Customer Care Center prior to the Contract Anniversary on which the GMWB Charge percentage is scheduled to increase.

------

## Ex-99.(E)(1)

![](e1r318506-2602x11x26001.jpg)

Linking/BIN/Brokerage Acct. Number (if applicable) Page 1 of 13 R3185 06/26ICC25 R310 Jackson pre-assigned Contract Number (if applicable) APPLICATION FOR AN INDIVIDUAL DEFERRED REGISTERED INDEX-LINKED VARIABLE ANNUITY Primary Owner First Name Middle Name Last Name Legal Entity Name (if applicable) Social Security Number Phone Number (include area code) Individual/Joint Corporation/Pension PlanCustodian Government Entity Tax ID Numberor Trust Residential Address Line 1 (no P.O. Boxes) Residential Address City State ZIP Mailing Address City State ZIP Residential Address Line 2 Mailing Address Line 1 Mailing Address Line 2 Date of Birth (mm/dd/yyyy) Email Address Country of Residence Sex Male Female JACKSON MARKET LINK PRO ADVISORY 4 (06/26) Home Office: Lansing, Michigan www.jackson.comJackson National Life Insurance Company ("Jackson ", " the Company") Resident Alien Yes No U.S. Citizen Yes No (ICC25 RILA315/ICC25 RILA317) Customer Care: 800-873-5654 Fax: 800-943-6761 Email: customercare@jackson.com First Class Mail: P.O. Box 30314 Lansing, MI 48909-7814 Overnight Mail: 1 Corporate Way Lansing, MI 48951 PLEASE PRINT CLEARLY Type of Ownership:

------

![](e1r318506-2602x11x26002.jpg)

Page 2 of 13 R3185 06/26ICC25 R310 First Name Middle Name Last Name Relationship to Owner Social Security Number Phone Number (include area code) Residential Address Line 1 (no P.O. Boxes) Residential Address City State ZIP Residential Address Line 2 First Name Middle Name Last Name Social Security Number Residential Address Line 1 (no P.O. Boxes) Residential Address City State ZIP Residential Address Line 2 Date of Birth (mm/dd/yyyy) Social Security Number Joint Owner Primary Annuitant Joint/Contingent Annuitant Phone Number (include area code) Date of Birth (mm/dd/yyyy) Email Address (print clearly)Date of Birth (mm/dd/yyyy) Joint Annuitant Not Applicable Country of Residence Sex Male Female Country of Residence Sex Male Female First Name Middle Name Last Name Relationship to Primary Annuitant Phone Number (include area code) Residential Address Line 1 (no P.O. Boxes) Residential Address City State ZIP Residential Address Line 2 Country of Residence Sex Male Female Contingent Annuitant Resident Alien Yes No U.S. Citizen Yes No Resident Alien Yes No U.S. Citizen Yes No Resident Alien Yes No NoYesU.S. Citizen Complete this section if different than Primary Owner. If Primary Annuitant section is left blank, the Annuitant will default to the Primary Owner. Complete this section if different than Joint Owner. If Joint Annuitant section is left blank, the Joint Annuitant will default to the Joint Owner. In the case of Joint Owners, all correspond- ence and required document- ation will be sent to the address of the Primary Owner. Contingent Annuitant must be Annuitant's spouse. Applicable only on a Qualified Custodial Account Contract when electing Income with Joint Option. +

------

![](e1r318506-2602x11x26003.jpg)

Page 3 of 13 R3185 06/26ICC25 R310 Beneficiary(ies) Primary % Percentage of Death Benefit First Name Middle Name Last Name Legal Entity Name (if applicable) Phone Number (include area code) Residential Address Line 1 (no P.O. Boxes) Residential Address City State ZIP Residential Address Line 2 Social Security/Tax ID Number Relationship to OwnerDate of Birth (mm/dd/yyyy) Sex Male Female Primary % Percentage of Death Benefit First Name Middle Name Last Name Legal Entity Name (if applicable) Phone Number (include area code) Residential Address Line 1 (no P.O. Boxes) Residential Address City State ZIP Residential Address Line 2 Social Security/Tax ID Number Relationship to OwnerDate of Birth (mm/dd/yyyy) Sex Male FemaleContingent Primary % Percentage of Death Benefit First Name Middle Name Last Name Legal Entity Name (if applicable) Phone Number (include area code) Residential Address Line 1 (no P.O. Boxes) Residential Address City State ZIP Residential Address Line 2 Social Security/Tax ID Number Relationship to OwnerDate of Birth (mm/dd/yyyy) Sex Male FemaleContingent It is required for Good Order that the Percentage of Death Benefit be whole numbers and must total 100% for each beneficiary type. If Percentage of Death Benefit is left blank, all beneficiaries will receive equal shares. Please use the Beneficiary Designation Supplement form (X3041) for additional beneficiaries.

------

![](e1r318506-2602x11x26004.jpg)

Page 4 of 13 R3185 06/26ICC25 R310 Tax Qualification Non-Tax Qualified Roth IRA Other: Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) Roth Conversion Individual Retirement Annuity (IRA) - Traditional Stretch IRA Non-Qualified Stretch 403(b) Tax Sheltered Annuity (TSA) 10-Year Qualified Deferral For Stretch or Deferral, please provide the deceased's information: Relationship to Current Owner/Applicant Date of Birth (mm/dd/yyyy) Date of Death (mm/dd/yyyy) Stretch Roth IRA Statement Regarding Existing Policies or Annuity Contracts (Must select one) NoYes Are you replacing or changing an existing life insurance policy or annuity contract? Annuitization/Income Date Specify Income Date (mm/dd/yyyy) First Name Middle Name Last Name 10-Year Roth Deferral Complete for original deceased contract Owner: Complete for original deceased contract beneficiary: Relationship to Current Owner/Applicant Date of Birth (mm/dd/yyyy) Date of Death (mm/dd/yyyy) First Name Middle Name Last Name The Registered Index-Linked Annuity Automatic Withdrawal Request form (R4370) will be required for Required Minimum Distributions (RMDs) or if a Stretch or Deferral qualification is elected. Notice to Financial Professional: If the Applicant does have existing life insurance policies or annuity contracts, you must present and read to the Applicant the Replacement of Life Insurance or Annuities form (X0512 - state variations apply) and return the notice, signed by both the Financial Professional and Applicant, with the Application. I (We) do have existing life insurance policies or annuity contracts. I (We) do not have existing life insurance policies or annuity contracts. I (We) (Owner(s)/Applicant(s)) certify that with regard to Jackson or any other company: If an Annuitization/Income Date is not specified, Jackson will default to the Latest Income Date as shown in the Contract. It is required for Good Order that this entire section be completed.

------

![](e1r318506-2602x11x26005.jpg)

Page 5 of 13 R3185 06/26ICC25 R310 Premium Payment Check(s) ACH/Wire(s) $$ Anticipated total amount from: $$ Company Releasing Funds Account Number Full Partial Full Partial Maturity Date Transfer Type $$ Anticipated Transfer Amount Please provide the following information if applicable: Jackson to request funds IRC 1035 Exchange Direct Transfer Non-1035 Exchange Non-Direct RolloverDirect Rollover Non-Qualified Contracts: All Other Contracts: Internal Transfer(s)/Death Claim Proceeds External Transfer(s) In-house funding - Select one: Year: $ Year: $ Financial Professional or Owner to request funds Payment included Internal Transfer Death Claim Proceeds Telephone/Electronic Transaction Authorization For more than two account transfers, please provide account information on the Letter of Instruction form (X4250) and submit with application. External Transfers: The Request for Transfer or Exchange of Assets form (X3783) must be submitted if Jackson is to request the release of funds. Select payment method. Must select at least one: For IRA - Traditional or Roth IRA Tax Qualifications, please indicate tax contribution year(s) and amount(s). If the year(s) is (are) not indicated, Jackson will default to the current tax year. By checking " Yes," I (We) authorize Jackson to accept instructions to initiate a Performance Lock or transfer Contract values between Contract Options via telephone, internet, or other electronic medium from me, or in the case of Joint Owners, from any Joint Owner, or from my (our) Financial Professional, subject to Jackson's administrative procedures. Do you consent to Telephone/Electronic Transaction Authorization? Yes No Jackson has administrative procedures that are designed to provide reasonable assurances that telephone/electronic transaction authorizations are genuine. If Jackson fails to employ such procedures, it may be held liable for losses resulting from a failure to use such procedures. I (We) release Jackson, its affiliates, subsidiaries, and agents from all damages related in any way to its acting upon any unauthorized telephone/electronic instruction where Jackson's administrative procedures were properly followed. I (We) understand and agree that Jackson reserves the right to terminate or modify these telephone/electronic privileges at any time, without cause and without notice to me (us) (Owner(s)/Applicant(s)). If no election is made, Jackson will default to " No."

------

![](e1r318506-2602x11x26006.jpg)

Page 6 of 13 R3185 06/26ICC25 R310 Contract Options PLEASE NOTE: Contract Options are subject to availability. 1-Year %Crediting Method S&P 500 Index 10% 20% Cap Performance Boost 3-Year % 6-Year % 100% Cap Performance Trigger Performance Trigger Cap Russell 2000 Index Dow Jones Industrial Average Index Guaranteed Cap 1-Year %Crediting Method 10% 20% Cap Performance Boost 3-Year % 6-Year % 100% Cap Performance Trigger Performance Trigger Cap Guaranteed Cap 1-Year %Crediting Method 10% 20% Cap Performance Boost 3-Year % 6-Year % 100% Cap Performance Trigger Performance Trigger Cap Guaranteed Cap Buffer Buffer Buffer CONTRACT OPTIONS CONTINUED ON PAGE 7. Tell Jackson how you want your annuity Premium invested. TOTAL ALLOCATION MUST EQUAL 100% IN WHOLE PERCENTAGES. The Guaranteed Cap with Buffer crediting method has a six year Guarantee Period. Certain broker- dealers may limit the Index Account Options and/or Fixed Account under the Contract. Please see Applicant Acknowledg- ments on pages 10 and 11.

------

![](e1r318506-2602x11x26007.jpg)

Page 7 of 13 R3185 06/26ICC25 R310 Contract Options (continued from page 6)PLEASE NOTE: Contract Options are subject to availability. Fixed Account Option 1-year Fixed Account Option 1-Year % MSCI EAFE Index MSCI Emerging Markets Index Nasdaq-100 Index 1-Year %Crediting Method 10% 20% Cap Performance Boost 3-Year % 6-Year % 100% Cap Performance Trigger Performance Trigger Cap Guaranteed Cap 1-Year %Crediting Method 10% 20% Cap Performance Boost 3-Year % 6-Year % 100% Cap Performance Trigger Performance Trigger Cap Guaranteed Cap 1-Year %Crediting Method 10% 20% Cap Performance Boost 3-Year % 6-Year % 100% Cap Performance Trigger Performance Trigger Cap Guaranteed Cap Buffer Buffer Buffer Tell Jackson how you want your annuity Premium invested. TOTAL ALLOCATION MUST EQUAL 100% IN WHOLE PERCENTAGES. Certain broker- dealers may limit the Index Account Options and/or Fixed Account under the Contract. Please see Applicant Acknowledg- ments on pages 10 and 11. The Guaranteed Cap with Buffer crediting method has a six year Guarantee Period.

------

![](e1r318506-2602x11x26008.jpg)

Add-On Benefits Income For Life Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal 1,5 Benefit with Annual Step-Up (Ages 50-80) Income with Joint Option Joint For Life Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal 1,2,3,4,5 Benefit with Annual Step-Up (Ages 50-80) Page 8 of 13 R3185 06/26ICC25 R310 May not be available in all states and once selected cannot be changed. Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit (GMWB) Rate Enhancement Option Rate Enhancement Option 1 May not be selected on Stretch IRAs, Stretch Roth IRAs, Non-Qualified Stretches, 10-Year Qualified Deferrals or 10-Year Roth Deferrals. For Non-Qualified contracts, spousal joint ownership required unless legal entity, then spousal joint annuitants required. Please ensure the Joint Owner section on page 2 (including the "Relationship to Owner" box) is properly completed. For Qualified contracts, excluding custodial accounts, 100% primary spousal Beneficiary designation is required. Please ensure the Primary Beneficiary section on page 3 (including the "Relationship to Owner" box) is properly completed. For Qualified Custodial Account Contracts, Annuitant's spouse must be designated as Contingent Annuitant. May not be selected in combination with Rate Enhancement Option. Add-On Benefits: Additional charges will apply. Please see the prospectus for details. GMWB Election Age limitations apply based on the age of the Owner(s) or Covered Lives. Certain broker-dealers may limit the Add-On Benefits available under the Contract. Please see Applicant Acknowledg- ments on pages 10 and 11. + + May select only one For Life GMWB. May not be selected in combination with For Life GMWB.

------

![](e1r318506-2602x11x26009.jpg)

Page 9 of 13 R3185 06/26ICC25 R310 Electronic Delivery Authorization Do you consent to electronic delivery of documents? Yes No Transaction confirmations Other Contract-related correspondence ALL DOCUMENTS Contract and prospectus Disclosure documents Annual statements If no election is made, Jackson will default to " No." Check the box(es) next to the type of documents you wish to receive electronically. If electronic delivery is authorized but no document type is selected, the selection will default to "All Documents." Please provide one email address and print clearly. If you authorize electronic delivery but do not provide an email address or the address is illegible, electronic delivery will not be initiated. Registration at jackson.com is required for electronic delivery of documents. Authorizing electronic delivery of annual statements will automatically enroll you to receive quarterly summaries. Quarterly summaries are only available via electronic delivery. My email address is: Jackson offers the ability to receive documents via electronic delivery (e-delivery). This disclosure will help you decide whether you would like to consent to e-delivery. If you do not consent to e-delivery, you will continue to receive documents via physical mail. Please read this carefully and in its entirety. If you consent, Jackson will provide documents related to your Contract by e-delivery. Jackson will provide documents via e-delivery if it is consistent with the applicable state and federal law, delivery preferences are updated, and the Contract is still active. You may request your delivery preferences to be changed at any time. For security purposes, your online access is subject to monitoring. If you fail to access your jackson.com account for an extended period of time or if we detect suspicious activity on your account, you may be required to reset your access credentials and/or reidentify yourself. Jackson will notify you if this is required and provide instructions on how to complete that process. Jackson will continue to generate documents electronically into your Filing Cabinet so that they may be accessed once you have reauthenticated. Any document that Jackson sends by e-delivery which complies with applicable law will have the same force and effect as if that document were sent in a paper form. This consent covers all electronic documents and communications for any eligible\* Contract(s) through the Company, which may include, but are not limited to, applications, supplements, Contract delivery notices, Contracts, prospectuses, prospectus supplements, confirmation statements, annual or quarterly statements, and any Contract-related correspondence including claims and servicing correspondence. You may continue to receive some paper documents as required by law. This consent applies only to document types available via e-delivery at the time consent is given. Jackson will notify you and provide an additional consent option if additional document types become available via e-delivery. Please note election for electronic tax documents must be completed once you log onto your account on jackson.com. The Company will notify you of the availability of your document(s) by email. Jackson will not charge a fee for this service. Please make sure a current email address is provided and update your profile on jackson.com if your email address changes. After registration, you may access your Filing Cabinet to view your document(s). Documents will be available in your Filing Cabinet as long as you have a jackson.com account. To successfully receive documents via e-delivery, internet access, an active email account, and Adobe Acrobat Reader are required. Also, pop-up blockers must be turned off. Please note some internet browsers may not function well within jackson.com. If a browser error occurs, use a different internet browser. If you do not already have Adobe Acrobat Reader, it can be downloaded for free at www.adobe.com. Paper copies of documents may be requested by calling the Customer Care Center number below for no additional charge. Consent can be revoked by updating your preferences on jackson.com or by calling the Customer Care Center at 866-349-4564. I will notify the Company of any new email address. If you consent to the terms outlined above for electronic transmissions, check the box above. \*Eligible refers to Contracts that are currently inforce or that will be inforce and are available for electronic transmission.

------

![](e1r318506-2602x11x26010.jpg)

Applicant Acknowledgments ICC25 R310 Page 10 of 13 R3185 06/26 Notice to Applicant Applicant Acknowledgments continued on page 11. 1. I (We) hereby represent to the best of my (our) knowledge and belief that each of the statements and answers contained in this application are true, complete and correctly recorded. 2. I (We) certify that the Social Security or Taxpayer Identification number(s) shown above is (are) correct. 3. I (We) certify that the date of birth of the Owner and any Joint Owner, primary spousal Beneficiary, Annuitant, Joint Annuitant, or Contingent Annuitant, if applicable, stated in this application is (are) true and correctly recorded. 4. I (We) hereby represent to the best of my (our) knowledge and belief that I (we) have made an informed decision to purchase this product and, if applicable, have reviewed the differences between this product and my (our) original product. The product fits my (our) investment needs and objectives, liquidity needs, time horizon, risk tolerance and my (our) general financial situation. 5. I understand the restrictions imposed by 403(b)(11) of the Internal Revenue Code, if applicable. I understand the investment alternatives available under my employer's 403(b) plan, to which I may elect to transfer my contract value. 6. I (We) understand that while the values of the Contract may be affected by an external Index, the Contract does not participate in any stock or equity investment, and that the Index Account Option value may increase or decrease with the investment experience and is not guaranteed as to a fixed dollar amount. 7. I (We) understand that the capping component in this Contract may limit the Index Adjustment credited to the Index Account Option value on each Index Account Option Term Anniversary, regardless of the performance of the Indices. 8. I (We) have received the applicable current Buffers, Caps/Rates and any other Index Adjustment Factors associated with this Contract. 9. I (We) have been given a current prospectus for this registered index-linked variable annuity product. 10. I (We) understand that Jackson offers other annuities with similar features, benefits, limitations, minimum Caps/Rates and charges. I (We) have discussed the alternatives with my (our) Financial Professional, including that similar products with higher or lower Caps/Rates may be available through other broker-dealers. 11. I (We) understand and acknowledge that amounts payable under the Contract may be subject to a Withdrawal Charge and/or a Market Value Adjustment(s), if applicable, which may cause the values to decrease if withdrawn or annuitized prior to a specified date or dates as stated in the Contract. Any person who knowingly presents a false statement in an application for insurance may be guilty of a criminal offense and subject to penalties under state law.

------

![](e1r318506-2602x11x26011.jpg)

Page 11 of 13 R3185 06/26ICC25 R310 Owner's Signature Date Signed (mm/dd/yyyy) State Where Signed Owner's Title (required if owned by an Entity) Date Signed (mm/dd/yyyy)Joint Owner's Signature Date Signed (mm/dd/yyyy) Date Signed (mm/dd/yyyy) Annuitant's Signature (if other than Owner) Joint Annuitant's Signature (if other than Joint Owner) Applicant Signatures State Where Signed Applicant Acknowledgments Check this box if the IRS has notified you that you are subject to backup withholding. U.S. Tax Certifications (continued from page 10) Not FDIC/NCUA Insured Not bank/CU guaranteed May lose value Not a deposit Not insured by any federal agency It is required for Good Order that all applicable parties to the Contract sign here. Required replacement form(s) must be signed on or before the application signature date. Under penalties of perjury, I certify that: 1. My Social Security Number or Tax ID Number shown on this application is my correct taxpayer identification number, 2. I am not subject to backup withholding (or if I am, I have checked the box below), 3. I am a U.S. citizen or other U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien), and 4. I am exempt from Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA) reporting. For items 3 and 4, if I am not a U.S. citizen, U.S. resident alien or other U.S. person, I am submitting the applicable IRS Form W-8 to certify my foreign status and, if applicable, claim treaty benefits. The Internal Revenue Service does not require your consent to any provision of this document other than the certifications to avoid backup withholding. 12. I (We) acknowledge and represent that I (we) have executed this application, and that my (our) signature(s) below (including my (our) electronic signature(s)) is (are) my (our) true and valid signature(s). I (We) further authorize Jackson to accept any electronic signature(s) that I (we) may make to this application. 13. I (We) understand that certain broker-dealers may limit the Contract Options and/or Add-On Benefits available under the Contract. I (We) have discussed these limitations with my (our) Financial Professional and have been provided with a list of Contract Options and Add-On Benefits currently available for election through my (our) broker-dealer. I (We) understand that any application including an election of a Contract Option or election of an Add-On Benefit not available through my (our) broker-dealer will not be accepted. I (We) understand that the Contract Options and/or Add-On Benefits not available through my (our) broker-dealer may be available through other broker-dealers.

------

![](e1r318506-2602x11x26012.jpg)

Financial Professional Acknowledgments and Signature I did not use sales material(s) during the presentation of this Jackson product to the applicant. ICC25 R310 Page 12 of 13 R3185 06/26 Financial Professional Acknowledgments and Signature continued on page 13. I certify that: Complete this certification regarding sales material section only if: The applicant has other existing policies or annuity contracts AND Will be either terminating any of those existing policies or using the funds from existing policies to fund this new Contract. By signing this form, I certify that: 1. I am authorized and qualified to discuss the Contract herein applied for. 2. I have reviewed all of the applicant's information, and I believe that my recommendation to purchase this annuity is in line with the applicant's financial situation and investment needs, and meets the appropriate standard of care (i.e. suitability or best interest) based on the facts disclosed by said applicant. I also attest that I have provided the applicant with all pertinent information about the product, including disclosure of risks involved, allowing the applicant to make an educated and informed decision about this purchase. Based on my completion of the required general annuity and/or Jackson product training, I believe this transaction is suitable and in the best interest of the applicant given the applicant's financial situation and needs. 3. The applicable current Buffers, Caps/Rates and any other Index Adjustment Factors associated with this Contract have been presented and explained to the applicant(s). 4. I have not made statements that differ from this material nor have I made any promises about the expected future Index Account Option values of this Contract. 5. I have read Jackson's Position With Respect to the Acceptability of Replacements (XADV5790) and ensured that this replacement (if applicable) is consistent with that position. 6. The applicant's Statement Regarding Existing Policies or Annuity Contracts has been answered correctly to the best of my knowledge and belief. 7. The applicant's statement as to whether or not an existing life insurance policy or annuity contract is being replaced or changed is true and accurate to the best of my knowledge and belief. 8. I have discussed all applicable limitations to Contract Option and/or Add-On Benefit availability with the applicant and have provided the applicant with a list of Contract Options and Add-On Benefits currently available for election. 9. I have obtained prior approval from the soliciting broker-dealer to submit this application to Jackson. I used only Jackson-approved sales material(s), including electronically presented materials, during the presentation of this Jackson product to the applicant. In addition, copies of all approved sales material(s) used during the presentation were left with the applicant.

------

![](e1r318506-2602x11x26013.jpg)

ICC25 R310 Page 13 of 13 R3185 06/26 Financial Professional # 1 Signature Date Signed (mm/dd/yyyy) First Name Middle Name Last Name Email Address (print clearly) Business Phone Number (incl. area code) Jackson Assigned ID Financial Professional # 2 Name Financial Professional # 3 Name Jackson Assigned ID Jackson Assigned ID Extension Financial Professional # 4 Name Jackson Assigned ID Financial Institution Financial Professional Acknowledgments and Signature (continued from page 12) If more than one Financial Professional is participating on this case, please provide the additional Financial Professional names and Jackson Assigned IDs. All Financial Professional certifications, licenses and trainings must be completed prior to application execution.

------

## Ex-99.(G)(4)

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea001.jpg)

Execution Version AMENDED AND RESTATED VARIABLE ANNUITIES FUNDS WITHHELD COINSURANCE AGREEMENT by and between JACKSON NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY and BROOKE LIFE REINSURANCE COMPANY Original Effective Date: January 1, 2024 A&R Effective Date: December 1, 2025

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea002.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;i **TABLE OF CONTENTS** Page Article I DEFINITIONS Section 1.1. Definitions ........................................................................................................... 1 Section 1.2. Interpretation ..................................................................................................... 10 Article II REINSURANCE OF REINSURED LIABILITIES Section 2.1. Plan of Reinsurance ........................................................................................... 11 Section 2.2. Follow the Fortunes ........................................................................................... 11 Section 2.3. Reinstatements ................................................................................................... 12 Section 2.4. Parties to Coinsurance ........................................................................................ 12 Section 2.5. Changes to Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits ........................................................ 12 Section 2.6. Assumed Reinsurance ........................................................................................ 13 Article III REINSURANCE Premium; Ceding Commission; Closing Section 3.1. Initial Reinsurance Premium. ............................................................................. 13 Section 3.2. Ongoing Reinsurance Premium .......................................................................... 14 Section 3.3. Ceding Commission ........................................................................................... 14 Article IV FUNDS WITHHELD ACCOUNT; ADMINISTRATION; HEDGING PROGRAM Section 4.1. Funds Withheld Account .................................................................................... 15 Section 4.2. Withdrawals ....................................................................................................... 15 Section 4.3. Substitution ........................................................................................................ 16 Section 4.4. Administration ................................................................................................... 16 Section 4.5. Expense Allowance ............................................................................................ 17 Section 4.6. Non-Guaranteed Elements ................................................................................. 17 Section 4.7. Ultimate Authority ............................................................................................. 17 Section 4.8. Hedging Program ............................................................................................... 17

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea003.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;ii Article V ACCOUNTING, SETTLEMENT AND REPORTING Section 5.1. Ceding Company Quarterly Settlement Reports ................................................. 18 Section 5.2. Remittances ....................................................................................................... 19 Section 5.3. Additional Reporting .......................................................................................... 20 Section 5.4. Access to and Audits of Records ........................................................................ 20 Article VI ARBITRATION Section 6.1. Agreement to Arbitrate; Request for Arbitration ................................................. 20 Section 6.2. Selection of the Arbitration Panel ....................................................................... 20 Section 6.3. Confidentiality ................................................................................................... 21 Section 6.4. Scheduling ......................................................................................................... 21 Section 6.5. Conduct of the Arbitration and the Award .......................................................... 21 Section 6.6. Costs .................................................................................................................. 21 Article VII INSOLVENCY Section 7.1. Payment of Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits under an Insolvency ........................ 21 Section 7.2. Required Notice of and Defense against Claims ................................................. 21 Section 7.3. Insolvency of Reinsurer ..................................................................................... 22 Article VIII DURATION AND TERMINATION Section 8.1. Duration ............................................................................................................. 22 Section 8.2. Termination by the Ceding Company ................................................................. 22 Section 8.3. Termination by the Reinsurer ............................................................................. 22 Section 8.4. Terminal Accounting and Settlement ................................................................. 23 Article IX REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES Section 9.1. Representations and Warranties of the Ceding Company .................................... 24 Section 9.2. Representations and Warranties of the Reinsurer ................................................ 24

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea004.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;iii Article X REINSURANCE CREDIT Section 10.1. Reinsurance Credit ............................................................................................. 25 Article XI MISCELLANEOUS Section 11.1. Entire Agreement ............................................................................................... 25 Section 11.2. Notices ............................................................................................................... 26 Section 11.3. Confidentiality ................................................................................................... 27 Section 11.4. Errors, Omissions, Misunderstandings and Oversights ....................................... 27 Section 11.5. Amendment; Modification and Waiver .............................................................. 27 Section 11.6. No Third Party Beneficiaries .............................................................................. 27 Section 11.7. Assignment ........................................................................................................ 27 Section 11.8. Further Assurances ............................................................................................. 27 Section 11.9. Governing Law .................................................................................................. 27 Section 11.10. Counterparts....................................................................................................... 28 Section 11.11. Severability ........................................................................................................ 28 Section 11.12. Tax Matters ........................................................................................................ 28 Section 11.13. Tax Forms .......................................................................................................... 29 Section 11.14. Survival ............................................................................................................. 29 Section 11.15. Territories .......................................................................................................... 29 Section 11.16. OFAC Exclusion ................................................................................................ 29 Schedules Schedule 5.1 Form of Quarterly Settlement Reports Schedule 8.4(a)(i) Form of Terminal Settlement Statement Schedule 8.4(a)(ii) Form of Recapture Payment Statement Exhibits Exhibit A Expense Allowance Exhibit B Hedging Guidelines

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea005.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;AMENDED AND RESTATED VARIABLE ANNUITIES FUNDS WITHHELD COINSURANCE AGREEMENT This AMENDED AND RESTATED VARIABLE ANNUITIES FUNDS WITHHELD COINSURANCE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into as of December 22, 2025, and effective as of the A&R Effective Time (as defined below), by and between Jackson National Life Insurance Company, a Michigan domiciled stock life insurance company (the "Ceding Company"), and Brooke Life Reinsurance Company, a Michigan domiciled pure captive insurance company (the "Reinsurer"). The Ceding Company and the Reinsurer are sometimes individually referred to in this Agreement as a "Party" and collectively as the "Parties." W I T N E S S E T H: WHEREAS, the Ceding Company has issued, and intends to continue issuing, certain VA Contracts (as defined below) with Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits (as defined below); WHEREAS, the Ceding Company may, from time to time, assume and reinsure certain VA Contracts with Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits issued by insurance companies not Affiliated with the Ceding Company; WHEREAS, the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer entered into that certain Variable Annuities Funds Withheld Coinsurance Agreement, dated as of January 23, 2024 and effective as of January 1, 2024 (the "Original Coinsurance Agreement"), pursuant to which the Ceding Company ceded, and the Reinsurer reinsured, on a one hundred percent (100%) funds withheld coinsurance basis the Existing Liabilities (as defined below); and WHEREAS, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, effective as of the A&R Effective Time (as defined below), the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer desire to amend and restate the Original Coinsurance Agreement in its entirety in the form of this Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties hereby agree as follows: ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS Section 1.1. Definitions. The following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below throughout this Agreement: "A&R Effective Date" shall mean December 1, 2025.

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea006.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;2 "A&R Effective Time" shall mean 12:00:01 a.m. (eastern time) on the A&R Effective Date. "Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" (including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by" and "under common control with"), when used with respect to any Person, means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. "Agreement" has the meaning set forth in the Preamble. "Applicable Effective Time" means, in respect of a Reinsured Guaranteed Benefit, 12:00:01 a.m. (eastern time) on the date on which such Reinsured Guaranteed Benefit was ceded by the Ceding Company and reinsured by the Reinsurer under this Agreement. "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks in Lansing, Michigan are authorized or required by applicable Law to be closed for business. "Ceding Company" has the meaning set forth in the Preamble. "Ceding Company Termination Event" means (i) any failure by the Reinsurer (or any successor by operation of law of the Reinsurer, including any receiver, liquidator, rehabilitator, conservator or similar Person of the Reinsurer) to perform or observe any of the material terms or conditions under this Agreement if such failure has not been cured within sixty (60) calendar days after the Reinsurer's receipt of written notice thereof from the Ceding Company; (ii) the placement of the Reinsurer into liquidation, rehabilitation, conservation, supervision, receivership or similar proceedings (whether voluntary or involuntary), or the institution of proceedings against the Reinsurer for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, rehabilitator, conservator or trustee in bankruptcy, or other agent known by whatever name, to take possession of its assets or assume control of its operations; or (iii) the occurrence of a Reinsurance Credit Event, if not cured as set forth in Section 10.1(a). "Closed Hedge" means any Hedge that ceases to be in effect whether due to sale, termination, exercise, expiration, maturity, settlement, novation or otherwise. "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. "Contract Owner" means any Person who or that is the owner of a VA Contract with Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits or Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits (as applicable) or has the right to terminate or lapse a VA Contract with Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits or Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits (as applicable), effect changes of beneficiary or coverage limits, add or terminate Persons covered by the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits or direct any other changes with respect to the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits.

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea007.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;3 "Custody Agreements" means (a) that certain Custody Agreement (U.S. Securities), dated as of March 28, 2000, by and between The Bank of New York n/k/a The Bank of New York Mellon, as custodian, and the Ceding Company, (b) that certain Custody Agreement (IM Seg), dated as of April 1, 2020, by and between The Bank of New York Mellon, as custodian, and the Ceding Company and (c) any custody agreement entered into by the Ceding Company on or after the date hereof pursuant to which the Funds Withheld Account Assets will be managed. "Deferred Hedge Gains" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.8(d). "Deferred Hedge Losses" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.8(d). "Election" has the meaning set forth in Section 11.12(a). "Existing Liabilities" means the Reinsured Liabilities ceded under the Original Reinsurance Agreement prior to the A&R Effective Time. "Expense Allowance" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5. "Extra Contractual Obligations" means all liabilities, obligations and other losses (including lost profits) incurred or arising at any time under or relating to any Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits that are not covered by, or that are in excess of, the contractual benefits arising under the express terms and conditions of such Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits, including without limitation, any liability for fines, penalties, forfeitures, fees, excess or penalty interest, compensatory damages, punitive, exemplary, special, incidental, treble, bad faith, tort or any other form of extra contractual damages relating to the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits and reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses awarded, which arise from any act, error or omission of a Party or its designees, whether or not intentional, fraudulent, negligent, in bad faith, resulting from willful misconduct or a misrepresentation or other misconduct, including any act, error or omission of a Party, any of its Affiliates or its designees relating to (i) the marketing, underwriting, sales, production, issuance, delivery, cancellation or administration of the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits, (ii) the investigation, defense, trial, settlement or handling of claims, benefits or payments arising out of or relating to the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits or (iii) the failure to pay or the delay in payment, or errors in calculating or administering the payment, of benefits, claims or any other amounts due or alleged to be due under or in connection with the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits. "Fair Market Value" means, as of any date of determination, (i) as to cash, the amount of it and (ii) as to an asset other than cash, the fair value thereof calculated in accordance with GAAP plus accrued interest thereon. "Final Initial Reinsurance Premium Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c). "Funds Withheld Account" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a). "Funds Withheld Account Actual Balance" means, as of any date of determination, the Statutory Book Value of the Funds Withheld Account Assets, calculated as of such date.

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea008.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;4 "Funds Withheld Account Adjustment" means, as of the last day of any Quarterly Settlement Period, an amount equal to (a) the Funds Withheld Account Required Balance as of such date minus (b) the Funds Withheld Account Actual Balance after giving effect to the Quarterly Settlement Amount payment for the Quarterly Settlement Period ending on such date. "Funds Withheld Account Assets" means those assets deposited to the Funds Withheld Account pursuant to this Agreement and all proceeds from, and reinvestments of, all such assets and any investment income received and due but unpaid thereon (excluding any Deferred Hedge Gains and Deferred Hedge Losses). "Funds Withheld Account Required Balance" means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the Statutory Reserve Amount plus IMR created in respect of the Funds Withheld Account Assets after the Original Effective Time. "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles and practices in the United States, consistently applied, as in effect from time to time. "Governmental Authority" means any government, legislature, political subdivision, court, regulatory body or administrative agency or other instrumentality thereof, whether federal, state, local or foreign and including any regulatory authority which may be partly or wholly autonomous. "Guaranteed Benefits Fees" means any fees, charges or payments (including premium, if applicable) due to the Ceding Company in respect of the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the portion of base contract fees allocable to Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits associated with a VA Contract), in each case, received by the Ceding Company after the Applicable Effective Time and net of amounts actually due from the Ceding Company in respect of Other Reinsurance; provided, however, that the Guaranteed Benefits Fees applicable to a Reinsured Guaranteed Benefit shall not exceed the income received by the Ceding Company in respect thereof or allocable thereto. "Hedge" means any equity or interest rate option, swap, forward or other derivative transaction, whether cleared or over-the-counter, identified by the Ceding Company at the time of execution as entered into pursuant to the Hedging Program. "Hedge Administration" means all tasks, functions and activities reasonably necessary or incidental to initiate, renew, manage and administer the Hedging Program, including, but not limited to, negotiating and executing any trading documentation, selecting counterparties, requesting quotes, placing orders, posting margin Hedge Collateral, making variation margin and other scheduled payments or terminating or settling any Hedges. "Hedge Collateral" means any initial margin, variation margin or other collateral posted or received, or deemed posted or received, by or to, as applicable, the Ceding Company in connection with any Hedges, but not including any variation margin posted or received, or deemed posted or received, with respect to Hedges cleared through an exchange or clearinghouse.

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea009.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;5 "Hedge Funding Costs" means, with respect to any Quarterly Settlement Period, the aggregate net financing costs incurred, or deemed incurred, by the Ceding Company with respect to the sum of (a) borrowing costs related to the Initial Hedge Premiums and (b) borrowing cost related to the Deferred Hedge Losses or lending cost related to the Deferred Hedge Gains, in each case, as determined by the Ceding Company in a commercially reasonable manner. "Hedge Results" means, with respect to any Quarterly Settlement Period, an amount (whether positive or negative) equal to the sum, without duplication, of: (a) (i) the sum of all payments received by the Ceding Company with respect to any sale, termination, exercise, expiration, maturity, settlement, novation or other similar event with respect to the Closed Hedges during the Quarterly Settlement Period less (ii) the sum of all payments made by the Ceding Company with respect to any sale, termination, exercise, expiration, maturity, settlement, novation or other similar event with respect to the Closed Hedges during the Quarterly Settlement Period, decreased or increased (iii) by the Initial Hedge Premiums paid or received, as applicable, with respect to any Closed Hedges during the Quarterly Settlement Period; plus (b) (i) the aggregate Fair Market Value to the Ceding Company of Open Hedges as of the end of such Quarterly Settlement Period (or, if such Hedges were not Open Hedges at the end of such Quarterly Settlement Period, zero (0)) decreased or increased by the Initial Hedge Premiums paid or received, as applicable, at any time with respect to the Open Hedges less (ii) the aggregate Fair Market Value of Open Hedges to the Ceding Company as of the beginning of such Quarterly Settlement Period (or, if such Hedges were not in effect at the beginning of such Quarterly Settlement Period, zero (0)) decreased or increased by the Initial Hedge Premiums paid or received, as applicable, at any time with respect to the Open Hedges, plus (c) any payments, other than Initial Hedge Premiums or other payments included under clause (a), received by the Ceding Company with respect to any Hedges during such Quarterly Settlement Period less the sum of all payments, other than Initial Hedge Premiums, made by the Ceding Company with respect to any Hedges during such Quarterly Settlement Period, including, in the case of clause (c), any payments of variation margin posted or received, or deemed posted or received, with respect to Hedges cleared through an exchange or clearinghouse, but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any Hedge Collateral posted or received, or deemed posted or received, in connection with such Hedges or any interest or distributions on any such Hedge Collateral. "Hedging Guidelines" means the Hedging Guidelines provided by the Reinsurer to the Ceding Company attached as Exhibit B hereto (as may be amended in writing from time to time by the Reinsurer and the Ceding Company). "Hedging Program" means the execution by the Ceding Company, from time to time, of any Hedges, and the Hedge Administration related thereto, in each case, in accordance with the Hedging Guidelines.

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea010.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;6 "In-Force Liabilities" means the Reinsured Liabilities in respect of guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits issued with or embedded within a VA Contract issued by the Ceding Company prior to the A&R Effective Time. "Initial Hedge Premiums" means amounts paid or received to enter into a Hedge. "Initial Reinsurance Premium Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a). "Interest Maintenance Reserve" or "IMR" means, as of any date of determination, the interest maintenance reserves, positive or negative, in respect of the business ceded under this Agreement that is in force as of the Original Effective Time and any interest maintenance reserve that is created thereafter in respect thereof, in each case, calculated in accordance with the Ceding Company's application of Michigan SAP, as of such date of determination. For the avoidance of doubt, there shall be no interest maintenance reserve created through the initial transfer of an asset to the Funds Withheld Account, and no such initial transfer of an asset shall have an impact (positive or negative) on IMR. "Interest Rate" means the annual yield rate, on the date to which the 90-Day Treasury Rate relates, of actively traded U.S. Treasury securities having a remaining duration to maturity of three (3) months, as such rate is published under "Treasury Constant Maturities" in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519). "Investment Policy" means the Statement of Investment Policy and Objectives included in the Amended and Restated Discretionary Investment Management Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2010, by and among the Ceding Company, Brooke Life Insurance Company and PPM America, Inc. (as may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time). "Law" means domestic or foreign federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance, code or common law or any rules, regulations, administrative interpretations or orders issued by any Governmental Authority pursuant to any of the foregoing, and any order, writ, injunction, directive, administrative interpretation, judgment or decree applicable to a Person or such Person's business, properties, assets, officers, directors, employees or agents. "Non-Guaranteed Elements" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6. "OFAC Laws" means the sanctions Laws administered by the U.S. Treasury Department's Office of Foreign Assets. "Open Hedge" means, at any time, any Hedge that is in effect at such time. "Original Coinsurance Agreement" has the meaning set forth in the Recitals. "Original Effective Date" means January 1, 2024. "Original Effective Time" means 12:00:01 a.m. (eastern time) on the Original Effective Date.

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea011.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;7 "Other Reinsurance" means reinsurance ceded by the Ceding Company from time to time to any other reinsurer with respect to liabilities of the Ceding Company related to the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits. "Party" and "Parties" have the meaning set forth in the Preamble. "Person" means any natural person, corporation, company, partnership, association, limited liability company, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, trust or other legal entity or organization, including a Governmental Authority. "Premium Reconciliation Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(d). "Premium Taxes" means, with respect to any period, the Taxes (including retaliatory Taxes), assessments and fees imposed on premiums relating to the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits during such period by any state, local, or municipal Tax Authority. "Quarterly Hedge Net Result" means, with respect to any Quarterly Settlement Period, the amount (whether positive or negative) equal to (a) Hedge Results for such Quarterly Settlement Period minus (b) Hedge Funding Costs for such Quarterly Settlement Period. "Quarterly Hedge Net Result Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.8(d). "Quarterly Hedge Settlement Amount" means, with respect to any Quarterly Settlement Period, the sum (whether positive or negative) of (a) the Quarterly Hedge Net Result Amount allocated to such Quarterly Settlement Period pursuant to Section 4.8(d) less (b) the aggregate of all Deferred Hedge Losses allocated to such Quarterly Settlement Period pursuant to Section 4.8(d) plus (c) the aggregate of all Deferred Hedge Gains allocated to such Quarterly Settlement Period pursuant to Section 4.8(d). "Quarterly Settlement Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a). "Quarterly Settlement Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a)(ii). "Quarterly Settlement Period" means each calendar quarter during the term of this Agreement or any fraction thereof beginning on the Original Effective Date or ending on the Termination Date. The first Quarterly Settlement Period commenced on the Original Effective Date and ended on the last day of the calendar quarter in which the Original Effective Date fell, and the last Quarterly Settlement Period shall commence on the first day of the calendar quarter in which the Termination Date falls and end on the Termination Date. "Quarterly Settlement Report" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1. "Recapture Payment Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(a). "Recapture Payment Statement" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(a). "Reinsurance Credit Event" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(a).

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea012.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;8 "Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits" means (a) (i) all add-on and inherent guaranteed death benefits and guaranteed living benefits (including guaranteed minimum death benefits ("GMDB"), guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits ("GMWB"), guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits ("GMAB") and similar types of benefits), in each case, issued with or embedded within a VA Contract, and (ii) contingent deferred annuity ("CDA") contracts that are, in each case, issued by the Ceding Company prior to the A&R Effective Time or (b) (i) all add- on and inherent guaranteed death benefits and guaranteed living benefits (including GMDB, GMWB, GMAB and similar types of benefits), in each case, issued with or embedded within a VA Contract, and (ii) CDA contracts that are, in each case, issued or (unless mutually agreed by the Parties to not be ceded hereunder pursuant to Section 2.6) assumed (including via reinsurance) by the Ceding Company on or after the A&R Effective Time to the extent classified by the Ceding Company as of the same or a similar type as those identified in the foregoing clause (a). For the avoidance of doubt, "Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits" shall not include the base VA Contracts under which such Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits are issued except for the inherent guaranteed benefits embedded within a VA Contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits" shall not include (x) any guaranteed minimum income benefits or (y) any add-on or inherent guaranteed benefits issued with or embedded within a VA Contract or a CDA contract, solely in respect of clause (y), issued or delivered in the State of New York and assumed (including via reinsurance) by the Ceding Company (in its capacity as reinsurer) from another insurance company (in its capacity as cedant). "Reinsured Liabilities" means (a) all claims, obligations, indemnities, losses or liabilities arising under, in connection with, or with respect to, the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits (other than, in all cases, Extra Contractual Obligations) and payable on or after the Applicable Effective Time, (b) Premium Taxes (if applicable) and (c) Reinsurer Extra Contractual Obligations, in each case of the foregoing clauses (a), (b) and (c), net of amounts actually due (and to the extent actually collected) in respect of Other Reinsurance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Reinsured Liabilities" shall not include (and this Agreement shall not cover) any liability or assessment in connection with the participation by the Ceding Company, whether involuntary or voluntary, in any guaranty fund, assigned risk plan, insolvency fund or other residual market mechanism of any kind established or governed by any state or jurisdiction of the Ceding Company's domicile or any other state or jurisdiction on account of the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits. For the avoidance of doubt, "Reinsured Liabilities" in respect of the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits shall only include claims, obligations, indemnities, losses or liabilities or other similar amounts in excess of the applicable underlying account value. "Reinsurer" has the meaning set forth in the Preamble. "Reinsurer Extra Contractual Obligations" means any Extra Contractual Obligations for which the Reinsurer directed or consented to the action or omission that led to the incurrence of such Extra Contractual Obligations. "Reinsurer Termination Event" means any failure by the Ceding Company (or any successor by operation of law of the Ceding Company, including any receiver, liquidator, rehabilitator, conservator or similar Person of the Ceding Company) to pay any amount due hereunder if such failure has not been cured within sixty (60) calendar days after the Ceding Company's receipt of written notice thereof from the Reinsurer.

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea013.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;9 "SAP" means the statutory accounting practices and procedures required or permitted by the insurance regulatory authority of the State of Michigan, consistently applied, as in effect from time to time, including any permitted practice for the benefit of the Ceding Company. "Statutory Book Value" means, for any asset, as of any date of determination, the carrying value of such asset in the statutory books of the Ceding Company as of such date, determined in accordance with SAP (including any impairments required thereby), plus accrued interest thereon. "Statutory Reserve Amount" means, as of any date of determination, the difference between (a) the aggregate statutory reserve amount without giving effect to this Agreement and (b) the aggregate statutory reserve amount with giving effect to this Agreement, in each case, that the Ceding Company is required to hold for purposes of its statutory financial statements as of such date, calculated in accordance with Michigan SAP as in effect at such date of determination. "Tax" means any and all federal, state, foreign or local income, gross receipts, premium, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, social security, unemployment, disability, real property, ad valorem/personal property, stamp, goods and services, excise, occupation, sales, use, transfer, value added, alternative minimum, estimated or other tax, fee, duty, levy, custom, tariff, impost, assessment or charge of the same or of a similar nature to any of the foregoing, including any interest, penalty or addition thereto. "Tax Authority" means any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the assessment, determination, collection or imposition of any Tax. "Terminal Settlement Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(a). "Terminal Settlement Period" means the final Quarterly Settlement Period hereunder. "Terminal Settlement Statement" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(a). "Termination Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1. "Umpire" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2. "VA Contracts" means the individual variable annuity contracts and individual certificates on group variable annuity contracts, in each case, issued by the Ceding Company prior to, on or after the Original Effective Time. For the avoidance of doubt, "VA Contracts" does not include registered index-linked annuity contracts.

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea014.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;10 Section 1.2. Interpretation. (a) As used in this Agreement, references to the following terms have the meanings indicated: (i) to the Preamble or to the Recitals, Sections, Articles, Exhibits or Schedules are to the Preamble or a Recital, Section or Article of, or an Exhibit or Schedule to, this Agreement unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary; (ii) to any contract (including this Agreement) or "organizational document" are to the contract or organizational document as amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time; (iii) to any Law are to such Law as amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and to any section of any Law include any successor to such section; (iv) to any Governmental Authority include any successor to the Governmental Authority and to any Affiliate include any successor to the Affiliate; (v) to any "copy" of any contract or other document or instrument are to a true and complete copy thereof; (vi) to "hereof," "herein," "hereunder," "hereby," "herewith" and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or clause of this Agreement, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary; (vii) to the "date of this Agreement," "the date hereof" and words of similar import refer to December 22, 2025; and (viii) to "this Agreement" include the Exhibits and Schedules to this Agreement. (b) Whenever the words "include," "includes" or "including" are used in this Agreement, they will be deemed to be followed by the words "without limitation." The word "or" need not be exclusive. Any singular term in this Agreement (including any pronoun) will be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term (including any pronoun) the singular. All pronouns and variations of pronouns will be deemed to refer to the feminine, masculine or neuter, as the identity of the Person referred to may require. Where a word or phrase is defined herein, each of its other grammatical forms shall have a corresponding meaning. (c) Whenever the last day for the exercise of any right or the discharge of any duty under this Agreement falls on a day other than a Business Day, the Party having such right or duty shall have until the next Business Day to exercise such right or discharge such duty. Unless otherwise indicated, the word "day" shall be interpreted as a calendar day occurring in the eastern time zone. With respect to any determination of any period of time, unless otherwise set

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea015.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;11 forth herein, the word "from" means "from and including" and the word "to" means "to but excluding." (d) The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. (e) References to "dollars" or "$" mean United States dollars, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary. Whenever any cash amount is payable hereunder, such amount shall be paid to the Person entitled to receive such payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds to one or more accounts specified in writing by the recipient. (f) The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement; consequently, in the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as jointly drafted by the Parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement. (g) No summary of this Agreement prepared by or on behalf of any Party shall affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. (h) All capitalized terms used without definition in the Exhibits and Schedules to this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in this Agreement. ARTICLE II REINSURANCE OF REINSURED LIABILITIES Section 2.1. Plan of Reinsurance. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Ceding Company hereby cedes to the Reinsurer, and the Reinsurer hereby accepts and reinsures, on a funds withheld coinsurance basis, one hundred percent (100%) of (i) the Existing Liabilities, (ii) the In-Force Liabilities as of the A&R Effective Time and (iii) the Reinsured Liabilities incurred on and after the A&R Effective Time. In connection therewith, for the avoidance of doubt, the Existing Liabilities shall remain in place and shall not be deemed to have been recaptured or receded. (b) The reinsurance effected under this Agreement shall be maintained in force, without reduction, unless such reinsurance is terminated as provided herein. Section 2.2. Follow the Fortunes. The Reinsurer's liability under this Agreement shall attach simultaneously with that of the Ceding Company under the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits and the Reinsured Liabilities, and the Reinsurer's liability under this Agreement shall be subject in all respects to the same risks, terms, rates, conditions, interpretations, waivers and Guaranteed Benefits Fees, and to the same modifications, alterations and terminations, as the respective Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits and Reinsured Liabilities to which liability under this Agreement attaches, the true intent of this Agreement being that the Reinsurer shall follow the

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea016.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;12 fortunes of the Ceding Company with respect to the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits and the Reinsured Liabilities, and the Reinsurer shall be bound, without limitation, by all payments and settlements with respect to the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits and the Reinsured Liabilities entered into by or on behalf of the Ceding Company. Section 2.3. Reinstatements. If Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits that were reduced, terminated or lapsed are reinstated in accordance with the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits or the VA Contracts terms and applicable Law, the reinsurance for such Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits under this Agreement will be reinstated automatically to the amount that would have been in force if the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits had not been reduced, terminated or lapsed; provided that each of the following conditions are met: (a) To the extent that the reinstatement of such Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits requires payment by the applicable Contract Owner of fees, contract charges or premiums, the Ceding Company shall owe to the Reinsurer an amount determined by applying the terms of this Agreement to the amount received from such Contract Owner; and (b) To the extent that the reinstatement of such Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits requires reimbursement by the Contract Owner of amounts paid to such Contract Owner, the Ceding Company shall owe to the Reinsurer the portion of the amount received from such Contract Owner that was paid by the Reinsurer under the terms of this Agreement. Section 2.4. Parties to Coinsurance. Article II of this Agreement provides for indemnity reinsurance on a funds withheld coinsurance basis solely between the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer. The acceptance of reinsurance under this Article II shall not create any right or legal relation between the Reinsurer and any Contract Owner, annuitant, claimant or beneficiary of Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits, and the Ceding Company shall be and remain solely liable to such Contract Owner, annuitant, claimant or beneficiary with respect to the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits. Section 2.5. Changes to Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits. (a) From and after the Applicable Effective Time, the Ceding Company shall have the right to make changes, amendments or modifications in, or provide any waivers with respect to, the terms and conditions of any of the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits to the extent required in accordance with the terms of the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits or VA Contracts or as required by any Governmental Authority or applicable Law. To the extent that, after the Applicable Effective Time, (i) the Ceding Company makes any changes, amendments or modifications in, or provides any waivers with respect to, the terms and conditions of any of the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits to the extent required in accordance with the terms of the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits or VA Contracts or as required by any Governmental Authority or applicable Law and (ii) the Ceding Company's liability in respect of any of the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits is changed because of such changes, amendments, modifications or waivers, the Reinsurer will reinsure such liability (which shall constitute Reinsured Liabilities) on the reinsurance basis set forth in Section 2.1 and the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer will make in good faith all appropriate adjustments to amounts due to each other under this Agreement. The Ceding Company shall provide written notification to the Reinsurer of any of such changes

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea017.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;13 contemplated under this Section 2.5(a); provided, however, that the failure of the Ceding Company to provide such notice shall not relieve the Reinsurer of its obligations in respect of any Reinsured Liabilities hereunder. (b) To the extent that, after the Applicable Effective Time, the Ceding Company makes any changes, amendments, modifications or waivers with respect to the terms and conditions of any of the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits other than pursuant to Section 2.5(a), the Ceding Company shall notify the Reinsurer in writing prior to making any such changes, amendments, modifications or waivers. Except as expressly contemplated by Section 2.5(a), any changes, amendments, modifications or waivers with respect to any of the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits shall not be reinsured hereunder unless made by the Ceding Company with the written approval of the Reinsurer. In the event that any such changes, amendments, modifications or waivers are made to any of the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits by the Ceding Company without the written approval of the Reinsurer, this Agreement will cover Reinsured Liabilities as if the non-approved changes, amendments, modifications or waivers had not been made to the applicable Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits. Section 2.6. Assumed Reinsurance. In the event that the Ceding Company (in its capacity as reinsurer) accepts reinsurance from another insurance company (in its capacity as cedant) or intends to reinsure guaranteed benefits of the type that would be Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits if ceded hereunder, the Ceding Company shall notify the Reinsurer. The Parties may mutually agree to retrocede such guaranteed benefits hereunder, not retrocede such guaranteed benefits hereunder or retrocede such guaranteed benefits pursuant to another reinsurance agreement. If the Parties agree to reinsure such guaranteed benefits hereunder, the Parties may mutually agree to amend any provision hereof with respect to such guaranteed benefits (e.g., to take into account that an underlying insurance company may be retaining administration or setting non-guaranteed elements). ARTICLE III REINSURANCE PREMIUM; CEDING COMMISSION; CLOSING Section 3.1. Initial Reinsurance Premium. (a) The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Ceding Company paid all required reinsurance premiums to the Reinsurer with respect to the Existing Liabilities as of the A&R Effective Time pursuant to the Original Coinsurance Agreement, and there shall be no additional reinsurance premium due between the Parties with respect thereto as a result of entering into this Agreement except as provided in Section 3.2. (b) In consideration for the Reinsurer to enter into this Agreement in respect of the In-Force Liabilities, on the date hereof, the Ceding Company shall deposit to the Funds Withheld Account cash or investment assets (free and clear of all liens, charges or encumbrances) with a Statutory Book Value, without duplication, together with any accrued investment income, as of the A&R Effective Time equal to an estimate of the Statutory Reserve Amount in respect of the In-Force Liabilities as of the A&R Effective Time (such amount, the "Initial Reinsurance Premium Amount").

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea018.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;14 (c) Pursuant to Section 3.1(d), the Parties agree to make adjustments to the Initial Reinsurance Premium Amount after the date hereof, as necessary to reflect the actual Statutory Reserve Amount in respect of the In-Force Liabilities as of the A&R Effective Time, as determined after the date hereof (such adjusted amount, the "Final Initial Reinsurance Premium Amount"). (d) The Final Initial Reinsurance Premium Amount will be calculated by the Ceding Company and reported by the Ceding Company to the Reinsurer prior to the sixtieth (60th) calendar day following the date hereof, and if such difference between the Final Initial Reinsurance Premium Amount and the Initial Reinsurance Premium Amount (such difference, the "Premium Reconciliation Amount") is: (i) a positive number, then the Ceding Company shall deposit to the Funds Withheld Account an amount of cash in immediately available funds, or investment assets with a Statutory Book Value, equal to the Premium Reconciliation Amount; or (ii) a negative number, then the Ceding Company shall withdraw from the Funds Withheld Account an amount of cash in immediately available funds, or investment assets with a Statutory Book Value, equal to the absolute value of the Premium Reconciliation Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Premium Reconciliation Amount is determined following the first Funds Withheld Account Adjustment pursuant to Section 5.2, the calculation of the Premium Reconciliation Amount shall give effect to any such Funds Withheld Account Adjustment so as to avoid duplication of the adjustment to the Initial Reinsurance Premium Amount. Section 3.2. Ongoing Reinsurance Premium. As additional consideration for the reinsurance provided hereunder, and subject to the Reinsurer's compliance with and performance of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Reinsurer shall be entitled to receive one hundred percent (100%) of all Guaranteed Benefits Fees in respect of the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits, and any and all other collections and recoveries relating to the Reinsured Liabilities and the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits, in each case, solely to the extent such Guaranteed Benefits Fees, collections or other recoveries are actually received by the Ceding Company or a duly appointed agent of the Ceding Company after the A&R Effective Time. Section 3.3. Ceding Commission. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Reinsurer paid all required ceding commissions to the Ceding Company with respect to the Existing Liabilities prior to the A&R Effective Time, and there shall be no additional ceding commission due hereunder.

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea019.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;15 ARTICLE IV FUNDS WITHHELD ACCOUNT; ADMINISTRATION; HEDGING PROGRAM Section 4.1. Funds Withheld Account. (a) Prior to the date hereof, the Ceding Company established on its books and records a funds withheld account, which consisted of two (2) segregated custody accounts (collectively, the "Funds Withheld Account") in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Original Coinsurance Agreement. The Ceding Company shall maintain the Funds Withheld Account under this Agreement. The Ceding Company shall record the Funds Withheld Account Actual Balance as of March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each calendar year on its statutory financial statements. At all times, the Funds Withheld Account shall be clearly designated as a segregated account on the books and records (and in the information systems) of the Ceding Company. (b) The Funds Withheld Account will be maintained in segregated custody accounts that shall comprise the Funds Withheld Account Assets supporting the Reinsurer's net retention of the Reinsured Liabilities and managed pursuant to the Custody Agreements (as applicable); provided that, in each case, any assets that the Ceding Company reasonably determines cannot be held in a segregated custody account will not be maintained in the Funds Withheld Account but will be segregated on the books and records of the Ceding Company and will nonetheless constitute Funds Withheld Account Assets. The fees of the custodian incurred pursuant to the Custody Agreements (as applicable) in respect of the Funds Withheld Account shall be borne by the Reinsurer and paid directly from the Funds Withheld Account Assets. (c) The Funds Withheld Account shall comply with the requirements of all applicable Law and shall permit the investment results of the Funds Withheld Account Assets to be determined independently of the investment results of the Ceding Company's other assets, including the assets of any other segregated account. (d) The Funds Withheld Account Assets shall be managed in accordance with the Investment Policy, and such management shall at all times comply with all applicable Laws of Michigan. The fees of the investment manager incurred in respect of the Funds Withheld Account shall be borne by the Reinsurer and paid directly from the Funds Withheld Account Assets. Section 4.2. Withdrawals. The Funds Withheld Account Assets may be withdrawn and utilized by the Ceding Company (or any successor in interest of the Ceding Company by operation of law, including any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver or conservator of the Ceding Company) without diminution because of the insolvency of the Ceding Company or the Reinsurer, for the following purposes: (a) to pay the Reinsured Liabilities due pursuant to the provisions of the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits, but not recovered from the Reinsurer within five (5) Business Days of becoming due and payable hereunder (for the avoidance of doubt, such withdrawals

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea020.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;16 shall consist of Funds Withheld Account Assets with a Fair Market Value not to exceed such Reinsured Liabilities); (b) to pay the Ceding Company the absolute value of any negative Premium Reconciliation Amount pursuant to Section 3.1(d); (c) to pay the Reinsurer the absolute value of any negative Quarterly Settlement Amount for a Quarterly Settlement Period in accordance with Section 5.2; (d) to pay the Reinsurer any Terminal Settlement Amount or Recapture Payment Amount owing to the Reinsurer in accordance with Section 8.4; (e) to pay or reimburse the Ceding Company for any other amounts due to the Ceding Company from the Reinsurer under this Agreement, but not recovered from the Reinsurer within five (5) Business Days of becoming due and payable; and (f) to pay the Ceding Company all amounts remaining in the Funds Withheld Account after the payment of any amount required to be paid under the Terminal Settlement Statement and the Recapture Payment Statement to the Reinsurer in accordance with Section 8.4. Any Funds Withheld Account Assets withdrawn from the Funds Withheld Account in violation of this Section 4.2 shall be promptly returned by the Ceding Company to the Funds Withheld Account. At any time the Ceding Company elects to withdraw assets from the Funds Withheld Account pursuant to this Section 4.2, to the extent reasonably practicable, the Ceding Company shall consult with the Reinsurer and consider the Reinsurer's reasonable recommendations with respect to the Funds Withheld Account Assets to be withdrawn. Section 4.3. Substitution. The Ceding Company shall have the right to substitute the Funds Withheld Account Assets in the Funds Withheld Account; provided that (a) any such replacement assets are mutually acceptable to the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer and (b) the aggregate Statutory Book Value of the replacement assets to be deposited or credited to the Funds Withheld Account are equal to the aggregate Statutory Book Value of the Funds Withheld Account Assets to be removed from the Funds Withheld Account. Section 4.4. Administration. (a) The Ceding Company agrees to perform or cause to be performed under its direction all administrative services with respect to the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits: (i) at its own expense (except for amounts due as Expense Allowances and other fees and expenses as set forth on the Quarterly Settlement Report); (ii) in good faith and with the skill, diligence and expertise that experienced and qualified personnel performing such duties would employ in like circumstances; (iii) in the manner of a prudent insurer; and (iv) in conformity in all material respects with all applicable Laws, regulations, rules and orders and the requirements of the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits and this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 4.4(a), "prudent insurer" means an insurer who complies with all its duties and responsibilities under applicable Laws and takes into account reputational and other issues in respect of itself and its Affiliates.

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea021.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;17 (b) The Reinsurer shall pay Expense Allowances to the Ceding Company. Settlement of Expense Allowances shall be effected in accordance with Section 5.1 and Section 5.2. Section 4.5. Expense Allowance. The Reinsurer shall owe to the Ceding Company with respect to each Quarterly Settlement Period occurring hereunder an expense allowance (each, an "Expense Allowance") related to the administration of the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits as set forth on Exhibit A (as such amounts or components thereof may be adjusted as mutually agreed by the Parties from time to time). The Expense Allowance shall be assessed and paid on a quarterly basis as part of each Quarterly Settlement Amount referenced in Section 5.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the commencement of each calendar year during the term of this Agreement, the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer shall review, discuss and agree to any proposed adjustments to the Expense Allowance. Any such adjustments mutually agreed to by the Parties shall become effective as of the commencement of the next calendar year, subject to compliance with applicable Law. Section 4.6. Non-Guaranteed Elements. The Ceding Company shall be responsible for determining and setting all discretionary elements relevant to the VA Contracts with Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits or the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits (as applicable) ("Non-Guaranteed Elements"). The Ceding Company agrees that the Non-Guaranteed Elements shall be determined and set in a manner consistent with the procedures utilized by the Ceding Company to determine and set other discretionary elements of the VA Contracts and benefits not reinsured hereunder, and shall comply with applicable Law, actuarial standards of practice promulgated by the Actuarial Standard Board and the written terms of the VA Contracts (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits). The Reinsurer may, from time to time, make recommendations to the Ceding Company with respect to the establishment of Non- Guaranteed Elements so long as the recommendations comply with applicable Law, actuarial standards of practice promulgated by the Actuarial Standard Board and the written terms of the VA Contracts (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits). The Ceding Company shall fully consider any such recommendations and act reasonably and in good faith in determining whether any such recommendations should be accepted. Section 4.7. Ultimate Authority. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Ceding Company shall retain the ultimate authority to make all final decisions with respect to the administration of the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits. Section 4.8. Hedging Program. (a) The Hedging Program shall be established pursuant to the Hedging Guidelines. The Ceding Company shall be responsible for the maintenance of the Hedging Program, including all Hedge Administration. Quarterly Hedge Settlement Amounts shall be included in the calculation of Quarterly Settlement Amounts (with respect to the applicable Quarterly Settlement Period) under Article V, with any positive Quarterly Hedge Settlement Amount added to the Quarterly Settlement Amount and any negative Quarterly Hedge Settlement Amount subtracted from the Quarterly Settlement Amount. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any amounts paid (or deemed paid) or received (or deemed received) with respect to the Hedges will be deemed to have been paid (or deemed paid)

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea022.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;18 or received (or deemed received) on the date such payment is reflected in the accounting records of the Ceding Company, regardless of when (or if) such payment is actually made or received by the Ceding Company. (b) The Ceding Company shall enter into any Hedges as principal and shall make any payments due to counterparties to such Hedges from its own accounts and, for the avoidance of doubt, any such posted payments shall only be included in the calculation of any Quarterly Settlement Amounts through the calculation of Quarterly Hedge Net Results. The Ceding Company shall post any Hedge Collateral required with respect to the Hedges from its own accounts, and, for the avoidance of doubt, any such posted Hedge Collateral amounts shall not be included in the calculation of any Quarterly Settlement Amounts. The Ceding Company may execute any Hedges under existing trading documentation and may enter into new trading documentation for purposes of the Hedging Program. (c) The Ceding Company may take any actions that it reasonably deems necessary or incidental to Hedge Administration and performance under the Hedges and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with the Hedging Guidelines. The Reinsurer agrees to cooperate with the Ceding Company in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner with respect to any requests made by the Ceding Company in connection with the Hedging Program or Hedge Administration. (d) The Quarterly Hedge Net Result for any Quarterly Settlement Period, whether positive or negative, shall be divided into twelve (12) equal amounts (each, a "Quarterly Hedge Net Result Amount"). One (1) Quarterly Hedge Net Result Amount, positive or negative (as applicable), shall be allocated to the Quarterly Hedge Settlement Amount for such Quarterly Settlement Period and each of the remaining eleven (11) Quarterly Hedge Net Result Amounts, positive or negative (as applicable), shall be allocated to one (1) of the eleven (11) Quarterly Settlement Periods immediately succeeding such Quarterly Settlement Period (such eleven (11) negative Quarterly Hedge Net Result Amounts, the "Deferred Hedge Losses" and such eleven (11) positive Quarterly Hedge Net Result Amounts, the "Deferred Hedge Gains"); provided that if the Termination Date would occur prior to the twelfth (12th) successive Quarterly Settlement Period, all Quarterly Hedge Net Result Amounts, whether positive or negative, for Quarterly Settlement Periods that would have concluded after the Termination Date shall be allocated to the Quarterly Settlement Period ending on the Termination Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer may by mutual agreement accelerate, in whole or in part, the payment of the Quarterly Hedge Net Result Amounts, whether positive or negative. ARTICLE V ACCOUNTING, SETTLEMENT AND REPORTING Section 5.1. Ceding Company Quarterly Settlement Reports. Within thirty (30) calendar days following the end of each Quarterly Settlement Period, the Ceding Company shall deliver to the Reinsurer a quarterly coinsurance settlement report in the form of Schedule 5.1, including the amount of the Funds Withheld Account Actual Balance, the Statutory Reserve Amount, the Quarterly Hedge Net Result, the Quarterly Hedge Settlement Amounts and the

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea023.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;19 Expense Allowance as calculated in accordance with Section 4.5 (the "Quarterly Settlement Report"), in each case as of the end of the last day of such Quarterly Settlement Period. Section 5.2. Remittances. (a) All amounts due to be paid to the Ceding Company or the Reinsurer under this Section 5.2 shall be determined on a net basis. Each net amount due to the Ceding Company or the Reinsurer with respect to each Quarterly Settlement Period as reflected on a Quarterly Settlement Report (the "Quarterly Settlement Amount") shall be paid as follows: (i) if the Quarterly Settlement Amount indicated in the Quarterly Settlement Report is positive, then the Ceding Company shall increase the Funds Withheld Account Actual Balance by transferring into the Funds Withheld Account an amount in cash or investment assets equal to the Fair Market Value of such Quarterly Settlement Amount within fifteen (15) Business Days following the date of delivery of such Quarterly Settlement Report to the Reinsurer; or (ii) if the Quarterly Settlement Amount indicated in the Quarterly Settlement Report is negative, then the Ceding Company shall be permitted to reduce the Funds Withheld Account Actual Balance by withdrawing from the Funds Withheld Account an amount in cash or investment assets equal to the Fair Market Value of the absolute value of such Quarterly Settlement Amount within fifteen (15) Business Days following the date of delivery of such Quarterly Settlement Report to the Reinsurer (the date of such deposit or withdrawal under subclauses (i) or (ii), the "Quarterly Settlement Date"). (b) The Funds Withheld Account Adjustment payable under this Agreement for each Quarterly Settlement Period shall be determined as of the end of the last day of such Quarterly Settlement Period as set forth in the applicable Quarterly Settlement Report, and after giving effect to the Quarterly Settlement Amount payment for such Quarterly Settlement Period. The Funds Withheld Account Adjustment for each Quarterly Settlement Period shall be payable as follows: (i) if the Funds Withheld Account Adjustment is positive, then the Reinsurer shall pay to the Ceding Company for immediate deposit into the Funds Withheld Account cash or investment assets compliant with the Investment Policy with a Fair Market Value equal to such positive amount no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the receipt by the Reinsurer of the applicable Quarterly Settlement Report; or (ii) if the Funds Withheld Account Adjustment is negative, then, no later than fifteen (15) Business Days following the date of delivery of the Quarterly Settlement Report to the Reinsurer, the Ceding Company shall withdraw assets with a Statutory Book Value equal to the absolute value of such negative amount from the Funds Withheld Account and pay the absolute value of such negative amount to the Reinsurer. For the avoidance of doubt, any such assets paid by the Ceding Company to the Reinsurer shall be recorded on a Fair Market Value basis when transferred to the Reinsurer.

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea024.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;20 (c) Payments in respect of the Quarterly Settlement Amounts contemplated hereunder shall be due on the dates specified in this Article V, irrespective of the pendency of any dispute. Any delinquent amounts payable under this Section 5.2 shall accrue interest from the date such payment was originally due until the date such payment is made, such interest to accrue at the Interest Rate. (d) Except as otherwise set forth herein, any amount due under this Agreement shall be settled by (i) wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Funds Withheld Account or (ii) the transfer of mutually agreeable investment assets compliant with the Investment Policy to the Funds Withheld Account. Section 5.3. Additional Reporting. Each Party shall provide the other Party with such data and other reporting regarding the performance of such Party under this Agreement as may be reasonably requested by the other Party, including data required to comply with any applicable regulatory requirements. Section 5.4. Access to and Audits of Records. Either Party and its employees and authorized representatives may audit, examine and copy (at the Party's own expense), during regular business hours any and all books, records, statements, correspondence, reports and other documents that relate to the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits, the Funds Withheld Account or this Agreement (except as to contents that are covered by the attorney-client or attorney work product privilege), upon giving at least fifteen (15) Business Days' prior notice to the other Party; provided that the Reinsurer shall not exercise such right more than once per calendar year unless the Ceding Company is in material default of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement; provided, further, that the Ceding Company shall bear the expense of (a) one such audit per calendar year by Reinsurer and (b) all such audits conducted by the Reinsurer while the Ceding Company is in material default of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement. The other Party shall (i) provide a reasonable work space for such audit, examination or copying, (ii) cooperate fully and faithfully, and (iii) disclose the existence of and produce any and all materials reasonably requested to be produced (except materials that are covered by the attorney-client or attorney work product privilege). ARTICLE VI ARBITRATION Section 6.1. Agreement to Arbitrate; Request for Arbitration. As a condition precedent to any right of action arising hereunder, any dispute arising out of or relating to the interpretation, performance or breach of this Agreement, as well as the formation and/or validity thereof, whether arising before or after termination of this Agreement, shall be referred to and resolved by a panel of three arbitrators. Either Party may request arbitration in writing, such request to be using the notice provisions set forth in Section 11.2. Section 6.2. Selection of the Arbitration Panel. One arbitrator shall be chosen by each Party, and the two arbitrators shall, before instituting the hearing, choose an impartial third arbitrator (the "Umpire") who shall preside at the hearing. All arbitrators shall be disinterested active or former officers of life insurance or life reinsurance companies. If either Party fails to

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea025.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;21 appoint its arbitrator within thirty (30) days after the arbitration request is made, the other Party may appoint the second arbitrator. If the two (2) arbitrators are unable to agree upon the appointment of the Umpire within fifteen (15) days of the appointment of the second arbitrator, each appointed arbitrator shall nominate three (3) Umpire candidates. The other appointed arbitrator shall strike two (2) candidates, and the decision between the two (2) remaining candidates shall be determined by a random selection methodology agreed between the two (2) appointed arbitrators. Section 6.3. Confidentiality. All arbitration proceedings initiated hereunder shall be confidential as against third parties. In any court proceedings initiated pursuant or ancillary to such arbitration, the Parties shall attempt to file arbitration papers "under seal" or under a similar designation to preserve and ensure the confidential nature of the proceeding. Section 6.4. Scheduling. Within thirty (30) days after notice of appointment of all arbitrators, the Parties hereto shall use reasonable best efforts to cause the panel to meet and determine timely periods for briefs, discovery procedures and schedules for a hearing. Section 6.5. Conduct of the Arbitration and the Award. The panel shall be relieved of all judicial formality and shall not be bound by rules of procedure and evidence. The arbitration shall take place in Lansing, Michigan unless otherwise agreed between the Parties. The decision of any two (2) arbitrators when rendered in writing shall be final and binding. The panel is empowered to grant interim relief as it may deem appropriate. Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Section 6.6. Costs. Each Party shall bear the costs of the arbitrator it selected and will bear, jointly and equally with the other Party, the costs of the Umpire. The panel will allocate the remaining costs of the arbitration. The panel may, at its discretion, award such further costs, interest and expenses as it considers appropriate, including without limitation, legal fees, provided, however, that the panel shall not award punitive, exemplary or consequential damages. ARTICLE VII INSOLVENCY Section 7.1. Payment of Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits under an Insolvency. In the event of the insolvency of the Ceding Company, all reinsurance made, ceded, renewed or otherwise becoming effective under this Agreement shall be payable by the Reinsurer directly to the Ceding Company or to its statutory liquidator or statutory successor on the basis of the liability of the Ceding Company under the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits without diminution because of the insolvency of the Ceding Company. Section 7.2. Required Notice of and Defense against Claims. In the event of the insolvency of the Ceding Company while reinsurance as to any Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits is in effect under this Agreement, the conservator, liquidator, receiver or statutory successor of the Ceding Company shall give the Reinsurer written notice of the pendency of a claim against the Ceding Company with respect to Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits within a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the insolvency proceeding. During the pendency of any such claim, the

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea026.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;22 Reinsurer may, at its own expense, investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated, any defense or defenses which the Reinsurer may deem available to the Ceding Company or its conservator, liquidator, receiver or statutory successor. Section 7.3. Insolvency of Reinsurer. In the event of the insolvency of the Reinsurer, all amounts due but not paid to the Reinsurer by the Ceding Company on such date under this Agreement, regardless of the date on which they became due, and all amounts which become due to the Reinsurer by the Ceding Company after that date under this Agreement may be retained by the Ceding Company and set off against the amounts due by Reinsurer under this Agreement, whether they were due before the insolvency or became due after. The balance only, if any, shall be payable by the Ceding Company to the Reinsurer at the expiry of all liability under this Agreement. ARTICLE VIII DURATION AND TERMINATION Section 8.1. Duration. This Agreement shall continue in force until the termination date (the "Termination Date"), which shall occur at such time as (a) the Ceding Company's liability with respect to all Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits is terminated, (b) this Agreement is terminated by the mutual written consent of the Reinsurer and the Ceding Company or (c) the date on which this Agreement is terminated in accordance with Section 8.2 or Section 8.3, in each case, subject to the settlement of all amounts due to the Ceding Company under this Agreement with respect to such termination. In the event the Reinsurer's liability shall have terminated pursuant to clause (a) of the preceding sentence due to the termination of the Ceding Company's liability under the last Reinsured Guaranteed Benefit, then the date on which such liability terminates shall be the "Termination Date" and there shall be a terminal accounting and release of the Funds Withheld Account as provided in Section 8.4. Section 8.2. Termination by the Ceding Company. Upon the occurrence of a Ceding Company Termination Event, the Ceding Company shall have the right (but not the obligation) to terminate this Agreement and recapture all (but not less than all) of the Reinsured Liabilities by providing written notice of its intent to terminate to the Reinsurer. Termination of this Agreement shall be effective on the date specified in such notice, subject to any further requirements of Michigan Law. Upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.2, the Ceding Company shall be deemed to have recaptured and reassumed all Reinsured Liabilities (excluding clause (c) (Reinsurer Extra-Contractual Obligations) of the definition thereof, which, in all cases, shall remain with the Reinsurer and for which the Reinsurer shall indemnify and hold the Ceding Company harmless therefor, to the extent not taken into account in the determination of the Recapture Payment Amount), and there shall be a terminal accounting and release of any remaining balance of the Funds Withheld Account as provided in Section 8.4. Section 8.3. Termination by the Reinsurer. Upon the occurrence of a Reinsurer Termination Event, the Reinsurer shall have the right (but not the obligation) to terminate this Agreement by providing written notice of its intent to terminate to the Ceding Company.

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea027.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;23 Termination of this Agreement shall be effective on the date specified in such notice, subject to any further requirements of Michigan Law; provided that such date shall not be prior to the date on which the Reinsurer Termination Event occurred. Upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.3, the Ceding Company shall be deemed to have recaptured and reassumed all Reinsured Liabilities (excluding clause (c) (Reinsurer Extra-Contractual Obligations) of the definition thereof, which, in all cases, shall remain with the Reinsurer and for which the Reinsurer shall indemnify and hold the Ceding Company harmless therefor, to the extent not taken into account in the determination of the Recapture Payment Amount), and there shall be a terminal accounting and release of any remaining balance of the Funds Withheld Account as provided in Section 8.4. Section 8.4. Terminal Accounting and Settlement. (a) In connection with the termination of this Agreement, the Ceding Company shall prepare and deliver to the Reinsurer a settlement statement within forty-five (45) calendar days of the Termination Date setting forth, as applicable, (i) the terminal settlement amount for the Terminal Settlement Period, as calculated in accordance with Schedule 8.4(a)(i) (such amount, the "Terminal Settlement Amount" and such statement, the "Terminal Settlement Statement"), and (ii) the recapture payment amount, as calculated in accordance with Schedule 8.4(a)(ii) (such amount, the "Recapture Payment Amount" and such statement, the "Recapture Payment Statement"). (b) All payments pursuant to the Terminal Settlement Statement and Recapture Payment Statement shall be made within thirty (30) Business Days of the Reinsurer's receipt of the Terminal Settlement Statement and Recapture Payment Statement. Following payment of the Terminal Settlement Amount and the Recapture Payment Amount, any remaining balance of the Funds Withheld Account shall be released to the Reinsurer. (c) In the event that, subsequent to the Termination Date, an adjustment to the Terminal Settlement Amount or the Recapture Payment Amount is necessary, a supplemental Terminal Settlement Amount or Recapture Payment Amount, as applicable, will be calculated by the Ceding Company and a report shall be delivered by the Ceding Company to the Reinsurer. Any amount owed to either Party by reason of such supplemental Terminal Settlement Amount or Recapture Payment Amount, as applicable, shall be paid within ten (10) Business Days of the Reinsurer's receipt of such supplemental report. (d) The payment of the Terminal Settlement Amount and Recapture Payment Amount or supplemental Terminal Settlement Amount and Recapture Payment Amount, if any, upon a termination shall constitute a complete and final release of each Party in respect of any and all known and unknown present and future obligations or liability of any nature to the other Party under this Agreement.

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea028.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;24 ARTICLE IX REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES Section 9.1. Representations and Warranties of the Ceding Company. The Ceding Company represents and warrants to the Reinsurer (which has relied upon these representations in entering into this Agreement) that as of the date hereof: (a) Organization. The Ceding Company is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of the State of Michigan and it has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement. (b) Authorization. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Ceding Company and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Reinsurer, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Ceding Company, enforceable against the Ceding Company in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' or insurance company creditors' rights generally. (c) No Conflict or Violation. The execution and delivery of this Agreement does not, and the performance by the Ceding Company of its obligations hereunder will not, conflict with, or result in any violation of or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of termination or cancellation under, any provision of (i) the articles or certificate of incorporation and bylaws or comparable organizational documents of the Ceding Company, (ii) any contract, permit, order, judgment or decree to which the Ceding Company is a party, (iii) any order of any Governmental Authority or (iv) any applicable Law. (d) No Reinsurance Intermediaries. The Ceding Company has not engaged any reinsurance broker or other intermediary to perform any services in connection with this Agreement, and no reinsurance broker or other intermediary is entitled to any commission or other compensation in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Section 9.2. Representations and Warranties of the Reinsurer. The Reinsurer represents and warrants to the Ceding Company (which has relied upon these representations in entering into this Agreement) that as of the date hereof: (a) Organization. The Reinsurer is a company duly incorporated, organized and validly existing under the Laws of the State of Michigan and it has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement. (b) Authority to Reinsure. The Reinsurer is a pure captive insurance company duly licensed or accredited to conduct the business of reinsurance of the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits under the Laws of the State of Michigan. (c) Authorization. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Reinsurer and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Ceding Company constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Reinsurer, is enforceable against the Reinsurer in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea029.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;25 of any applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' or insurance company creditors' rights generally. (d) No Conflict or Violation. The execution and delivery of this Agreement does not, and the performance by the Reinsurer of its obligations hereunder will not, conflict with, or result in any violation of or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of termination or cancellation under, any provision of (i) the bylaws or any comparable organizational documents of the Reinsurer, (ii) any contract, permit, order, judgment or decree to which the Reinsurer is a party, (iii) any order of any Governmental Authority or (iv) any applicable Law. (e) No Reinsurance Intermediaries. The Reinsurer has not engaged any reinsurance broker or other intermediary to perform any services in connection with this Agreement and no reinsurance broker or other intermediary is entitled to any commission or other compensation in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. ARTICLE X REINSURANCE CREDIT Section 10.1. Reinsurance Credit. (a) The Parties intend that the Ceding Company be able to obtain full statutory financial statement credit for the reinsurance provided by this Agreement in all applicable jurisdictions throughout the entire term of this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of any event that, if continuing as of the end of any financial statement period, would be reasonably likely to result in the Ceding Company being unable to take full statutory financial statement credit for the reinsurance provided by this Agreement in all such jurisdictions for any reason (a "Reinsurance Credit Event"), the Reinsurer shall, as soon as practical, enter into a statutory trust agreement, deliver letters of credit or provide any other form of security acceptable to the applicable Governmental Authorities of all jurisdictions to which the Ceding Company is subject, or take any other action, the effect of which would enable the Ceding Company to receive full statutory reserve credit for reinsurance ceded to the Reinsurer under this Agreement. (b) It is understood and agreed that any term or condition required by applicable Law to be included in this Agreement for the Ceding Company to receive full statutory financial statement credit for the reinsurance provided by this Agreement shall be deemed to be incorporated in this Agreement by reference. Furthermore, the Reinsurer and the Ceding Company agree to act in good faith to amend this Agreement and other documents and enter into new agreements to the extent required under applicable Law in order to provide the Ceding Company with such full statutory financial statement credit. ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS Section 11.1. Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including the Exhibits and Schedules hereto) constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties with respect to the subject matter

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea030.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;26 hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior negotiations, discussions, writings, agreements and understandings, oral and written, between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. Section 11.2. Notices. All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (a) when delivered personally by hand, (b) when sent by email or (c) one (1) Business Day following the day sent by an internationally recognized overnight courier (with written confirmation of receipt), in each case, at the following addresses and email addresses (or to such other address or email address as a Party may have specified by notice given to the other Party pursuant to this provision): If to the Ceding Company, to: Jackson National Life Insurance Company 1 Corporate Way Lansing, Michigan 48951 Attention: Chief Actuary Email: lin.sun@jackson.com with copies (which shall not constitute notice to the Ceding Company for the purposes of this Section 11.2) to: Jackson National Life Insurance Company 1 Corporate Way Lansing, Michigan 48951 Attention: General Counsel Email: scott.golde@jackson.com Attention: Corporate Legal Email: mb_corporatelegal@jackson.com If to the Reinsurer, to: Brooke Life Reinsurance Company 1 Corporate Way Lansing, Michigan 48951 Attention: Chief Financial Officer Email: don.cummings@jackson.com with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to the Reinsurer for the purposes of this Section 11.2) to: Brooke Life Reinsurance Company 1 Corporate Way Lansing, Michigan 48951 Attention: Corporate Legal Email: mb_corporatelegal@jackson.com

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea031.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;27 Section 11.3. Confidentiality. Each of the Parties shall maintain the confidentiality of all information related to this Agreement, the Reinsured Liabilities and the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits. Section 11.4. Errors, Omissions, Misunderstandings and Oversights. If any failure to pay amounts due or to perform any other act required of either Party under this Agreement is shown to be unintentional and caused by misunderstanding, oversight or clerical error, the Parties will promptly adjust the situation to what it would have been had the mistake, misunderstanding or oversight not occurred. If it is not possible to restore each Party to the situation that would have been absent such mistake, misunderstanding or oversight, the Parties will endeavor in good faith to resolve the situation in a manner that is fair and reasonable and most closely approximates the intent of this Agreement. Section 11.5. Amendment; Modification and Waiver. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended, modified or waived if, and only if, such amendment, modification or waiver is in writing and signed, in the case of an amendment, by the Parties, or in the case of a waiver, by the Party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No failure or delay by either Party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial waiver preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. Section 11.6. No Third Party Beneficiaries. Nothing expressed or implied in this Agreement is intended to confer any rights, benefits, remedies, obligations or liabilities upon any Person other than the Parties and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns. Section 11.7. Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under it may be directly or indirectly assigned, delegated, sublicensed or transferred by either Party, in whole or in part, to any other Person (including any bankruptcy trustee) whether voluntarily or involuntarily, without the receipt of the prior written consent of the other Party, and any attempted or purported assignment in violation of this Section 11.7 will be null and void; provided that the Reinsurer may retrocede to any other reinsurers any portion of the liabilities assumed by the Reinsurer under this Agreement. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Section 11.8. Further Assurances. Each Party agrees to cooperate fully with the other Party and to execute such further instruments, agreements, powers of attorney or other documents and to give such further written assurance as may be reasonably requested by any other Party to evidence, reflect and effectuate the transactions described and contemplated hereby and to carry into effect all the intents and purposes of this Agreement. Section 11.9. Governing Law. This Agreement and its enforcement will be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Michigan applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such state without regard to the conflicts of law provisions thereof.

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea032.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;28 Section 11.10. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to constitute an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement, and may be delivered by scanned image or other electronic means, including files in .pdf or .jpeg or generally recognized e-signature technology (e.g., DocuSign or Adobe Acrobat Sign) intended to preserve the original graphic or pictorial appearance of a document. Section 11.11. Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any Person or any circumstance, is found by a court or other Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application thereof, in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as would be enforceable. Section 11.12. Tax Matters. (a) Each of the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer is subject to taxation under Subchapter L of Chapter 1 of Subtitle A of the Code. The Ceding Company and the Reinsurer hereby elect pursuant to Section 1.848-2(g)(8) of the Treasury Regulations to determine specified policy acquisition expenses with respect to this Agreement without regard to the general deductions limitation of Section 848(c)(1) of the Code (the "Election"). Each of the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer agrees that (i) the Election shall be effective for the taxable year of each Party that includes the date of the Agreement and for all subsequent taxable years during which this Agreement remains in effect and (ii) it shall take no action to revoke the Election. (b) The terms used in this Section 11.12 are defined by reference to Section 1.848-2 of the Treasury Regulations in effect as of the date of this Agreement. (c) Each Party agrees to attach to its U.S. federal income Tax return filed for the first taxable year ending after the Election becomes effective (and each year thereafter) a schedule that identifies this Agreement as the subject of the Election, and each Party agrees that it shall file its respective U.S. federal income Tax returns in a manner consistent with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.848-2. The Party with the net positive consideration under this Agreement for each taxable year shall capitalize specified policy acquisition expenses with respect to this Agreement without regard to the general deductions limitation of Section 848(c)(1) of the Code. (d) To ensure consistency of reporting between the Parties or as otherwise required by the Internal Revenue Service, the Parties agree to exchange information pertaining to the amount of net consideration deemed to be paid pursuant to this Agreement. The Ceding Company shall submit to the Reinsurer by May 15 each year its calculation of the amount of the net consideration for the preceding calendar year. This schedule of calculations shall be

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea033.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;29 accompanied by a statement that the Ceding Company will report such amount of net consideration in its tax return for the preceding calendar year. The Reinsurer may contest such calculation by providing an alternative calculation to the Ceding Company in writing within thirty (30) calendar days of Reinsurer's receipt of the Ceding Company's calculation. If the Reinsurer does not so notify the Ceding Company, the Reinsurer shall report the net consideration as determined by the Ceding Company in the Reinsurer's Tax return for the previous calendar year. If the Reinsurer contests the Ceding Company's calculation of the net consideration, the Parties shall act in good faith to reach an agreement as to the correct amount within thirty (30) calendar days of the date the Reinsurer submits its alternative calculation. If the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer reach agreement on an amount of net consideration, each Party shall report such amount in their respective Tax returns for the previous calendar year. If the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer do not reach agreement on the calculation of net consideration with such thirty (30) calendar day period, then the net consideration for the preceding calendar year shall be determined by an independent accounting firm, selected by the Ceding Company and reasonably acceptable to the Reinsurer, within twenty (20) calendar days after the expiration of such thirty (30) calendar day period. All fees and expenses relating to the work performed by the independent accounting firm shall be shared equally between the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer. Section 11.13. Tax Forms. On or before the date hereof, and at such times as the Ceding Company may reasonably request, the Reinsurer shall provide to the Ceding Company a properly executed IRS Form W-9, in form and substance satisfactory to the Ceding Company, certifying the Reinsurer's Employer Identification Number and that the Reinsurer is not subject to U.S. federal backup withholding. Section 11.14. Survival. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever, the obligations, terms or conditions set forth in Article VI, Section 11.3 and Section 11.12 shall survive such termination. Section 11.15. Territories. This Agreement covers any territory in which (a) any Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits are issued or sold, (b) any Contract Owner, annuitant, insured or beneficiary of any Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits is located or (c) there is any claim relating to any Reinsured Liabilities, or otherwise arising under this Agreement. Section 11.16. OFAC Exclusion. Neither the Ceding Company nor the Reinsurer shall be required to take any action under this Agreement that would result in it being in violation of any OFAC Laws, including making any payments in violation of OFAC Laws. Should either Party discover or otherwise become aware that a reinsurance transaction has been entered into or a payment has been made in violation of any OFAC Law, the Party who first becomes aware of the violation of OFAC Laws shall promptly notify the other Party and the Parties shall reasonably cooperate in order to take all reasonably necessary corrective actions. [The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea034.jpg)

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Variable Annuities Funds Withheld Coinsurance Agreement] IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereby execute this Agreement as of the date first set forth above. JACKSON NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY By: Name: Craig A. Anderson Title: SVP & Controller BROOKE LIFE REINSURANCE COMPANY By: Name: Don W. Cummings Title: EVP & Chief Financial Officer

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea035.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Schedule 5.1 Form of Quarterly Settlement Reports [Date] I Amounts Due to Reinsurer A Guaranteed Benefit Fees $- Total Amount Due to Reinsurer $- II Amounts Due Ceding Company A Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits $- B Premium Taxes - C Extra Contractual Obligations - D Expense Allowance - E Quarterly Hedge Settlement Amount - F Custody Agreement Fees - G Investment Management Agreement Fees - Total Amount Due to Ceding Company $- Interim settlements from Funds Withheld Account #1 $- Quarterly Settlement Amount - Balance Due to/(from) Funds Withheld Account #1 and due (to)/from Ceding Company $-

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea036.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;III Funds Withheld Account Adjustment - Section 5.2(b) A Funds Withheld Account #1 Balance as of the end of the applicable Settlement Period $- B Adjustment to Funds Withheld Account #1 for Quarterly Settlement Amount - Total Funds Withheld Account #1 $- C Funds Withheld Account #1 Required Balance as of the end of the applicable Settlement Period. - Funds Withheld Account Adjustment - Balance Due to/(from) Funds Withheld Account #1 and due (to)/from Reinsurer $- IV Hedging Outcome A Deferred Hedge Results as of the end of the applicable Settlement Period $- B Quarterly Hedge Net Result $- V Funds Withheld Account #1 Required Balance A Statutory Reserve Amount $- B IMR $-

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea037.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Schedule 8.4(a)(i) Form of Terminal Settlement Statement [Termination Date] I Amounts Due to Reinsurer - Terminal Settlement Period A Guaranteed Benefit Fees $- B Pro-Rated Ceding Commission - Total Amount Due to Reinsurer $- II Amounts Due Ceding Company - Terminal Settlement Period A Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits $- B Premium Taxes - C Extra Contractual Obligations - D Expense Allowance - E Deferred Hedging Results (Gains)/Losses - F Quarterly Hedge Net Result - G Custody Agreement Fees - H Investment Management Agreement Fees - I Statutory Reserves + IMR as of Termination Date - Total Amount Due to Ceding Company $- Interim settlements from Funds Withheld Account #1 $-

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea038.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Terminal Settlement Balance Due to/(from) Funds Withheld Account #1 and due (to)/from Ceding Company $-

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea039.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Schedule 8.4(a)(ii) Form of Recapture Payment Statement [Recapture Effective Date] I Funds Withheld Account Adjustment - Terminal Settlement Period A Funds Withheld Account #1 Balance as of the end of the Terminal Settlement Period $- B Adjustment to Funds Withheld Account #1 for settlement of Terminal Settlement Period - Total Funds Withheld Account #1 $- C Funds Withheld Account #1 Required Balance as of the end of the Terminal Settlement Period. (Equals $0) - Recapture Payment Amount Due from Funds Withheld Account #1 and due to Reinsurer $-

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea040.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Exhibit A Expense Allowance The Expense Allowance payable by the Reinsurer to the Ceding Company with respect to each Quarterly Settlement Period shall be calculated in accordance with the following formula (as such amounts or components hereof may be adjusted as mutually agreed by the Parties from time to time): • an annual percentage mutually agreed by the Parties in respect of the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits multiplied by the Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Base in respect of such Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits divided by four (4); plus • an annual dollar amount mutually agreed by the Parties in respect of each Reinsured Guaranteed Benefit (which dollar amount shall be determined prior to, and effective on, January 1st of each year after the A&R Effective Time) divided by four (4).1 In determining the mutually agreed Expense Allowance calculation, the Parties acknowledge that the intent is for the Expense Allowance to cover the actual anticipated costs of the Ceding Company in respect of the administration of the Reinsured Guaranteed Benefits. 1 For the avoidance of doubt, if any such VA Contracts are issued with multiple guaranteed benefits, such dollar amount per contract expense shall only be required per contract (and not per guaranteed benefit).

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea041.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Exhibit B Hedging Guidelines [See attached]

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea042.jpg)

1 Exhibit B Hedging Guidelines 1. Purpose These Hedging Guidelines establish the approach Jackson National Life Insurance Company (the "Ceding Company") will use while fulfilling its Hedge Administration responsibilities on behalf of Brooke Life Reinsurance Company (the "Reinsurer") under the Coinsurance Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Coinsurance Agreement. These Hedging Guidelines summarize the detailed hedging approach described in the Asset Liability Management Policy, as amended from time to time, applicable to the Reinsurer and/or the Ceding Company ("ALM Policy"), which is subject to approval by the Reinsurer Board of Directors and the Ceding Company Board of Directors. The ALM Policy is incorporated herein by reference. In the event there are any inconsistencies between subsequent amendments to the ALM Policy and these Hedging Guidelines, the amended ALM Policy provisions will prevail and take precedence. 2. Risks The Ceding Company, on behalf of the Reinsurer, will manage the equity and interest rate risks associated with the Reinsured Liabilities by executing Hedges. Other risks associated with the Reinsured Liabilities, such as operational risk and insurance risk, are outside the scope of th e Hedging Program. The Ceding Company will implement the Hedging Program in compliance with any applicable risk limits agreed to from time to time by the Reinsurer and the Ceding Company. 3. Hedge Objective The main objective of the Hedging Program is to manage the equity risk and interest rate risk associated with the Reinsured Liabilities on a modified GAAP basis, as fully defined in the ALM Policy and monitored on at least a weekly basis. 3.1. Offsetting Exposures Where possible, the Ceding Company will seek to find offsetting exposures across the assets and liabilities subject to the Coinsurance Agreement to minimize transaction costs. This means that exposures will generally be considered on a net basis before entering into any Hedges. 3.2. Hedge Effectiveness The Hedging Program's effectiveness is determined by comparing the actual performance of Hedge assets against the corresponding liability movements, with equity and interest rate impacts

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea043.jpg)

2 evaluated separately. The Ceding Company will evaluate effectiveness through monthly reporting based on weekly results. 3.3. Cost Effectiveness The Ceding Company will consider the current volatility environment and expected Hedge costs as a factor when making decisions related to its Hedge Administration. 4. Other Controls and Practices All Hedge activity must be compliant with relevant state and federal regulations and laws. Any use of Hedges must be consistent with the Reinsurer's and the Ceding Company's internal control environment. 4.1 Use of Hedges All types of Hedges expressly authorized in the ALM Policy are authorized for use by the Ceding Company as part of the Hedging Program. The use of any other Hedges is subject to approval by both the Ceding Company Board of Directors (or any standing committee at the Ceding Company to which the Ceding Company Board of Directors has delegated this authority) and the Reinsurer Board of Directors. Any use of Hedges must be consistent with achieving the goals and requirements of these Hedging Guidelines. 4.2. Counterparty Selection The use of Hedges must comply with the Ceding Company's and Reinsurer's existing framework for managing counterparty exposure that applies collectively to all parents, affiliates and subsidiaries of Ceding Company and Reinsurer, which may include limits on the amount of risk exposure allowed with a Hedge counterparty of a given credit quality. 5. Ceding Company Responsibilities The Ceding Company is responsible for Hedge Administration, including all tasks, functions and activities reasonably necessary or incidental to initiate, renew, manage and administer the Hedging Program, including, but not limited to, negotiating and executing any trading documentation, selecting counterparties, requesting quotes, placing orders, posting margin Hedge Collateral, making variation margin and other scheduled payments or terminating or settling any Hedges. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Ceding Company will: • Build and maintain models sufficient to measure relevant business risks, meet regulatory requirements, and provide risk analysis; • Develop and maintain hedging models and reports to ensure proper functioning and monitoring of the Hedging Program;

------

![](g4dec1_2025jnl-brookerea044.jpg)

3 • Provide Hedging Program or Hedge related information in a format and frequency as reasonably requested by the Reinsurer; and • Maintain sufficient policies and other documentation to qualify the Hedging Program for SAP purposes as a Clearly Defined Hedging Strategy (or any similar category defined in future versions of the SAP requirements) and perform associated back-testing on at least an annual basis.

------

## Ex-99.(G)(5)

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep001.jpg)

Execution Version PAYOUT ANNUITIES COINSURANCE AGREEMENT by and between JACKSON NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY and BROOKE LIFE REINSURANCE COMPANY Effective as of December 1, 2025

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep002.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**TABLE OF CONTENTS** Page Article I DEFINITIONS Section 1.1. Definitions ........................................................................................................... 1 Section 1.2. Interpretation ....................................................................................................... 5 Article II REINSURANCE OF REINSURED LIABILITIES Section 2.1. Plan of Reinsurance ............................................................................................. 7 Section 2.2. Follow the Fortunes ............................................................................................. 7 Section 2.3. Reinstatements ..................................................................................................... 7 Section 2.4. Parties to Coinsurance .......................................................................................... 8 Section 2.5. Changes to Reinsured Contracts ........................................................................... 8 Article III REINSURANCE PREMIUM; CEDING COMMISSION; CLOSING Section 3.1. Initial Reinsurance Premium ................................................................................ 9 Section 3.2. Initial Ceding Commission ................................................................................... 9 Section 3.3. Offset ................................................................................................................. 10 Article IV ADMINISTRATION; EXPENSE ALLOWANCE Section 4.1. Administration ................................................................................................... 10 Section 4.2. Expense Allowance ............................................................................................ 11 Section 4.3. Ultimate Authority ............................................................................................. 11 Article V ACCOUNTING, SETTLEMENT AND REPORTING Section 5.1. Ceding Company Quarterly Settlement Reports ................................................. 11 Section 5.2. Remittances ....................................................................................................... 11 Section 5.3. Additional Reporting .......................................................................................... 12 Section 5.4. Access to and Audits of Records ........................................................................ 12

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep003.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;2 Article VI ARBITRATION Section 6.1. Agreement to Arbitrate; Request for Arbitration ................................................. 12 Section 6.2. Selection of the Arbitration Panel ....................................................................... 13 Section 6.3. Confidentiality ................................................................................................... 13 Section 6.4. Scheduling ......................................................................................................... 13 Section 6.5. Conduct of the Arbitration and the Award .......................................................... 13 Section 6.6. Costs .................................................................................................................. 13 Article VII INSOLVENCY Section 7.1. Payment of Reinsured Contracts under an Insolvency ........................................ 13 Section 7.2. Required Notice of and Defense against Claims ................................................. 13 Section 7.3. Insolvency of Reinsurer ..................................................................................... 14 Article VIII DURATION AND TERMINATION Section 8.1. Duration ............................................................................................................. 14 Section 8.2. Termination by the Ceding Company ................................................................. 14 Section 8.3. Termination by the Reinsurer ............................................................................. 15 Section 8.4. Terminal Accounting and Settlement ................................................................. 15 Article IX REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES Section 9.1. Representations and Warranties of the Ceding Company .................................... 16 Section 9.2. Representations and Warranties of the Reinsurer ................................................ 16 Article X REINSURANCE CREDIT Section 10.1. Reinsurance Credit ............................................................................................. 17 Article XI MISCELLANEOUS Section 11.1. Entire Agreement ............................................................................................... 18 Section 11.2. Notices ............................................................................................................... 18 Section 11.3. Confidentiality ................................................................................................... 19

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep004.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;3 Section 11.4. Errors, Omissions, Misunderstandings and Oversights ....................................... 19 Section 11.5. Amendment; Modification and Waiver .............................................................. 19 Section 11.6. No Third Party Beneficiaries .............................................................................. 19 Section 11.7. Assignment ........................................................................................................ 19 Section 11.8. Further Assurances ............................................................................................. 19 Section 11.9. Governing Law .................................................................................................. 20 Section 11.10. Counterparts....................................................................................................... 20 Section 11.11. Severability ........................................................................................................ 20 Section 11.12. Tax Matters ........................................................................................................ 20 Section 11.13. Tax Forms .......................................................................................................... 21 Section 11.14. Survival ............................................................................................................. 21 Section 11.15. Territories .......................................................................................................... 21 Section 11.16. OFAC Exclusion ................................................................................................ 21 Schedules Schedule 5.1 Form of Quarterly Settlement Reports Schedule 8.4(a)(i) Form of Terminal Settlement Statement Schedule 8.4(a)(ii) Form of Recapture Payment Statement Exhibits Exhibit A Reinsured Contracts Exhibit B Expense Allowance

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep005.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;1 PAYOUT ANNUITIES COINSURANCE AGREEMENT This PAYOUT ANNUITIES COINSURANCE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into as of December 22, 2025, and effective as of the Effective Time (as defined below), by and between Jackson National Life Insurance Company, a Michigan domiciled stock life insurance company (the "Ceding Company"), and Brooke Life Reinsurance Company, a Michigan domiciled pure captive insurance company (the "Reinsurer"). The Ceding Company and the Reinsurer are sometimes individually referred to in this Agreement as a "Party" and collectively as the "Parties." W I T N E S S E T H: WHEREAS, the Ceding Company has issued certain payout annuity contracts prior to the Effective Time; and WHEREAS, the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer wish to enter into this Agreement, pursuant to which the Ceding Company shall cede to the Reinsurer, and the Reinsurer shall reinsure, on a one hundred percent (100%) indemnity coinsurance basis, the Reinsured Liabilities (as defined below), subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties hereby agree as follows: ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS Section 1.1. Definitions. The following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below throughout this Agreement: "Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" (including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by" and "under common control with"), when used with respect to any Person, means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. "Agreement" has the meaning set forth in the Preamble. "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks in Lansing, Michigan are authorized or required by applicable Law to be closed for business. "Ceding Company" has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep006.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;2 "Ceding Commission Reconciliation Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(c). "Ceding Company Termination Event" means (i) any failure by the Reinsurer (or any successor by operation of law of the Reinsurer, including any receiver, liquidator, rehabilitator, conservator or similar Person of the Reinsurer) to perform or observe any of the material terms or conditions under this Agreement if such failure has not been cured within sixty (60) calendar days after the Reinsurer's receipt of written notice thereof from the Ceding Company; (ii) the placement of the Reinsurer into liquidation, rehabilitation, conservation, supervision, receivership or similar proceedings (whether voluntary or involuntary), or the institution of proceedings against the Reinsurer for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, rehabilitator, conservator or trustee in bankruptcy, or other agent known by whatever name, to take possession of its assets or assume control of its operations; or (iii) the occurrence of a Reinsurance Credit Event, if not cured as set forth in Section 10.1(a). "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. "Contract Owner" means any Person who or that is the owner of a Reinsured Contract or has the right to surrender or direct any other changes with respect to a Reinsured Contract. "Effective Date" means December 1, 2025. "Effective Time" means 12:00:01 a.m. (eastern time) on the Effective Date. "Election" has the meaning set forth in Section 11.12(a). "Estimated Initial Ceding Commission" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a). "Expense Allowance" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2. "Extra Contractual Obligations" means all liabilities, obligations and other losses (including lost profits) incurred or arising at any time under or relating to any Reinsured Contracts that are not covered by, or that are in excess of, the contractual benefits arising under the express terms and conditions of such Reinsured Contracts, including without limitation, any liability for fines, penalties, forfeitures, fees, excess or penalty interest, compensatory damages, punitive, exemplary, special, incidental, treble, bad faith, tort or any other form of extra contractual damages relating to the Reinsured Contracts and reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses awarded, which arise from any act, error or omission of a Party or its designees, whether or not intentional, fraudulent, negligent, in bad faith, resulting from willful misconduct or a misrepresentation or other misconduct, including any act, error or omission of a Party, any of its Affiliates or its designees relating to (i) the marketing, underwriting, sales, production, issuance, delivery, cancellation or administration of the Reinsured Contracts, (ii) the investigation, defense, trial, settlement or handling of claims, benefits or payments arising out of or relating to the Reinsured Contracts or (iii) the failure to pay or the delay in payment, or errors in calculating or administering the payment, of benefits, claims or any other amounts due or alleged to be due under or in connection with the Reinsured Contracts.

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep007.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;3 "Fair Market Value" means, as of any date of determination, (i) as to cash, the amount of it and (ii) as to an asset other than cash, the fair value thereof calculated in accordance with GAAP plus accrued interest thereon. "Final Initial Ceding Commission" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(b). "Final Reinsurance Premium Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b). "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles and practices in the United States, consistently applied, as in effect from time to time. "Governmental Authority" means any government, legislature, political subdivision, court, regulatory body or administrative agency or other instrumentality thereof, whether federal, state, local or foreign and including any regulatory authority which may be partly or wholly autonomous. "Historical IMR" means the interest maintenance reserves, positive or negative, in respect of the business ceded under this Agreement that is in force as of immediately prior to the date hereof, calculated in accordance with the Ceding Company's application of Michigan SAP. "Initial Reinsurance Premium Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a). "Interest Maintenance Reserve" or "IMR" means, as of any date of determination, (a) Historical IMR, (b) the interest maintenance reserves, positive or negative, in respect of the business ceded under this Agreement that is created on the date hereof as a direct result of the transfer of investment assets as contemplated by Section 3.1 and (c) the interest maintenance reserves, positive or negative, in respect of the business ceded under this Agreement that is created thereafter in respect thereof, in each case, calculated and amortized in accordance with the Ceding Company's application of Michigan SAP, as of such date of determination. "Interest Rate" means the annual yield rate, on the date to which the 90-Day Treasury Rate relates, of actively traded U.S. Treasury securities having a remaining duration to maturity of three (3) months, as such rate is published under "Treasury Constant Maturities" in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519). "Law" means domestic or foreign federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance, code or common law or any rules, regulations, administrative interpretations or orders issued by any Governmental Authority pursuant to any of the foregoing, and any order, writ, injunction, directive, administrative interpretation, judgment or decree applicable to a Person or such Person's business, properties, assets, officers, directors, employees or agents. "OFAC Laws" means the sanctions Laws administered by the U.S. Treasury Department's Office of Foreign Assets. "Other Reinsurance" means reinsurance ceded by the Ceding Company from time to time to any reinsurer other than the Reinsurer with respect to liabilities of the Ceding Company related to the Reinsured Contracts.

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep008.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;4 "Party" and "Parties" have the meaning set forth in the Preamble. "Person" means any natural person, corporation, company, partnership, association, limited liability company, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, trust or other legal entity or organization, including a Governmental Authority. "Policies" means all policies, contracts, binders, slips or other agreements of insurance. "Premium Reconciliation Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c). "Quarterly Settlement Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a). "Quarterly Settlement Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a)(ii). "Quarterly Settlement Period" means each calendar quarter during the term of this Agreement or any fraction thereof beginning on the Effective Date or ending on the Termination Date. The first Quarterly Settlement Period shall commence on the Effective Date and end on the last day of the calendar quarter in which the Effective Date falls, and the last Quarterly Settlement Period shall commence on the first day of the calendar quarter in which the Termination Date falls and end on the Termination Date. "Quarterly Settlement Report" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1. "Recapture Payment Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(a). "Recapture Payment Statement" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(a). "Reinsurance Credit Event" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(a). "Reinsured Contracts" means the Policies written or issued by the Ceding Company prior to the Effective Date that are (a) classified by the Ceding Company as payout annuities and (b) set forth on the seriatim listing attached hereto as Exhibit A (or discovered by the Ceding Company or the Reinsurer as being of the type of Policy intended to be set forth on Exhibit A and mutually agreed by the Parties to be included as a Reinsured Contract). "Reinsured Liabilities" means (a) all claims, obligations, indemnities, losses or liabilities arising under, in connection with, or with respect to, the Reinsured Contracts (other than, in all cases, Extra Contractual Obligations) and payable on or after the Effective Time and (b) Reinsurer Extra Contractual Obligations, in each case of the foregoing clauses (a) and (b), net of amounts actually due (and to the extent actually collected) in respect of Other Reinsurance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Reinsured Liabilities" shall not include any liability or assessment (as such liability or assessment shall be covered by the Expense Allowance) in connection with the participation by the Ceding Company, whether involuntary or voluntary, in any guaranty fund, assigned risk plan, insolvency fund or other residual market mechanism of any kind established or governed by any state or jurisdiction of the Ceding Company's domicile or any other state or jurisdiction on account of the Reinsured Contracts. "Reinsurer" has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep009.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;5 "Reinsurer Extra Contractual Obligations" means any Extra Contractual Obligations for which the Reinsurer directed or consented to the action or omission that led to the incurrence of such Extra Contractual Obligations. "Reinsurer Termination Event" means any failure by the Ceding Company (or any successor by operation of law of the Ceding Company, including any receiver, liquidator, rehabilitator, conservator or similar Person of the Ceding Company) to pay any amount due hereunder if such failure has not been cured within sixty (60) calendar days after the Ceding Company's receipt of written notice thereof from the Reinsurer. "SAP" means the statutory accounting practices and procedures required or permitted by the insurance regulatory authority of the State of Michigan, consistently applied, as in effect from time to time, including any permitted practice for the benefit of the Ceding Company. "Statutory Reserve Amount" means, as of any date of determination, the difference between (a) the aggregate statutory reserve amount without giving effect to this Agreement and (b) the aggregate statutory reserve amount with giving effect to this Agreement, in each case, that the Ceding Company is required to hold for purposes of its statutory financial statements as of such date, calculated in accordance with Michigan SAP as in effect at such date of determination. "Tax" means any and all federal, state, foreign or local income, gross receipts, premium, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, social security, unemployment, disability, real property, ad valorem/personal property, stamp, goods and services, excise, occupation, sales, use, transfer, value added, alternative minimum, estimated or other tax, fee, duty, levy, custom, tariff, impost, assessment or charge of the same or of a similar nature to any of the foregoing, including any interest, penalty or addition thereto. "Terminal Settlement Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(a). "Terminal Settlement Period" means the final Quarterly Settlement Period hereunder. "Terminal Settlement Statement" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(a). "Termination Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1. "Umpire" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2. Section 1.2. Interpretation. (a) As used in this Agreement, references to the following terms have the meanings indicated: (i) to the Preamble or to the Recitals, Sections, Articles, Exhibits or Schedules are to the Preamble or a Recital, Section or Article of, or an Exhibit or Schedule to, this Agreement unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary;

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep010.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;6 (ii) to any contract (including this Agreement) or "organizational document" are to the contract or organizational document as amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time; (iii) to any Law are to such Law as amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and to any section of any Law include any successor to such section; (iv) to any Governmental Authority include any successor to the Governmental Authority and to any Affiliate include any successor to the Affiliate; (v) to any "copy" of any contract or other document or instrument are to a true and complete copy thereof; (vi) to "hereof," "herein," "hereunder," "hereby," "herewith" and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or clause of this Agreement, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary; (vii) to the "date of this Agreement," "the date hereof" and words of similar import refer to December 22, 2025; and (viii) to "this Agreement" include the Exhibits and Schedules to this Agreement. (b) Whenever the words "include," "includes" or "including" are used in this Agreement, they will be deemed to be followed by the words "without limitation." The word "or" need not be exclusive. Any singular term in this Agreement (including any pronoun) will be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term (including any pronoun) the singular. All pronouns and variations of pronouns will be deemed to refer to the feminine, masculine or neuter, as the identity of the Person referred to may require. Where a word or phrase is defined herein, each of its other grammatical forms shall have a corresponding meaning. (c) Whenever the last day for the exercise of any right or the discharge of any duty under this Agreement falls on a day other than a Business Day, the Party having such right or duty shall have until the next Business Day to exercise such right or discharge such duty. Unless otherwise indicated, the word "day" shall be interpreted as a calendar day occurring in the eastern time zone. With respect to any determination of any period of time, unless otherwise set forth herein, the word "from" means "from and including" and the word "to" means "to but excluding." (d) The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. (e) References to "dollars" or "$" mean United States dollars, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary. Whenever any cash amount is payable hereunder,

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep011.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;7 such amount shall be paid to the Person entitled to receive such payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds to one or more accounts specified in writing by the recipient. (f) The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement; consequently, in the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as jointly drafted by the Parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement. (g) No summary of this Agreement prepared by or on behalf of any Party shall affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. (h) All capitalized terms used without definition in the Exhibits and Schedules to this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in this Agreement. ARTICLE II REINSURANCE OF REINSURED LIABILITIES Section 2.1. Plan of Reinsurance. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, as of the Effective Time, the Ceding Company hereby cedes to the Reinsurer, and the Reinsurer hereby accepts and reinsures, on an indemnity coinsurance basis, one hundred percent (100%) of the Reinsured Liabilities. The reinsurance effected under this Agreement shall be maintained in force, without reduction, unless such reinsurance is terminated as provided herein. The Ceding Company and the Reinsurer acknowledge and agree that the IMR shall be ceded to the Reinsurer. Section 2.2. Follow the Fortunes. The Reinsurer's liability under this Agreement shall attach simultaneously with that of the Ceding Company under the Reinsured Contracts and the Reinsured Liabilities, and the Reinsurer's liability under this Agreement shall be subject in all respects to the same risks, terms, rates, conditions, interpretations, waivers, proportion of premiums paid to the Ceding Company without any deductions for brokerage, and to the same modifications, alterations and terminations, as the respective Reinsured Contracts and Reinsured Liabilities to which liability under this Agreement attaches, the true intent of this Agreement being that the Reinsurer shall follow the fortunes of the Ceding Company with respect to the Reinsured Contracts and the Reinsured Liabilities, and the Reinsurer shall be bound, without limitation, by all payments and settlements with respect to the Reinsured Contracts and the Reinsured Liabilities entered into by or on behalf of the Ceding Company. Section 2.3. Reinstatements. If Reinsured Contracts that were reduced, terminated or lapsed are reinstated in accordance with the terms of the Reinsured Contracts and applicable Law, the reinsurance for such Reinsured Contracts under this Agreement will be reinstated automatically to the amount that would have been in force if the Reinsured Contracts had not been reduced, terminated or lapsed; provided that each of the following conditions are met: (a) To the extent that the reinstatement of such Reinsured Contracts requires payment by the applicable Contract Owner of fees, contract charges or premiums, the Ceding

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep012.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;8 Company shall owe to the Reinsurer an amount determined by applying the terms of this Agreement to the amount received from such Contract Owner; and (b) To the extent that the reinstatement of such Reinsured Contracts requires reimbursement by the Contract Owner of amounts paid to such Contract Owner, the Ceding Company shall owe to the Reinsurer the portion of the amount received from such Contract Owner that was paid by the Reinsurer under the terms of this Agreement. Section 2.4. Parties to Coinsurance. Article II of this Agreement provides for indemnity reinsurance on a coinsurance basis solely between the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer. The acceptance of reinsurance under this Article II shall not create any right or legal relation between the Reinsurer and any Contract Owner, annuitant, claimant or beneficiary of Reinsured Contracts, and the Ceding Company shall be and remain solely liable to such Contract Owner, annuitant, claimant or beneficiary with respect to the Reinsured Contracts. Section 2.5. Changes to Reinsured Contracts. (a) From and after the Effective Time, the Ceding Company shall have the right to make changes, amendments or modifications in, or provide any waivers with respect to, the terms and conditions of any of the Reinsured Contracts to the extent required in accordance with the terms of the Reinsured Contracts or as required by any Governmental Authority or applicable Law. To the extent that, after the Effective Time, (i) the Ceding Company makes any changes, amendments or modifications in, or provides any waivers with respect to, the terms and conditions of any of the Reinsured Contracts to the extent required in accordance with the terms of the Reinsured Contracts or as required by any Governmental Authority or applicable Law and (ii) the Ceding Company's liability in respect of any of the Reinsured Contracts is changed because of such changes, amendments, modifications or waivers, the Reinsurer will reinsure such liability (which shall constitute Reinsured Liabilities) on the reinsurance basis set forth in Section 2.1 and the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer will make in good faith all appropriate adjustments to amounts due to each other under this Agreement. The Ceding Company shall provide written notification to the Reinsurer of any of such changes contemplated under this Section 2.5(a); provided, however, that the failure of the Ceding Company to provide such notice shall not relieve the Reinsurer of its obligations in respect of any Reinsured Liabilities hereunder. (b) To the extent that, after the Effective Time, the Ceding Company makes any changes, amendments, modifications or waivers with respect to the terms and conditions of any of the Reinsured Contracts other than pursuant to Section 2.5(a), the Ceding Company shall notify the Reinsurer in writing prior to making any such changes, amendments, modifications or waivers. Except as expressly contemplated by Section 2.5(a), any changes, amendments, modifications or waivers with respect to any of the Reinsured Contracts shall not be reinsured hereunder unless made by the Ceding Company with the written approval of the Reinsurer. In the event that any such changes, amendments, modifications or waivers are made to any of the Reinsured Contracts by the Ceding Company without the written approval of the Reinsurer, this Agreement will cover Reinsured Liabilities as if the non-approved changes, amendments, modifications or waivers had not been made to the applicable Reinsured Contracts.

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep013.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;9 ARTICLE III REINSURANCE PREMIUM; CEDING COMMISSION; CLOSING Section 3.1. Initial Reinsurance Premium. (a) In consideration for the Reinsurer to enter into this Agreement, on the date hereof, the Ceding Company shall pay to the Reinsurer cash or investment assets with a Fair Market Value as of the Effective Time equal to an estimate of the Statutory Reserve Amount plus IMR, in each case, as of the Effective Time (such amount, the "Initial Reinsurance Premium Amount"). (b) Pursuant to Section 3.1(c), the Parties agree to make adjustments to the Initial Reinsurance Premium Amount after the date hereof, as necessary to reflect the actual Statutory Reserve Amount as of the Effective Time, as determined after the date hereof (such adjusted amount, the "Final Reinsurance Premium Amount"). (c) The Final Reinsurance Premium Amount will be calculated by the Ceding Company and reported by the Ceding Company to the Reinsurer prior to the sixtieth (60th) calendar day following the date hereof, and if such difference between the Final Reinsurance Premium Amount and the Initial Reinsurance Premium Amount (such difference, the "Premium Reconciliation Amount") is: (i) a positive number, then the Ceding Company shall pay to the Reinsurer an amount of cash in immediately available funds, or investment assets with a Fair Market Value, equal to the Premium Reconciliation Amount; or (ii) a negative number, then the Reinsurer shall pay to the Ceding Company an amount of cash in immediately available funds, or investment assets with a Fair Market Value, equal to the absolute value of the Premium Reconciliation Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Premium Reconciliation Amount is determined following the first Quarterly Settlement Amount pursuant to Section 5.2, the calculation of the Premium Reconciliation Amount shall give effect to any such Quarterly Settlement Amount so as to avoid duplication of the adjustment to the Initial Reinsurance Premium Amount. The determination of the Final Reinsurance Premium Amount pursuant to this Section 3.1 shall be determined on a consistent basis with the determination of the Final Initial Ceding Commission pursuant to Section 3.2. Section 3.2. Initial Ceding Commission. (a) In consideration of the reinsurance ceded by the Ceding Company to the Reinsurer hereunder, on the date hereof, the Ceding Company shall pay the Reinsurer an estimated initial ceding commission in cash or investment assets with a Fair Market Value in the amount of one hundred seven thousand five hundred sixty six one hundred eighty eight dollars ($107,566,188) on a pre-tax basis (the "Estimated Initial Ceding Commission").

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep014.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;10 (b) Pursuant to Section 3.2(c), the Parties agree to make adjustments to the Estimated Initial Ceding Commission after the date hereof, as necessary to reflect the actual initial ceding commission, as determined after the date hereof (such adjusted amount, the "Final Initial Ceding Commission"). (c) The Final Initial Ceding Commission will be calculated by the Reinsurer and reported by the Reinsurer to the Ceding Company prior to the sixtieth (60th) calendar day following the date hereof, and if such difference between the Final Initial Ceding Commission and the Estimated Initial Ceding Commission (such difference, the "Ceding Commission Reconciliation Amount") is: (i) a positive number, then the Reinsurer shall pay the Ceding Company an amount of cash in immediately available funds equal to the Ceding Commission Reconciliation Amount; or (ii) a negative number, then the Ceding Company shall pay the Reinsurer an amount of cash in immediately available funds equal to the absolute value of the Ceding Commission Reconciliation Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Ceding Commission Reconciliation Amount is determined following the first Quarterly Settlement Amount pursuant to Section 5.2, the calculation of the Ceding Commission Reconciliation Amount shall give effect to any such Quarterly Settlement Amount so as to avoid duplication of the adjustment to the Estimated Initial Ceding Commission. The determination of the Final Initial Ceding Commission pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall be determined on a consistent basis with the determination of the Final Reinsurance Premium Amount pursuant to Section 3.1. Section 3.3. Offset. Payment of the Premium Reconciliation Amount and the Ceding Commission Reconciliation Amount shall be set off and only the net amount paid in accordance with this Article III. ARTICLE IV ADMINISTRATION; EXPENSE ALLOWANCE Section 4.1. Administration. (a) The Ceding Company agrees to perform or cause to be performed under its direction all administrative services with respect to the Reinsured Contracts: (i) at its own expense (except for amounts due as Expense Allowances and other fees and expenses as set forth on the Quarterly Settlement Report); (ii) in good faith and with the skill, diligence and expertise that experienced and qualified personnel performing such duties would employ in like circumstances; (iii) in the manner of a prudent insurer; and (iv) in conformity in all material respects with all applicable Laws, regulations, rules and orders and the requirements of the Reinsured Contracts and this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 4.1(a), "prudent insurer" means an insurer who complies with all its duties and responsibilities under applicable Laws and takes into account reputational and other issues in respect of itself and its Affiliates.

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep015.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;11 (b) The Reinsurer shall pay Expense Allowances to the Ceding Company. Settlement of Expense Allowances shall be effected in accordance with Section 5.1 and Section 5.2. Section 4.2. Expense Allowance. The Reinsurer shall owe to the Ceding Company with respect to each Quarterly Settlement Period occurring hereunder an expense allowance (each, an "Expense Allowance") related to the administration of the Reinsured Contracts as set forth on Exhibit B (as such amounts or components thereof may be adjusted as mutually agreed by the Parties from time to time). The Expense Allowance shall begin to accrue on the Effective Date and shall be assessed and paid on a quarterly basis as part of each Quarterly Settlement Amount referenced in Section 5.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the commencement of each calendar year during the term of this Agreement, the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer shall review, discuss and agree any proposed adjustments to the Expense Allowance. Any such adjustments mutually agreed to by the Parties shall become effective as of the commencement of the next calendar year, subject to compliance with applicable Law. Section 4.3. Ultimate Authority. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Ceding Company shall retain the ultimate authority to make all final decisions with respect to the administration of the Reinsured Contracts. ARTICLE V ACCOUNTING, SETTLEMENT AND REPORTING Section 5.1. Ceding Company Quarterly Settlement Reports. Within thirty (30) calendar days following the end of each Quarterly Settlement Period, the Ceding Company shall deliver to the Reinsurer a quarterly coinsurance settlement report in the form of Schedule 5.1, including the Expense Allowance as calculated in accordance with Section 4.2 (the "Quarterly Settlement Report"), in each case as of the end of the last day of such Quarterly Settlement Period. Section 5.2. Remittances. (a) All amounts due to be paid to the Ceding Company or the Reinsurer under this Section 5.2 shall be determined on a net basis. Each net amount due to the Ceding Company or the Reinsurer with respect to each Quarterly Settlement Period as reflected on a Quarterly Settlement Report (the "Quarterly Settlement Amount") shall be paid as follows: (i) if the Quarterly Settlement Amount indicated in the Quarterly Settlement Report is positive, then the Ceding Company shall pay to the Reinsurer an amount in cash or investment assets equal to the Fair Market Value of such Quarterly Settlement Amount within fifteen (15) Business Days following the date of delivery of such Quarterly Settlement Report to the Reinsurer; or (ii) if the Quarterly Settlement Amount indicated in the Quarterly Settlement Report is negative, then the Reinsurer shall pay to the Ceding Company an amount in cash or investment assets equal to the Fair Market Value of the absolute value of such Quarterly Settlement Amount within fifteen (15) Business Days following the

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep016.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;12 date of delivery of such Quarterly Settlement Report to the Reinsurer (the date of such payment under subclauses (i) or (ii), the "Quarterly Settlement Date"). (b) Payments in respect of the Quarterly Settlement Amounts contemplated hereunder shall be due on the dates specified in this Article V, irrespective of the pendency of any dispute. Any delinquent amounts payable under this Section 5.2 shall accrue interest from the date such payment was originally due until the date such payment is made, such interest to accrue at the Interest Rate. (c) Except as otherwise set forth herein, any amount due under this Agreement shall be settled by (i) wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account or accounts specified in writing by the receiving party prior to the Quarterly Settlement Date or (ii) the transfer of mutually agreeable investment assets to the account or accounts specified in writing by the receiving party prior to the Quarterly Settlement Date. Section 5.3. Additional Reporting. Each Party shall provide the other Party with such data and other reporting regarding the performance of such Party under this Agreement as may be reasonably requested by the other Party, including data required to comply with any applicable regulatory requirements. Section 5.4. Access to and Audits of Records. Either Party and its employees and authorized representatives may audit, examine and copy (at the Party's own expense), during regular business hours any and all books, records, statements, correspondence, reports and other documents that relate to the Reinsured Contracts or this Agreement (except as to contents that are covered by the attorney-client or attorney work product privilege), upon giving at least fifteen (15) Business Days' prior notice to the other Party; provided that the Reinsurer shall not exercise such right more than once per calendar year unless the Ceding Company is in material default of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement; provided, further, that the Ceding Company shall bear the expense of (a) one such audit per calendar year by Reinsurer and (b) all such audits conducted by the Reinsurer while the Ceding Company is in material default of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement. The other Party shall (i) provide a reasonable work space for such audit, examination or copying, (ii) cooperate fully and faithfully, and (iii) disclose the existence of and produce any and all materials reasonably requested to be produced (except materials that are covered by the attorney-client or attorney work product privilege). ARTICLE VI ARBITRATION Section 6.1. Agreement to Arbitrate; Request for Arbitration. As a condition precedent to any right of action arising hereunder, any dispute arising out of or relating to the interpretation, performance or breach of this Agreement, as well as the formation and/or validity thereof, whether arising before or after termination of this Agreement, shall be referred to and resolved by a panel of three arbitrators. Either Party may request arbitration in writing, such request to be using the notice provisions set forth in Section 11.2.

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep017.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;13 Section 6.2. Selection of the Arbitration Panel. One arbitrator shall be chosen by each Party, and the two arbitrators shall, before instituting the hearing, choose an impartial third arbitrator (the "Umpire") who shall preside at the hearing. All arbitrators shall be disinterested active or former officers of life insurance or life reinsurance companies. If either Party fails to appoint its arbitrator within thirty (30) days after the arbitration request is made, the other Party may appoint the second arbitrator. If the two (2) arbitrators are unable to agree upon the appointment of the Umpire within fifteen (15) days of the appointment of the second arbitrator, each appointed arbitrator shall nominate three (3) Umpire candidates. The other appointed arbitrator shall strike two (2) candidates, and the decision between the two (2) remaining candidates shall be determined by a random selection methodology agreed between the two (2) appointed arbitrators. Section 6.3. Confidentiality. All arbitration proceedings initiated hereunder shall be confidential as against third parties. In any court proceedings initiated pursuant or ancillary to such arbitration, the Parties shall attempt to file arbitration papers "under seal" or under a similar designation to preserve and ensure the confidential nature of the proceeding. Section 6.4. Scheduling. Within thirty (30) days after notice of appointment of all arbitrators, the Parties hereto shall use reasonable best efforts to cause the panel to meet and determine timely periods for briefs, discovery procedures and schedules for a hearing. Section 6.5. Conduct of the Arbitration and the Award. The panel shall be relieved of all judicial formality and shall not be bound by rules of procedure and evidence. The arbitration shall take place in Lansing, Michigan unless otherwise agreed between the Parties. The decision of any two (2) arbitrators when rendered in writing shall be final and binding. The panel is empowered to grant interim relief as it may deem appropriate. Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Section 6.6. Costs. Each Party shall bear the costs of the arbitrator it selected and will bear, jointly and equally with the other Party, the costs of the Umpire. The panel will allocate the remaining costs of the arbitration. The panel may, at its discretion, award such further costs, interest and expenses as it considers appropriate, including without limitation, legal fees, provided, however, that the panel shall not award punitive, exemplary or consequential damages. ARTICLE VII INSOLVENCY Section 7.1. Payment of Reinsured Contracts under an Insolvency. In the event of the insolvency of the Ceding Company, all reinsurance made, ceded, renewed or otherwise becoming effective under this Agreement shall be payable by the Reinsurer directly to the Ceding Company or to its statutory liquidator or statutory successor on the basis of the liability of the Ceding Company under the Reinsured Contracts without diminution because of the insolvency of the Ceding Company. Section 7.2. Required Notice of and Defense against Claims. In the event of the insolvency of the Ceding Company while reinsurance as to any Reinsured Contracts is in effect

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep018.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;14 under this Agreement, the conservator, liquidator, receiver or statutory successor of the Ceding Company shall give the Reinsurer written notice of the pendency of a claim against the Ceding Company with respect to Reinsured Contracts within a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the insolvency proceeding. During the pendency of any such claim, the Reinsurer may, at its own expense, investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated, any defense or defenses which the Reinsurer may deem available to the Ceding Company or its conservator, liquidator, receiver or statutory successor. Section 7.3. Insolvency of Reinsurer. In the event of the insolvency of the Reinsurer, all amounts due but not paid to the Reinsurer by the Ceding Company on such date under this Agreement, regardless of the date on which they became due, and all amounts which become due to the Reinsurer by the Ceding Company after that date under this Agreement may be retained by the Ceding Company and set off against the amounts due by Reinsurer under this Agreement, whether they were due before the insolvency or became due after. The balance only, if any, shall be payable by the Ceding Company to the Reinsurer at the expiry of all liability under this Agreement. ARTICLE VIII DURATION AND TERMINATION Section 8.1. Duration. This Agreement shall commence at the Effective Time and continue in force until the termination date (the "Termination Date"), which shall occur at such time as (a) the Ceding Company's liability with respect to all Reinsured Contracts is terminated, (b) this Agreement is terminated by the mutual written consent of the Reinsurer and the Ceding Company or (c) the date on which this Agreement is terminated in accordance with Section 8.2 or Section 8.3, in each case, subject to the settlement of all amounts due to the Ceding Company under this Agreement with respect to such termination. In the event the Reinsurer's liability shall have terminated pursuant to clause (a) of the preceding sentence due to the termination of the Ceding Company's liability under the last Reinsured Contract, then the date on which such liability terminates shall be the "Termination Date" and there shall be a terminal accounting as provided in Section 8.4. Section 8.2. Termination by the Ceding Company. Upon the occurrence of a Ceding Company Termination Event, the Ceding Company shall have the right (but not the obligation) to terminate this Agreement and recapture all (but not less than all) of the Reinsured Liabilities by providing written notice of its intent to terminate to the Reinsurer. Termination of this Agreement shall be effective on the date specified in such notice, subject to any further requirements of Michigan Law. Upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.2, the Ceding Company shall be deemed to have recaptured and reassumed all Reinsured Liabilities (excluding clause (b) (Reinsurer Extra-Contractual Obligations) of the definition thereof, which, in all cases, shall remain with the Reinsurer and for which the Reinsurer shall indemnify and hold the Ceding Company harmless therefor, to the extent not taken into account in the determination of the Recapture Payment Amount), and there shall be a terminal accounting as provided in Section 8.4.

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep019.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;15 Section 8.3. Termination by the Reinsurer. Upon the occurrence of a Reinsurer Termination Event, the Reinsurer shall have the right (but not the obligation) to terminate this Agreement by providing written notice of its intent to terminate to the Ceding Company. Termination of this Agreement shall be effective on the date specified in such notice, subject to any further requirements of Michigan Law; provided that such date shall not be prior to the date on which the Reinsurer Termination Event occurred. Upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.3, the Ceding Company shall be deemed to have recaptured and reassumed all Reinsured Liabilities (excluding clause (b) (Reinsurer Extra-Contractual Obligations) of the definition thereof, which, in all cases, shall remain with the Reinsurer and for which the Reinsurer shall indemnify and hold the Ceding Company harmless therefor, to the extent not taken into account in the determination of the Recapture Payment Amount), and there shall be a terminal accounting as provided in Section 8.4. Section 8.4. Terminal Accounting and Settlement. (a) In connection with the termination of this Agreement, the Ceding Company shall prepare and deliver to the Reinsurer a settlement statement within forty-five (45) calendar days of the Termination Date setting forth, as applicable, (i) the terminal settlement amount for the Terminal Settlement Period, as calculated in accordance with Schedule 8.4(a)(i) (such amount, the "Terminal Settlement Amount" and such statement, the "Terminal Settlement Statement"), and (ii) the recapture payment amount, as calculated in accordance with Schedule 8.4(a)(ii) (such amount, the "Recapture Payment Amount" and such statement, the "Recapture Payment Statement"). (b) All payments pursuant to the Terminal Settlement Statement and the Recapture Payment Statement shall be made within thirty (30) Business Days of the Reinsurer's receipt of the Terminal Settlement Statement and Recapture Payment Statement. (c) In the event that, subsequent to the Termination Date, an adjustment to the Terminal Settlement Amount or the Recapture Payment Amount is necessary, a supplemental Terminal Settlement Amount or Recapture Payment Amount, as applicable, will be calculated by the Ceding Company and a report shall be delivered by the Ceding Company to the Reinsurer. Any amount owed to either Party by reason of such supplemental Terminal Settlement Amount or Recapture Payment Amount, as applicable, shall be paid within ten (10) Business Days of the Reinsurer's receipt of such supplemental report. (d) The payment of the Terminal Settlement Amount and Recapture Payment Amount or supplemental Terminal Settlement Amount and Recapture Payment Amount, if any, upon a termination shall constitute a complete and final release of each Party in respect of any and all known and unknown present and future obligations or liability of any nature to the other Party under this Agreement.

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep020.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;16 ARTICLE IX REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES Section 9.1. Representations and Warranties of the Ceding Company. The Ceding Company represents and warrants to the Reinsurer (which has relied upon these representations in entering into this Agreement) that as of the date hereof: (a) Organization. The Ceding Company is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of the State of Michigan and it has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement. (b) Authorization. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Ceding Company and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Reinsurer, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Ceding Company, enforceable against the Ceding Company in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' or insurance company creditors' rights generally. (c) No Conflict or Violation. The execution and delivery of this Agreement does not, and the performance by the Ceding Company of its obligations hereunder will not, conflict with, or result in any violation of or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of termination or cancellation under, any provision of (i) the articles or certificate of incorporation and bylaws or comparable organizational documents of the Ceding Company, (ii) any contract, permit, order, judgment or decree to which the Ceding Company is a party, (iii) any order of any Governmental Authority or (iv) any applicable Law. (d) No Reinsurance Intermediaries. The Ceding Company has not engaged any reinsurance broker or other intermediary to perform any services in connection with this Agreement, and no reinsurance broker or other intermediary is entitled to any commission or other compensation in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Section 9.2. Representations and Warranties of the Reinsurer. The Reinsurer represents and warrants to the Ceding Company (which has relied upon these representations in entering into this Agreement) that as of the date hereof: (a) Organization. The Reinsurer is a company duly incorporated, organized and validly existing under the Laws of the State of Michigan and it has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement. (b) Authority to Reinsure. The Reinsurer is a pure captive insurance company duly licensed or accredited to conduct the business of reinsurance of the Reinsured Contracts under the Laws of the State of Michigan. (c) Authorization. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Reinsurer and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Ceding Company constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Reinsurer, is enforceable against the Reinsurer in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep021.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;17 of any applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' or insurance company creditors' rights generally. (d) No Conflict or Violation. The execution and delivery of this Agreement does not, and the performance by the Reinsurer of its obligations hereunder will not, conflict with, or result in any violation of or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of termination or cancellation under, any provision of (i) the bylaws or any comparable organizational documents of the Reinsurer, (ii) any contract, permit, order, judgment or decree to which the Reinsurer is a party, (iii) any order of any Governmental Authority or (iv) any applicable Law. (e) No Reinsurance Intermediaries. The Reinsurer has not engaged any reinsurance broker or other intermediary to perform any services in connection with this Agreement and no reinsurance broker or other intermediary is entitled to any commission or other compensation in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. ARTICLE X REINSURANCE CREDIT Section 10.1. Reinsurance Credit. (a) The Parties intend that the Ceding Company be able to obtain full statutory financial statement credit for the reinsurance provided by this Agreement to the extent available to the Ceding Company in all applicable jurisdictions throughout the entire term of this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of any event that, if continuing as of the end of any financial statement period, would be reasonably likely to result in the Ceding Company being unable to take full statutory financial statement credit for the reinsurance provided by this Agreement in all such jurisdictions for any reason (a "Reinsurance Credit Event"), the Reinsurer shall, as soon as practical, enter into a statutory trust agreement, deliver letters of credit or provide any other form of security acceptable to the applicable Governmental Authorities of all jurisdictions to which the Ceding Company is subject, or take any other action, the effect of which would enable the Ceding Company to receive full statutory reserve credit for reinsurance ceded to the Reinsurer under this Agreement. (b) It is understood and agreed that any term or condition required by applicable Law to be included in this Agreement for the Ceding Company to receive full statutory financial statement credit for the reinsurance provided by this Agreement shall be deemed to be incorporated in this Agreement by reference. Furthermore, the Reinsurer and the Ceding Company agree to act in good faith to amend this Agreement and other documents and enter into new agreements to the extent required under applicable Law in order to provide the Ceding Company with such full statutory financial statement credit.

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep022.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;18 ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS Section 11.1. Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including the Exhibits and Schedules hereto) constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior negotiations, discussions, writings, agreements and understandings, oral and written, between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. Section 11.2. Notices. All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (a) when delivered personally by hand, (b) when sent by email or (c) one (1) Business Day following the day sent by an internationally recognized overnight courier (with written confirmation of receipt), in each case, at the following addresses and email addresses (or to such other address or email address as a Party may have specified by notice given to the other Party pursuant to this provision): If to the Ceding Company, to: Jackson National Life Insurance Company 1 Corporate Way Lansing, Michigan 48951 Attention: Chief Actuary Email: lin.sun@jackson.com with copies (which shall not constitute notice to the Ceding Company for the purposes of this Section 11.2) to: Jackson National Life Insurance Company 1 Corporate Way Lansing, Michigan 48951 Attention: General Counsel Email: scott.golde@jackson.com Attention: Corporate Legal Email: mb_corporatelegal@jackson.com If to the Reinsurer, to: Brooke Life Reinsurance Company 1 Corporate Way Lansing, Michigan 48951 Attention: Chief Financial Officer Email: don.cummings@jackson.com

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep023.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;19 with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to the Reinsurer for the purposes of this Section 11.2) to: Brooke Life Reinsurance Company 1 Corporate Way Lansing, Michigan 48951 Attention: Corporate Legal Email: mb_corporatelegal@jackson.com Section 11.3. Confidentiality. Each of the Parties shall maintain the confidentiality of all information related to this Agreement, the Reinsured Liabilities and the Reinsured Contracts. Section 11.4. Errors, Omissions, Misunderstandings and Oversights. If any failure to pay amounts due or to perform any other act required of either Party under this Agreement is shown to be unintentional and caused by misunderstanding, oversight or clerical error, the Parties will promptly adjust the situation to what it would have been had the mistake, misunderstanding or oversight not occurred. If it is not possible to restore each Party to the situation that would have been absent such mistake, misunderstanding or oversight, the Parties will endeavor in good faith to resolve the situation in a manner that is fair and reasonable and most closely approximates the intent of this Agreement. Section 11.5. Amendment; Modification and Waiver. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended, modified or waived if, and only if, such amendment, modification or waiver is in writing and signed, in the case of an amendment, by the Parties, or in the case of a waiver, by the Party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No failure or delay by either Party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial waiver preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. Section 11.6. No Third Party Beneficiaries. Nothing expressed or implied in this Agreement is intended to confer any rights, benefits, remedies, obligations or liabilities upon any Person other than the Parties and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns. Section 11.7. Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under it may be directly or indirectly assigned, delegated, sublicensed or transferred by either Party, in whole or in part, to any other Person (including any bankruptcy trustee) whether voluntarily or involuntarily, without the receipt of the prior written consent of the other Party, and any attempted or purported assignment in violation of this Section 11.7 will be null and void; provided that the Reinsurer may retrocede to any other reinsurers any portion of the liabilities assumed by the Reinsurer under this Agreement. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Section 11.8. Further Assurances. Each Party agrees to cooperate fully with the other Party and to execute such further instruments, agreements, powers of attorney or other documents and to give such further written assurance as may be reasonably requested by any

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep024.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;20 other Party to evidence, reflect and effectuate the transactions described and contemplated hereby and to carry into effect all the intents and purposes of this Agreement. Section 11.9. Governing Law. This Agreement and its enforcement will be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Michigan applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such state without regard to the conflicts of law provisions thereof. Section 11.10. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to constitute an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement, and may be delivered by scanned image or other electronic means, including files in .pdf or .jpeg or generally recognized e-signature technology (e.g., DocuSign or Adobe Acrobat Sign) intended to preserve the original graphic or pictorial appearance of a document. Section 11.11. Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any Person or any circumstance, is found by a court or other Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application thereof, in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as would be enforceable. Section 11.12. Tax Matters. (a) Each of the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer is subject to taxation under Subchapter L of Chapter 1 of Subtitle A of the Code. The Ceding Company and the Reinsurer hereby elect pursuant to Section 1.848-2(g)(8) of the Treasury Regulations to determine specified policy acquisition expenses with respect to this Agreement without regard to the general deductions limitation of Section 848(c)(1) of the Code (the "Election"). Each of the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer agrees that (i) the Election shall be effective for the taxable year of each Party that includes the date of the Agreement and for all subsequent taxable years during which this Agreement remains in effect and (ii) it shall take no action to revoke the Election. (b) The terms used in this Section 11.12 are defined by reference to Section 1.848-2 of the Treasury Regulations in effect as of the date of this Agreement. (c) Each Party agrees to attach to its U.S. federal income Tax return filed for the first taxable year ending after the Election becomes effective (and each year thereafter) a schedule that identifies this Agreement as the subject of the Election, and each Party agrees that it shall file its respective U.S. federal income Tax returns in a manner consistent with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.848-2. The Party with the net positive consideration under this Agreement for each taxable year shall capitalize specified policy

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep025.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;21 acquisition expenses with respect to this Agreement without regard to the general deductions limitation of Section 848(c)(1) of the Code. (d) To ensure consistency of reporting between the Parties or as otherwise required by the Internal Revenue Service, the Parties agree to exchange information pertaining to the amount of net consideration deemed to be paid pursuant to this Agreement. The Ceding Company shall submit to the Reinsurer by May 15 each year its calculation of the amount of the net consideration for the preceding calendar year. This schedule of calculations shall be accompanied by a statement that the Ceding Company will report such amount of net consideration in its tax return for the preceding calendar year. The Reinsurer may contest such calculation by providing an alternative calculation to the Ceding Company in writing within thirty (30) calendar days of Reinsurer's receipt of the Ceding Company's calculation. If the Reinsurer does not so notify the Ceding Company, the Reinsurer shall report the net consideration as determined by the Ceding Company in the Reinsurer's Tax return for the previous calendar year. If the Reinsurer contests the Ceding Company's calculation of the net consideration, the Parties shall act in good faith to reach an agreement as to the correct amount within thirty (30) calendar days of the date the Reinsurer submits its alternative calculation. If the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer reach agreement on an amount of net consideration, each Party shall report such amount in their respective Tax returns for the previous calendar year. If the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer do not reach agreement on the calculation of net consideration with such thirty (30) calendar day period, then the net consideration for the preceding calendar year shall be determined by an independent accounting firm, selected by the Ceding Company and reasonably acceptable to the Reinsurer, within twenty (20) calendar days after the expiration of such thirty (30) calendar day period. All fees and expenses relating to the work performed by the independent accounting firm shall be shared equally between the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer. Section 11.13. Tax Forms. On or before the date hereof, and at such times as the Ceding Company may reasonably request, the Reinsurer shall provide to the Ceding Company a properly executed IRS Form W-9, in form and substance satisfactory to the Ceding Company, certifying the Reinsurer's Employer Identification Number and that the Reinsurer is not subject to U.S. federal backup withholding. Section 11.14. Survival. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever, the obligations, terms or conditions set forth in Article VI, Section 11.3 and Section 11.12 shall survive such termination. Section 11.15. Territories. This Agreement covers any territory in which (a) any Reinsured Contracts are issued or sold, (b) any Contract Owner, annuitant, insured or beneficiary of any Reinsured Contracts is located or (c) there is any claim relating to any Reinsured Liabilities, or otherwise arising under this Agreement. Section 11.16. OFAC Exclusion. Neither the Ceding Company nor the Reinsurer shall be required to take any action under this Agreement that would result in it being in violation of any OFAC Laws, including making any payments in violation of OFAC Laws. Should either Party discover or otherwise become aware that a reinsurance transaction has been entered into or a payment has been made in violation of any OFAC Law, the Party who first becomes aware of the

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep026.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;22 violation of OFAC Laws shall promptly notify the other Party and the Parties shall reasonably cooperate in order to take all reasonably necessary corrective actions. [The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep027.jpg)

[Signature Page to Payout Annuities Coinsurance Agreement] IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereby execute this Agreement as of the date first set forth above. JACKSON NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY By: Name: Craig A. Anderson Title: SVP & Controller BROOKE LIFE REINSURANCE COMPANY By: Name: Don W. Cummings Title: EVP & Chief Financial Officer

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep028.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;24 Schedule 5.1 Form of Quarterly Settlement Reports [Date] I Amounts Due Ceding Company A Reinsured Liabilities $- B Expense Allowance - Total Amount Due to Ceding Company $- Quarterly Settlement Amount - Balance Due to/(from) Reinsurer and due (to)/from Ceding Company $-

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep029.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;25 Schedule 8.4(a)(i) Form of Terminal Settlement Statement [Termination Date] I Amounts Due Ceding Company - Terminal Settlement Period A Reinsured Liabilities $- B Expense Allowance - Total Amount Due to Ceding Company $- Terminal Settlement Balance Due to/(from) Reinsurer and due (to)/from Ceding Company $-

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep030.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;26 Schedule 8.4(a)(ii) Form of Recapture Payment Statement [Recapture Effective Date] I Amounts Due to Reinsurer - Recapture Payment A Pro-Rated Ceding Commission $- Total Amount Due to Reinsurer $- II Amounts Due Ceding Company - Recapture Payment A Statutory Reserves + IMR as of Termination Date $- Total Amount Due to Ceding Company $- Recapture Payment Amount Balance Due to/(from) Reinsurer and due (to)/from Ceding Company $-

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep031.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;27 Exhibit A Reinsured Contracts [See attached]

------

![](g5dec1_2025jnl-brookerep032.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;28 Exhibit B Expense Allowance The Expense Allowance payable by the Reinsurer to the Ceding Company with respect to each Quarterly Settlement Period shall be calculated in accordance with the following formula (as such amounts or components hereof may be adjusted as mutually agreed by the Parties from time to time): • an annual dollar amount mutually agreed between the Parties in respect of each Reinsured Contract (which dollar amount shall be determined prior to, and effective on, January 1st of each year after the Effective Time) divided by four (4). In determining the mutually agreed Expense Allowance calculation, the Parties acknowledge that the intent is for the Expense Allowance to cover the actual anticipated costs of the Ceding Company in respect of the administration of the Reinsured Contracts.

------

## Ex-99.(G)(6)

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia001.jpg)

Execution Version FIXED AND FIXED INDEX ANNUITIES COINSURANCE AGREEMENT by and between JACKSON NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY and HICKORY BROOKE REINSURANCE COMPANY Effective as of December 1, 2025

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia002.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;i **TABLE OF CONTENTS** Page Article I DEFINITIONS Section 1.1. Definitions ........................................................................................................... 1 Section 1.2. Interpretation ....................................................................................................... 9 Article II REINSURANCE OF REINSURED LIABILITIES Section 2.1. Plan of Reinsurance ........................................................................................... 10 Section 2.2. Follow the Fortunes ........................................................................................... 10 Section 2.3. Reinstatements ................................................................................................... 11 Section 2.4. Parties to Coinsurance ........................................................................................ 11 Section 2.5. Changes to Reinsured Contracts ......................................................................... 11 Section 2.6. Annuitizations .................................................................................................... 12 Section 2.7. Quota Share Adjustment .................................................................................... 12 Section 2.8. Assumed Reinsurance ........................................................................................ 12 Section 2.9. Additional In-Force MYGA Contracts ............................................................... 12 Article III REINSURANCE Premium; Ceding Commission; Closing Section 3.1. Initial Reinsurance Premium. ............................................................................. 12 Section 3.2. Ongoing Reinsurance Premium .......................................................................... 13 Section 3.3. Initial Ceding Commission ................................................................................. 13 Section 3.4. Ongoing Ceding Commission ............................................................................ 14 Section 3.5. Offset ................................................................................................................. 14 Article IV ADMINISTRATION; HEDGING PROGRAM; EXPENSE ALLOWANCE Section 4.1. Administration ................................................................................................... 15 Section 4.2. Expense Allowance ............................................................................................ 15 Section 4.3. Commissions ..................................................................................................... 15 Section 4.4. Non-Guaranteed Elements ................................................................................. 15 Section 4.5. Ultimate Authority ............................................................................................. 16 Section 4.6. Hedging Program ............................................................................................... 16

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia003.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;ii Article V ACCOUNTING, SETTLEMENT AND REPORTING Section 5.1. Ceding Company Reports .................................................................................. 17 Section 5.2. Remittances ....................................................................................................... 17 Section 5.3. Additional Reporting .......................................................................................... 18 Section 5.4. Access to and Audits of Records ........................................................................ 18 Article VI ARBITRATION Section 6.1. Agreement to Arbitrate; Request for Arbitration ................................................. 19 Section 6.2. Selection of the Arbitration Panel ....................................................................... 19 Section 6.3. Confidentiality ................................................................................................... 19 Section 6.4. Scheduling ......................................................................................................... 19 Section 6.5. Conduct of the Arbitration and the Award .......................................................... 19 Section 6.6. Costs .................................................................................................................. 20 Article VII INSOLVENCY Section 7.1. Payment of Reinsured Contracts under an Insolvency ........................................ 20 Section 7.2. Required Notice of and Defense against Claims ................................................. 20 Section 7.3. Insolvency of Reinsurer ..................................................................................... 20 Article VIII DURATION AND TERMINATION Section 8.1. Duration ............................................................................................................. 20 Section 8.2. Termination by the Ceding Company ................................................................. 21 Section 8.3. Termination by the Reinsurer ............................................................................. 21 Section 8.4. Terminal Accounting and Settlement ................................................................. 21 Article IX REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES Section 9.1. Representations and Warranties of the Ceding Company .................................... 22 Section 9.2. Representations and Warranties of the Reinsurer ................................................ 23

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia004.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;iii Article X REINSURANCE CREDIT Section 10.1. Reinsurance Credit ............................................................................................. 23 Article XI MISCELLANEOUS Section 11.1. Entire Agreement ............................................................................................... 24 Section 11.2. Notices ............................................................................................................... 24 Section 11.3. Confidentiality ................................................................................................... 25 Section 11.4. Errors, Omissions, Misunderstandings and Oversights ....................................... 25 Section 11.5. Amendment; Modification and Waiver .............................................................. 25 Section 11.6. No Third Party Beneficiaries .............................................................................. 25 Section 11.7. Assignment ........................................................................................................ 25 Section 11.8. Further Assurances ............................................................................................. 26 Section 11.9. Governing Law .................................................................................................. 26 Section 11.10. Counterparts....................................................................................................... 26 Section 11.11. Severability ........................................................................................................ 26 Section 11.12. Tax Matters ........................................................................................................ 26 Section 11.13. Tax Forms .......................................................................................................... 27 Section 11.14. Survival ............................................................................................................. 27 Section 11.15. Territories .......................................................................................................... 27 Section 11.16. OFAC Exclusion ................................................................................................ 28 Schedules Schedule 5.1(a) Form of Periodic Settlement Reports Schedule 5.1(b) Form of Hedge Settlement Reports Schedule 8.4(a)(i) Form of Terminal Settlement Statement Schedule 8.4(a)(ii) Form of Recapture Payment Statement Exhibits Exhibit A Reinsured Contracts Types Exhibit B Expense Allowance Exhibit C Hedging Guidelines

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia005.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;FIXED AND FIXED INDEX ANNUITIES COINSURANCE AGREEMENT This FIXED AND FIXED INDEX ANNUITIES COINSURANCE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into as of December 23, 2025, and effective as of the Effective Time (as defined below), by and between Jackson National Life Insurance Company, a Michigan domiciled stock life insurance company (the "Ceding Company"), and Hickory Brooke Reinsurance Company, a Michigan domiciled pure captive insurance company (the "Reinsurer"). The Ceding Company and the Reinsurer are sometimes individually referred to in this Agreement as a "Party" and collectively as the "Parties." W I T N E S S E T H: WHEREAS, the Ceding Company has issued certain fixed and fixed index annuity contracts prior to the Effective Time and intends to issue on and after the Effective Time certain fixed and fixed index annuity contracts; and WHEREAS, the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer wish to enter into this Agreement, pursuant to which the Ceding Company shall cede to the Reinsurer, and the Reinsurer shall reinsure, on an indemnity coinsurance basis, the Reinsurer's Quota Share of the Reinsured Liabilities (each as defined below), subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties hereby agree as follows: ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS Section 1.1. Definitions. The following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below throughout this Agreement: "Account Value" means the account value or contract value, as defined in and determined in accordance with the terms of the Reinsured Contracts. "Additional In-Force MYGA Contracts" means the multi-year guaranteed annuity contracts (including all endorsements thereto) issued by the Ceding Company from July 1, 2024 to October 31, 2024 that are administered under a plan code identified in Exhibit A. "Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" (including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by" and "under common control with"), when used with respect to any Person, means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia006.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;2 "Agreement" has the meaning set forth in the Preamble. "Annuity Contracts" means all annuity contracts, binders, slips or other contracts or agreements of insurance. "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks in Lansing, Michigan are authorized or required by applicable Law to be closed for business. "Ceding Commission Reconciliation Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(c). "Ceding Company" has the meaning set forth in the Preamble. "Ceding Company Termination Event" means (i) any failure by the Reinsurer (or any successor by operation of law of the Reinsurer, including any receiver, liquidator, rehabilitator, conservator or similar Person of the Reinsurer) to perform or observe any of the material terms or conditions under this Agreement if such failure has not been cured within sixty (60) calendar days after the Reinsurer's receipt of written notice thereof from the Ceding Company; (ii) the placement of the Reinsurer into liquidation, rehabilitation, conservation, supervision, receivership or similar proceedings (whether voluntary or involuntary), or the institution of proceedings against the Reinsurer for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, rehabilitator, conservator or trustee in bankruptcy, or other agent known by whatever name, to take possession of its assets or assume control of its operations; or (iii) the occurrence of a Reinsurance Credit Event, if not cured as set forth in Section 10.1(a). "Closed Hedge" means any Hedge that ceases to be in effect, whether due to sale, termination, exercise, expiration, maturity, settlement, novation or otherwise. "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. "Commissions" means the commissions (including renewal commissions), bonuses and other incentive compensation paid or payable by the Ceding Company to agents or producers in respect of the Reinsured Contracts, net of any commission chargebacks recovered by the Ceding Company. "Contract Owner" means any Person who is the owner of a Reinsured Contract or has the r ight to surrender or direct any other changes with respect to a Reinsured Contract. "Determination Date" means, with respect to an Annuity Contract, its crediting rate determination date or other applicable pricing term, as applicable. "Effective Date" means December 1, 2025. "Effective Time" means 12:00:01 a.m. (eastern time) on the Effective Date. "Election" has the meaning set forth in Section 11.12(a).

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia007.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;3 "Estimated Initial Ceding Commission" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a). "Expense Allowance" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2. "Extra Contractual Obligations" means all liabilities, obligations and other losses (including lost profits) incurred or arising at any time under or relating to any Reinsured Contracts that are not covered by, or that are in excess of, the contractual benefits arising under the express terms and conditions of such Reinsured Contracts, including without limitation, any liability for fines, penalties, forfeitures, fees, excess or penalty interest, compensatory damages, punitive, exemplary, special, incidental, treble, bad faith, tort or any other form of extra contractual damages relating to the Reinsured Contracts and reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses awarded, which arise from any act, error or omission of a Party or its designees, whether or not intentional, fraudulent, negligent, in bad faith, resulting from willful misconduct or a misrepresentation or other misconduct, including any act, error or omission of a Party, any of its Affiliates or its designees relating to (i) the marketing, underwriting, sales, production, issuance, delivery, cancellation or administration of the Reinsured Contracts, (ii) the investigation, defense, trial, settlement or handling of claims, benefits or payments arising out of or relating to the Reinsured Contracts or (iii) the failure to pay or the delay in payment, or errors in calculating or administering the payment, of benefits, claims or any other amounts due or alleged to be due under or in connection with the Reinsured Contracts. "Fair Market Value" means, as of any date of determination, (i) as to cash, the amount of it and (ii) as to an asset other than cash, the fair value thereof calculated in accordance with GAAP plus accrued interest thereon. "Final Initial Ceding Commission" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(b). "Final Reinsurance Premium Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b). "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles and practices in the United States, consistently applied, as in effect from time to time. "Governmental Authority" means any government, legislature, political subdivision, court, regulatory body or administrative agency or other instrumentality thereof, whether federal, state, local or foreign and including any regulatory authority which may be partly or wholly autonomous. "Hedge" means any equity or interest rate option, swap, forward or other derivative transaction, whether cleared or over-the-counter, identified by the Ceding Company at the time of execution of such transaction as entered into pursuant to the Hedging Program. "Hedge Administration" means all tasks, functions and activities reasonably necessary or incidental to initiate, renew, manage or administer the Hedging Program, including negotiating and executing any trading documentation, selecting counterparties, requesting quotes, placing orders, posting collateral, making variation margin or other scheduled payments or terminating or settling any Hedges.

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia008.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;4 "Hedge Deposit" means an amount equal to the sum of Initial Hedge Premiums related to Open Hedges, as applicable, plus initial margin posted, or deemed posted, as applicable, by the Ceding Company in connection with Open Hedges. "Hedge Deposit Results" means an amount equal to the Hedge Deposit at the beginning of the Hedge Settlement Period less the Hedge Deposit at the end of the Hedge Settlement Period. "Hedge Net Result" means, with respect to any Hedge Settlement Period, the amount (whether positive or negative) equal to (a) Hedge Results for such Hedge Settlement Period plus (b) Hedge Deposit Results (whether positive or negative) for such Hedge Settlement Period. "Hedge Results" means, with respect to any Hedge Settlement Period, an amount (whether positive or negative) equal to the sum, without duplication, of: (a) (i) the sum of all payments received by the Ceding Company with respect to any sale, termination, exercise, expiration, maturity, settlement, novation or other similar event with respect to the Closed Hedges during the Hedge Settlement Period less (ii) the sum of all payments made by the Ceding Company with respect to any sale, termination, exercise, expiration, maturity, settlement, novation or other similar event with respect to the Closed Hedges during the Hedge Settlement Period, decreased or increased (iii) by the Initial Hedge Premiums paid or received, as applicable, with respect to any Closed Hedges; plus (b) (i) the aggregate Fair Market Value to the Ceding Company of Open Hedges as of the end of such Hedge Settlement Period (or, if such Hedges were not Open Hedges at the end of such Hedge Settlement Period, zero (0)) decreased or increased by the Initial Hedge Premiums paid or received, as applicable, at any time with respect to the Open Hedges less (ii) the aggregate Fair Market Value of Open Hedges to the Ceding Company as of the beginning of such Hedge Settlement Period (or, if such Hedges were not in effect at the beginning of such Hedge Settlement Period, zero (0)) decreased or increased by the Initial Hedge Premiums paid or received, as applicable, at any time with respect to the Open Hedges, excluding, in each case under clause (i) and (ii) above, any Open Hedges for which Initial Hedge Premiums were paid or received where such Open Hedges have (1) positive Fair Market Value (less accrued interest) where the Fair Market Value (less accrued interest) is less than the Initial Hedge Premium paid by the Ceding Company or (2) negative Fair Market Value (less accrued interest) where the absolute value of the negative Fair Market Value (less accrued interest) is less than the Initial Hedge Premium received by the Ceding Company, plus (c) Any payments, other than Initial Hedge Premiums or other payments included under clause (a), received by the Ceding Company with respect to any Hedges during such Hedge Settlement Period less the sum of all payments, other than Initial Hedge Premiums, made by the Ceding Company with respect to any Hedges during such Hedge Settlement Period, including, in the case of clause (c), any payments of variation margin posted or received, or deemed posted or received, with respect to Hedges cleared through an exchange or clearinghouse, but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any collateral posted or received, or deemed

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia009.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;5 posted or received, in connection with such Hedges or any interest or distributions on any such collateral. "Hedge Settlement Period" means each calendar month during the term of this Agreement (or any fraction thereof as determined in accordance with Section 5.2(f)) beginning on the Effective Date or ending on the Termination Date. The first Hedge Settlement Period shall commence on the Effective Date and end on the last day of the calendar month in which the Effective Date falls, and the last Hedge Settlement Period shall commence on the first day of the calendar month in which the Termination Date falls and end on the Termination Date. "Hedge Settlement Report" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(b). "Hedging Guidelines" means the Hedging Guidelines provided by the Reinsurer to the Ceding Company attached as Exhibit C hereto (as may be amended in writing from time to time by the Reinsurer and the Ceding Company). "Hedging Program" means the execution by the Ceding Company, from time to time, of any Hedges, and the Hedge Administration related thereto, in each case, in accordance with the Hedging Guidelines. "Historical IMR" means the interest maintenance reserves, positive or negative, in respect of the business ceded under this Agreement that is in force as of immediately prior to the date hereof, calculated in accordance with the Ceding Company's application of Michigan SAP. "In-Force Reinsured Contracts" means (a) the multi-year guaranteed annuity contracts (including all endorsements thereto) issued by the Ceding Company between January 1, 2024 and June 30, 2024 that are administered under a plan code identified in Exhibit A, (b) the multi- year guaranteed annuity contracts (including all endorsements thereto) issued by the Ceding Company from November 1, 2024 to the Effective Time that are administered under a plan code identified in Exhibit A and (c) the fixed index annuities (including all endorsements thereto) issued by the Ceding Company prior to the Effective Time that are administered under a plan code identified in Exhibit A. "Initial Crediting Rate" means the initial crediting rate of any Reinsured Contract set at its issuance. "Initial Hedge Premiums" means amounts paid or received to enter into a Hedge. "Initial Reinsurance Premium Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a). "Interest Maintenance Reserve" or "IMR" means, as of any date of determination, (a) Hi storical IMR, (b) the interest maintenance reserves, positive or negative, in respect of the business ceded under this Agreement that is created on the date hereof as a direct result of the transfer of investment assets as contemplated by Section 3.1 and (c) the interest maintenance results, positive or negative, in respect of the business ceded under this Agreement that is created from and after the date hereof in respect thereof, in each case, calculated and amortized in accordance with the Ceding Company's application of Michigan SAP, as of such date of determination.

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia010.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;6 "Interest Rate" means the annual yield rate, on the date to which the 90-Day Treasury Rate relates, of actively traded U.S. Treasury securities having a remaining duration to maturity of three (3) months, as such rate is published under "Treasury Constant Maturities" in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519). "Law" means domestic or foreign federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance, code or common law or any rules, regulations, administrative interpretations or orders issued by any Governmental Authority pursuant to any of the foregoing, and any order, writ, injunction, directive, administrative interpretation, judgment or decree applicable to a Person or such Person's business, properties, assets, officers, directors, employees or agents. "Net Premiums" means, in respect of any given Periodic Settlement Period, the gross P remiums actually earned by the Ceding Company with respect to the Reinsured Contracts during such Periodic Settlement Period, net of amounts actually due from the Ceding Company in respect of Other Reinsurance. "New Business Reinsured Contracts" means all Annuity Contracts (a) issued by the C eding Company on or after the Effective Time that are (i) classified by the Ceding Company as fixed or fixed index annuity contracts and (ii) administered under a plan code identified in Exhibit A or a plan code mutually agreed in writing by the Reinsurer and the Ceding Company (including all endorsements and riders thereto) or (b) assumed (including via reinsurance) by the Ceding Company on or after the Effective Time and ceded hereunder pursuant to Section 2.8; provided, however, if the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer do not reach agreement as to any Initial Crediting Rates or initial terms of guaranteed benefits pursuant to Section 4.4 or the Ongoing Ceding Commission pursuant to Section 3.4 of any Annuity Contracts of the type described in this definition, such Annuity Contracts shall not constitute Reinsured Contracts and shall not be ceded hereunder. "Non-Guaranteed Elements" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4. "OFAC Laws" means the sanctions Laws administered by the U.S. Treasury Department's Office of Foreign Assets. "Ongoing Ceding Commission" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4. "Open Hedge" means, at any time, any Hedge that is in effect at such time. "Other Reinsurance" means reinsurance ceded by the Ceding Company from time to time t o any other reinsurer with respect to liabilities of the Ceding Company related to the Reinsured Contracts. "Party" and "Parties" have the meaning set forth in the Preamble. "Periodic Settlement Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a). "Periodic Settlement Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a)(ii).

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia011.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;7 "Periodic Settlement Period" means each calendar quarter during the term of this Agreement or any fraction thereof beginning on the Effective Date or ending on the Termination Date. The first Periodic Settlement Period shall commence on the Effective Date and end on the last day of the calendar quarter ended March 31, 2026, and the last Periodic Settlement Period shall commence on the first day of the calendar quarter in which the Termination Date falls and end on the Termination Date. "Periodic Settlement Report" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a). "Person" means any natural person, corporation, company, partnership, association, l imited liability company, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, trust or other legal entity or organization, including a Governmental Authority. "Premium Reconciliation Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c). "Premium Taxes" means, with respect to any period, the Taxes (including retaliatory T axes), assessments and fees imposed on premiums relating to the Reinsured Contracts during such period by any state, local, or municipal Tax Authority. "Premiums" means all premiums, considerations, deposits, payments, policy fees and similar amounts actually received by or on behalf of the Ceding Company in respect of the Reinsured Contracts. "Recapture Payment Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(a). "Recapture Payment Statement" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(a). "Reinsurance Credit Event" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(a). "Reinsured Contract Cohort" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7. "Reinsured Contracts" means (a) all In-Force Reinsured Contracts, (b) the New Business R einsured Contracts and (c) solely after such time (if ever) as mutually agreed by the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer to be ceded hereunder, the Additional In-Force MYGA Contracts. "Reinsured Liabilities" means (a) all claims, obligations, indemnities, losses or liabilities arising under, in connection with, or with respect to, the Reinsured Contracts (other than, in all cases, Extra Contractual Obligations) and payable on or after the Effective Time, (b) Premium Taxes (if applicable) and (c) Reinsurer Extra-Contractual Obligations, in each case of the foregoing clauses (a), (b) and (c), net of amounts actually due (and to the extent actually collected) in respect of Other Reinsurance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Reinsured Liabilities" shall not include any liability or assessment (as such liability or assessment shall be covered by the Expense Allowance) in connection with the participation by the Ceding Company, whether involuntary or voluntary, in any guaranty fund, assigned risk plan, insolvency fund or other residual market mechanism of any kind established or governed by any state or jurisdiction of the Ceding Company's domicile or any other state or jurisdiction on account of the Reinsured Contracts.

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia012.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;8 "Reinsurer" has the meaning set forth in the Preamble. "Reinsurer Extra-Contractual Obligations" means any Extra Contractual Obligations for which the Reinsurer directed or consented to the action or omission that led to the incurrence of such Extra Contractual Obligations. "Reinsurer Termination Event" means any failure by the Ceding Company (or any s uccessor by operation of law of the Ceding Company, including any receiver, liquidator, rehabilitator, conservator or similar Person of the Ceding Company) to pay any amount due hereunder if such failure has not been cured within sixty (60) calendar days after the Ceding Company's receipt of written notice thereof from the Reinsurer. "Reinsurer's Quota Share" means (a) with respect to the In-Force Reinsured Contracts and (if ceded hereunder) the Additional In-Force MYGA Contracts, one hundred percent (100%) and (b) with respect to New Business Reinsured Contracts reinsured by the Reinsurer hereunder, one hundred percent (100%) unless such percentage is adjusted in accordance with Section 2.7. "Renewal Crediting Rate" means any crediting rate for a Reinsured Contract determined after the Initial Crediting Rate period. "SAP" means the statutory accounting practices and procedures required or permitted by t he insurance regulatory authority of the State of Michigan, consistently applied, as in effect from time to time, including any permitted practice for the benefit of the Ceding Company. "Statutory Reserve Amount" means, as of any date of determination, the difference between (a) the aggregate statutory reserve amount without giving effect to this Agreement and (b) the aggregate statutory reserve amount with giving effect to this Agreement, in each case, that the Ceding Company is required to hold for purposes of its statutory financial statements as of such date, calculated in accordance with Michigan SAP as in effect at such date of determination. "Tax" means any and all federal, state, foreign or local income, gross receipts, premium, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, social security, unemployment, disability, real property, ad valorem/personal property, stamp, goods and services, excise, occupation, sales, use, transfer, value added, alternative minimum, estimated or other tax, fee, duty, levy, custom, tariff, impost, assessment or charge of the same or of a similar nature to any of the foregoing, including any interest, penalty or addition thereto. "Tax Authority" means any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the assessment, determination, collection or imposition of any Tax. "Terminal Settlement Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(a). "Terminal Settlement Period" means the final Periodic Settlement Period hereunder. "Terminal Settlement Statement" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(a). "Termination Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia013.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;9 "Umpire" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2. Section 1.2. Interpretation. (a) As used in this Agreement, references to the following terms have the meanings indicated: (i) to the Preamble or to the Recitals, Sections, Articles, Exhibits or Schedules are to the Preamble or a Recital, Section or Article of, or an Exhibit or Schedule to, this Agreement unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary; (ii) to any contract (including this Agreement) or "organizational document" are to the contract or organizational document as amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time; (iii) to any Law are to such Law as amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and to any section of any Law include any successor to such section; (iv) to any Governmental Authority include any successor to the Governmental Authority and to any Affiliate include any successor to the Affiliate; (v) to any "copy" of any contract or other document or instrument are to a true and complete copy thereof; (vi) to "hereof," "herein," "hereunder," "hereby," "herewith" and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or clause of this Agreement, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary; (vii) to the "date of this Agreement," "the date hereof" and words of similar import refer to December 23, 2025; and (viii) to "this Agreement" include the Exhibits and Schedules to this Agreement. (b) Whenever the words "include," "includes" or "including" are used in this Agreement, they will be deemed to be followed by the words "without limitation." The word "or" need not be exclusive. Any singular term in this Agreement (including any pronoun) will be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term (including any pronoun) the singular. All pronouns and variations of pronouns will be deemed to refer to the feminine, masculine or neuter, as the identity of the Person referred to may require. Where a word or phrase is defined herein, each of its other grammatical forms shall have a corresponding meaning. (c) Whenever the last day for the exercise of any right or the discharge of any duty under this Agreement falls on a day other than a Business Day, the Party having such right or duty shall have until the next Business Day to exercise such right or discharge such duty. Unless otherwise indicated, the word "day" shall be interpreted as a calendar day occurring in the

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia014.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;10 eastern time zone. With respect to any determination of any period of time, unless otherwise set forth herein, the word "from" means "from and including" and the word "to" means "to but excluding." (d) The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. (e) References to "dollars" or "$" mean United States dollars, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary. Whenever any cash amount is payable hereunder, such amount shall be paid to the Person entitled to receive such payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds to one or more accounts specified in writing by the recipient. (f) The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement; consequently, in the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as jointly drafted by the Parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement. (g) No summary of this Agreement prepared by or on behalf of any Party shall affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. (h) All capitalized terms used without definition in the Exhibits and Schedules to this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in this Agreement. ARTICLE II REINSURANCE OF REINSURED LIABILITIES Section 2.1. Plan of Reinsurance. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, as of the Effective Time, the Ceding Company hereby cedes to the Reinsurer, and the Reinsurer hereby accepts and reinsures, on an indemnity coinsurance basis, the Reinsurer's Quota Share of the Reinsured Liabilities. The reinsurance effected under this Agreement shall be maintained in force, without reduction, unless such reinsurance is terminated as provided herein. Section 2.2. Follow the Fortunes. The Reinsurer's liability under this Agreement shall attach simultaneously with that of the Ceding Company under the Reinsured Contracts and the Reinsured Liabilities, and the Reinsurer's liability under this Agreement shall be subject in all respects to the same risks, terms, rates, conditions, interpretations and waivers , and to the same modifications, alterations and terminations, as the respective Reinsured Contracts and Reinsured Liabilities to which liability under this Agreement attaches, the true intent of this Agreement being that the Reinsurer shall follow the fortunes of the Ceding Company with respect to the Reinsured Contracts and the Reinsured Liabilities, and the Reinsurer shall be bound, without limitation, by all payments and settlements with respect to the Reinsured Contracts and the Reinsured Liabilities entered into by or on behalf of the Ceding Company.

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia015.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;11 Section 2.3. Reinstatements. If Reinsured Contracts that were reduced, terminated or lapsed are reinstated in accordance with the terms of the Reinsured Contracts and applicable Law, the reinsurance for such Reinsured Contracts under this Agreement will be reinstated automatically to the amount that would have been in force if the Reinsured Contracts had not been reduced, terminated or lapsed; provided that each of the following conditions are met: (a) To the extent that the reinstatement of such Reinsured Contracts requires payment by the applicable Contract Owner of fees, contract charges or premiums, the Ceding Company shall owe to the Reinsurer an amount determined by applying the terms of this Agreement to the amount received from such Contract Owner; and (b) To the extent that the reinstatement of such Reinsured Contracts requires reimbursement by the Contract Owner of amounts paid to such Contract Owner, the Ceding Company shall owe to the Reinsurer the portion of the amount received from such Contract Owner that was paid by the Reinsurer under the terms of this Agreement. Section 2.4. Parties to Coinsurance. Article II of this Agreement provides for indemnity reinsurance on a coinsurance basis solely between the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer. The acceptance of reinsurance under this Article II shall not create any right or legal relation between the Reinsurer and any Contract Owner, annuitant, claimant or beneficiary of Reinsured Contracts, and the Ceding Company shall be and remain solely liable to such Contract Owner, annuitant, claimant or beneficiary with respect to the Reinsured Contracts. Section 2.5. Changes to Reinsured Contracts. (a) From and after the Effective Time, the Ceding Company shall have the right to make changes, amendments or modifications in, or provide any waivers with respect to, the terms and conditions of any of the Reinsured Contracts to the extent required in accordance with the terms of the Reinsured Contracts or as required by any Governmental Authority or applicable Law. To the extent that, after the Effective Time, (i) the Ceding Company makes any changes, amendments or modifications in, or provides any waivers with respect to, the terms and conditions of any of the Reinsured Contracts to the extent required in accordance with the terms of the Reinsured Contracts or as required by any Governmental Authority or applicable Law and (ii) the Ceding Company's liability in respect of any of the Reinsured Contracts is changed because of such changes, amendments, modifications or waivers, the Reinsurer will reinsure such liability (which shall constitute Reinsured Liabilities) on the reinsurance basis set forth in Section 2.1 and the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer will make in good faith all appropriate adjustments to amounts due to each other under this Agreement. The Ceding Company shall provide written notification to the Reinsurer of any of such changes contemplated under this Section 2.5(a); provided, however, that the failure of the Ceding Company to provide such notice shall not relieve the Reinsurer of its obligations in respect of any Reinsured Liabilities hereunder. (b) To the extent that, after the Effective Time, the Ceding Company makes any changes, amendments, modifications or waivers with respect to the terms and conditions of any of the Reinsured Contracts other than pursuant to Section 2.5(a), the Ceding Company shall notify the Reinsurer in writing prior to making any such changes, amendments, modifications or waivers. Except as expressly contemplated by Section 2.5(a), any changes, amendments,

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia016.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;12 modifications or waivers with respect to any of the Reinsured Contracts shall not be reinsured hereunder unless made by the Ceding Company with the written approval of the Reinsurer. In the event that any such changes, amendments, modifications or waivers are made to any of the Reinsured Contracts by the Ceding Company without the written approval of the Reinsurer, this Agreement will cover Reinsured Liabilities as if the non-approved changes, amendments, modifications or waivers had not been made to the applicable Reinsured Contracts. Section 2.6. Annuitizations. For the avoidance of doubt, a Reinsured Contract shall remain reinsured hereunder upon annuitization thereof. Section 2.7. Quota Share Adjustment. With respect to any group of Annuity Contracts to be ceded hereunder issued in the same Periodic Settlement Period and with the same Determination Date (each, a "Reinsured Contract Cohort"), the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer may mutually agree in writing (which may be via e-mail) to adjust the Reinsurer's Quota Share in respect of such Reinsured Contract Cohort. Once the Reinsurer's Quota Share has been set for a Reinsured Contract Cohort, the Reinsurer's Quota Share for such Reinsured Contract Cohort shall not be adjusted retroactively. Section 2.8. Assumed Reinsurance. In the event that the Ceding Company (in its capacity as reinsurer) accepts or has accepted reinsurance from another insurance company (in its capacity as cedant) or intends to reinsure Annuity Contracts of the type that would be Reinsured Contracts if ceded hereunder, the Ceding Company shall notify the Reinsurer. The Parties may mutually agree to retrocede such Annuity Contracts hereunder, not retrocede such Annuity Contracts hereunder or retrocede such Annuity Contracts pursuant to another reinsurance agreement. If the Parties agree to reinsure such Annuity Contracts hereunder, the Parties may mutually agree to amend any provision hereof with respect to such Annuity Contracts (e.g., to take into account that an underlying insurance company may be retaining administration or setting non-guaranteed elements). Section 2.9. Additional In-Force MYGA Contracts. The Ceding Company and the Reinsurer may mutually agree in writing to cede the Additional In-Force MYGA Contracts hereunder. Such cession shall be effective as of 12:00:01 a.m. (eastern time) on a date mutually agreed by the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer. In the event the Additional In-Force MYGA Contracts are ceded hereunder, the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer shall mutually agree to the appropriate initial reinsurance premium and initial ceding commission, and such amounts shall be settled at the time of such initial settlement in accordance with Section 3.1 and Section 3.3, applied mutatis mutandis. ARTICLE III REINSURANCE PREMIUM; CEDING COMMISSION; CLOSING Section 3.1. Initial Reinsurance Premium. (a) In consideration for the Reinsurer to enter into this Agreement, on the date hereof, the Ceding Company pay to the Reinsurer cash or investment assets with a Fair Market Value as of the Effective Time equal to an estimate of the Statutory Reserve Amount plus IMR,

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia017.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;13 in each case, as of the Effective Time (such amount, the "Initial Reinsurance Premium Amount"). (b) Pursuant to Section 3.1(c), the Parties agree to make adjustments to the Initial Reinsurance Premium Amount after the date hereof, as necessary to reflect the actual Statutory Reserve Amount as of the Effective Time, as determined after the date hereof (such adjusted amount, the "Final Reinsurance Premium Amount"). (c) The Final Reinsurance Premium Amount will be calculated by the Ceding Company and reported by the Ceding Company to the Reinsurer prior to the sixtieth (60th) calendar day following the date hereof, and if such difference between the Final Reinsurance Premium Amount and the Initial Reinsurance Premium Amount (such difference, the "Premium Reconciliation Amount") is: (i) a positive number, then the Ceding Company shall pay to the Reinsurer an amount of cash in immediately available funds, or investment assets with a Fair Market Value, equal to the Premium Reconciliation Amount; or (ii) a negative number, then the Reinsurer shall pay to the Ceding Company an amount of cash in immediately available funds, or investment assets with a Fair Market Value, equal to the absolute value of the Premium Reconciliation Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Premium Reconciliation Amount is determined following the first Periodic Settlement Amount pursuant to Section 5.2, the calculation of the Premium Reconciliation Amount shall give effect to any such Periodic Settlement Amount so as to avoid duplication of the adjustment to the Initial Reinsurance Premium Amount. The determination of the Final Reinsurance Premium Amount pursuant to this Section 3.1 shall be determined on a consistent basis with the determination of the Final Initial Ceding Commission pursuant to Section 3.3. Section 3.2. Ongoing Reinsurance Premium. As additional consideration for the reinsurance provided hereunder, and subject to the Reinsurer's compliance with and performance of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Reinsurer shall be entitled to receive the Reinsurer's Quota Share of all Net Premiums in respect of the Reinsured Contracts, and any and all other collections and recoveries (including surrender charges and fees) (other than collections and recoveries from Other Reinsurance) relating to the Reinsured Liabilities and the Reinsured Contracts, in each case, solely to the extent actually received by the Ceding Company or a duly appointed agent of the Ceding Company after the Effective Time. Section 3.3. Initial Ceding Commission. (a) In consideration of the reinsurance ceded by the Ceding Company to the Reinsurer hereunder, on the date hereof, the Reinsurer shall pay the Ceding Company an estimated initial ceding commission in cash in the amount of ninety three million eight hundred twenty five thousand five hundred eighty five dollars ($93,825,585) on a pre-tax basis (the "Estimated Initial Ceding Commission").

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia018.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;14 (b) Pursuant to Section 3.3(c), the Parties agree to make adjustments to the Estimated Initial Ceding Commission after the date hereof, as necessary to reflect the actual initial ceding commission, as determined after the date hereof (such adjusted amount, the "Final Initial Ceding Commission"). (c) The Final Initial Ceding Commission will be calculated by the Reinsurer and reported by the Reinsurer to the Ceding Company prior to the sixtieth (60th) calendar day following the date hereof, and if such difference between the Final Initial Ceding Commission and the Estimated Initial Ceding Commission (such difference, the "Ceding Commission Reconciliation Amount") is: (i) a positive number, then the Reinsurer shall pay the Ceding Company an amount of cash in immediately available funds, or investment assets with a Fair Market Value, equal to the Ceding Commission Reconciliation Amount; or (ii) a negative number, then the Ceding Company shall pay the Reinsurer an amount of cash in immediately available funds, or investment assets with a Fair Market Value, equal to the absolute value of the Ceding Commission Reconciliation Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Ceding Commission Reconciliation Amount is determined following the first Periodic Settlement Amount pursuant to Section 5.2, the calculation of the Ceding Commission Reconciliation Amount shall give effect to any such Periodic Settlement Amount so as to avoid duplication of the adjustment to the Estimated Initial Ceding Commission. The determination of the Final Initial Ceding Commission pursuant to this Section 3.3 shall be determined on a consistent basis with the determination of the Final Reinsurance Premium Amount pursuant to Section 3.1. Section 3.4. Ongoing Ceding Commission. In consideration of the reinsurance of New Business Reinsured Contracts ceded hereunder, the Reinsurer and the Ceding Company shall settle a mutually agreed ceding commission (the "Ongoing Ceding Commission"). For each Reinsured Contract Cohort ceded during a Periodic Settlement Period, the Ongoing Ceding Commission shall be equal to (a) a mutually agreed percentage multiplied by (b) the Reinsurer's Quota Share of the aggregate Net Premium in respect of the applicable Reinsured Contracts. The Reinsurer shall make such payment of the Ongoing Ceding Commission as part of each Periodic Settlement Amount referenced in Section 5.2. If the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer do not mutually agree to the applicable Ceding Commission for future Annuity Contracts that would be Reinsured Contracts if ceded hereunder, such Annuity Contracts shall not be ceded hereunder and shall not constitute Reinsured Contracts. Section 3.5. Offset. Payment of the Premium Reconciliation Amount and the Ceding Commission Reconciliation Amount shall be set off and only the net amount paid in accordance with this Article III.

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia019.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;15 ARTICLE IV ADMINISTRATION; HEDGING PROGRAM; EXPENSE ALLOWANCE Section 4.1. Administration. (a) The Ceding Company agrees to perform or cause to be performed under its direction all administrative services with respect to the Reinsured Contracts: (i) at its own expense (except for amounts due as Expense Allowances and other fees and expenses as set forth on the Periodic Settlement Report); (ii) in good faith and with the skill, diligence and expertise that experienced and qualified personnel performing such duties would employ in like circumstances; (iii) in the manner of a prudent insurer; and (iv) in conformity in all material respects with all applicable Laws, regulations, rules and orders and the requirements of the Reinsured Contracts and this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 4.1(a), "prudent insurer" means an insurer who complies with all its duties and responsibilities under applicable Laws and takes into account reputational and other issues in respect of itself and its Affiliates. (b) The Reinsurer shall pay Expense Allowances to the Ceding Company. Settlement of Expense Allowances shall be effected in accordance with Section 5.1 and Section 5.2. Section 4.2. Expense Allowance. The Reinsurer shall owe to the Ceding Company with respect to each Periodic Settlement Period occurring hereunder an expense allowance (each, an "Expense Allowance") related to the administration of the Reinsured Contracts in an amount calculated as the Reinsurer's Quota Share of the amounts calculated in accordance with Exhibit B (as such amounts or components thereof may be adjusted as mutually agreed by the Parties from time to time). The Expense Allowance shall begin to accrue on the Effective Date and shall be assessed and paid as part of each Periodic Settlement Amount referenced in Section 5.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the commencement of each calendar year during the term of this Agreement, the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer shall review, discuss and agree to any proposed adjustments to the Expense Allowance. Any such adjustments mutually agreed to by the Parties shall become effective as of the commencement of the next calendar year, subject to compliance with applicable Law. Section 4.3. Commissions. Without duplication of any other amounts due hereunder, the Reinsurer shall reimburse the Ceding Company with respect to each Periodic Settlement Period occurring hereunder for Reinsurer's Quota Share of Commissions at issuance and renewal of the Reinsured Contracts (or an economically equivalent trail option if available and elected). For the avoidance of doubt, the Reinsurer shall not reimburse the Ceding Company for any Commissions incurred by the Ceding Company at issuance of In-Force Reinsured Contracts. Section 4.4. Non-Guaranteed Elements. The Ceding Company shall be responsible for determining and setting all discretionary elements relevant to the Reinsured Contracts including Initial Crediting Rates and Renewal Crediting Rates, terms of guaranteed benefits, as applicable (collectively, "Non-Guaranteed Elements"). The Ceding Company agrees that the Non- Guaranteed Elements shall be determined and set in a manner consistent with the procedures utilized by the Ceding Company to determine and set other discretionary elements of the

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia020.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;16 Reinsured Contracts and benefits not reinsured hereunder, and shall comply with applicable Law, actuarial standards of practice promulgated by the Actuarial Standards Board and the written terms of the Reinsured Contracts. The Reinsurer may, from time to time, make recommendations to the Ceding Company with respect to the establishment of Non-Guaranteed Elements so long as the recommendations comply with applicable Law, actuarial standards of practice promulgated by the Actuarial Standard Board and the written terms of the Reinsured Contracts. The Ceding Company shall fully consider any such recommendations and act reasonably and in good faith in determining whether any such recommendations should be accepted. If the Reinsurer does not agree to any Initial Crediting Rates or initial terms of guaranteed benefits (as applicable), such Annuity Contracts shall not be ceded hereunder and shall not constitute Reinsured Contracts. Section 4.5. Ultimate Authority. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Ceding Company shall retain the ultimate authority to make all final decisions with respect to the administration of the Reinsured Contracts. Section 4.6. Hedging Program. (a) The Hedging Program shall be established pursuant to the Hedging Guidelines. The Ceding Company shall be responsible for the maintenance of the Hedging Program, including all Hedge Administration. The Hedge Net Result shall be set forth in the Hedge Settlement Report (with respect to the applicable Hedge Settlement Period) under Article V. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any amounts paid (or deemed paid) or received (or deemed received) with respect to the Hedges will be deemed to have been paid (or deemed paid) or received (or deemed received) on the date such payment is reflected in the accounting records of the Ceding Company, regardless of when (or if) such payment is actually made or received by the Ceding Company. (b) The Ceding Company shall enter into any Hedges as principal and shall make any payments due to counterparties to such Hedges from its own accounts and, for the avoidance of doubt, any such posted payments shall be included in the calculation of Hedge Net Results. The Ceding Company shall post any collateral required with respect to the Hedges from its own accounts. The Ceding Company may execute any Hedges under existing trading documentation and may enter into new trading documentation for purposes of the Hedging Program. (c) The Ceding Company may take any actions that it reasonably deems necessary or incidental to Hedge Administration or performance under the Hedges and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with the Hedging Guidelines. The Reinsurer agrees to cooperate with the Ceding Company in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner with respect to any requests made by the Ceding Company in connection with the Hedging Program or Hedge Administration. (d) Either party may, upon at least fifteen (15) Business Days prior written notice, elect to end the Hedging Program as of a date specified in such written notice; provided that any such election will not apply with respect to any Hedges entered into prior to such specified date (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall continue to be subject to the provisions

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia021.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;17 governing the Hedging Program). Following the date specified in such written notice, no new Hedges shall be entered into for purposes of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained in this Agreement shall preclude the Reinsurer from electing to directly enter into hedging transactions as principal, whether or not the Hedging Program is ongoing at such time or has been terminated. ARTICLE V ACCOUNTING, SETTLEMENT AND REPORTING Section 5.1. Ceding Company Reports. (a) Ceding Company Periodic Settlement Reports. Within thirty (30) calendar days following the end of each Periodic Settlement Period, the Ceding Company shall deliver to the Reinsurer a coinsurance settlement report in the form of Schedule 5.1(a), including the Expense Allowance as calculated in accordance with Section 4.2 (the "Periodic Settlement Report"), in each case as of the end of the last day of such Periodic Settlement Period. (b) Hedge Settlement Report. Within fifteen (15) calendar days following the end of each Hedge Settlement Period, the Ceding Company shall deliver to the Reinsurer a hedging report in the form of Schedule 5.1(b) the "Hedge Settlement Report") with respect to the Hedge Net Result. Section 5.2. Remittances. (a) All amounts due to be paid to the Ceding Company or the Reinsurer under this Section 5.2 shall be determined on a net basis. Each net amount due to the Ceding Company or the Reinsurer with respect to each Periodic Settlement Period as reflected on a Periodic Settlement Report (the "Periodic Settlement Amount") shall be paid as follows: (i) if the Periodic Settlement Amount indicated in the Periodic Settlement Report is positive, then the Ceding Company shall pay to the Reinsurer an amount in cash or investment assets equal to the Fair Market Value of such Periodic Settlement Amount within fifteen (15) Business Days following the date of delivery of such Periodic Settlement Report to the Reinsurer; or (ii) if the Periodic Settlement Amount indicated in the Periodic Settlement Report is negative, then the Reinsurer shall pay to the Ceding Company an amount in cash or investment assets equal to the Fair Market Value of the absolute value of such Periodic Settlement Amount within fifteen (15) Business Days following the date of delivery of such Periodic Settlement Report to the Reinsurer (the date of such payment under subclauses (i) or (ii), the "Periodic Settlement Date"). (b) The Ceding Company and the Reinsurer may at any time mutually agree to (i) change the length of the Periodic Settlement Period (provided that, other than the first Periodic Settlement Period hereunder, the Periodic Settlement Period shall never exceed one calendar quarter), (ii) settle individual components of the Periodic Settlement Amount more frequently during the Periodic Settlement Period in accordance with Section 5.2(a), (iii) change

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia022.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;18 the deadline to deliver the Periodic Settlement Report under Section 5.1(a) (provided that such deadline shall never be more than thirty (30) days after the end of the Periodic Settlement Period) or (iv) change the deadline to make payments under Section 5.2(a) (provided that such deadline shall never be more than fifteen (15) Business Days after the receipt of the Periodic Settlement Report) . In determining the Periodic Settlement Amount (or the amount of any component thereof) in respect of any Periodic Settlement Period, in the event a value or values have not been finalized or are not otherwise available due to operational or similar constraints, the Ceding Company shall estimate such value(s) in good faith based on readily available internal, interim or estimated reports. Any such estimated value(s) in respect of such Periodic Settlement Periods shall be clearly identified by the Ceding Company in the Periodic Settlement Report, and shall be trued up in the subsequent Periodic Settlement Period. (c) Payments in respect of the Periodic Settlement Amounts contemplated hereunder shall be due on the dates specified in this Article V, irrespective of the pendency of any dispute. Any delinquent amounts payable under this Section 5.2 shall accrue interest from the date such payment was originally due until the date such payment is made, such interest to accrue at the Interest Rate. (d) If the Hedge Net Result indicated in the Hedge Settlement Report is positive, then the Ceding Company shall pay to the Reinsurer an amount in cash or investment assets equal to the Fair Market Value of such Hedge Net Result within ten (10) Business Days following the date of delivery of such Hedge Settlement Report to the Reinsurer. (e) If the Hedge Net Result indicated in the Hedge Settlement Report is negative, then the Reinsurer shall pay to the Ceding Company an amount in cash or investment assets equal to the Fair Market Value of such Hedge Net Result within ten (10) Business Days following the date of delivery of such Hedge Settlement Report to the Reinsurer. (f) The Ceding Company and the Reinsurer may at any time mutually agree to change the length of the Hedge Settlement Period (provided that it shall never exceed 31 calendar days), the deadline to deliver the Hedge Settlement Report under Section 5.1(b) or the deadline to make payments under Section 5.2(d) or Section 5.2(e). (g) Except as otherwise set forth herein, any amount due under this Agreement shall be settled by (i) wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account or accounts specified by the receiving party prior to the Periodic Settlement Date or (ii) the transfer of mutually agreeable investment assets to the account or accounts specified by the receiving party prior to the Periodic Settlement Date. Section 5.3. Additional Reporting. Each Party shall provide the other Party with such data and other reporting regarding the performance of such Party under this Agreement as may be reasonably requested by the other Party, including data required to comply with any applicable regulatory requirements. Section 5.4. Access to and Audits of Records. Either Party and its employees and authorized representatives may audit, examine and copy (at the Party's own expense), during regular business hours any and all books, records, statements, correspondence, reports and other

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia023.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;19 documents that relate to the Reinsured Contracts or this Agreement (except as to contents that are covered by the attorney-client or attorney work product privilege), upon giving at least fifteen (15) Business Days' prior notice to the other Party; provided that the Reinsurer shall not exercise such right more than once per calendar year unless the Ceding Company is in material default of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement; provided, further, that the Ceding Company shall bear the expense of (a) one such audit per calendar year by Reinsurer and (b) all such audits conducted by the Reinsurer while the Ceding Company is in material default of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement. The other Party shall (i) provide a reasonable work space for such audit, examination or copying, (ii) cooperate fully and faithfully, and (iii) disclose the existence of and produce any and all materials reasonably requested to be produced (except materials that are covered by the attorney-client or attorney work product privilege). ARTICLE VI ARBITRATION Section 6.1. Agreement to Arbitrate; Request for Arbitration. As a condition precedent to any right of action arising hereunder, any dispute arising out of or relating to the interpretation, performance or breach of this Agreement, as well as the formation and/or validity thereof, whether arising before or after termination of this Agreement, shall be referred to and resolved by a panel of three arbitrators. Either Party may request arbitration in writing, such request to be using the notice provisions set forth in Section 11.2. Section 6.2. Selection of the Arbitration Panel. One arbitrator shall be chosen by each Party, and the two arbitrators shall, before instituting the hearing, choose an impartial third arbitrator (the "Umpire") who shall preside at the hearing. All arbitrators shall be disinterested active or former officers of life insurance or life reinsurance companies. If either Party fails to appoint its arbitrator within thirty (30) days after the arbitration request is made, the other Party may appoint the second arbitrator. If the two (2) arbitrators are unable to agree upon the appointment of the Umpire within fifteen (15) days of the appointment of the second arbitrator, each appointed arbitrator shall nominate three (3) Umpire candidates. The other appointed arbitrator shall strike two (2) candidates, and the decision between the two (2) remaining candidates shall be determined by a random selection methodology agreed between the two (2) appointed arbitrators. Section 6.3. Confidentiality. All arbitration proceedings initiated hereunder shall be confidential as against third parties. In any court proceedings initiated pursuant or ancillary to such arbitration, the Parties shall attempt to file arbitration papers "under seal" or under a similar designation to preserve and ensure the confidential nature of the proceeding. Section 6.4. Scheduling. Within thirty (30) days after notice of appointment of all arbitrators, the Parties hereto shall use reasonable best efforts to cause the panel to meet and determine timely periods for briefs, discovery procedures and schedules for a hearing. Section 6.5. Conduct of the Arbitration and the Award. The panel shall be relieved of all judicial formality and shall not be bound by rules of procedure and evidence. The arbitration shall take place in Lansing, Michigan unless otherwise agreed between the Parties. The decision

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia024.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;20 of any two (2) arbitrators when rendered in writing shall be final and binding. The panel is empowered to grant interim relief as it may deem appropriate. Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Section 6.6. Costs. Each Party shall bear the costs of the arbitrator it selected and will bear, jointly and equally with the other Party, the costs of the Umpire. The panel will allocate the remaining costs of the arbitration. The panel may, at its discretion, award such further costs, interest and expenses as it considers appropriate, including without limitation, legal fees, provided, however, that the panel shall not award punitive, exemplary or consequential damages. ARTICLE VII INSOLVENCY Section 7.1. Payment of Reinsured Contracts under an Insolvency. In the event of the insolvency of the Ceding Company, all reinsurance made, ceded, renewed or otherwise becoming effective under this Agreement shall be payable by the Reinsurer directly to the Ceding Company or to its statutory liquidator or statutory successor on the basis of the liability of the Ceding Company under the Reinsured Contracts without diminution because of the insolvency of the Ceding Company. Section 7.2. Required Notice of and Defense against Claims. In the event of the insolvency of the Ceding Company while reinsurance as to any Reinsured Contracts is in effect under this Agreement, the conservator, liquidator, receiver or statutory successor of the Ceding Company shall give the Reinsurer written notice of the pendency of a claim against the Ceding Company with respect to Reinsured Contracts within a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the insolvency proceeding. During the pendency of any such claim, the Reinsurer may, at its own expense, investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated, any defense or defenses which the Reinsurer may deem available to the Ceding Company or its conservator, liquidator, receiver or statutory successor. Section 7.3. Insolvency of Reinsurer. In the event of the insolvency of the Reinsurer, all amounts due but not paid to the Reinsurer by the Ceding Company on such date under this Agreement, regardless of the date on which they became due, and all amounts which become due to the Reinsurer by the Ceding Company after that date under this Agreement may be retained by the Ceding Company and set off against the amounts due by Reinsurer under this Agreement, whether they were due before the insolvency or became due after. The balance only, if any, shall be payable by the Ceding Company to the Reinsurer at the expiry of all liability under this Agreement. ARTICLE VIII DURATION AND TERMINATION Section 8.1. Duration. This Agreement shall commence at the Effective Time and continue in force until the termination date (the "Termination Date"), which shall occur at such time as (a) the Ceding Company's liability with respect to all Reinsured Contracts is terminated,

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia025.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;21 (b) this Agreement is terminated by the mutual written consent of the Reinsurer and the Ceding Company or (c) the date on which this Agreement is terminated in accordance with Section 8.2 or Section 8.3, in each case, subject to the settlement of all amounts due to the Ceding Company under this Agreement with respect to such termination. In the event the Reinsurer's liability shall have terminated pursuant to clause (a) of the preceding sentence due to the termination of the Ceding Company's liability under the last Reinsured Contract, then the date on which such liability terminates shall be the "Termination Date" and there shall be a terminal accounting as provided in Section 8.4. Section 8.2. Termination by the Ceding Company. Upon the occurrence of a Ceding Company Termination Event, the Ceding Company shall have the right (but not the obligation) to terminate this Agreement and recapture all (but not less than all) of the Reinsured Liabilities by providing written notice of its intent to terminate to the Reinsurer. Termination of this Agreement shall be effective on the date specified in such notice, subject to any further requirements of Michigan Law. Upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.2, the Ceding Company shall be deemed to have recaptured and reassumed all Reinsured Liabilities (excluding clause (c) (Reinsurer Extra-Contractual Obligations) of the definition thereof, which, in all cases, shall remain with the Reinsurer and for which the Reinsurer shall indemnify and hold the Ceding Company harmless therefor, to the extent not taken into account in the determination of the Recapture Payment Amount), and there shall be a terminal accounting as provided in Section 8.4. Section 8.3. Termination by the Reinsurer. Upon the occurrence of a Reinsurer Termination Event, the Reinsurer shall have the right (but not the obligation) to terminate this Agreement by providing written notice of its intent to terminate to the Ceding Company. Termination of this Agreement shall be effective on the date specified in such notice, subject to any further requirements of Michigan Law; provided that such date shall not be prior to the date on which the Reinsurer Termination Event occurred. Upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.3, the Ceding Company shall be deemed to have recaptured and reassumed all Reinsured Liabilities (excluding clause (c) (Reinsurer Extra-Contractual Obligations) of the definition thereof, which, in all cases, shall remain with the Reinsurer and for which the Reinsurer shall indemnify and hold the Ceding Company harmless therefor, to the extent not taken into account in the determination of the Recapture Payment Amount), and there shall be a terminal accounting as provided in Section 8.4. Section 8.4. Terminal Accounting and Settlement. (a) In connection with the termination of this Agreement, the Ceding Company shall prepare and deliver to the Reinsurer a settlement statement within forty-five (45) calendar days of the Termination Date setting forth, as applicable, (i) the terminal settlement amount for the Terminal Settlement Period, as calculated in accordance with Schedule 8.4(a)(i) (such amount, the "Terminal Settlement Amount" and such statement, the "Terminal Settlement Statement"), and (ii) the recapture payment amount, as calculated in accordance with Schedule 8.4(a)(ii) (such amount, the "Recapture Payment Amount" and such statement, the "Recapture Payment Statement").

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia026.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;22 (b) All payments pursuant to the Terminal Settlement Statement and the Recapture Payment Statement shall be made within thirty (30) Business Days of the Reinsurer's receipt of the Terminal Settlement Statement and the Recapture Payment Statement. (c) In the event that, subsequent to the Termination Date, an adjustment to the Terminal Settlement Amount or the Recapture Payment Amount is necessary, a supplemental Terminal Settlement Amount or Recapture Payment Amount, as applicable, will be calculated by the Ceding Company and a report shall be delivered by the Ceding Company to the Reinsurer. Any amount owed to either Party by reason of such supplemental Terminal Settlement Amount or Recapture Payment Amount, as applicable, shall be paid within ten (10) Business Days of the Reinsurer's receipt of such supplemental report. (d) The payment of the Terminal Settlement Amount and Recapture Payment Amount or supplemental Terminal Settlement Amount and Recapture Payment Amount, if any, upon a termination shall constitute a complete and final release of each Party in respect of any and all known and unknown present and future obligations or liability of any nature to the other Party under this Agreement. ARTICLE IX REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES Section 9.1. Representations and Warranties of the Ceding Company. The Ceding Company represents and warrants to the Reinsurer (which has relied upon these representations in entering into this Agreement) that as of the date hereof: (a) Organization. The Ceding Company is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of the State of Michigan and it has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement. (b) Authorization. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Ceding Company and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Reinsurer, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Ceding Company, enforceable against the Ceding Company in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' or insurance company creditors' rights generally. (c) No Conflict or Violation. The execution and delivery of this Agreement does not, and the performance by the Ceding Company of its obligations hereunder will not, conflict with, or result in any violation of or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of termination or cancellation under, any provision of (i) the articles or certificate of incorporation and bylaws or comparable organizational documents of the Ceding Company, (ii) any contract, permit, order, judgment or decree to which the Ceding Company is a party, (iii) any order of any Governmental Authority or (iv) any applicable Law. (d) No Reinsurance Intermediaries. The Ceding Company has not engaged any reinsurance broker or other intermediary to perform any services in connection with this

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia027.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;23 Agreement, and no reinsurance broker or other intermediary is entitled to any commission or other compensation in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Section 9.2. Representations and Warranties of the Reinsurer. The Reinsurer represents and warrants to the Ceding Company (which has relied upon these representations in entering into this Agreement) that as of the date hereof: (a) Organization. The Reinsurer is a company duly incorporated, organized and validly existing under the Laws of the State of Michigan and it has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement. (b) Authority to Reinsure. The Reinsurer is a pure captive insurance company duly licensed or accredited to conduct the business of reinsurance of the Reinsured Contracts under the Laws of the State of Michigan. (c) Authorization. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Reinsurer and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Ceding Company constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Reinsurer, is enforceable against the Reinsurer in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' or insurance company creditors' rights generally. (d) No Conflict or Violation. The execution and delivery of this Agreement does not, and the performance by the Reinsurer of its obligations hereunder will not, conflict with, or result in any violation of or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of termination or cancellation under, any provision of (i) the bylaws or any comparable organizational documents of the Reinsurer, (ii) any contract, permit, order, judgment or decree to which the Reinsurer is a party, (iii) any order of any Governmental Authority or (iv) any applicable Law. (e) No Reinsurance Intermediaries. The Reinsurer has not engaged any reinsurance broker or other intermediary to perform any services in connection with this Agreement and no reinsurance broker or other intermediary is entitled to any commission or other compensation in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. ARTICLE X REINSURANCE CREDIT Section 10.1. Reinsurance Credit. (a) The Parties intend that the Ceding Company be able to obtain full statutory financial statement credit for the reinsurance provided by this Agreement in all applicable jurisdictions throughout the entire term of this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of any event that, if continuing as of the end of any financial statement period, would be reasonably likely to result in the Ceding Company being unable to take full statutory financial statement credit for the reinsurance provided by this Agreement in all such jurisdictions for any reason (a "Reinsurance Credit Event"), the Reinsurer shall, as soon as practical, enter into a statutory trust

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia028.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;24 agreement, deliver letters of credit or provide any other form of security acceptable to the applicable Governmental Authorities of all jurisdictions to which the Ceding Company is subject, or take any other action, the effect of which would enable the Ceding Company to receive full statutory reserve credit for reinsurance ceded to the Reinsurer under this Agreement. (b) It is understood and agreed that any term or condition required by applicable Law to be included in this Agreement for the Ceding Company to receive full statutory financial statement credit for the reinsurance provided by this Agreement shall be deemed to be incorporated in this Agreement by reference. Furthermore, the Reinsurer and the Ceding Company agree to act in good faith to amend this Agreement and other documents and enter into new agreements to the extent required under applicable Law in order to provide the Ceding Company with such full statutory financial statement credit. ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS Section 11.1. Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including the Exhibits and Schedules hereto) constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior negotiations, discussions, writings, agreements and understandings, oral and written, between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. Section 11.2. Notices. All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (a) when delivered personally by hand, (b) when sent by email or (c) one (1) Business Day following the day sent by an internationally recognized overnight courier (with written confirmation of receipt), in each case, at the following addresses and email addresses (or to such other address or email address as a Party may have specified by notice given to the other Party pursuant to this provision): If to the Ceding Company, to: Jackson National Life Insurance Company 1 Corporate Way Lansing, Michigan 48951 Attention: Chief Actuary Email: lin.sun@jackson.com with copies (which shall not constitute notice to the Ceding Company for the purposes of this Section 11.2) to: Jackson National Life Insurance Company 1 Corporate Way Lansing, Michigan 48951 Attention: General Counsel Email: scott.golde@jackson.com Attention: Corporate Legal Email: mb_corporatelegal@jackson.com

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia029.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;25 If to the Reinsurer, to: Hickory Brooke Reinsurance Company 1 Corporate Way Lansing, Michigan 48951 Attention: Chief Financial Officer Email: don.cummings@jackson.com with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to the Reinsurer for the purposes of this Section 11.2) to: Hickory Brooke Reinsurance Company 1 Corporate Way Lansing, Michigan 48951 Attention: Corporate Legal Email: mb_corporatelegal@jackson.com Section 11.3. Confidentiality. Each of the Parties shall maintain the confidentiality of all information related to this Agreement, the Reinsured Liabilities and the Reinsured Contracts. Section 11.4. Errors, Omissions, Misunderstandings and Oversights. If any failure to pay amounts due or to perform any other act required of either Party under this Agreement is shown to be unintentional and caused by misunderstanding, oversight or clerical error, the Parties will promptly adjust the situation to what it would have been had the mistake, misunderstanding or oversight not occurred. If it is not possible to restore each Party to the situation that would have been absent such mistake, misunderstanding or oversight, the Parties will endeavor in good faith to resolve the situation in a manner that is fair and reasonable and most closely approximates the intent of this Agreement. Section 11.5. Amendment; Modification and Waiver. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended, modified or waived if, and only if, such amendment, modification or waiver is in writing and signed, in the case of an amendment, by the Parties, or in the case of a waiver, by the Party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No failure or delay by either Party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial waiver preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. Section 11.6. No Third Party Beneficiaries. Nothing expressed or implied in this Agreement is intended to confer any rights, benefits, remedies, obligations or liabilities upon any Person other than the Parties and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns. Section 11.7. Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under it may be directly or indirectly assigned, delegated, sublicensed or transferred by either Party, in whole or in part, to any other Person (including any bankruptcy trustee) whether voluntarily or involuntarily, without the receipt of the prior written consent of the other Party, and any attempted or purported assignment in violation of this Section 11.7 will be null and void; provided that the Reinsurer may retrocede to any other reinsurers any portion of the

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia030.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;26 liabilities assumed by the Reinsurer under this Agreement. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Section 11.8. Further Assurances. Each Party agrees to cooperate fully with the other Party and to execute such further instruments, agreements, powers of attorney or other documents and to give such further written assurance as may be reasonably requested by any other Party to evidence, reflect and effectuate the transactions described and contemplated hereby and to carry into effect all the intents and purposes of this Agreement. Section 11.9. Governing Law. This Agreement and its enforcement will be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Michigan applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such state without regard to the conflicts of law provisions thereof. Section 11.10. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to constitute an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement, and may be delivered by scanned image or other electronic means, including files in .pdf or .jpeg or generally recognized e-signature technology (e.g., DocuSign or Adobe Acrobat Sign) intended to preserve the original graphic or pictorial appearance of a document. Section 11.11. Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any Person or any circumstance, is found by a court or other Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application thereof, in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as would be enforceable. Section 11.12. Tax Matters. (a) Each of the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer is subject to taxation under Subchapter L of Chapter 1 of Subtitle A of the Code. The Ceding Company and the Reinsurer hereby elect pursuant to Section 1.848-2(g)(8) of the Treasury Regulations to determine specified policy acquisition expenses with respect to this Agreement without regard to the general deductions limitation of Section 848(c)(1) of the Code (the "Election"). Each of the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer agrees that (i) the Election shall be effective for the taxable year of each Party that includes the date of the Agreement and for all subsequent taxable years during which this Agreement remains in effect and (ii) it shall take no action to revoke the Election. (b) The terms used in this Section 11.12 are defined by reference to Section 1.848-2 of the Treasury Regulations in effect as of the date of this Agreement.

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia031.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;27 (c) Each Party agrees to attach to its U.S. federal income Tax return filed for the first taxable year ending after the Election becomes effective (and each year thereafter) a schedule that identifies this Agreement as the subject of the Election, and each Party agrees that it shall file its respective U.S. federal income Tax returns in a manner consistent with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.848-2. The Party with the net positive consideration under this Agreement for each taxable year shall capitalize specified policy acquisition expenses with respect to this Agreement without regard to the general deductions limitation of Section 848(c)(1) of the Code. (d) To ensure consistency of reporting between the Parties or as otherwise required by the Internal Revenue Service, the Parties agree to exchange information pertaining to the amount of net consideration deemed to be paid pursuant to this Agreement. The Ceding Company shall submit to the Reinsurer by May 15 each year its calculation of the amount of the net consideration for the preceding calendar year. This schedule of calculations shall be accompanied by a statement that the Ceding Company will report such amount of net consideration in its tax return for the preceding calendar year. The Reinsurer may contest such calculation by providing an alternative calculation to the Ceding Company in writing within thirty (30) calendar days of Reinsurer's receipt of the Ceding Company's calculation. If the Reinsurer does not so notify the Ceding Company, the Reinsurer shall report the net consideration as determined by the Ceding Company in the Reinsurer's Tax return for the previous calendar year. If the Reinsurer contests the Ceding Company's calculation of the net consideration, the Parties shall act in good faith to reach an agreement as to the correct amount within thirty (30) calendar days of the date the Reinsurer submits its alternative calculation. If the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer reach agreement on an amount of net consideration, each Party shall report such amount in their respective Tax returns for the previous calendar year. If the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer do not reach agreement on the calculation of net consideration with such thirty (30) calendar day period, then the net consideration for the preceding calendar year shall be determined by an independent accounting firm, selected by the Ceding Company and reasonably acceptable to the Reinsurer, within twenty (20) calendar days after the expiration of such thirty (30) calendar day period. All fees and expenses relating to the work performed by the independent accounting firm shall be shared equally between the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer. Section 11.13. Tax Forms. On or before the date hereof, and at such times as the Ceding Company may reasonably request, the Reinsurer shall provide to the Ceding Company a properly executed IRS Form W-9, in form and substance satisfactory to the Ceding Company, certifying the Reinsurer's Employer Identification Number and that the Reinsurer is not subject to U.S. federal backup withholding. Section 11.14. Survival. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever, the obligations, terms or conditions set forth in Article VI, Section 11.3 and Section 11.12 shall survive such termination. Section 11.15. Territories. This Agreement covers any territory in which (a) any Reinsured Contracts are issued or sold, (b) any Contract Owner, annuitant, insured or beneficiary

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia032.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;28 of any Reinsured Contracts is located or (c) there is any claim relating to any Reinsured Liabilities, or otherwise arising under this Agreement. Section 11.16. OFAC Exclusion. Neither the Ceding Company nor the Reinsurer shall be required to take any action under this Agreement that would result in it being in violation of any OFAC Laws, including making any payments in violation of OFAC Laws. Should either Party discover or otherwise become aware that a reinsurance transaction has been entered into or a payment has been made in violation of any OFAC Law, the Party who first becomes aware of the violation of OFAC Laws shall promptly notify the other Party and the Parties shall reasonably cooperate in order to take all reasonably necessary corrective actions. [The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia033.jpg)

[Signature Page to Fixed and Fixed Index Annuities Coinsurance Agreement] IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereby execute this Agreement as of the date first set forth above. JACKSON NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY By: Name: Craig A. Anderson Title: SVP & Controller HICKORY BROOKE REINSURANCE COMPANY By: Name: Don W. Cummings Title: EVP & Chief Financial Officer

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia034.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Schedule 5.1(a) Form of Periodic Settlement Reports [Date] I Amounts Due to Reinsurer A Net Premiums $- Total Amount Due to Reinsurer $- II Amounts Due Ceding Company A Reinsured Liabilities $- B Expense Allowance - C Commissions - D Ongoing Ceding Commission - Total Amount Due to Ceding Company $- Interim Settlements Transferred to/ (from) Reinsurer During Period $- Periodic Settlement Amount - Balance Due to/(from) Reinsurer and due (to)/from Ceding Company $-

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia035.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Schedule 5.1(b) Form of Hedge Settlement Reports Hedge Settlement Period Period End [Date] Period Start [Date] I Hedge Results A Closed Hedges Payments received less Initial Hedge Premium $- Payments paid less Initial Hedge Premium - Net payments for Closed Hedges $- B Open Hedges \*excludes trades having Fair Market Value (excl. accrued) between Initial Hedge Premium and zero Fair Market Value (incl. accrued) less Initial Hedge Premium, end of period $- Fair Market Value (incl. accrued) less Initial Hedge Premium, beginning of period - Change in Open Hedges $- C Other payments Variation Margin, beginning of period $- Variation Margin, end of period - Change in Variation Margin $- D Other payments (receipts less payments) - II Hedge Deposit Results Beginning of period $- End of period - Change during period $- Hedge Net Result to / (from) Reinsurer $-

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia036.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Schedule 8.4(a)(i) Form of Terminal Settlement Statement [Termination Date] I Amounts Due to Reinsurer - Terminal Settlement Period A Net Premiums $- Total Amount Due to Reinsurer $- II Amounts Due Ceding Company - Terminal Settlement Period A Reinsured Liabilities $- B Expense Allowance - C Commissions - D Ongoing Ceding Commission - Total Amount Due to Ceding Company $- Interim Settlements Transferred to/ (from) Reinsurer During Period $- Terminal Settlement Balance Due to/(from) Reinsurer and due (to)/from Ceding Company $-

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia037.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Schedule 8.4(a)(ii) Form of Recapture Payment Statement [Recapture Effective Date] I Amounts Due to Reinsurer - Recapture Payment A Pro-Rated Ceding Commission $- Total Amount Due to Reinsurer $- II Amounts Due Ceding Company - Recapture Payment A Statutory Reserves + IMR as of Termination Date $- Total Amount Due to Ceding Company $- Recapture Payment Amount Balance Due to/(from) Reinsurer and due (to)/from Ceding Company $-

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia038.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Exhibit A Reinsured Contracts Types In-Force Reinsured Contracts (MYGA) Plan Codes: • TS0003 • TSCA03 In-Force Reinsured Contracts (FIA) Plan Codes: • ELDG70 • ELDG10 • ELDG7C • ELDG1C • ELDGA7 • ELDGA1 • ELDG1C • ELDG7C Additional In-Force MYGA Contracts Plan Codes: • TS0003 • TSCA03

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia039.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Exhibit B Expense Allowance The Expense Allowance payable by the Reinsurer to the Ceding Company with respect to each Periodic Settlement Period shall be calculated in accordance with the following formula (as such amounts or components hereof may be adjusted as mutually agreed by the Parties from time to time) and shall consist of (a) a one-time initial expense calculated pursuant to the Initial Expense Table set forth below (the "Initial Expense"), which shall not be applicable to any In-Force Reinsured Contracts, and (b) subsequent maintenance expenses calculated pursuant to the Maintenance Expense Table set forth below (the "Maintenance Expense"): Initial Expense Table (not applicable to any In-Force Reinsured Contracts) Percent of premium at issue 0.93% Per Reinsured Contract, at issue\* $265 Maintenance Expense Table Percent of Account Value, per annum 0.005% Per Reinsured Contract, per annum\* $243 \* The amounts listed on these rows shall increase by three percent (3%) on January 1st of each year following the Effective Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the calculation of the Expense Allowance and each component thereof shall in all cases be adjusted for the Reinsurer's Quota Share. In determining the mutually agreed Expense Allowance calculation, the Parties acknowledge that the intent is for the Expense Allowance to cover the actual anticipated costs of the Ceding Company in respect of the administration of the Reinsured Contracts.

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia040.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Exhibit C Hedging Guidelines 1. Purpose These Hedging Guidelines establish the approach Jackson National Life Insurance Company (the "Ceding Company") will use while fulfilling its Hedge Administration responsibilities on behalf of Hickory Brooke Reinsurance Company (the "Reinsurer") under the Coinsurance Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Coinsurance Agreement. These Hedging Guidelines summarize the detailed hedging approach described in the Asset Liability Management Policy, as amended from time to time, applicable to the Reinsurer and/or the Ceding Company ("ALM Policy"), which is subject to approval by the Reinsurer Board of Directors and the Ceding Company Board of Directors. The ALM Policy is incorporated herein by reference. In the event there are any inconsistencies between subsequent amendments to the ALM Policy and these Hedging Guidelines, the amended ALM Policy provisions will prevail and take precedence. Nothing in these Hedging Guidelines will preclude the Reinsurer from electing to directly enter into, as principal, hedges with respect to the equity or interest rate risks associated with the Reinsured Liabilities or the investment assets supporting the Reinsured Liabilities. The Ceding Company shall take into account any such hedges entered into, or expected to be entered into, by the Reinsurer for purposes of managing the Hedge Administration. 2. Risks The Ceding Company, on behalf of the Reinsurer, will manage the equity and interest rate risks associated with the Reinsured Liabilities and the investment assets supporting the Reinsured Liabilities by executing Hedges. Other risks associated with the Reinsured Liabilities, such as operational risk and insurance risk, are outside the scope of the Hedging Program. The Ceding Company will implement the Hedging Program in compliance with any applicable risk limits agreed to from time to time by the Reinsurer and the Ceding Company. 3. Hedge Objective The main objective of the Hedging Program is to manage the equity risk and interest rate risk associated with the Reinsured Liabilities and the investment assets supporting the Reinsured Liabilities on a modified GAAP basis, as fully defined in the ALM Policy and monitored on a periodic basis. 3.1. Offsetting Exposures Where possible, the Ceding Company will seek to find offsetting exposures across the investment assets and Reinsured Liabilities to minimize transaction costs. This means that exposures will generally be considered on a net basis before entering into any Hedges.

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia041.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;3.2. Hedge Effectiveness The Hedging Program's effectiveness is determined by comparing the actual performance of Hedge assets against the corresponding asset and liability movements, with equity and interest rate impacts evaluated separately. The Ceding Company will evaluate effectiveness through periodic review and reporting. 3.3. Cost Effectiveness The Ceding Company will consider the current volatility environment and expected Hedge costs as a factor when making decisions related to its Hedge Administration. 4. Other Controls and Practices All Hedge activity must be compliant with relevant state and federal regulations and laws. Any use of Hedges must be consistent with the Reinsurer's and the Ceding Company's internal control environment. 4.1 Use of Hedges All types of Hedges expressly authorized in the ALM Policy are authorized for use by the Ceding Company as part of the Hedging Program. The use of any other Hedges is subject to approval by both the Ceding Company Board of Directors (or any standing committee at the Ceding Company to which the Ceding Company Board of Directors has delegated this authority) and the Reinsurer Board of Directors. Any use of Hedges must be consistent with achieving the goals and requirements of these Hedging Guidelines. 4.2. Counterparty Selection The use of Hedges must comply with the Ceding Company's and Reinsurer's existing framework for managing counterparty exposure that applies collectively to all parents, affiliates and subsidiaries of Ceding Company and Reinsurer, which may include limits on the amount of risk exposure allowed with a Hedge counterparty of a given credit quality. 5. Ceding Company Responsibilities The Ceding Company is responsible for Hedge Administration, including all tasks, functions and activities reasonably necessary or incidental to initiate, renew, manage and administer the Hedging Program, including, but not limited to, negotiating and executing any trading documentation, selecting counterparties, requesting quotes, placing orders, monitoring and exchanging Hedge Collateral, making variation margin and other scheduled payments or terminating or settling any Hedges. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Ceding Company will:

------

![](g6dec1_2025jnl-hbrefafia042.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Build and maintain models sufficient to measure relevant business risks, meet regulatory requirements, and provide risk analysis; • Develop and maintain hedging models and reports to ensure proper functioning and monitoring of the Hedging Program; • Provide Hedging Program or Hedge related information in a format and frequency as reasonably requested by the Reinsurer; and • Maintain sufficient policies and other documentation to qualify the Hedging Program for SAP purposes as a Clearly Defined Hedging Strategy (or any similar category defined in future versions of the SAP requirements) and perform associated back-testing on at least an annual basis. \* \* \* \* \*

------

## Ex-99.(K)(1)

![imagea.jpg](imagea.jpg)

April 20, 2026

Board of Directors

Jackson National Life Insurance Company

1 Corporate Way

Lansing, MI 48951

Re: Jackson National Life Insurance CompanyFile No. 333-292238

Directors:

You have requested our Opinion of Counsel in connection with the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission of Pre-effective amendment no. 1 of this Registration Statement on Form N-4 for the Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Registered Index-Linked Annuity (the "Contracts") to be issued by Jackson National Life Insurance Company.

We have made such examination of the law and have examined such records and documents as in our judgment are necessary or appropriate to enable us to render the opinions expressed below.

We are of the following opinions:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;1.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Jackson National Life Insurance Company is duly organized and validly existing as an insurance company under the laws of the State of Michigan.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;2.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Jackson National Life Insurance Company has the legal power and authority to create and issue the Contracts.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;3. &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Upon the acceptance of premiums made by an Owner pursuant to a Contract issued in accordance with the Prospectus contained in the Registration Statement and upon compliance with applicable law, such an Owner will have a legally issued, fully paid, non-assessable contractual interest under such Contract, which will be a binding obligation of the Company.

You may use this opinion letter, or a copy thereof, as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

Very truly yours,

/s/ JENNIFER GRAU

Jennifer Grau

Senior Attorney,

Insurance Legal & Product Development

Jackson® is the marketing name for Jackson National Life Insurance Company® (Home Office: Lansing, Michigan) and Jackson National Life Insurance Company of New York® (Home Office: Purchase, New York).

## Ex-99.(L)(1)

![](s_2026jnlconsentn-filing001.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;KPMG LLP Suite 600 350 N. 5th Street Minneapolis, MN 55401 KPMG LLP, a Delaware limited liability partnership, and its subsidiaries are part of the KPMG global organization of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Limited, a private English company limited by guarantee. Consent of Independent Auditors We consent to the use of our report dated March 20, 2026, with respect to the financial statements of Jackson National Life Insurance Company, incorporated herein by reference, and to the reference to our firm under the heading "Services" in the Statement of Additional Information. /s/ KPMG LLP Minneapolis, Minnesota April 17, 2026

------

## Ex-99.(O)(1)

**SUMMARY PROSPECTUS FOR NEW INVESTORS**

**May 4, 2026**

**JACKSON MARKET LINK PRO**<sup>®</sup> **ADVISORY** **4**

**FLEXIBLE PREMIUM DEFERRED INDEX-LINKED ANNUITY**

**Issued by**

**Jackson National Life Insurance Company**<sup>®</sup>

This summary prospectus summarizes key features of the Jackson Market Link Pro<sup>®</sup> Advisory 4 Contract.

Before you invest, you should review the prospectus for the Jackson Market Link Pro<sup>®</sup> Advisory 4 Contract, which contains more information about the Contract's features, benefits, and risks. You can find this document and other information about the Contract online at <u>www.jackson.com/product-literature-11.html</u>. You can also obtain this information at no cost by calling 1-800-644-4565 or by sending an email request to customercare@jackson.com.

You can sign up for electronic delivery of your summary prospectus, updates to the summary prospectus or other communications by logging into your account at <u>www.jackson.com</u>.

You may cancel your Contract within 10 days of delivery of the Contract. In some states, or when purchased as a replacement, this cancellation period may be longer. Upon cancellation, you will receive Premiums paid into the Contract, less any withdrawals you've taken prior to cancelling. You should review the prospectus, or consult with your financial professional, for additional information about the specific cancellation terms that apply.

Additional information about certain investment products, including registered index-linked annuities, has been prepared by the SEC's staff and is available at <u>www.Investor.gov</u>.

**Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this prospectus. It is a criminal offense to represent otherwise. We do not intend for this prospectus to be an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy these securities in any state where this is not permitted.**

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| **TABLE OF CONTENTS** | **TABLE OF CONTENTS** |
| [OVERVIEW OF THE CONTRACT](#i1d41670bc9b64c35947ec258e4c5e966_7) | [1](#i1d41670bc9b64c35947ec258e4c5e966_7) |
| [DEFINITIONS](#i1d41670bc9b64c35947ec258e4c5e966_10) | [7](#i1d41670bc9b64c35947ec258e4c5e966_10) |
| [IMPORTANT INFORMATION YOU SHOULD CONSIDER ABOUT THE CONTRACT](#i1d41670bc9b64c35947ec258e4c5e966_13) | [11](#i1d41670bc9b64c35947ec258e4c5e966_13) |
| [BENEFITS AVAILABLE UNDER THE CONTRACT](#i1d41670bc9b64c35947ec258e4c5e966_16) | [18](#i1d41670bc9b64c35947ec258e4c5e966_16) |
| [BUYING THE CONTRACT](#i1d41670bc9b64c35947ec258e4c5e966_19) | [20](#i1d41670bc9b64c35947ec258e4c5e966_19) |
| [MAKING WITHDRAWALS: ACCESSING THE MONEY IN YOUR CONTRACT](#i1d41670bc9b64c35947ec258e4c5e966_22) | [21](#i1d41670bc9b64c35947ec258e4c5e966_22) |
| [ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT FEES](#i1d41670bc9b64c35947ec258e4c5e966_25) | [22](#i1d41670bc9b64c35947ec258e4c5e966_25) |
| [APPENDIX A (INVESTMENT OPTIONS AVAILABLE UNDER THE CONTRACT)](#i1d41670bc9b64c35947ec258e4c5e966_28) | A-[1](#i1d41670bc9b64c35947ec258e4c5e966_28) |

---

------

**OVERVIEW OF THE CONTRACT**

**Purpose of the Contract**

Jackson Market Link Pro Advisory 4 is a **Registered Index-Linked Annuity** ("**RILA**") contract. The Contract is an SEC registered, tax deferred annuity that permits you to link your investment to an Index (or multiple Indexes) over a defined period of time ("term").

The Contract is intended to help you save for retirement or another long-term investment purpose through investments in a variety of Contract Options during the accumulation phase. The Contract also offers Death Benefits to protect your designated Beneficiaries. Through the annuitization feature, the Contract can supplement your retirement income by providing a stream of income payments. The Contract also offers certain optional living benefits that provide you with the ability to take guaranteed withdrawals. This Contract may be appropriate if you have a long investment time horizon. It is not intended for people who may need to make early or frequent withdrawals.

**Phases of the Contract**

The Contract has two phases: the accumulation phase, when you make Premium payments to us, and the income phase, when we make income payments to you.

***Accumulation Phase***

The Contract is divided into two general categories for allocation of your Premium and Contract Value during the accumulation phase: the Fixed Account, where amounts earn a declared rate of interest for an annually renewable one-year term, and the Index Account, where amounts earn index-linked interest ("Index Adjustment") for a specified term based in part upon the performance of a selected Index.

**A list of Contract Options and additional information about the Contract Options in which you may currently invest is provided in Appendix A: Investment Options Available Under the Contract.**

**<u>Index Account</u>**

The Contract currently offers six Indexes that can be tracked in any combination, which allow for the ability to diversify among different asset classes and investment strategies. At the end of the term, we will credit positive or negative interest ("Index Adjustment") to amounts allocated to your Index Account Option based, in part, on the performance of your selected Index. If the Index Return is positive, the Contract credits any gains in that Index to your Index Account Option Value, subject to the Crediting Method you choose: Cap, Guaranteed Cap, Performance Trigger, or Performance Boost. If the Index Return is negative, the Contract credits losses, which may be either absorbed or offset, subject to a Buffer Protection Option. You could lose a significant amount of money if the Index declines in value.

**Indexes:** Each Index is comprised of or defined by certain securities or by a combination of certain securities and other investments. The Indexes currently offered on the Contract are the **S&P 500, Russell 2000, Dow Jones Industrial Average, MSCI Emerging Markets, MSCI EAFE, and the Nasdaq-100**.

**Crediting Methods:** Each Crediting Method provides the opportunity to receive an Index Adjustment based *on any positive Index Return at the end of the Index Account Option Term*. We limit the amount you can earn on an Index Account Option through the use of the Crediting Methods. The Crediting Methods currently offered on the Contract are the Cap, subject to a stated Cap Rate (and an Index Participation Rate); Guaranteed Cap, subject to a Guaranteed Cap Rate (and a Guaranteed Index Participation Rate), Performance Trigger, subject to a stated Performance Trigger Rate; and Performance Boost, subject to a stated Performance Boost Rate (and a stated Performance Boost Cap Rate) Crediting Methods. Current Cap Rates, Index Participation Rates (applicable only with the Cap Crediting Method), Guaranteed Cap Rates, Guaranteed Index Participation Rates (applicable only with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method), Performance Trigger Rates, Performance Boost Rates, and Performance Boost Cap Rates (applicable only with the Performance Boost Crediting Method) are provided at the time of application, and to existing owners and financial professionals at any time, upon request. Crediting methods must be elected before the start of the Term and will apply for the duration of the Term.

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**• Cap** 

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ This Crediting Method provides a positive Index Adjustment equal to any positive Index Return multiplied by the stated Index Participation Rate, subject to a stated Cap Rate.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Cap Rate is the maximum amount of positive Index Adjustment you may receive. This means if the Index Return is in excess of the Cap Rate, your positive Index Adjustment will be limited by (and equal to) the Cap Rate. For example, if the Index Return is 12% and your Cap Rate under the Cap Crediting Method is 10%, we will credit you with a 10% positive Index Adjustment at the end of the Index Account Option Term, meaning your Contract Value will increase by 10%.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**◦ The Index Participation Rate is guaranteed to never be less than 100%. This means it will never reduce your Index Adjustment. If the Index Participation Rate is greater than 100%, it may serve to increase your Index Adjustment.**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;***◦* In no event will an available Cap Rate be lower than 2% for a 6-year Index Account Option Term, 1.50% for a 3-year Index Account Option Term, or 1% for a 1-year Index Account Option Term.**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ An Index Participation Rate or a Cap Rate are not a guarantee of any positive return.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**• Guaranteed Cap** 

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ This Crediting Method provides a positive Index Adjustment equal to any positive Index Return multiplied by the stated Guaranteed Index Participation Rate, subject to a stated Guaranteed Cap Rate.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Guaranteed Cap Rate is the maximum amount of positive Index Adjustment you may receive. This means if the Index Return is in excess of the Guaranteed Cap Rate, your positive Index Adjustment will be limited by (and equal to) the Guaranteed Cap Rate. For example, if the Index Return is 12% and your Guaranteed Cap Rate under the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method is 10%, we will credit you with a 10% positive Index Adjustment at the end of the Index Account Option Term, meaning your Contract Value will increase by 10%.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Guaranteed Cap Rate and the Guaranteed Index Participation Rate are declared on the first day of the initial Index Account Option Term and will not change for the duration of the Guarantee Period.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**◦ The Guaranteed Index Participation Rate is guaranteed to never be less than 100%. This means it will never reduce your Index Adjustment. If the Guaranteed Index Participation Rate is greater than 100%, it may serve to increase your Index Adjustment.**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;***◦* In no event will an available Guaranteed Cap Rate be lower than 1.50% for a 3-year Index Account Option Term, or 1% for a 1-year Index Account Option Term.**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ A Guaranteed Index Participation Rate or a Guaranteed Cap Rate are not a guarantee of any positive return.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• **Performance Trigger** 

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**◦** This Crediting Method provides a positive Index Adjustment equal to a stated Performance Trigger Rate if the Index Return is zero or positive.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Performance Trigger Rate equals the positive Index Adjustment that you will receive if the Index Return is zero or positive, regardless of whether the actual Index Return is higher or lower than the stated Performance Trigger Rate. For example, if the Index Return is 12% and your Performance Trigger Rate under the Performance Trigger Crediting Method is 10%, we will credit you with a 10% positive Index Adjustment at the end of the Index Account Option Term, meaning your Contract Value will increase by 10%.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**◦ In no event will an available Performance Trigger Rate be lower than 1%.**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ A Performance Trigger Rate is not a guarantee of any positive return.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• **Performance Boost** 

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**◦** This Crediting Method provides a positive Index Adjustment equal to Index Return plus the stated Performance Boost Rate if the Index Return is zero, positive, or negative, *but not if the negative return is equal to or in excess of* the elected Buffer Protection Option, subject to a stated Performance Boost Cap Rate.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Performance Boost Cap Rate is the maximum amount of positive Index Adjustment you may receive. **This means that any positive Index Adjustment will always be limited by the stated Performance Boost Cap Rate.** 

------

For example, if the Index Return is -2%, your Performance Boost Rate under the Performance Boost Crediting Method is 10%, and your Performance Boost Cap Rate under the Performance Boost Crediting Method is 10%, we will credit you with an 8% positive Index Adjustment at the end of the Index Account Option Term, meaning your Contract Value will increase by 8%. This represents the application of the 10% Performance Boost Rate to the -2% Index Return.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Performance Boost Rate boosts your Index Adjustment to a value higher than Index Return, and is equal to the Buffer percentage. Since the Performance Boost Rate is equal to the Buffer:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;▪ If the Index Return is negative but *within* the Buffer, the Index Adjustment will always be positive.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;▪ If the Index Return is negative and *equal to* the Buffer, the Index Adjustment will always be zero.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;▪ If the Index return is negative *in excess of* the Buffer, the Index Adjustment will always be negative in the amount it exceeds the Buffer.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ The Performance Boost Crediting Method is only available with the Buffer Protection Option.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;***◦* In no event will an available Performance Boost Rate be lower than 5% or the Performance Boost Cap Rate be lower than 2% for a 6-year Index Account Option Term, 1.50% for a 3-year Index Account Option Term, or 1% for a 1-year Index Account Option Term.**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ A Performance Boost Rate or a Performance Boost Cap Rate are not a guarantee of any positive return.

The Index Participation Rate, the Guaranteed Index Participation Rate, and the Performance Boost Cap Rate are not available as stand-alone Crediting Methods.

**Protection Option:** A Protection Option provides a level of downside protection if the Index Return is negative. We currently offer a Buffer Protection Option. The current limits on Index losses for new Index Account Option Terms are disclosed in a Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. To obtain a copy of the most recent Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement(s), please visit <u>www.jackson.com/product-literature-11.html</u>.

A **Buffer** protects from loss up to a specific amount. You only incur a loss if the Index declines more than the stated Buffer percentage. For example, if an Index declines 15% and you chose a 10% Buffer, you would incur a loss of 5% for that Index Account Option Term. Available Buffer rates are guaranteed to be no less than 5% or more than 100%. **Available Buffer Protection Options will always be at least 5%.**

**Index Account Option Terms**: The Contract currently offers three term lengths: a 1-Year term, a 3-Year term, and a 6-Year term depending on the Crediting Method and Protection Option you choose.

The available Crediting Method and Protection Option rates for all Index Account Options other than the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method are the new business and renewal rates effective as of the first day of an Index Account Option Term and will not change until the end of your Index Account Option Term. The rate for a particular Index Account Option Term may be higher or lower than the rate for previous or future Index Account Option Terms. Available rates for the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method are the new business rates effective as of the first day of your initial Index Account Option Term and will not change until the end of your Guarantee Period.

We reserve the right to delete or add Index Account Options, Indexes, Crediting Methods, Protection Options, and Index Account Option Terms in the future. There will always be more than one Index Account Option available, and those options will always be identical or similar to one of the options disclosed in this prospectus.

**<u>Fixed Account</u>**

You also have the option to invest all or a portion of your Contract Value into a **Fixed Account Option**. Amounts allocated to the Fixed Account earn compounded interest at a fixed rate for the duration of the term. Currently, we offer a one-year term for amounts allocated to the Fixed Account and at the end of the one-year term, you will have the option of reallocating those amounts to Index Account Options, or to continue with the amounts in the 1-year Fixed Account Option. The credited interest rate on the Fixed Account is set annually and can be changed as each one-year term resets on the Fixed Account Option Term Anniversary, subject to a guaranteed minimum interest rate. The current guaranteed minimum interest rate, called the Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate, is equal to the current minimum non-forfeiture rate of 2.40%. If you allocate Contract Value to a Fixed Account Option, the Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate in effect at the time of the allocation will apply to that allocation until the reset of the Fixed Account

------

Minimum Interest Rate on the next Contract Monthly Anniversary in January. At that point, the Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate will be reset, which could change the amount of interest you earn thereafter on that allocation. We will advise you of any new Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate in the fourth quarter report for the calendar year preceding the January Contract Monthly Anniversary on which the reset occurs. Information regarding the current minimum guaranteed interest rates are available in Appendix A: Investment Options Available Under the Contract.

There are also several short-term limited-purpose Fixed Account Options used for specific transactions under the Contract. These Fixed Account Options may not be independently elected, and have special rules governing how funds are allocated into and out of them, as described below.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**• Performance Lock Holding Account**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ This Fixed Account Option is only available in connection with Performance Locks. On each Premium Allocation Anniversary, any amounts with that Premium Allocation Anniversary that are allocated to the Performance Lock Holding Account, including interest earned on those amounts, will be reallocated into a new Index Account Option identical to the one from which they were originally transferred, subject to availability requirements, unless new allocation instructions have been received by us in Good Order, and will begin a new Index Account Option Term. Please note that reallocations into an Index Account Option with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method are not permitted. You may only elect the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method at the time of a new Premium payment. If you have executed a Performance Lock on an Index Account Option with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method, on the next Premium Allocation Anniversary following that Performance Lock, we will automatically reallocate you into the identical Index Account Option with the standard (non-guaranteed) Cap Crediting Method unless you provide timely alternate transfer or reallocation instructions. See "Performance Lock" below for information on how the Performance Lock Holding Account is used for Performance Lock transfers.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**• Subsequent Premium Holding Account**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ This Fixed Account Option is only available in connection with subsequent Premium payments that do not yet meet the minimum allocation requirements of the Contract. *Any* amounts allocated to this option will remain allocated until the earlier of (i) the date on which the total value of all Premiums since the last Premium Allocation Date plus any interest earned in the Subsequent Premium Holding Account meet the minimum allocation requirements of the Contract, or (ii) the immediate next Contract Anniversary. On each Contract Anniversary, any amounts allocated to the Subsequent Premium Holding Account, including interest earned on those amounts, regardless of whether those amounts meet the minimum allocation requirements of the Contract, will be reallocated into a new Index Account Option(s) or 1-year Fixed Account Option, subject to availability requirements, based on the most recent allocation instructions received by us in Good Order, and will begin a new Index Account Option Term or Fixed Account Option Term.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**• Continuation Adjustment Holding Account**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;◦ This Fixed Account Option is used solely for spousal continuation option adjustments. On the next Contract Anniversary, any amounts allocated to the Continuation Adjustment Holding Account in connection with a spousal continuation adjustment, including interest earned on those amounts, will be reallocated into a new Index Account Option(s) or 1-year Fixed Account Option, subject to availability requirements, based on the most recent allocation instructions received by us in Good Order, and will begin a new Index Account Option Term or Fixed Account Option Term.

***Income Phase***

You can elect to annuitize your Contract and turn your Contract Value into a stream of income payments from us. Currently, we offer income options that provide payments for (i) the life of the Annuitant(s), (ii) a specified period, or (iii) a combination of life and a specified period. We may offer other options, at our discretion, where permitted by state law.

Please note that if you annuitize, your Contract Value will be converted to income payments and you may no longer withdraw money at will from your Contract. All add-on benefits terminate when you begin taking income payments.

------

**Contract Features**

**Performance Lock:** Performance Lock is currently available with all Crediting Method options. This feature allows you to transfer either the partial or full Interim Value from your selected Index Account Option into the Performance Lock Holding Account, where it will earn the declared Performance Lock Holding Account rate of interest beginning on the Performance Lock Date until the next Premium Allocation Anniversary. You can view the Interim Value for your Index Account Option(s) as of the end of the previous Business Day in your account on jackson.com or by contacting us via phone at 1-800-644-4565. We use the Interim Value calculated at the end of the Business Day after we receive your request. This means you will not be able to determine in advance your "locked in" Interim Value, and it may be higher or lower than it was on the Business Day we received your Performance Lock request. Any such transfers are subject to an Interim Value adjustment, as discussed immediately above in this Overview of the Contract section, which can substantially reduce your Index Account Option Value. A Performance Lock of the full Interim Value ends the Index Account Option Term for the Index Account Option out of which it is transferred, effectively terminating that Index Account Option. Once a Performance Lock has been processed, it is irrevocable.

On each Premium Allocation Anniversary, any amounts with that Premium Allocation Date which are allocated to the Performance Lock Holding Account as part of a Performance Lock, including interest earned on those amounts, will be reallocated into a new Index Account Option identical to the one from which they were originally transferred, subject to availability requirements, unless new allocation instructions have been received by us in Good Order, and will begin a new Index Account Option Term. Please note that reallocations into an Index Account Option with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method are not permitted. You may only elect the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method at the time of a new Premium payment. If you have executed a Performance Lock on an Index Account Option with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method, on the next Premium Allocation Anniversary following that Performance Lock, we will automatically reallocate you into a comparable Index Account Option with the same index, and standard (non-guaranteed) Index Adjustment Factors under the Cap Crediting Method unless you provide timely alternate transfer or reallocation instructions.

**Rate Enhancement Option:** The Contract offers an add-on benefit that, for a fee, provides higher Cap Rates, Index Participation Rates, Guaranteed Cap Rates, Guaranteed Index Participation Rates, Performance Trigger Rates, and Performance Boost Rates, as applicable, than those offered under the base Contract. This add-on benefit is only available at the time your Contract is issued and cannot be terminated independent of the Contract. When elected, this add-on benefit provides a separate, higher set of Cap Rates, Index Participation Rates, Guaranteed Cap Rates, Guaranteed Index Participation Rates, Performance Trigger Rates, and Performance Boost Rates, as applicable, for all Index Account Options for the life of your Contract. For more information on how to access current applicable rates for your Contract, please see "Crediting Method and Protection Option Rates" beginning on page #. While the purchase of this add-on benefit ensures that these rates will be higher than the standard rates, there is no guaranteed minimum increase to the standard rates that you will receive by purchasing the add-on benefit. The add-on Rate Enhancement Option is not available in combination with elections of the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option.

**Access to Your Money:** You are permitted to make withdrawals under the terms of the Contract. Withdrawals taken during the Market Value Adjustment Period may be subject to Market Value Adjustments and withdrawals taken from Index Account Options may be subject to an Interim Value adjustment. **Depending on the Crediting Method, Protection Option, Index selected, and the amount of time that has elapsed in the Index Account Option Term, this adjustment could be substantial.** 

**Death Benefit:** During the accumulation phase, your Contract includes a standard Death Benefit. For Owners 80 or younger at the Issue Date of the Contract, the standard Death Benefit (known as the Return of Premium Death Benefit) is the greater of the Contract Value or the Premium you paid into the Contract (reduced proportionally by the percentage reduction in the Index Account Option Value and the Fixed Account Value for each partial withdrawal (including any applicable Market Value Adjustments)). For Owners age 81 or older at the Issue Date of the Contract, the standard Death Benefit is the Contract Value.

**Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit:** The Contract offers an add-on benefit that, for a fee, guarantees an annual level of income each year in the form of withdrawals ("GAWA withdrawals") equal to the greater of the Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount ("GAWA") or your Required Minimum Distribution ("RMD"), if applicable, prior to the Income Date. Two versions of this Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit ("GMWB") are available: +Income GMWB, which is a single life version, and +Income GMWB with Joint Option, which is a version for two Covered Lives. The GAWA is guaranteed even if your Contract Value drops to zero (other than due to an Excess Withdrawal or total withdrawal).

**Contract Adjustments**

**Interim Value:** Because the Index Account Options are designed to credit an Index Adjustment by measuring the change in the Index Return from the beginning of the Index Account Option Term to the end of the Index Account Option Term, an Interim Value calculation is necessary to determine the daily value of your Index Account Option on any given Business Day for purposes of Performance Locks or if amounts are removed from an Index Account Option prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term,

------

including partial or total withdrawals from the Contract (including withdrawals of the Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount under the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option), automatic withdrawals, required minimum distributions ("RMD"), deductions of the GMWB Charge, direct deduction of advisory fees pursuant to our administrative rules, amounts applied to an income option upon annuitization, and payment of the Contract Value element of the Death Benefit. Each Index Account Option will have a separate Interim Value. Withdrawals will reduce the Interim Value and any withdrawal taken during the Market Value Adjustment Period may also be assessed applicable Market Value Adjustments in addition to the Interim Value adjustment. You could lose a significant amount of money due to the use of Interim Values if amounts are removed from the Index Account Options prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term.

The Interim Value is calculated based on the value of a hypothetical portfolio of financial instruments designed to replicate the value of the Index Account Option if it were held until the end of the Index Account Option Term. If you take a withdrawal that is based on Interim Value, the withdrawal will reduce the Interim Value of your Index Account Option by the amount withdrawn. Any applicable Market Value Adjustments, taxes, and tax penalties will subsequently be deducted from the amount you receive from a withdrawal, with the exception of the add-on Rate Enhancement Option Charge, which is calculated as part of the Interim Value on a daily basis. Please note that when calculating Interim Value, the Index Option Crediting Base is reduced proportionally to the Index Account Option Value for each withdrawal. If the Interim Value is greater than the Index Option Crediting Base, your Index Account Option Value will be decreased by less than the amount of the withdrawal; in other words, on less than a dollar for dollar basis. If the Interim Value is less than the Index Option Crediting Base, your Index Account Option Value will be decreased by more than the amount of the withdrawal; in other words, on more than a dollar for dollar basis. Amounts withdrawn during the Index Account Option Term will not receive an Index Adjustment at the end of that Index Account Option Term. This means that by transacting mid-term on Interim Value, you are reducing the Index Account Option Value that could have received an Index Adjustment at the end of the Index Account Option Term. The Interim Value may reflect a negative return even if the Index increases, and may reflect a positive return even if the Index decreases.

Interim Values generally reflect less gain and more downside than would otherwise apply at the end of the Index Account Option Term. Additionally, neither the Protection Option nor Crediting Method rates will be applied. As such, when a transaction is processed based on the Interim Value of the Index Account Option, the Interim Value could reflect less gain or more loss (possibly significantly less gain or more loss) than would be applied at the end of the Index Account Option Term.

**Market Value Adjustment:** A Market Value Adjustment ("MVA") may apply to amounts withdrawn or annuitized from the Contract during the MVA Period. The Market Value Adjustment reflects changes in the level of interest rates since the Premium Allocation Date. Market Value Adjustments protect the Company from risks related to the value of the fixed investment instruments supporting the Contract guarantees if amounts are withdrawn prematurely. The Market Value Adjustment shifts the risk from the Company to you.The application of a Market Value Adjustment could result in a reduction in the amount you receive from a withdrawal, and in extreme circumstances, such losses could be as high as 100% of the amount withdrawn. A Market Value Adjustment could also increase the amount you receive from a withdrawal in certain market conditions. A Market Value Adjustment will not otherwise affect the values under your Contract.

There is no Market Value Adjustment on: Death Benefit payments; amounts withdrawn for Contract charges; amounts removed from any Index Account Option on the Latest Income Date, transfers among Contract Options, withdrawals taken pursuant to the Free Look provision of your contract, withdrawals taken under the Free Withdrawal provision, GAWA Withdrawals, withdrawals taken to satisfy a required minimum distribution ("RMD"), amounts you withdraw after the Market Value Adjustment Period, earnings, and direct deductions of advisory fees made pursuant to our administrative rules. Please note that an MVA will only apply to income payments taken under income options for specified periods where the specified period is shorter than five years and those payments are taken during the first six years from the date any subsequent Premium is first allocated to any Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option. Income payments taken under any other income option are not subject to an MVA.

**<u>Advisory Fee Deductions</u>**

The Contracts are available through third-party financial professionals who charge an advisory fee for their services. This advisory fee is in addition to contract fees and expenses disclosed in this prospectus. Under certain circumstances, you may elect to have advisory fees directly deducted from your Contract Value and automatically transmitted to your third-party financial professional, subject to certain administrative rules. If you do elect to pay your advisory fees via direct deductions under our rules, these deductions will reduce Contract Value and may reduce your basic Death Benefit. The deduction of advisory fees is subject to Interim Value adjustments, and as a result, your Contract Value may be reduced by more than the amount of the advisory fee if a deduction is taken at a point in time at which the Interim Value is less than the Index Option Crediting Base.

If you make a withdrawal to pay advisory fees without setting up direct deductions under our administrative rules, or after electing an add-on GMWB, your withdrawal will be treated as a standard partial withdrawal under the Contract. This means, in addition to your Contract Value and any return of premium portion of your basic Death Benefit being reduced, the withdrawal will be subject to Market Value Adjustments, any applicable taxes and tax penalties.

------

**DEFINITIONS**

**Adjusted Index Return** - the percentage change in an Index value measured from the start of an Index Account Option Term to the end of the Index Account Option Term, adjusted based on the Cap Rate, Index Participation Rate (applicable only with the Cap Crediting Method), Guaranteed Cap Rate, Guaranteed Participation Rate (applicable only with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method), Performance Trigger Rate, Performance Boost Rate, Performance Boost Cap Rate (applicable only with the Performance Boost Crediting Method), Buffer, as applicable.

**Annuitant** – the natural person on whose life annuity payments for this Contract are based. The Contract allows for the naming of joint Annuitants. Any reference to the Annuitant includes any joint Annuitant.

**Beneficiary** – the natural person or legal entity designated to receive any Contract benefits upon the Owner's death. The Contract allows for the naming of multiple Beneficiaries.

**Benefit Premium Base** - a value under the +Income GMWB and +Income GMWB with Joint Option. The Benefit Premium Base is equal to Contract Value on the effective date of the add-on benefit plus the total Premium received between the effective date of the add-on benefit and the next Contract Anniversary.

**Buffer -** the Protection Options offered and an Index Adjustment Factor. A Buffer is the amount of negative Index price change before a negative Index Adjustment is credited to the Index Account Option Value at the end of an Index Account Option Term, expressed as a percentage. A Buffer protects from loss up to a stated amount. You only incur a loss if the Index declines more than the stated Buffer percentage during the Index Account Option Term (though it is possible to incur a loss in excess of the stated Buffer percentage if you make a withdrawal prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term).

**Business Day** - any day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for business during the hours in which the New York Stock Exchange is open. Each Business Day ends when the New York Stock Exchange closes (usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern time).

**Cap Rate ("CR") or Cap** - one of four currently available Crediting Methods, and an Index Adjustment Factor. The Cap Rate is the maximum positive Index Adjustment, expressed as a percentage, that will be credited to an Index Account Option under the Cap Crediting Method at the end of each Index Account Option Term after application of the Index Participation Rate.

**Continuation Adjustment Holding Account** - A limited-purpose Fixed Account Option that is used only for spousal continuation adjustments. The Continuation Adjustment Holding Account cannot be independently elected.

**Contract** - the flexible premium deferred Index-linked annuity contract and any optional endorsements you may have selected.

**Contract Anniversary** - the Business Day on or immediately following each one-year anniversary of the Issue Date.

**Contract Monthly Anniversary** - each one-month anniversary of the Contract's Issue Date.

**Contract Option** - one of the options offered by the Company under this Contract. The Contract Options for this product are the Fixed Account and Index Account.

**Contract Value** - the sum of the allocations to the Fixed Account and the Index Account.

**Contract Year** - the succeeding twelve months from a Contract's Issue Date and every anniversary. The first Contract Year (Contract Year 0-1) starts on the Contract's Issue Date and extends to, but does not include, the first Contract Anniversary. Subsequent Contract Years start on an anniversary date and extend to, but do not include, the next anniversary date.

For example, if the Issue Date is January 15, 2026, then the end of Contract Year 0-1 would be January 14, 2027, and January 15, 2027, which is the first Contract Anniversary, begins Contract Year 1-2.

**Covered Life -** each of the individuals covered under the For Life Guarantee of the +Income GMWB with Joint Option.

**Crediting Method** - the general term used to describe a method of crediting the applicable positive Index Adjustment at the end of an Index Account Option Term.

**Deferral Year -** the period of time measured by each Contract Anniversary that has passed after election of the add-on Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit ("GMWB").

**Designated Life -** the life on which certain Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit ("GMWB") values and guarantees are based.

**Determination Date -** the date the Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount Percentage ("GAWA%") is determined and locked-in, and the Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount ("GAWA") is determined for the first time after election of the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option.

------

**Excess Withdrawal -** any portion of a withdrawal taken, after election of the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option, that causes total withdrawals taken during that Contract Year to exceed the greater of the Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount ("GAWA") or Required Minimum Distribution ("RMD"), if applicable, on the date of the withdrawal.

**Fixed Account** - a Contract Option in which amounts earn a declared rate of interest for a defined period of time.

**Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate** - the minimum interest rate applied to the Fixed Account. The Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate is reset annually.

**Fixed Account Minimum Value** - the minimum guaranteed amount of the Fixed Account Value. The Fixed Account Minimum Value is equal to 87.5% of all amounts allocated to the Fixed Account, reduced by the net amount of withdrawals and transfers from the Fixed Account, and taxes, accumulated at the Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate.

**Fixed Account Option -** An option within the Fixed Account for allocation of Premium or Contract Value defined by its Premium Allocation Date and term.

**Fixed Account Option Term Anniversary** - the Business Day concurrent with or immediately following the end of a Fixed Account Option term.

**Fixed Account Value** -the sum of the Fixed Account Option Values. The Fixed Account Value is equal to the larger of the Fixed Account Minimum Value or Premium allocated to the Fixed Account, plus interest credited daily at never less than the Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate for the Contract per annum, less any partial withdrawals including any Market Value Adjustments on such withdrawals, any amounts transferred out of the Fixed Account, and any applicable charges for add-on benefits.

**For Life Guarantee -** a guarantee under the +Income GMWB that entitles you to the Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount ("GAWA") for the lifetime of the Designated Life, or, with joint Owners, the lifetime of the joint Owner who dies first. For a Contract owned by a legal entity with joint Annuitants, the guarantee lasts for the lifetime of the joint Annuitant who dies first. Under the +Income GMWB with Joint Option, the guarantee lasts for the lifetime of the last surviving Covered Life.

**Free Withdrawal -** the maximum amount that may be withdrawn each year free of any otherwise applicable Market Value Adjustment. The Free Withdrawal amount is equal to 10% of Remaining Premium at the beginning of each Contract Year that would otherwise incur a Market Value Adjustment, plus 10% of additional Premium receiving during that Contract Year, less earnings. If an RMD or GAWA is applicable and exceeds 10% of Remaining Premium, the Free Withdrawal amount is equal to the greater of the RMD or GAWA, less earnings.

**Good Order -** when our administrative requirements, including all information, documentation and instructions deemed necessary by us, in our sole discretion, are met in order to issue a Contract or execute any requested transaction pursuant to the terms of the Contract.

**Guarantee Period** - the six-year period during which the Index Adjustment Factors for the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method remain unchanged.

**Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount ("GAWA") -** the maximum amount the Owner can withdraw from the Contract each Contract Year after the election of the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option, without reducing the guaranteed amount the Owner can withdraw in future Contract Years on Contracts without an applicable Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) under federal tax law or where the GAWA is higher than the applicable RMD.

**Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount Percentage ("GAWA%") -** the percentage, which is locked-in on the Determination Date based on the Designated Life's attained age and number of elapsed Deferral Years, and is used to determine the Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount. The GAWA% will not change after the Determination Date for any reason.

**Guaranteed Cap Rate ("GCR") or Guaranteed Cap** - one of four currently available Crediting Methods, and an Index Adjustment Factor. The Guaranteed Cap Rate is the maximum positive Index Adjustment, expressed as a percentage, that will be credited to an Index Account Option under the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method at the end of each Index Account Option Term after application of the Guaranteed Index Participation Rate.

**Guaranteed Index Participation Rate ("GIPR")** - the percentage applied to any positive Index Return in the calculation of the Index Adjustment for the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method. The GIPR is an Index Adjustment Factor, and is declared at the beginning of the initial Index Account Option Term for Index Account Options with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method. The GIPR is guaranteed to be at least 100%, and will never serve to decrease an Index Adjustment. The GIPR is not a stand-alone Crediting Method. It is applicable only with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method.

**Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit ("GMWB") -** an add-on benefit that may be purchased for an additional fee that provides for a Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount that is guaranteed for the life of the Designated Life (or Covered Lives if the Joint Option is elected) if the For Life Guarantee is in effect, or until the depletion of the Guaranteed Withdrawal Balance ("GWB") if the For Life Guarantee is not in effect.

**Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Charge ("GMWB Charge") -** the charge assessed annually upon election of the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option.

------

**Guaranteed Withdrawal -** the general term used to describe the greater of the GAWA or applicable RMD on Contracts with the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option.

**Guaranteed Withdrawal Balance ("GWB") -** the value upon which the GAWA and GMWB Charge are based. The GWB is not a Contract Value and cannot be withdrawn as a lump-sum.

**Income Date -** the date on which income payments are scheduled to begin as described in the Income Payments section of the prospectus.

**Index** - a benchmark used to determine the positive or negative Index Adjustment credited, if any, for a particular Index Account Option.

**Index Account** - a Contract Option in which amounts are credited positive or negative index-linked interest for a specified period.

**Index Account Option** - an option within the Index Account for allocation of Premium, defined by its Premium Allocation Date, term, Index, Crediting Method, and Protection Option.

**Index Account Option Term -** the selected duration of an Index Account Option.

**Index Account Option Term Anniversary** - the Business Day concurrent with or immediately following the end of an Index Account Option Term.

**Index Account Option Value** - the value of the portion of Premium allocated to an Index Account Option.

**Index Account Value** - the sum of the Index Account Option Values.

**Index Adjustment** - an adjustment to Index Account Option Value at the end of each Index Account Option Term. Index Adjustments can be zero, positive or negative, depending on the performance of the selected Index, Crediting Method, and Protection Option. The Index Adjustment is equal to the Adjusted Index Return.

**Index Adjustment Factor(s)** - the parameters used to determine the amount of an Index Adjustment. These parameters are specific to the applicable Crediting Method and Protection Option. Cap Rates, Guaranteed Cap Rates, Performance Trigger Rates, Performance Boost Rates, Performance Boost Cap Rates (applicable only with the Performance Boost Rate Crediting Method), Index Participation Rates (applicable only with the Cap Crediting Method), Guaranteed Index Participation Rates (applicable only with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method) and Buffers are all Index Adjustment Factors.

**Index Option Crediting Base** - a component of the calculation we use to determine your Index Account Option Value.

**Index Participation Rate ("IPR") -** the percentage applied to any positive Index Return in the calculation of the Index Adjustment for the Cap Crediting Method. The IPR is an Index Adjustment Factor, and is declared at the beginning of the Index Account Option term. The IPR is guaranteed to be at least 100%, and will never serve to decrease an Index Adjustment. The IPR is not a stand-alone Crediting Method. It is applicable only with the Cap Crediting Method.

**Index Return -** the percentage change in an Index value measured from the start of an Index Account Option Term to the end of the Index Account Option Term.

**Interim Value** - the Index Account Option Value ***during*** the Index Account Option Term. The Interim Value will never be less than zero. The Interim Value is calculated on each day of the Index Account Option Term, other than the first and last days, and is the amount of Index Account Option Value available for partial or total withdrawals (including GAWA withdrawals, RMDs, deduction of the GMWB Charge, direct deduction of advisory fees under our administrative rules, amounts applied to income options upon annuitization, payment of the Contract Value element of the Death Benefit) or Performance Locks. The Interim Value is equal to the sum of the fixed income asset proxy and the derivative asset proxy, less any applicable accrued Rate Enhancement Option Charge. For more information on Interim Value, please see "Interim Value Calculation and Adjustment" in the prospectus.

**Issue Date** - the date your Contract is issued.

**Jackson, JNL, we, our, or us** – Jackson National Life Insurance Company. (We do not capitalize "we," "our," or "us" in the prospectus.)

**Latest Income Date ("LID")** - the date on which you will begin receiving income payments. The Latest Income Date is the Contract Anniversary on which the Owner will be 95 years old, or such date allowed by the Company on a non-discriminatory basis or required by a qualified plan, law or regulation.

**Market Value Adjustment ("MVA")** - a positive or negative adjustment we may apply to amounts you withdraw or annuitize under certain income options during the Market Value Adjustment Period that are in excess of the Free Withdrawal amount or in excess of the Guaranteed Withdrawal amount, including partial and total withdrawals, or amounts applied to income payments on an Income Date within the first Contract Year.

**Market Value Adjustment Period ("MVA Period")** - the first six years from the date any subsequent Premium is first allocated to any Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option.

------

**Owner, you or your** – the natural person or legal entity entitled to exercise all rights and privileges under the Contract. Usually, but not always, the Owner is the Annuitant. The Contract allows for the naming of joint Owners. (We do not capitalize "you" or "your" in the prospectus.) Any reference to the Owner includes any joint Owner.

**Performance Boost Cap Rate ("PBCR")** - an Index Adjustment Factor associated with the Performance Boost Crediting Method. The PBCR is the maximum positive Index Adjustment, expressed as a percentage, that could be credited to an Index Account Option under the Performance Boost Crediting Method at the end of each Index Account Option Term. The Performance Boost Cap Rate is not a stand-alone Crediting Method. It is applicable only when you select the Performance Boost Rate Crediting Method.

**Performance Boost Rate ("PBR") -** one of four currently available Crediting Methods, and an Index Adjustment Factor. The PBR is the amount that will be added to Index Return, expressed as a percentage, that will increase value of the Index Adjustment that will be credited to an Index Account Option under the Performance Boost Crediting Method at the end of each Index Account Option Term if the performance criteria are met. The Index Adjustment credited under the Performance Boost Crediting Method is limited by the Performance Boost Cap Rate.

**Performance Lock-** a Contract feature that permits the reallocation of full or partial Interim Value from an Index Account Option to the Performance Lock Holding Account prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term.

**Performance Lock Date** - the date Interim Value is reallocated to the Performance Lock Holding Account in connection with a Performance Lock.

**Performance Lock Holding Account** - A limited-purpose Fixed Account Option that is used for Performance Locks. The Performance Lock Holding Account cannot be independently elected.

**Performance Trigger Rate ("PTR")** - one of four currently available Crediting Methods, and an Index Adjustment Factor. The PTR is the amount of positive Index Adjustment, expressed as a percentage, that will be credited to an Index Account Option under the Performance Trigger Crediting Method at the end of each Index Account Option Term if the performance criteria are met.

**Premium** - consideration paid into the Contract by or on behalf of the Owner.

**Premium Allocation Anniversary** - the Business Day on or immediately following each one-year anniversary of the Premium Allocation Date.

**Premium Allocation Date** - the date that initial or subsequent Premium is allocated to the 1-year Fixed Account Option or any Index Account Option.

**Premium Year -** the succeeding twelve months from a Premium Allocation Date and every Premium Allocation Anniversary thereafter.

**Protection Option -** a Protection Option provides varying levels of partial protection against the risk of loss of Index Account Option Value when the Index Return is negative.

**Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement** – a supplement to the prospectus that lists (i) the current limits on Index losses for new Index Account Option Terms and (ii) the current charges and rates applicable to the add-on benefits.

**Remaining Premium** - total Premium paid into the Contract, reduced by withdrawals of Premium, before withdrawals are adjusted for any applicable Market Value Adjustment.

**Required Minimum Distributions ("RMDs") –** for certain qualified Contracts, the amount defined under the Internal Revenue Code as the minimum distribution requirement as applied to your Contract only. This definition excludes any withdrawal necessary to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements of the Internal Revenue Code if the Contract is purchased with contributions from a nontaxable transfer after the death of the Owner of a qualified Contract. On Contracts with the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option where the RMD is higher than the GAWA, the RMD is the maximum amount the Owner can withdraw each Contract Year without reducing the GAWA.

**Step-Up -** a feature under which we automatically increase the GWB to reflect any increases in the Contract Value due to positive investment performance during the Contract Year when you have elected the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option. There are annual Step-Ups and a Determination Date Step-Up available under the +Income GMWB and +Income GMWB with Joint Option.

**Subsequent Premium Holding Account** - A limited-purpose Fixed Account Option that is used for subsequent premium before it is allocated to the 1-year Fixed Account Option or Index Account Options. The Subsequent Premium Holding Account cannot be independently elected.

**Withdrawal Value** - the amount payable upon a total withdrawal of Contract Value. The Withdrawal Value is equal to the Contract Value, less any applicable charges for add-on benefits, subject to any applicable positive or negative Interim Value adjustment, adjusted for any applicable Market Value Adjustment.

------

**IMPORTANT INFORMATION YOU SHOULD CONSIDER ABOUT THE CONTRACT**

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| | **FEES, EXPENSES, AND ADJUSTMENTS** | **FEES, EXPENSES, AND ADJUSTMENTS** | **FEES, EXPENSES, AND ADJUSTMENTS** | **Location in Prospectus** |
| **Are There Charges or Adjustments for Early Withdrawals?** | **Yes.** If you withdraw money from your Contract during the MVA Period, we will apply a Market Value Adjustment (MVA) to the amount withdrawn, which may be negative. The application of the MVA could result in loss. In extreme circumstances, such loss could be as high as 100% of the amount withdrawn. For example, if you invest $100,000 in the Contract and then take a total withdrawal of Contract Value within the first six Contract Years, you could lose up to $100,000 of your investment.<br>In addition, if all or a portion of Contract Value is removed from an Index Account Option before the end of the Index Account Option Term, or you exercise a Performance Lock, we will apply an Interim Value adjustment, which may be negative. The Interim Value adjustment applies upon partial or total withdrawals from the Contract (including withdrawals of the Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount under the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option), automatic withdrawals, RMDs, deductions of the GMWB Charge, direct deduction of advisory fees pursuant to our administrative rules, amounts applied to an income option upon annuitization, and payment of the Contract Value element of the Death Benefit. You could lose up to 100% of your investment due to this Interim Value adjustment. For example, if you allocate $100,000 to a 3-year Index Account Option and later withdraw the entire amount before the 3 years have ended, you could lose up to $100,000 of your investment. | **Yes.** If you withdraw money from your Contract during the MVA Period, we will apply a Market Value Adjustment (MVA) to the amount withdrawn, which may be negative. The application of the MVA could result in loss. In extreme circumstances, such loss could be as high as 100% of the amount withdrawn. For example, if you invest $100,000 in the Contract and then take a total withdrawal of Contract Value within the first six Contract Years, you could lose up to $100,000 of your investment.<br>In addition, if all or a portion of Contract Value is removed from an Index Account Option before the end of the Index Account Option Term, or you exercise a Performance Lock, we will apply an Interim Value adjustment, which may be negative. The Interim Value adjustment applies upon partial or total withdrawals from the Contract (including withdrawals of the Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount under the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option), automatic withdrawals, RMDs, deductions of the GMWB Charge, direct deduction of advisory fees pursuant to our administrative rules, amounts applied to an income option upon annuitization, and payment of the Contract Value element of the Death Benefit. You could lose up to 100% of your investment due to this Interim Value adjustment. For example, if you allocate $100,000 to a 3-year Index Account Option and later withdraw the entire amount before the 3 years have ended, you could lose up to $100,000 of your investment. | **Yes.** If you withdraw money from your Contract during the MVA Period, we will apply a Market Value Adjustment (MVA) to the amount withdrawn, which may be negative. The application of the MVA could result in loss. In extreme circumstances, such loss could be as high as 100% of the amount withdrawn. For example, if you invest $100,000 in the Contract and then take a total withdrawal of Contract Value within the first six Contract Years, you could lose up to $100,000 of your investment.<br>In addition, if all or a portion of Contract Value is removed from an Index Account Option before the end of the Index Account Option Term, or you exercise a Performance Lock, we will apply an Interim Value adjustment, which may be negative. The Interim Value adjustment applies upon partial or total withdrawals from the Contract (including withdrawals of the Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount under the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option), automatic withdrawals, RMDs, deductions of the GMWB Charge, direct deduction of advisory fees pursuant to our administrative rules, amounts applied to an income option upon annuitization, and payment of the Contract Value element of the Death Benefit. You could lose up to 100% of your investment due to this Interim Value adjustment. For example, if you allocate $100,000 to a 3-year Index Account Option and later withdraw the entire amount before the 3 years have ended, you could lose up to $100,000 of your investment. | **<u>Charges and Adjustments</u>** |
| **Are There Transaction Charges?** | **Yes.** In addition to any negative Market Value Adjustment or negative Interim Value adjustment, you may be charged for other transactions, such as when you request expedited delivery or wire transfer of funds. | **Yes.** In addition to any negative Market Value Adjustment or negative Interim Value adjustment, you may be charged for other transactions, such as when you request expedited delivery or wire transfer of funds. | **Yes.** In addition to any negative Market Value Adjustment or negative Interim Value adjustment, you may be charged for other transactions, such as when you request expedited delivery or wire transfer of funds. | **<u>Charges and Adjustments- Transaction Expenses</u>** |
| **Are There Ongoing Fees and Expenses?** | **Yes.** The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay each year, depending on the Investment Options and optional benefits you choose. Please refer to your Contract Data Pages for information about the specific fees you will pay each year based on the options you have elected. The fees and expenses disclosed below do not reflect any advisory fees paid to third-party financial professionals from your Contract Value or other assets. If such advisory fees were reflected, the fees and expenses disclosed below would be higher.<br>**There is an implicit ongoing fee on Index Account Options to the extent that your participation in Index gains is limited by Jackson through the use of a Cap, Guaranteed Cap, Performance Trigger Rate, or Performance Boost Cap Rate. This means that your returns may be lower than your elected Index's returns. In return for accepting this limit on Index gains, you will receive some protection from Index losses. This implicit ongoing fee is not reflected in the tables below.** | **Yes.** The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay each year, depending on the Investment Options and optional benefits you choose. Please refer to your Contract Data Pages for information about the specific fees you will pay each year based on the options you have elected. The fees and expenses disclosed below do not reflect any advisory fees paid to third-party financial professionals from your Contract Value or other assets. If such advisory fees were reflected, the fees and expenses disclosed below would be higher.<br>**There is an implicit ongoing fee on Index Account Options to the extent that your participation in Index gains is limited by Jackson through the use of a Cap, Guaranteed Cap, Performance Trigger Rate, or Performance Boost Cap Rate. This means that your returns may be lower than your elected Index's returns. In return for accepting this limit on Index gains, you will receive some protection from Index losses. This implicit ongoing fee is not reflected in the tables below.** | **Yes.** The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay each year, depending on the Investment Options and optional benefits you choose. Please refer to your Contract Data Pages for information about the specific fees you will pay each year based on the options you have elected. The fees and expenses disclosed below do not reflect any advisory fees paid to third-party financial professionals from your Contract Value or other assets. If such advisory fees were reflected, the fees and expenses disclosed below would be higher.<br>**There is an implicit ongoing fee on Index Account Options to the extent that your participation in Index gains is limited by Jackson through the use of a Cap, Guaranteed Cap, Performance Trigger Rate, or Performance Boost Cap Rate. This means that your returns may be lower than your elected Index's returns. In return for accepting this limit on Index gains, you will receive some protection from Index losses. This implicit ongoing fee is not reflected in the tables below.** | **<u>Contract Options - Index Account</u><br><u>Additional Information About the Index Account Options - Crediting Methods</u>** |
| **Are There Ongoing Fees and Expenses?** | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**ANNUAL FEE** | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**MINIMUM** | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**MAXIMUM** | |
| **Are There Ongoing Fees and Expenses?** | 1. Base Contract | 0% | 0% |  |
| **Are There Ongoing Fees and Expenses?** | 2. Optional benefits available for an additional charge<sup>1</sup> | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | **<u>GMWB Charge</u>**<br>**<u>Rate Enhancement Charge</u>**<br>**<u>Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement</u>** |
|  | 1. This prospectus utilizes Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplements to describe the current minimum and maximum charges you would pay for a single optional benefit, if elected. To obtain a copy of the most recent Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement(s), please visit <u>www.jackson.com/product-literature-11.html</u>. | 1. This prospectus utilizes Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplements to describe the current minimum and maximum charges you would pay for a single optional benefit, if elected. To obtain a copy of the most recent Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement(s), please visit <u>www.jackson.com/product-literature-11.html</u>. | 1. This prospectus utilizes Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplements to describe the current minimum and maximum charges you would pay for a single optional benefit, if elected. To obtain a copy of the most recent Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement(s), please visit <u>www.jackson.com/product-literature-11.html</u>. |  |

---

------

---

| | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|
|  | Because your Contract is customizable, the choices you make affect how much you will pay. To help you understand the cost of owning your Contract, the following table shows the lowest and highest cost you could pay each year, based on current charges. This estimate assumes that you do not take withdrawals from the Contract, **which could add negative Contract Adjustments that substantially increase costs**. | Because your Contract is customizable, the choices you make affect how much you will pay. To help you understand the cost of owning your Contract, the following table shows the lowest and highest cost you could pay each year, based on current charges. This estimate assumes that you do not take withdrawals from the Contract, **which could add negative Contract Adjustments that substantially increase costs**. | |
| | &nbsp;&nbsp;**LOWEST ANNUAL COST: See Current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement** | &nbsp;&nbsp;**HIGHEST ANNUAL COST: See Current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement** | **<u>Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement</u>** |
| | Assumes:<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Investment of $100,000<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• 5% annual appreciation<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• No add-on benefits<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• No sales charges or advisory fees<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• No transfers or withdrawals | Assumes:<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Investment of $100,000<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• 5% annual appreciation<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Most expensive add-on benefits<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• No sales charges or advisory fees<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• No transfers or withdrawals<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• 0% Interim Value adjustment | |
| | **RISKS** | **RISKS** | **Location in Prospectus** |
| **Is There a Risk of Loss from Poor Performance?** | **Yes.** You can lose money by investing in this Contract. **You could experience up to a 90% loss due to poor Index performance after taking into account the current limits on Index loss provided under the Contract. Protection Option rates could change in the future. Available Buffer Protection Options will always be at least 5%.** | **Yes.** You can lose money by investing in this Contract. **You could experience up to a 90% loss due to poor Index performance after taking into account the current limits on Index loss provided under the Contract. Protection Option rates could change in the future. Available Buffer Protection Options will always be at least 5%.** | **<u>Principal Risks</u>** |
| **Is this a**<br>**Short-Term Investment?** | **No.** This Contract is not designed for short-term investing and is not appropriate for an investor who needs ready access to cash. Withdrawals could result in significant reductions to Contract Value, the Death Benefit, and Contract benefits (possibly by more than the amount withdrawn).<br>Market Value Adjustments apply for up to 6 years after each Premium payment. They will reduce the value of your Contract if you withdraw money during that time. Amounts withdrawn from your Contract may also be subject to taxes and tax penalties. Amounts removed from an Index Account Option before the end of the Index Account Option Term may also result in a negative Interim Value adjustment and loss of positive Index performance. The benefits of tax deferral and living benefit protections also mean the Contract is more beneficial to investors with a long time horizon.<br>Because Index Account Options are designed to mature at the end of the Index Account Option Term, we need to know by the end of the Index Account Option Term whether you intend to reallocate to a different Contract Option. If you do not provide timely allocation instructions by close of business on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary of an expiring Index Account Option Term as to how you would like your Index Account Option Value allocated for your next Index Account Option Term, we will generally (i) renew the Index Account Option into the same Index Account Option Term, if available; or (ii) if the same Crediting Method, Protection Option, or Index you elected is not available, we will reallocate the Index Account Option Value(s) to the Fixed Account. The rates applicable to your new Index Account Option or Fixed Account Option will be the then-current renewal rates associated with your Contract. | **No.** This Contract is not designed for short-term investing and is not appropriate for an investor who needs ready access to cash. Withdrawals could result in significant reductions to Contract Value, the Death Benefit, and Contract benefits (possibly by more than the amount withdrawn).<br>Market Value Adjustments apply for up to 6 years after each Premium payment. They will reduce the value of your Contract if you withdraw money during that time. Amounts withdrawn from your Contract may also be subject to taxes and tax penalties. Amounts removed from an Index Account Option before the end of the Index Account Option Term may also result in a negative Interim Value adjustment and loss of positive Index performance. The benefits of tax deferral and living benefit protections also mean the Contract is more beneficial to investors with a long time horizon.<br>Because Index Account Options are designed to mature at the end of the Index Account Option Term, we need to know by the end of the Index Account Option Term whether you intend to reallocate to a different Contract Option. If you do not provide timely allocation instructions by close of business on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary of an expiring Index Account Option Term as to how you would like your Index Account Option Value allocated for your next Index Account Option Term, we will generally (i) renew the Index Account Option into the same Index Account Option Term, if available; or (ii) if the same Crediting Method, Protection Option, or Index you elected is not available, we will reallocate the Index Account Option Value(s) to the Fixed Account. The rates applicable to your new Index Account Option or Fixed Account Option will be the then-current renewal rates associated with your Contract. | **<u>Principal Risks</u>**<br>**<u>Contract Charges</u>**<br>**<u>Transfers and Reallocations</u>** |

---

------

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **What Are the Risks Associated with the Investment Options?** | An investment in this Contract is subject to the risk of poor investment performance and can vary depending on the performance of the Contract Options you choose. Each Contract Option (Index Account Options and Fixed Account Options) has its own unique risks. Withdrawals from an Index Account Option prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term are subject to an Interim Value adjustment. You should review the available Contract Options before making an investment decision.<br>The Cap Rate, Guaranteed Cap Rate, Performance Trigger Rate, and Performance Boost Cap Rate, as applicable, will limit positive Index returns (e.g., limited upside). **This may result in you earning less than the Index return.** For example, assume the Index return is 15% at the end of the Index Account Option Term:<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Under a Cap Crediting Method with a 10% Cap Rate, we will credit a 10% Index Adjustment at the end of the Index Account Option Term;<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Under a Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method with a 10% Guaranteed Cap Rate, we will credit a 10% Index Adjustment at the end of the Index Account Option Term;<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Under a Performance Trigger Crediting Method with a 10% Performance Trigger Rate, we will credit a 10% Index Adjustment at the end of the Index Account Option Term; and<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Under a Performance Boost Crediting Method with a 10% Performance Boost Cap Rate, we will credit a 10% Index Adjustment at the end of the Index Account Option Term.<br>The Buffer will limit negative Index returns (e.g., limited protection in the case of market decline). For example, assume an Index return of -25% at the end of the Index Account Option Term: <br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• If the Buffer is -10%, we will credit a -15% Index Adjustment at the end of the Index Account Option Term.<br>The Indexes available for election are price return indexes and not total return indexes, and therefore do not reflect dividends paid on the securities composing the Index. This will reduce the Index return and will cause the Index to underperform a direct investment in the securities composing the Index. | **<u>Principal Risks</u>** |
| **What Are the Risks Related to the Insurance Company?** | An investment in the Contract is subject to the risks related to Jackson. Any obligations (including under any Fixed Account Options and Index Account Options), guarantees, and benefits of the Contract are subject to the claims-paying ability of Jackson. More information about Jackson is available upon request by visiting our website at <u>www.jackson.com</u> or by calling 1-800-644-4565. | **<u>Principal Risks</u>** |

---

------

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| | **RESTRICTIONS** | **Location in Prospectus** |
| **Are There Restrictions on the Investment Options?** | **Yes.** <br>**Premium Payments.**<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• The minimum initial Premium payment must be at least $25,000.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• The minimum subsequent Premium payment must be at least $500 ($50 for an automatic payment plan).<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• The maximum aggregate Premium payments you may make without our prior approval is $1 million.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• There is a minimum allocation requirement of $500. Any Premium payment that does not meet this minimum allocation requirement will be held in the Subsequent Premium Holding Account in the Fixed Account until the earlier of (i) the next Contract Anniversary, or (ii) the date on which the total value of all Premiums since the last Premium Allocation Date plus any interest earned in the Subsequent Premium Holding Account equals $500 or more. <br>**Transfers and Reallocations.**<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Transfers and reallocations from the Index Account Options are only permitted on Index Account Option Term Anniversaries, unless you exercise a Performance Lock.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Transfers from the 1-year Fixed Account Option are only permitted on Fixed Account Option Term Anniversaries.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Transfers from the Performance Lock Holding Account are only permitted on the applicable Premium Allocation Anniversary for the Contract Value on which the Performance Lock was executed.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Transfers from the Subsequent Premium Holding Account are only permitted on the earlier of (i) the next Contract Anniversary, or (ii) the date on which the Contract's minimum allocation requirements are met.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Transfers from the Continuation Adjustment Holding Account are only permitted on Contract Anniversaries. <br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Transfers and reallocations are not permitted into Index Account Options with the Guaranteed Cap Crediting Method, which is only available at the time of a Premium payment. | **<u>Principal Risks</u>**<br>**<u>Transfers and Reallocations</u>**<br>**<u>Additional Information About the Index Account Options</u>**<br>**<u>Purchases</u>**<br>**<u>Access to Your Money - +Income GMWB and +Income GMWB with Joint Option</u>**<br>**<u>Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement</u>** |

---

------

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| **Are There Restrictions on the Investment Options? (continued from previous page)** | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• If you do not want to remain invested in the 1-year Fixed Account Option until the next Contract Fixed Account Option Term Anniversary, or in an Index Account Option until the end of the Index Account Option Term, your only options will be to take a total or partial withdrawal from the Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option, or exercise a Performance Lock from the Index Account Option. Performance Locks and withdrawals out of Index Account Options prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term will be based on the Interim Values of the Index Account Options, and all withdrawals may be subject to Withdrawal Charges, Market Value Adjustments, taxes, and tax penalties.<br>**Investment Restrictions.**<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Jackson reserves the right to place restrictions on which Contract Options you may select when you have elected the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option. This includes restrictions to Index Account Option Crediting Methods, Protection Options, Indexes, and Term lengths. If any such restrictions are in place, they will be listed in Appendix A: Investment Options Available Under the Contract.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• The availability of investment options may vary depending on the broker-dealer or financial intermediary through which the Contract is sold. You should discuss with your financial professional any limitations or restrictions on investment options that apply through their broker-dealer. <br>**Our Rights to Change Index Account Options and Indexes Offered Under the Contract.**<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• We reserve the right to delete or add Index Account Options, Indexes, Crediting Methods, Protection Options, and Index Account Option Terms in the future. There will always be more than one Index Account Option available, and those options will always be identical or similar to one of the options disclosed in this prospectus. <br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• We may replace an Index if it is discontinued or the Index is no longer available to us or if the Index's calculation changes substantially. Additionally, we may replace an Index if hedging instruments become difficult to acquire or the cost of hedging related to such Index becomes excessive. We may do so at the end of an Index Account Option Term or during an Index Account Option Term.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• We may change the Crediting Method Rates and Protection Option rates of the Index Account Options available under the Contract, subject to the stated guaranteed minimum or maximum rates. Crediting Method and Protection Option rates will not change during an Index Account Option Term. The current limits on Index losses for new Index Account Option Terms are disclosed in a Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. To obtain a copy of the most recent Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement(s), please visit www.jackson.com/product-literature-11.html.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• There is no guarantee that a particular Index Account Option will be available during the entire time that you own your Contract. We guarantee that at least two Index Account Options will always be available, and that those options will be identical or similar to those outlined in this prospectus.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• If in the future you are not satisfied with the available Index Account Options, you may choose to withdraw your Index Account Option Value or take a total withdrawal from the Contract, but you may be subject to Withdrawal Charges, Market Value Adjustments, taxes, and tax penalties, and an Interim Value adjustment if the withdrawal is made before the end of an Index Account Option Term. <br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Certain Index Account Options and Indexes may not be available through your financial professional. You may obtain information about the Index Account Options and Indexes that are available to you by contacting your financial professional. |

---

------

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **Are There any Restrictions on Contract Benefits?** | **Yes.** <br>**+Income GMWB and +Income GMWB with Joint Option.**<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Under the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option, withdrawals that exceed the Guaranteed Withdrawal amount ("Excess Withdrawals") may reduce the value of the benefit by more than the dollar amount of the withdrawal.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• We reserve the right to place restrictions on which Contract Options you may select when you have elected the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option. This includes restrictions to Index Account Option Crediting Methods, Protection Option levels, Indexes, and Term lengths. If any such restrictions are in place, they will be listed in Appendix A: Investment Options Available Under the Contract.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Any withdrawals taken from the Index Account Options under the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option add-on benefits will be based on Interim Value(s), which may result in loss.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Compliant withdrawals under the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option add-on benefits will not be subject to Market Value Adjustments, however Excess Withdrawals may be subject to Market Value Adjustments.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• All withdrawals may be subject to taxes. All withdrawals taken before the age of 59½ may be subject to tax penalties.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Cumulative subsequent Premium payments in any Contract Year after the first Contract Anniversary will be limited to the greater of (i) 5% of the Benefit Premium Base, or (ii) $10,000.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• +Income GMWB and +Income GMWB with Joint Option are not available in combination with elections of the add-on Rate Enhancement Option.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• +Income GMWB and +Income GMWB with Joint Option may not be available through all broker-dealers and may vary by state or date of purchase.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• We may modify or discontinue any add-on benefit at any time.<br>**Performance Lock.**<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Performance Locks will be based upon Interim Value calculated at the end of the Business Day after we receive your request. This means you will not be able to determine in advance your "locked in" Index Account Option Value, and it may be higher or lower than it was on the Business Day we received your Performance Lock request.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Only one partial Performance Lock per Premium Year per Index Account Option is permitted. <br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• A Performance Lock of the full Interim Value ends the Index Account Option Term for the Index Account Option out of which it is transferred, effectively terminating that Index Account Option. Once a Performance Lock has been processed, it is irrevocable.  | **<u>Benefits Available Under the Contracts</u>**<br>**<u>Access to Your Money - Our Administrative Rules</u>**<br>**<u>Access to Your Money - +Income GMWB and +Income GMWB with Joint Option</u>**<br>**<u>Transfers and Reallocations - Performance Lock</u>**<br>**<u>Appendix A: Investment Options Available Under the Contract</u>**<br>**<u>Appendix I: Financial Intermediary Variations</u>** |

---

------

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **Are There any Restrictions on Contract Benefits?**<br>**(continued from previous page)** | **Advisory Fees.**<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• If you make a withdrawal to pay third-party advisory fees without setting up direct deductions under our administrative rules, or after electing either the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option, your withdrawal will be treated as a standard partial withdrawal under the Contract. This means, in addition to your Contract Value and basic Death Benefit being reduced, the withdrawal will be subject to Market Value Adjustments any applicable taxes and tax penalties. It is important to note that deductions to pay advisory fees, even when taken pursuant to our administrative rules, will always reduce your Contract Value and the Contract Value portion of your basic Death Benefit, and they are otherwise subject to all contractual provisions and other restrictions and penalties, including Interim Value adjustments and minimum withdrawal requirements. <br>**Financial Intermediary Variations.**<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• The availability of Contract benefits may vary depending on the broker-dealer or financial intermediary through which the Contract is sold. You should discuss with your financial professional any limitations or restrictions on Contract benefits that apply through their broker-dealer.  | |
| | **TAXES** | **Location in Prospectus** |
| **What Are the Contract's Tax Implications?** | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Consult with a tax professional to determine the tax implications of an investment in and purchase payments received under this Contract.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• If you purchase the Contract through a tax-qualified plan or individual retirement account (IRA), you do not get any additional tax benefit.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Earnings on your Contract are taxed at ordinary income tax rates when you withdraw them, and you may have to pay a penalty if you take a withdrawal before age 59 ½. | **<u>Taxes</u>** |
|  | **CONFLICTS OF INTEREST** | **Location in Prospectus** |
| **How Are Investment**<br>**Professionals**<br>**Compensated?** | Your financial professional may receive compensation for selling this Contract to you in the form of advisory fees, revenue sharing, and other compensation programs. Accordingly, investment professionals may have a financial incentive to offer or recommend this Contract over another investment. | **<u>Distribution of Contracts</u>** |
| **Should I Exchange My Contract?** | Some financial professionals may have a financial incentive to offer you a new contract in place of the one you own. You should only consider exchanging your Contract if you determine, after comparing the features, fees, and risks of both contracts, and any fees or penalties to terminate the existing contract, that it is preferable to purchase the new contract rather than continue to own your existing Contract. | **<u>Non-Qualified Contracts - 1035 Exchanges</u>** |

---

------

**BENEFITS AVAILABLE UNDER THE CONTRACTS**

**Basic Death Benefit (automatically included with the Contract)**

---

| | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **NAME OF BENEFIT** | **PURPOSE** | **MAXIMUM FEE** | **BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF RESTRICTIONS/LIMITATIONS** |
| **Basic Death Benefit** | Guarantees your Beneficiaries will receive a benefit at least equal to the greater of your Contract Value or your total Premiums paid *reduced for* prior withdrawals (including any applicable charges and adjustments) in the same proportion that the Contract Value was reduced on the date of the withdrawal. \*For Owners age 81 and older at the time the Contract issued, the basic Death Benefit is equal to the current Contract Value. | No additional charge | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Withdrawals could significantly reduce the benefit.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Payment of advisory fees via direct deduction from Contract Value could significantly reduce the benefit.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Benefit terminates on annuitization. |

---

**Add-On Benefits Available For a Fee**

---

| | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **NAME OF BENEFIT** | **PURPOSE** | **MAXIMUM FEE** | **BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF RESTRICTIONS/LIMITATIONS** |
| **Rate Enhancement Option** | Provides higher Crediting Method rates than those offered under the base Contract for an additional fee. Designed to provide more upside potential in strong markets. | Maximum: 2.00%<br>(as a percentage of Index Option Crediting Base) | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Only available for election at Contract issue. <br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Cannot be terminated independent from the Contract.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Jackson reserves the right to place restrictions on which Contract Options you may select when you have elected this Rate Enhancement Option. This includes restrictions to Index Account Option Crediting Methods, Protection Option levels, Indexes, and Term lengths. If any such restrictions are in place, they will be listed in Appendix A: Investment Options Available Under the Contract.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Cannot be elected in combination with the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option. |

---

------

---

| | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **+Income GMWB and +Income GMWB with Joint Option** | Designed to help investors manage their lifetime income needs by guaranteeing the withdrawal of minimum annual amounts for life, regardless of the performance of the Indexes underlying an investor's Index Account Options, while the Contract is in the accumulation phase (i.e. before the Income Date). Annual Step-Ups in years in which the indexes perform well increase the Guaranteed Withdrawal Balance ("GWB"). In addition, you have the potential to increase the Guaranteed Annual Withdrawal Amount ("GAWA") percentage and in years you wait to take income, regardless of what is happening in the market.  | +Income GMWB:<br>Maximum: 3.00%<br>+Income GMWB with Joint Option:<br>Maximum: 3.00%<br>(as a percentage of benefit base) | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• GAWA% depends on age on Determination Date.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• +Income GMWB with Joint Option is available only to spouses.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Jackson may prospectively change the GAWA%, including the age bands, on new GMWB endorsements (via rate sheet).<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• May be subject to fee increases on each 5th Contract Anniversary (opting out will affect the benefit and the Contract).<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Withdrawals prior to start of For Life Guarantee and Excess Withdrawals could significantly reduce or terminate the benefit.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• If the For Life Guarantee is not yet in effect, withdrawals that cause the Contract Value to reduce to zero void the For Life guarantee and it will never become effective.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Cumulative subsequent Premium payments in any Contract Year after the first Contract Anniversary will be limited to the greater of (i) 5% of the Benefit Premium Base, or (ii) $10,000. <br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Excess Withdrawals may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment. <br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Withdrawals under this GMWB are subject to Interim Value adjustments if withdrawn from an Index Account Option before the end of an Index Account Option Term.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• The GWB can never be more than $10 million (including upon Step-Up).<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Cannot be cancelled by you (except upon spousal continuation).<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Terminates on the Income Date.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Jackson reserves the right to place restrictions on which Contract Options you may select when you have elected this GMWB. This includes restrictions to Index Account Option Crediting Methods, Protection Option levels, Indexes, and Term lengths. If any such restrictions are in place, they will be listed in Appendix A: Investment Options Available Under the Contract.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Payment of advisory fees via direct deduction from Contract Value is not permitted if this add-on benefit is elected.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Cannot be elected in combination with the Rate Enhancement Option. |

---

------

**Other Add-On Benefits Included With All Contracts At No Additional Cost**

---

| | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **NAME OF BENEFIT** | **PURPOSE** | **MAXIMUM FEE** | **BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF RESTRICTIONS/LIMITATIONS** |
| **Performance Lock** | Allows you to transfer full or partial Interim Value from your selected Index Account Option into the Performance Lock Holding Account, where it will earn the declared Performance Lock Holding Account rate of interest beginning on the Performance Lock Date until the next Premium Allocation Anniversary. | None | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Uses the Interim Value calculated at the end of the Business Day after we receive your request. This means you will not be able to determine in advance your "locked in" Index Account Value, and it may be higher or lower than it was on the Business Day we received your request.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• A full Performance Lock ends the Index Account Option Term for the Index Account Option out of which it is transferred, effectively terminating that Index Account Option.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Once a Performance Lock has been processed, it is irrevocable.<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;• Partial Performance Locks may only be executed once per Index Account Option per Premium Year. |

---

**BUYING THE CONTRACT** 

**Q. How do I purchase the Jackson Market Link Pro**<sup>®</sup> **Advisory 4 Contract?**

A. To purchase a Contract, you must complete an application. Your financial professional will submit your application, along with your initial Premium payment, to us. Acceptance of applications is subject to Jackson's rules. We reserve the right to reject any application or initial Premium payment.

**Q. How much can I contribute and how is my Premium payment invested?** 

A. You may allocate Premium to any available Index Account Option or Fixed Account Option.

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| | **NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS** | **QUALIFIED CONTRACTS** |
| **Minimum Initial Premium** | $25,000<br>(under most circumstances) | $25000 |
| **Minimum Subsequent Premiums** | $500<br>($50 for auto payment plan) | $500<br>($50 for auto payment plan) |
| **Maximum Total Premiums** | $1,000,000 (without prior approval)<br>Jackson reserves the right to lower the maximum. | $1,000,000 (without prior approval)<br>Jackson reserves the right to lower the maximum. |

---

**Q. When will my Premium payment be credited to my account?** 

A. We will issue your Contract and allocate your Premium payment within two Business Days (days when the New York Stock Exchange is open) after we receive your initial Premium payment and all information that we require for the purchase of a Contract in Good Order, including allocation instructions. If we do not receive all information required to issue your Contract, including allocation instructions, we will contact you to get the necessary information. If for some reason we are unable to

------

complete this process within five Business Days, we will return your money. Each Business Day ends when the New York Stock Exchange closes (usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern time).

**MAKING WITHDRAWALS: ACCESSING THE MONEY IN YOUR CONTRACT** 

**Q.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Can I access the money in my account during the accumulation phase?**

A.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Until you annuitize, you have full access to your money. You can choose to withdraw your Contract Value at any time (although if you withdraw early, you may have to pay a GMWB Charge (as applicable), a Market Value Adjustment, and/or taxes, including tax penalties). In addition, withdrawals taken from Index Account Options prior to the Index Account Option Term Anniversary are subject to an Interim Value adjustment. Interim Values generally reflect less gain and more downside than would otherwise apply at the end of the Index Account Option Term. The Interim Value adjustment may result in a loss even if the Index is performing positively at the time of the transaction and cause you to lose a significant amount of money.

You can have access to the money in your Contract by making a partial or total withdrawal, by electing the Automatic Withdrawal Program, or by electing the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option. Withdrawals will reduce the Contract Value of your Contract (including the amount of the Death Benefit). However, withdrawing the Contract Value of your Contract below a certain level will terminate your Contract.

Certain benefits may limit withdrawals under the Contract. Certain withdrawals could substantially reduce or even terminate the benefits available under the Contract.

**Q.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Are there limitations and consequences associated with taking money out of my Contract during the accumulation phase?**

A.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Yes. These limitations and consequences include:

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| **Limitations on withdrawal amounts** | The minimum withdrawal amount is the lesser of $500 or, if less, the entire amount in the applicable Index Account or Fixed Account Option. The minimum withdrawal is $50 under the Automatic Withdrawal Program. |
| **Charges, Interim Value adjustment, and taxes** | As described above, when you take out money, there may be a GMWB Charge (as applicable), a Market Value Adjustment, an Interim Value adjustment (for withdrawals from the Index Account Options), and applicable taxes. |
| **Negative impact of withdrawal on benefits and guarantees of your Contract** | A withdrawal may have a negative impact on certain standard benefits or add-on benefits that you may elect. It may reduce the value of or even terminate certain benefits. |

---

**Q.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;What is the process to request a withdrawal of money from my Contract?** 

A.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;You can request a withdrawal from the Contract at any time before the Income Date. To request a partial or total withdrawal, you can send a written request in Good Order to one of the following addresses:

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| **Regular Mail**<br>P.O. Box 24068, Lansing, Michigan 48909-4068 | **Express Mail**<br>1 Corporate Way, Lansing, Michigan 48951 |

---

You may also submit partial withdrawal requests online or via telephone if you have provided telephone and electronic authorization according to our administrative rules. Generally, for partial or total withdrawal requests received in Good Order before the end of the Business Day, we will process your request that day. If we receive your request in Good Order after the close of the end of the Business Day, your request will be processed the next Business Day. Generally, Jackson will pay the withdrawal proceeds within seven days of a request in Good Order.

**Q.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Can I access the money in my account during the income phase?**

A.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The income phase of your Contract occurs when you begin receiving regular income payments from us. You can choose an income option and the date income payments begin (subject to a maximum age). All of the Contract Value must be annuitized. If you annuitize, you may no longer withdraw money at will from your Contract. However, under income options with a specified period, the Beneficiary may request a lump sum payment subject to a commutation fee.

------

**ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT FEES** 

**The following tables describe the fees, expenses, and adjustments that you will pay when purchasing, owning, and making partial or total withdrawals from an Index Account Option or from the Contract. The tables do not reflect any advisory fees paid to third-party financial professionals from your Contract Value or other assets you may hold, and if such advisory fees were reflected, the fees and expenses would be higher. Please refer to your Contract Data Pages for information about the specific fees you will pay each year based on the options you have elected.** 

**The first table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay at the time that you purchase the Contract, take withdrawals from an Index Account Option or from the Contract, or transfer Contract Value between Contract Options. State premium taxes may also be deducted.** 

**<u>Transaction Expenses</u>**

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| Premium Taxes (Percentage of Premium)<sup>1</sup> | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Minimum | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;0.0% |
| Premium Taxes (Percentage of Premium)<sup>1</sup> | Maximum | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;3.5% |
| Expedited Delivery Charge<sup>2</sup> | Highest Current Charge | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;$38 |
| Wire Transfers (for withdrawals)<sup>3</sup> | Highest Current Charge | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;$25 |

---

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;1.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Premium taxes generally range from 0.0% to 3.5%.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;2. We pass the current charges for requested expedited delivery services through to you directly, with no added fees or profits to us. This means these charges are subject to change and are not subject to a maximum.Between Monday and Friday, the current Expedited Delivery Charge is $23. On Saturday, the current Expedited Delivery Charge is $38.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;3. We pass the current charges for requested wire transfer services through to you directly, with no added fees or profits to us. This means these charges are subject to change and are not subject to a maximum. Currently, standard wire fees are $20, and international wire fees are $25.

**<u>Adjustments</u>**

The next table describes the adjustments, in addition to any transaction expenses, that apply if all or a portion of the Contract Value is removed from an Index Account Option or from the Contract before the expiration of a specified period.

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| **Adjustments** | **Maximum Adjustment** |
| Interim Value Adjustment Maximum Potential Loss<sup>1</sup> (as a percentage of Contract Value removed from an Index Account Option) | 100% |
| Market Value Adjustment Maximum Potential Loss<sup>2</sup> (as a percentage of Remaining Premium) | 100% |

---

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;1.An Interim Value adjustment will apply to your Index Account Option Value upon removal of Contract Value from an Index Account Option prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term or exercise of a Performance Lock. The Interim Value adjustment will apply to partial or total withdrawals from the Contract (including withdrawals of the GAWA under the +Income GMWB or +Income GMWB with Joint Option), automatic withdrawals, required minimum distributions ("RMD"), deductions of the GMWB Charge, direct deductions of advisory fees pursuant to our administrative rules, amounts applied to an income option upon annuitization, and payment of the Contract Value element of the Death Benefit.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;2.A Market Value Adjustment may apply to amounts withdrawn or annuitized from the Contract during the first six years from the date any subsequent Premium is first allocated to any Fixed Account Option or Index Account Option.

**The next table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay each year during the time that you own the Contract. If you choose to purchase an add-on benefit, you will pay additional charges, as shown below.**

**<u>Annual Contract Expenses</u>**

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| **Annual Contract Expenses** | **Maximum**<br>**<u>Charge</u>** |
| Administrative Charge |  |
| Base Contract Charge |  |
| Optional Benefit Charges (as a % of benefit base) |  |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; +Income GMWB<sup>1</sup> | 3.0% |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; +Income GMWB with Joint Option<sup>1</sup> | 3.0% |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Rate Enhancement Option<sup>2</sup> | 2.0% |

---

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;1.The charges for the +Income GMWB and +Income GMWB with Joint Option are calculated based on the applicable percentage of the Guaranteed Withdrawal Balance ("GWB").

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;2.The charge for the Rate Enhancement Option is calculated based on the applicable annual percentage of the Index Option Crediting Base ("IOCB") and is assessed daily as part of the calculation of Interim Value. The charge is deducted at the end of the Index Account Option Term or upon the exercise of a Performance Lock, or upon partial or total withdrawals from the Index Account Option(s), automatic withdrawals, required minimum distributions ("RMD") amounts applied to an income option upon annuitization, and payment of the Contract Value element of the Death Benefit.

**In addition to the fees described above, we limit the amount you can earn on the Index Account Options. This means your returns may be lower than the Index's returns. In return for accepting this limit on Index gains, you will receive some protection from Index losses.**

------

**APPENDIX A**

**INVESTMENT OPTIONS AVAILABLE UNDER THE CONTRACT**

The availability of investment options may vary depending on the broker-dealer or financial intermediary through which the Contract is sold. See: Appendix I: Financial Intermediary Variations.

The following is a list of the Index Account Options currently available under the Contract. We may change the features of the Index Account Options listed below (including the Index and the current limits on Index gains and losses), offer new Index Account Options, and terminate existing Index Account Options. We will provide you with written notice before making any changes other than the changes to current limits on Index gains. Information about current limits on Index gains is available at <u>Jackson.com/RatesJMLPA4</u>. The current Buffer rates for new Index Account Option Terms are disclosed in a Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. To obtain a copy of the most recent Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement(s), please visit <u>www.jackson.com/product-literature-11.html</u>.

**Note: if amounts are removed from an Index Account Option before the end of the Index Account Option Term, we will apply an Interim Value adjustment. This may result in a significant reduction in your Contract Value that could exceed any protection from Index loss that would be in place if you held the option until the end of the Index Account Option Term.**

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Index** | **Type of Index** | **Term** | **Current Limit on Index Loss (if held until the end of the Index Account Option Term)** | **Guaranteed Minimum Crediting Method Rate (for the life of the Index Account Option)** |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Guaranteed Cap Rate, 100% Guaranteed Index Participation Rate |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Performance Trigger Rate |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Guaranteed Cap Rate, 100% Guaranteed Index Participation Rate |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |

---

------

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Index** | **Type of Index** | **Term** | **Current Limit on Index Loss (if held until the end of the Index Account Option Term)** | **Guaranteed Minimum Crediting Method Rate (for the life of the Index Account Option)** |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| S&P 500<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Guaranteed Cap Rate, 100% Guaranteed Index Participation Rate |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Performance Trigger Rate |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Guaranteed Cap Rate, 100% Guaranteed Index Participation Rate |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Dow Jones Industrial Average<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |

---

------

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Index** | **Type of Index** | **Term** | **Current Limit on Index Loss (if held until the end of the Index Account Option Term)** | **Guaranteed Minimum Crediting Method Rate (for the life of the Index Account Option)** |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Guaranteed Cap Rate, 100% Guaranteed Index Participation Rate |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Performance Trigger Rate |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Guaranteed Cap Rate, 100% Guaranteed Index Participation Rate |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Russell 2000<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Guaranteed Cap Rate, 100% Guaranteed Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Performance Trigger Rate |

---

------

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Index** | **Type of Index** | **Term** | **Current Limit on Index Loss (if held until the end of the Index Account Option Term)** | **Guaranteed Minimum Crediting Method Rate (for the life of the Index Account Option)** |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Guaranteed Cap Rate, 100% Guaranteed Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI EAFE<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Guaranteed Cap Rate, 100% Guaranteed Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Performance Trigger Rate |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |

---

------

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Index** | **Type of Index** | **Term** | **Current Limit on Index Loss (if held until the end of the Index Account Option Term)** | **Guaranteed Minimum Crediting Method Rate (for the life of the Index Account Option)** |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Guaranteed Cap Rate, 100% Guaranteed Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| MSCI Emerging Markets<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Guaranteed Cap Rate, 100% Guaranteed Index Participation Rate |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Performance Trigger Rate |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 1 year | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.0% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Guaranteed Cap Rate, 100% Guaranteed Index Participation Rate |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 3 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 1.5% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |

---

------

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Index** | **Type of Index** | **Term** | **Current Limit on Index Loss (if held until the end of the Index Account Option Term)** | **Guaranteed Minimum Crediting Method Rate (for the life of the Index Account Option)** |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Cap Rate, 100% Index Participation Rate |
| Nasdaq-100<sup>1</sup> | Market Index | 6 years | See current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement | 2.0% Performance Boost Cap Rate, 5.0% Performance Boost Rate |

---

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;1.All Indexes are price return indexes and not total return indexes, and therefore do not reflect dividends paid on the securities composing the Index. This will reduce the Index Return and will cause the Index to underperform a direct investment in the securities composing the Index.

We reserve the right to delete or add Index Account Options, Indexes, Crediting Methods, Protection Options, and Index Account Option Terms in the future. There will always be more than one Index Account Option available, and those options will always be identical or similar to one of the options disclosed in this prospectus. **When offered, available Buffer and Floor rates are guaranteed to be no less than 5%.**

The following is a list of Fixed Account Options currently available under the Contract. We may change the features of the Fixed Account Options listed below, offer new Fixed Account Options, and terminate existing Fixed Account Options. We will provide you with written notice before doing so.

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **Name** | **Term** | **Minimum Guaranteed Interest Rate** |
| 1-year Fixed Account Option | 1-year | 2.40% |
| Performance Lock Holding Account | Until the next Premium Allocation Anniversary following exercise of Performance Lock | 2.40% |
| Subsequent Premium Holding Account | Until the earlier of (i) the next Contract Anniversary or (ii) the Contract's minimum allocation requirements are met | 2.40% |
| Continuation Adjustment Holding Account | Until the next Contract Anniversary | 2.40% |

---

------

**Back Cover Page**

This summary prospectus incorporates by reference the Jackson Market Link Pro<sup>®</sup> Advisory 4 prospectus and Statement of Additional Information (SAI), both dated May 4, 2026, as amended or supplemented. The SAI may be obtained, free of charge, in the same manner as the prospectus.

EDGAR contract identifier #C000272078

## Ex-99.(P)(1)

![](p1jnlpowerofattorney4-14001.jpg)

POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned as directors and/or officers of JACKSON NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (Jackson), a Michigan corporation, hereby appoint Laura L. Prieskorn, Don W. Cummings, Carrie Chelko, Susan S. Rhee, and Scott J. Golde (each with power to act without the others) his/her attorney-in- fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in his/her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign applications, registration statements, reports, and other documents, and any and all amendments thereto, with power to affix the corporate seal and to attest it, and to file such applications, registration statements, reports, and other documents, and amendments thereto, with all exhibits and requirements, in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and/or the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations thereunder of the Securities and Exchange Commission. This Power of Attorney concerns Jackson National Separate Account - I (File Nos. 033-82080, 333-70472, 333-73850, 333-118368, 333-119656, 333-132128, 333-136472, 333-155675, 333-172874, 333-172875, 333-172877, 333-175718, 333-175719, 333-176619, 333-178774, 333-183048, 333-183049, 333-183050, 333-192971, 333-210504, 333-212424, 333-217500, 333-217501, 333-226897, 333-228801, 333-228802, 333-235565, 333-235567, and 333-252333), Jackson National Separate Account III (File No. 333-41153), Jackson National Separate Account IV (File Nos. 333-108433 and 333-118131), Jackson National Separate Account V (File No. 333-70697), and Jackson National Life Insurance Company (File Nos. 333-285253, 333-285254, 333-285255, 333-285256, 333-283892, 333-283747, 333-292237, and 333-292238), as well as any future separate account(s) and/or future file number(s) that Jackson establishes through which securities, particularly variable annuity contracts, variable universal life insurance policies, registered index- linked annuity contracts, contingent deferred annuity contracts, or other registered annuity contracts are to be offered for sale. The undersigned grant to each attorney-in-fact and agent full authority to take all necessary actions to effectuate the above as fully, to all intents and purposes, as he/she could do in person, thereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any one of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. This instrument may be executed in one or more counterparts. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Power of Attorney effective as of the 14th day of April, 2026. /s/ LAURA L. PRIESKORN Laura L. Prieskorn, President, Chief Executive Officer, Chair, and Director /s/ DON W. CUMMINGS Don W. Cummings, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Director /s/ CRAIG A. ANDERSON Craig A. Anderson, Senior Vice President and Controller

------

## Exhibit 99.29

![](item2904-01x2026organiza001.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;- 1 - AS OF APRIL 1, 2026 UPDATED BY: JACKSON LEGAL, OFFICE OF THE CORPORATE SECRETARY JACKSON FINANCIAL INC. RESTRICTED SECURITIES/AFFILIATES LIST Effective April 1, 20261 RESTRICTED SECURITIES COMPANY Jackson Financial Inc. TPG, Inc. Jackson National Life Global Funding Jackson National Asset Management LLC Jackson National Life Insurance Company Grand River Funding Trust I Grand River Funding Trust II MINORITY INTEREST HOLDERS 2 INDIVIDUAL / COMPANY COUNTRY OF ORGANIZATION CONTROL/OWNERSHIP BlackRock, Inc. United States (Delaware) 9.8% Minority Interest held in Jackson Financial Inc. 3 BlackRock Life Limited United Kingdom <5% Minority Interest held in Jackson Financial Inc. 3 Aperio Group, LLC California <5% Minority Interest held in Jackson Financial Inc. 3 BlackRock Advisors, LLC United States (Delaware) <5% Minority Interest held in Jackson Financial Inc. 3 BlackRock (Netherlands) B.V. Netherlands <5% Minority Interest held in Jackson Financial Inc. 3 BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, National Association United States (California) <5% Minority Interest held in Jackson Financial Inc. 3 BlackRock Asset Management Ireland Limited Ireland <5% Minority Interest held in Jackson Financial Inc. 3 BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. United States (Delaware) <5% Minority Interest held in Jackson Financial Inc. 3 BlackRock Asset Management Schweiz AG Switzerland <5% Minority Interest held in Jackson Financial Inc. 3 BlackRock Investment Management, LLC United States (Delaware) <5% Minority Interest held in Jackson Financial Inc. 3 BlackRock Investment Management (UK) Limited United Kingdom <5% Minority Interest held in Jackson Financial Inc. 3 BlackRock Asset Management Canada Limited Canada <5% Minority Interest held in Jackson Financial Inc. 3 BlackRock (Luxembourg) S.A. Luxembourg <5% Minority Interest held in Jackson Financial Inc. 3 BlackRock Investment Management (Australia) Limited Australia <5% Minority Interest held in Jackson Financial Inc. 3 BlackRock Fund Advisors United States (California) <5% or more Minority Interest held in Jackson Financial Inc. 3 BlackRock Fund Managers Ltd United Kingdom <5% Minority Interest held in Jackson Financial Inc. 3 James G. Coulter n/a 6.7% Minority Interest held in Jackson Financial Inc. 4

------

![](item2904-01x2026organiza002.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;- 2 - AS OF APRIL 1, 2026 UPDATED BY: JACKSON LEGAL, OFFICE OF THE CORPORATE SECRETARY Jon Winkelried n/a 6.7% Minority Interest held in Jackson Financial Inc. 4 TPG GP A, LLC United States (Delaware) 6.7% Minority Interest held in Jackson Financial Inc. 4 Dimensional Fund Advisors LP United States (Delaware) 5.3% Minority Interest held in Jackson Financial Inc. 5 ____________________________________________ 1. Information as of April 1, 2026, except where otherwise indicated, based on information contained in public filings on EDGAR. To the extent entities have not amended their beneficial ownership filings on EDGAR, actual percentages may differ. 2. In a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 13, 2024 (based on ownership as of December 29, 2023), The Vanguard Group ("Vanguard") reported aggregate beneficial ownership of 10,657,989 shares of common stock, which would constitute approximately 15.1% of all shares of common stock of Jackson Financial Inc. outstanding as of March 24, 2026. However, in a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on March 27, 2026, Vanguard reported that it beneficially owns 0 shares as of March 13, 2026, following an internal reorganization pursuant to which Vanguard's beneficial ownership has been disaggregated. In its Schedule 13G/A, Vanguard noted that (i) certain subsidiaries or business divisions of subsidiaries of Vanguard that formerly had, or were deemed to have, beneficial ownership with Vanguard will report beneficial ownership separately (on a disaggregated basis) from Vanguard, and (ii) Vanguard no longer has, or is deemed to have, beneficial ownership over securities beneficially owned by such subsidiaries and/or business divisions. Accordingly, Vanguard is not included among the minority interest holders presented herein. 3. Percentage held as of March 7, 2024, as reported on SC 13G/A (Amendment No. 2) filed by BlackRock, Inc. on EDGAR, subject to change. For a more detailed description, please see Jackson Financial Inc.'s Proxy Statement filed on EDGAR on April 7, 2026. 4. Percentage held as of February 13, 2026, as reported on SC 13G filed jointly by TPG GP A, LLC, James G. Coulter, and Jon Winkelried on EDGAR, subject to change. For a more detailed description, please see Jackson Financial Inc.'s Proxy Statement filed on EDGAR on April 7, 2026. 5. Percentage held as of February 9, 2024, as reported on SC 13G filed by Dimensional Fund Advisors LP on EDGAR, subject to change. For a more detailed description, please see Jackson Financial Inc.'s Proxy Statement filed on EDGAR on April 7, 2026. AFFILIATES COMPANY STATE / COUNTRY OF ORGANIZATION CONTROL/OWNERSHIP 6 PUBLICLY TRADED INDICATED IN RED BROKER/DEALER INDICATED IN GREEN Allied Life Brokerage Agency, Inc. Iowa 100% Jackson National Life Insurance Company Brier Capital LLC Michigan 100% Brooke Life Insurance Company Brooke Life Insurance Company Michigan 100% Jackson Holdings LLC Brooke Life Reinsurance Company Michigan 100% Brooke Life Insurance Company Grand River Funding Trust I 7 Delaware 100% Jackson Financial Inc. Grand River Funding Trust II 7 Delaware 100% Jackson Financial Inc. Hermitage Management, LLC Michigan 100% Jackson National Life Insurance Company Hickory Brooke Reinsurance Company Michigan 100% Brooke Life Reinsurance Company Jackson Brooke LLC Delaware 100% Brooke Life Insurance Company Jackson Finance LLC Michigan 100% Jackson Financial Inc. Jackson Holdings LLC Delaware 100% Jackson Financial Inc. Jackson National Asset Management LLC Michigan 100% Jackson National Life Insurance Company

------

![](item2904-01x2026organiza003.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;- 3 - AS OF APRIL 1, 2026 UPDATED BY: JACKSON LEGAL, OFFICE OF THE CORPORATE SECRETARY Jackson National Life Distributors LLC Delaware Broker/Dealer / Identifiers: CRD#: 40178; SEC#: 8-48984 100% Jackson National Life Insurance Company Jackson National Life Insurance Agency, LLC Illinois 100% Jackson National Life Distributors LLC Jackson National Life Insurance Company Michigan 100% Brooke Life Insurance Company Jackson National Life Insurance Company of New York New York 100% Jackson National Life Insurance Company Mission Plans of America, Inc. Texas 100% Jackson National Life Insurance Company National Planning Holdings LLC Delaware 100% Jackson National Life Insurance Company PGDS (US One) LLC Delaware 100% Jackson National Life Insurance Company PPM America Capital Partners III, LLC Delaware 60.50% PPM America, Inc. PPM America Capital Partners IV, LLC Delaware 34.50% PPM America, Inc. PPM America Capital Partners V, LLC Delaware 34% PPM America, Inc. PPM America Capital Partners VI, LLC Delaware 32% PPM America, Inc. PPM America Capital Partners VII, LLC Delaware 15.18% PPM America, Inc. PPM America Capital Partners VIII, LLC Delaware 50.01% PPM America, Inc. PPM America Capital Partners IX, LLC Delaware 68.21% PPM America, Inc. PPM Pomona Capital Partners, LLC Delaware 45% PPM America, Inc. PPM OV Capital Partners, LLC Delaware 10% PPM America, Inc. PPM Strategic Opportunities Capital Partners I, LLC Delaware 93.91% PPM America, Inc. PPM America, Inc. Delaware 100% PPM Holdings, Inc. PPM Holdings, Inc. Delaware 100% Jackson Holdings LLC PPM Loan Management Company 2, LLC Delaware Management and Originator Series: 100% PPM America, Inc. Any Retention Series: 100% Jackson National Life Insurance Company or 100% Jackson Financial Inc. REALIC of Jacksonville Plans, Inc. Texas 100% Jackson National Life Insurance Company ROP, Inc. Delaware 100% Jackson National Life Insurance Company Squire Reassurance Company II, Inc. Michigan 100% Jackson National Life Insurance Company VFL International Life Company SPC, Ltd. Cayman Islands 100% Jackson National Life Insurance Company 6. Based on most recently available information. 7. Statutory trusts established to issue pre-capitalized trust securities.

------

![](item2904-01x2026organiza004.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;- 4 - AS OF APRIL 1, 2026 UPDATED BY: JACKSON LEGAL, OFFICE OF THE CORPORATE SECRETARY PPM'S INVESTMENT PRODUCTS AND RELATED ENTITIES WHERE ULTIMATE JFI OWNERSHIP IS GREATER THAN 5% 8 STATE / COUNTRY OF ORGANIZATION AA Euro Investment Fund (Lux) SCSP Luxembourg AA GP Solutions Fund, L.P. Delaware AA MMF 1 Holdco LP Delaware AA Tundra Investor, L.P. Delaware AA WH Holdco, L.P. Delaware AG Essential Housing Fund II, L.P. Delaware AOP Finance Partners, L.P. Delaware B2B Solutions, LLC Delaware Carlyle Infrastructure Credit Fund Note Issuer, L.P. Delaware Centre Capital Non-Qualified Investors V AIV-ELS, L.P. Delaware Centre Capital Non-Qualified Investors V, L.P. Delaware CEP IV-A CWV AIV Limited Partnership Canada CEP IV-A Davenport AIV LP Canada CEP IV-A NMR AIV Limited Partnership Canada CEP V-A CS AIV Limited Partnership Canada CEP V-A DR AIV Limited Partnership Canada CEP V-A WBLI AIV Limited Partnership Canada CEP VI-A AEP AIV Limited Partnership Canada CEP VI-A BTD AIV Limited Partnership Canada CEP VI-A MLPT AIV Limited Partnership Canada CEP VI-A Nextech AIV Limited Partnership Canada CEP VI-A NH Gaming AIV Limited Partnership Canada CEP VI-A RO AIV Limited Partnership Canada CEP VI-A SW AIV LP Canada CEP VI-A WY Gaming AIV Limited Partnership Canada Chartwell Investments II, LP Delaware CIABB Holdings LLC Delaware Family Bakery Holdings, LLC Delaware FH VH Co-Invest Aggregator, L.P. Delaware

------

![](item2904-01x2026organiza005.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;- 5 - AS OF APRIL 1, 2026 UPDATED BY: JACKSON LEGAL, OFFICE OF THE CORPORATE SECRETARY Frazier Healthcare Athena Feeder Fund, L.P. Delaware Haveli VC Gaming Fund I, LP Delaware Island NYC Recovery Fund I L.P. Delaware Leeds Learnosity Co-Invest, L.P. Delaware LGP Sage PC Coinvest LP Delaware LM Boulevard Co-Invest LP Delaware LM Carpenter Co-Invest I LP Delaware Lovell Minnick Equity Partners III LP Delaware Lovell Minnick Equity Partners Tailwind Co-Invest I LP Delaware MDP Arevi Co-Investors (Rome), L.P. Delaware Motive Capital Fund II-A (AIV 1), LP Delaware Motive Capital Fund II-A, LP Delaware NewSpring Growth Capital III, L.P. Delaware NNN AGP Opportunities Fund, L.P. Delaware NNN AGP Opportunities Fund II, L.P. Delaware NNN AGP Opportunities Fund III, L.P. Delaware NOVA Infrastructure Fund I L.P. Delaware NOVA Infrastructure Holdings LP Delaware Novacap FS Revau CV, L.P. Canada NSG III S2S (Unblocked), L.P. Delaware NSG V Unblocked AIV, L.P. Delaware Old Hickory Fund I, LLC Delaware PP Napa Holdings, LLC Delaware PPM America Private Equity Fund VIII-A LP Delaware PPM America Private Equity Aggregator Fund IX LP Delaware PPM America Private Equity Fund IX LP Delaware PPM Strategic Opportunities Fund I LP Delaware PPM Strategic Opportunities Aggregator Fund I LP Delaware PPM CLO 2018-1 Ltd. Cayman Islands PPM CLO 2018-1, LLC Delaware PPM CLO 2 Ltd. Cayman Islands

------

![](item2904-01x2026organiza006.jpg)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;- 6 - AS OF APRIL 1, 2026 UPDATED BY: JACKSON LEGAL, OFFICE OF THE CORPORATE SECRETARY PPM CLO 2, LLC Delaware PPM CLO 3 Ltd. Cayman Islands PPM CLO 3, LLC Delaware PPM CLO 4 Ltd. Cayman Islands PPM CLO 4, LLC Delaware PPM CLO 5 Ltd. Cayman Islands PPM CLO 5, LLC Delaware PPM CLO 6-R Ltd. Jersey PPM CLO 6, LLC Delaware PPM CLO 7, LLC Delaware PPM CLO 7 Ltd. Jersey PPM CLO 8, LLC Delaware PPM CLO 8 Ltd. Cayman Islands Pretium Olympus JV, L.P. Delaware PT Co-Investor Holdings, L.P. Delaware Seidler Equity Partners IV, L.P. Delaware SEP VII RB Holdings, L.P. Delaware SFR Delos Partners, L.P. Delaware TCP Analytical Holdings II, LLC Delaware TPG GP Solutions Inbox CI, LP Delaware 8. Based on most recently available information. OPEN-END MANAGEMENT INVESTMENT COMPANIES REGISTERED WITH THE U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, in accord with the provisions of the 1940 Act JNL Investors Series Trust JNL Series Trust CLOSED-END MANAGEMENT INVESTMENT COMPANIES REGISTERED WITH THE U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, in accord with the provisions of the 1940 Act Jackson Credit Opportunities Fund Jackson Real Assets Fund

------